Maintenance Task Schedule

Comparison of Changes - pre and post November 2012

All changes

November 2012

Whilst reasonable steps have been taken to ensure that the information contained within this report is correct, you should be aware that the information contained within it may be incomplete, inaccurate or may have become out of date. Accordingly,
B&ES Publications make no warranties or representations of any kind as to the content of this report or its accuracy and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, accept no liability whatsoever for the same including, without limit, for direct, indirect or
consequential loss, business interruption, loss of profits, production, contracts, goodwill or anticipated savings. Any person making use of this report does so at his or her own risk [and it is recommended that they seek professional advice from their
own adviser whenever appropriate].
Table Of Contents
Groups Maintenance Task Schedules

Page 1: ACTUATORS Page 2: 01-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Page 10: AIR CONDITIONING Page 3: 01-02 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 12: AIR HANDLING UNITS Page 4: 01-03 THERMAL ACTUATORS
Page 14: BELTS Page 5: 01-04 PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS
Page 16: BOILERS/HEAT GENERATORS Page 6: 01-05 HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS
Page 77: BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Page 7: 01-06 MOTOR DRIVEN ACTUATORS
Page 85: BURNERS Page 8: 01-07 POWER FAIL - MOTOR RETURN ACTUATORS
Page 93: CHILLERS - WATER Page 9: 01-08 POWER FAIL - SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR
Page 100: COLD ROOMS AND FOOD STORAGE Page 11: 02-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 103: COMMUNICATION AND P.A. SYSTEMS Page 13: 03-01 AIR HANDLING UNITS - general
Page 106: COMPRESSORS - REFRIGERATION Page 15: 04-01 BELT DRIVES
Page 114: CONDENSERS Page 18: 05-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 117: CONTROL PANELS & CONTROLLERS Page 19: 05-02 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 144: DUCTING Page 20: 05-03 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNER - FREE STANDING BOILER
Page 149: DUCTWORK CLEANING Page 22: 05-04 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNER - CONDENSING BOILER
Page 151: ELECTRICS IN BUILDINGS Page 24: 05-05 COAL FIRED BOILERS Bunkers and Conveyors.
Page 154: EVAPORATORS Page 25: 05-06 COAL FIRED BOILERS - Coal storage handling and feed mechanisms, automatic ash removal (where fitted)
Page 157: FANS Page 26: 05-07 COAL FEED MECHANISMS - Under feed stokers
Page 174: FILTERS Page 27: 05-08 COAL FEED MECHANISMS - Chain grate stokers
Page 180: FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS Page 28: 05-09 ASH HANDLING SYSTEM
Page 189: FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS Page 29: 05-10 BLOWN GAS BURNER CONDENSING BOILER
Page 228: FLUES Page 30: 05-11 BLOWN GAS BURNER MODULAR BOILER
Page 230: FOUNTAINS Page 31: 05-12 FORCED DRAUGHT GAS CONDENSING BOILER
Page 234: GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS Page 32: 05-13 FORCED DRAUGHT [PRESSURE JET] OIL CONDENSING BOILER
Page 237: HAZARDOUS AREA (ELECTRICS) Page 33: 05-14 BOILERS MTHW UP TO 120 oC
Page 243: HEAT EMITTERS Page 34: 05-15 MULTIPLE BOILERS - sequence controls
Page 260: HEAT EXCHANGERS Page 35: 05-16 BOILER CONTROLS - Single boiler: on/off
Page 271: HEAT REJECTION SYSTEMS Page 36: 05-19 STEAM BOILERS Pre-maintenance check.
Page 282: HIGH VOLTAGE WORKS Page 37: 05-20 STEAM BOILERS Maintenance schedule.
Page 309: HOT & COLD WATER SERVICES Page 40: 05-21 ELECTRIC BOILERS
Page 313: HOT WATER SUPPLY Page 41: 05-22 ELECTRODE BOILERS
Page 335: HUMIDIFIERS INCLUDING DISINFECTION PROCEDURES Page 42: 05-23 BOILERS LTHW UP TO 95ºC
Page 347: ICE MAKING MACHINES Page 43: 05-24 BOILERS - FIRE AND SAFETY CIRCUITS
Page 350: INSULATION Page 44: 05-25 WASTE AND WOOD BURNING APPLIANCES (including boilers) - Fire And Boiler Safety Circuits
Page 352: LIGHTING Page 45: 05-26 WASTE AND WOOD BURNING APPLIANCES (including boilers) - Combustion Chamber
Page 358: LIGHTING- EMERGENCY Page 46: 05-27 WASTE AND WOOD BURNING APPLIANCES (including boilers) - BOILER (if fitted)
Page 366: LIGHTNING PROTECTION Page 47: 05-28 Atmospheric Gas Burner Boiler - Small and/or wall hung for domestic/light commercial installation
Page 369: MOTORS Page 49: 05-29 COMBINATION ATMOSPHERIC BURNER GAS BOILER
Page 371: PIPEWORK SYSTEMS Page 51: 05-30 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNER/CONDENSING COMBINATION BOILER
Page 390: PNEUMATICS Page 53: 05-31 AIR TO WATER HEAT PUMP
Page 392: PORTABLE EQUIPMENT Page 54: 05-32 WATER TO WATER HEAT PUMP
Page 397: POWER GENERATORS Page 55: 05-33 BRINE TO WATER HEAT PUMP
Page 406: POWER SUPPLIES Page 56: 05-34 PACKAGED STEAM GENERATORS
Page 417: PUMPS Page 59: 05-35 PAKAGED STEAM GENERATORS - ELECTRIC
Page 437: REFRIGERANT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Page 60: 05-36 STEAM BOILER REPORT - PERIODIC EXAMINATION
Page 441: ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS Page 61: 05-37 BOILER SUPERHEATER
Page 444: SANITARY AND WASTE WATER PLUMBING Page 62: 05-38 BIOMASS BOILER
Page 454: SECURITY SYSTEMS Page 64: 05-39 GAS BOOSTER SETS
Page 456: SENSORS AND SWITCHING DEVICES Page 65: 05-40 GAS GOVERNOR OR GAS REGULATOR
Page 467: SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS Page 66: 05-41 GAS INCINERATOR
Page 479: SHOWERS Page 68: 05-42 WASTE INCINERATOR
Page 482: SMOKE EXTRACT Page 72: 05-43 WET SCRUBBER SYSTEM
Contents Page 1 of 7
Page 486: SOLAR PANELS Page 74: 05-44 FABRIC FILTER SYSTEM
Page 488: SPLIT SYSTEMS INCLUDING HEAT PUMPS Page 76: 05-45 SANITARY INCINERATOR
Page 497: STARTERS Page 79: 06-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 507: STORAGE TANKS Page 80: 06-03 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - Central Operator Station
Page 524: SWIMMING POOLS Page 82: 06-04 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - COMMUNICATIONS
Page 535: SWITCHES Page 83: 06-05 BUILDING MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS - OUTSTATIONS
Page 538: TERMINAL UNITS Page 84: 06-06 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - SOFTWARE FUNCTIONS
Page 553: VACUUM SYSTEMS Page 86: 07-01 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNERS
Page 556: VALVES Page 87: 07-02 BLOWN GAS BURNER
Page 566: VALVES -AUTOMATIC CONTROL Page 88: 07-03 FORCED DRAUGHT GAS BURNER
Page 573: VEHICLE ACCESS Page 89: 07-04 FUEL OIL DISTRIBUTION & PIPEWORK USING MEDIUM (220/960 Sec) OIL
Page 576: VENTILATION ANCILLARIES Page 90: 07-05 FORCED DRAUGHT [PRESSURE JET] OIL BURNER
Page 585: WATER TREATMENT Page 91: 07-06 LIGHT OIL VAPORISING POT BURNER
Page 608: WHIRLPOOLS-HYDROTHERAPY Page 92: 07-07 GAS/OIL BURNERS - Dual fuel
Page 94: 09-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 95: 09-02 PACKAGED CHILLER UNITS
Page 98: 09-03 LITHIUM BROMIDE/WATER ABSORPTION CHILLERS
Page 99: 09-04 GAS FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLER UP TO 18 KW COOLING CAPACITY
Page 101: 10-01 COLD ROOMS
Page 102: 10-02 REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CABINETS
Page 104: 11-01 COMMUNICATIONS - PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
Page 107: 12-01 COMPRESSORS REFRIGERATION - Reciprocal - (includes hermetic, semi-hermetic and open)
Page 109: 12-02 COMPRESSOR - SCREW
Page 110: 12-03 COMPRESSORS REFRIGERATION - CENTRIFUGAL
Page 112: 12-04 COMPRESSOR - SCROLL
Page 115: 13-01 CONDENSERS - water cooled
Page 116: 13-02 CONDENSER - air cooled
Page 118: 14-01 CONTROL PANELS AND CONTROLLERS INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 119: 14-02 CONTROL PANELS - electrical services (excluding electrical controllers and pneumatic relays)
Page 120: 14-03 CONTROL PANELS - lamps, meters, alarms etc.
Page 121: 14-04 OPTIMISER
Page 122: 14-05 HEATING COMPENSATOR
Page 123: 14-06 SINGLE INPUT CONTROLLER
Page 124: 14-06 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 125: 14-07 UNIT CONTROLLERS AND SENSOR CONTROLLERS
Page 126: 14-07 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 127: 14-08 CONTROLLER TIMERS
Page 128: 14-08 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 129: 14-09 STEP CONTROLLERS
Page 130: 14-09 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 131: 14-10 TIMESWITCHES
Page 132: 14-10 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 133: 14-11 MULTI-INPUT CONTROLLERS
Page 134: 14-11 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 135: 14-12 INDICATORS AND DISPLAYS
Page 136: 14-13 ALARM MODULES
Page 137: 14-14 LEVEL CONTROLLERS
Page 138: 14-14 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 139: 14-15 SPEED CONTROLLERS
Page 140: 14-15 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 141: 14-16 TRANSDUCERS - pneumatic to electronic and electronic to pneumatic
Page 142: 14-17 DIRECT CURRENT [DC] DRIVES
Page 143: 14-18 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONS
Page 145: 16-01 DUCTING AND AIR DISTRIBUTION INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 146: 16-02 DUCTWORK SYSTEM - GENERAL
Page 147: 16-03 DUCTING - VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS AND FIRE/ SMOKE DAMPERS
Page 148: 16-04 DUCTING - Attenuators

Page 2 of 7
Page 150: 17-01 DUCTWORK CLEANING HYGIENE, INSPECTIONS & MONITORING
Page 153: 18-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 155: 19-01 REFRIGERATION EVAPORATORS
Page 158: 20-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 159: 20-02 FANS - VENTILATING - general
Page 161: 20-03 FANS -CENTRIFUGAL
Page 163: 20-04 FANS- AXIAL
Page 165: 20-05 FANS - PROPELLER
Page 167: 20-06 FANS-MIXED FLOW
Page 169: 20-07 FANS-BIFURCATED
Page 171: 20-08 FANS-EXTRACT - including fire/smoke extracts units
Page 172: 22-02 FIRE ALARMS - Associated Equipment
Page 175: 21-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 176: 21-02 AIR FILTERS
Page 179: 21-03 ELECTROSTATIC FILTERS
Page 181: 22-01 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 190: 23-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 191: 23-02 HOSE REELS PRESSURE BOOSTING SETS
Page 192: 23-03 HOSE REELS - Static or Swinging
Page 194: 23-04 RISING FIRE MAINS and HYDRANTS
Page 195: 23-05 Gas Extinguishing systems
Page 197: 23-06 CARBON DIOXIDE TOTAL FLOODING FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
Page 199: 23-07 EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEMS
Page 202: 23-08 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - GAS SUPPRESSION (Halon)
Page 203: 23-09 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - CARBON DIOXIDE
Page 205: 23-10 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - FOAM (Stored Pressure)
Page 208: 23-11 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - POWDER (GAS CARTRIDGE)
Page 213: 23-12 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - WATER - GAS CARTRIDGE
Page 217: 23-13 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - WATER STORED PRESSURE
Page 220: 23-14 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
Page 225: 23-15 GAS DETECTION
Page 226: 23-16 KITCHEN HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION
Page 229: 24-01 FLUES (all combustible fuels)
Page 231: 25-01 FOUNTAINS OUTDOOR - ORNAMENTAL
Page 232: 25-02 FOUNTAINS INDOOR - ORNAMENTAL
Page 235: 26-01 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS
Page 236: 26-02 LOUVRES, BIRD AND INSECT SCREENS
Page 238: 27-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 239: 27-02 Hazardous areas - FLAME PROOF EQUIPMENT
Page 240: 27-03 Hazardous areas - LIGHTING
Page 241: 27-04 Hazardous areas - EARTHING
Page 244: 28-01 HEAT EMITTERS
Page 248: 28-02 GAS FIRED CERAMIC PLAQUE INFRA RED HEATERS
Page 250: 28-03 GAS RADIANT TUBE HEATERS
Page 252: 28-04 GAS FIRED NATURAL AND FAN ASSISTED HEATERS - Conventional and Balanced Flue.
Page 253: 28-05 GAS FIRE
Page 255: 28-06 GAS FIRED UNIT HEATERS
Page 257: 28-07 GAS FIRED RADIANT HEATERS
Page 261: 29-01 HEAT EXCHANGERS - COILS
Page 263: 29-02 ELECTRIC/AIR HEATER
Page 264: 29-03 PLATE RECUPERATOR
Page 265: 29-04 THERMAL WHEELS - ROTARY HEAT REGENERATORS
Page 266: 29-05 RUN AROUND HEAT RECOVERY COILS
Page 267: 29-06 PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS
Page 268: 29-07 WATER TO WATER PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS
Page 269: 29-08 HEATING CALORIFIERS - MTHW, HTHW or STEAM
Page 272: 30-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Page 3 of 7
Page 273: 30-02 COOLING TOWERS - Precautions against Legionnaires disease (legionella pneumophila)
Page 278: 30-03 DRY COOLERS
Page 280: 30-04 ADIABATIC COOLERS
Page 283: 70-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 284: 70-02 HV PACKAGED SUBSTATIONS
Page 286: 70-03 OIL SWITCHGEAR INCLUDING OIL CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND OIL SWITCHES
Page 290: 70-04 NON-OIL SWITCHGEAR
Page 296: 70-05 VACUUM INDOOR SWITCHGEAR
Page 299: 70-06 FLUID FILLED TRANSFORMER
Page 302: 70-07 CAST RESIN TRANSFORMER
Page 305: 70-08 RING MAIN UNIT
Page 307: 70-09 HV SWITCHPANEL
Page 312: 31-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 315: 32-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 316: 32-02 HOT WATER SERVICES general
Page 317: 32-03 CALORIFIER TYPES
Page 318: 32-04 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 319: 32-05 CALORIFIERS HEATED BY LTHW
Page 320: 32-06 HOT WATER CALORIFIERS HEATED BY MTHW, HTHW or STEAM
Page 322: 32-07 HOT WATER SUPPLY CALORIFIERS
Page 324: 32-08 CALORIFIER AND HEAT EXCHANGE CONTROLS
Page 325: 32-09 HOT WATER CYLINDERS
Page 327: 32-10 UNVENTED HOT WATER SYSTEMS
Page 328: 32-11 THERMAL STORAGE CYLINDER (individual dwellings for DHWS)
Page 330: 32-12 EXPANSION VESSELS
Page 331: 32-13 DIRECT FIRED WATER HEATERS
Page 332: 32-14 INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS (non drinks type)
Page 333: 32-15 PACKAGED ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS-cistern type (non drinks)
Page 334: 32-16 VENTED HOT WATER SYSTEMS
Page 336: 33-01 HUMIDIFIER - Cold water evaporator, drum type
Page 337: 33-02 HUMIDIFIER - Direct steam injection type.
Page 340: 33-03 ELECTRODE BOILER HUMIDIFIER
Page 341: 33-04 HUMIDIFIERS- Compressed air type
Page 343: 33-05 HUMIDIFIERS- Ultra sonic
Page 344: 33-06 HUMIDIFIERS- Resistance heater type
Page 345: 33-07 HUMIDIFIER - Disinfection procedures
Page 346: 33-08 SPRAY HUMIDIFIERS
Page 348: 34-01 ICE MAKING MACHINES
Page 351: 35-01 THERMAL INSULATION
Page 353: 36-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 354: 36-02 LIGHTING-SWITCHES-INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL
Page 355: 36-03 LIGHTING FITTINGS including LUMINAIRES general
Page 356: 36-04 EXTERNAL LIGHTING including ILLUMINATED SIGNS
Page 359: 37-01 EMERGENCY LIGHTING self contained
Page 361: 37-02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING externally powered
Page 363: 40-04 CHILLED WATER-CONDENSER WATER PIPE SYSTEMS
Page 364: 40-05 CONDENSER - CHILLED WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS
Page 365: 40-06 PRESSURISATION UNITS - CHILLED WATER
Page 367: 38-01 LIGHTNING CONDUCTOR AND EARTH
Page 370: 39-01 MOTORS- DRIVE ELEMENTS
Page 372: 40-01 PIPEWORK SYSTEMS - General
Page 373: 40-03 PIPEWORK SYSTEMS-TRACE HEATING
Page 374: 40-07 PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENT – COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS
Page 375: 40-08 AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS
Page 379: 40-09 AIR COMPRESSORS Compressed air dryers
Page 380: 40-10 PIPEWORK FOR LOW PRESSURE NATURAL GAS, LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LPG) OR OIL
Page 382: 40-11 STEAM SERVICES

Page 4 of 7
Page 384: 40-12 FLASH STEAM VESSEL
Page 386: 40-13 EMERGENCY SOLENOID FUEL VALVES
Page 387: 40-15 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
Page 388: 40-16 WATER BUFFER/SURGE TANKS
Page 389: 40-17 WATER MAINS - above ground
Page 391: 41-01 PNEUMATIC RELAYS
Page 393: 42-01 PORTABLE APPLIANCE TESTING (PAT)
Page 398: 43-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 399: 43-02 POWER GENERATION--STAND-BY GENERATOR
Page 403: 43-03 BATTERIES - LEAD ACID - unsealed
Page 404: 43-04 BATTERY CHARGING EQUIPMENT
Page 405: 43-05 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES
Page 407: 44-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 408: 44-02 MAIN SWITCH PANEL AT SUPPLY INTAKE
Page 410: 44-05 POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT (PDU)
Page 412: 44-06 EARTHING
Page 413: 44-07 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
Page 414: 44-08 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION - GENERALLY
Page 416: 44-10 ISOLATORS/STARTERS/FUSESWITCHES
Page 418: 45-01 PUMPS - General
Page 420: 45-02 CIRCULATING PUMPS-general
Page 421: 45-03 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
Page 423: 45-04 PRESSURISATION PUMPS
Page 425: 45-05 ROTARY HAND PUMPS
Page 426: 45-06 SECONDARY HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS
Page 427: 45-07 SEWAGE OR DRAINAGE PUMPS SUBMERSIBLE
Page 429: 45-08 SEWAGE and DRAINAGE PUMPS: DRYWELL
Page 431: 45-09 SEWAGE PUMPS: COMPRESSED AIR
Page 432: 45-10 SUMP PUMPS: EXTENDED SHAFT
Page 434: 45-12 WATER PUMPING PRESSURE BOOSTING SETS
Page 436: 45-13 OGDEN STEAM PUMP
Page 438: 46-01 REFRIGERANT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Page 442: 47-01 ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS
Page 445: 48-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 446: 48-02 MACERATORS
Page 447: 48-03 INTERCEPTORS - Petrol and Oil
Page 448: 48-04 INTERCEPTORS - blowdown and sumps
Page 450: 48-05 SANITARY, WASTE WATER PLUMBING and DRAINS
Page 452: 48-06 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES
Page 453: 48-08 SANITARY AND WASTE WATER PLUMBING - WATER SAVING DEVICES and METERS
Page 455: 49-01 SECURITY SYSTEMS-INTRUDER ALARMS
Page 457: 50-01 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 458: 50-02 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SENSORS - static and differential
Page 459: 50-03 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SENSORS
Page 460: 50-04 RELATIVE HUMIDITY SENSORS
Page 461: 50-05 ABSOLUTE HUMIDITY SENSORS
Page 462: 50-07 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSORS
Page 463: 50-08 VELOCITY SENSORS
Page 464: 50-09 OCCUPANCY and LIGHT SENSORS
Page 465: 50-10 SMOKE DETECTORS
Page 466: 50-11 GAS DETECTOR SENSORS
Page 468: 71-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 469: 71-02 SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS - package systems
Page 471: 71-03 SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS - EXTENDED AERATION AND OXIDATION DITCH SYSTEMS
Page 475: 71-04 DRAINAGE FIELDS
Page 476: 71-05 SETTLEMENT TANKS
Page 477: 71-06 SEPERATOR SYSTEMS

Page 5 of 7
Page 480: 51-01 SHOWERS
Page 481: 51-02 SHOWERS BOOSTER PUMPS
Page 483: 52-02 SMOKE RELIEF - Natural smoke and heat exhaust ventilators
Page 484: 52-03 SMOKE RELIEF - Powered smoke and heat exhaust ventilators
Page 485: 52-04 SMOKE CURTAINS
Page 487: 53-01 SOLAR HOT WATER PANELS and similar COLLECTING DEVICES
Page 489: 54-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 490: 54-02 DX SPLIT SYSTEMS - with gas, electric or hot water heaters
Page 494: 54-03 SPLIT SYSTEMS/ HEATPUMPS – air-cooled with direct expansion evaporator (DX)
Page 498: 55-01 DRIVE ELEMENTS - STARTERS
Page 499: 55-02 STARTERS - Star Delta
Page 500: 55-03 STARTERS -Two speed - Dual wound
Page 501: 55-04 STARTERS - Two speed - Pole change
Page 502: 55-05 STARTERS - Reversing
Page 503: 55-06 STARTERS - Auto-transformer
Page 504: 55-07 STARTERS - Quick transition, electric heater
Page 505: 55-08 STARTERS electrolyte type
Page 506: 55-09 STARTERS-AIR BREAK AND CONTACTORS
Page 509: 56-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 511: 56-02 COLD WATER STORAGE TANKS and CISTERNS
Page 514: 56-03 ICE STORAGE SYSTEMS
Page 516: 56-05 STORAGE TANKS - OIL
Page 519: 56-06 UNDERGROUND OIL STORAGE TANKS
Page 522: 56-07 STORAGE SILO - wood chip / pellets
Page 523: 56-08 STORAGE SILO - COAL
Page 525: 57-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 526: 57-02 SWIMMING POOLS
Page 530: 57-03 SWIMMING POOLS - FILTERS
Page 532: 57-04 SWIMMING POOLS - PIPEWORK, PUMPS, HEATING etc.
Page 536: 58-01 ON/OFF SWITCHING DEVICES
Page 537: 58-02 CONTROL RELAYS
Page 539: 59-01 TERMINAL UNITS VAV - self powered
Page 540: 59-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 541: 59-02 TERMINAL UNITS VAV - fan powered
Page 542: 59-02 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 543: 59-03 TERMINAL UNITS VAV - pneumatic powered
Page 544: 59-03 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 545: 59-04 TERMINAL UNITS - Constant volume including mixing
Page 546: 59-04 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 547: 59-05 TERMINAL UNITS - INDUCTION UNITS
Page 548: 59-05 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 549: 59-06 TERMINAL UNITS - FAN COIL
Page 550: 59-07 TERMINAL UNITS VRV SYSTEMS
Page 552: 59-07 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 554: 60-01 VACUUM SYSTEMS - general
Page 555: 60-02 VACUUM TUBES - cash handling
Page 557: 61-01 VALVES
Page 560: 61-02 TAP AND OUTLET FITTINGS
Page 561: 61-03 SERVICE VALVES
Page 562: 61-04 COMBINATION TAP ASSEMBLIES, MIXING VALVES/TAPS
Page 565: 61-05 SHOWER VALVES
Page 567: 62-01 PRE - MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Page 568: 62-02 ROTARY VALVES - Shoe or Slipper
Page 569: 62-03 BUTTERFLY AND BALL VALVES
Page 570: 62-04 SELF ACTING and THERMAL VALVES
Page 571: 62-05 SOLENOID VALVES
Page 572: 62-07 SEAT VALVES

Page 6 of 7
Page 574: 63-01 UNDERFLOOR HEATING including VEHICLE ACCESS RAMPS
Page 575: 63-02 AUTOMATIC VEHICLE BARRIER
Page 577: 64-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 578: 64-02 MOTOR DRIVEN EXHAUST HOSE REEL
Page 579: 64-03 SPRING RECOIL HOSE REEL
Page 580: 64-04 MOBILE DUST SEPARATOR FOR SPOT EXTRACTION
Page 581: 64-05 MOBILE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED CYCLONE SEPARATOR
Page 582: 64-06 VEHICLE EXHAUST RAIL SYSTEM
Page 583: 64-07 WOOD DUST EXTRACTION
Page 588: 65-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Page 589: 65-02 ION EXCHANGE PLANT - BASE EXCHANGE SOFTENING - commercial
Page 591: 65-03 ION EXCHANGE PLANT - BASE EXCHANGE SOFTENING - domestic (capacity usually below 50 litres)
Page 593: 65-04 SPECIAL WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS
Page 594: 65-05 FILTRATION, CONDITIONING and pH CORRECTION - central plant
Page 595: 65-06 FILTRATION and CONDITIONING - POINT OF USE
Page 596: 65-07 REVERSE OSMOSIS
Page 597: 65-08 ULTRA VIOLET DISINFECTION UNIT
Page 598: 65-09 OZONATION PLANT
Page 600: 65-10 CHEMICAL DOSING
Page 602: 65-11 ADIABATIC COOLING - Introductory Information and Procedures
Page 603: 65-12 ADIABATIC COOLING SYSTEMS
Page 606: 65-13 CHLORINE DIOXIDE DOSING FOR DOMESTIC LOWLEVEL INJECTION
Page 607: 65-14 CHLORINE DIOXIDE LOW DOSING DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS
Page 609: 66-01 WHIRLPOOL/SPA BATHS
Page 611: 66-02 HYDROTHERAPY POOLS
Page 614: 66-03 STEAM ROOMS and HUMIDIFIERS

Page 7 of 7
ACTUATORS

Page 1 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

01-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 01-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The following procedures apply to all types of actuator and require that before any Other The following procedures apply to all types of actuator and require that before any maintenance is
maintenance is undertaken all safety precautions must be strictly adhered to. Care must be taken undertaken all safety precautions must be strictly adhered to. Care must be taken to ensure that any
to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with the system's environmental conditions. maintenance does not unduly interfere with the system`s environmental conditions.
When working on equipment it should be noted that any auxiliaries fitted may have supplies fed from
a separate circuit to that of the actuator. Therefore should the actuator supply be disconnected it When working on equipment it should be noted that any auxiliaries fitted may have supplies fed from
should not be taken for granted that the auxiliary supply has also been disconnected. a separate circuit to that of the actuator. Therefore should the actuator supply be disconnected it
To check that the actuator is performing its correct task, it is immaterial as to whether it is mounted on should not be taken for granted that the auxiliary supply has also been disconnected.
a damper, louvre, valve or any other piece of equipment. Its purpose is to control to a position
between two limits, by either opening, closing or moving appropriate pieces of equipment. To check that the actuator is performing its correct task, it is immaterial as to whether it is mounted on
Other Actuator Types a damper, louver, valve or any other piece of equipment. Its purpose is to control to a position
The function of an actuator can be split into two main categories: ON/ OFF or MODULATING. Falling between two limits, by either opening, closing or moving appropriate pieces of equipment.
within these two categories are the seven types listed in this section.
Although the majority of actuator types are covered in the following pages, new developments may Other Actuator Types
mean that the engineer is not fully aware of the operating characteristics of the device under scrutiny.
If any doubt arises it would be preferred if the manufacturer were questioned prior to any checks or The function of an actuator can be split into two main categories: ON/ OFF or MODULATING. Falling
adjustments being carried out. within these two categories are the seven types listed in this section.
An example of the above is the VAV actuator sensor controller. This is a type of actuator that has
the controller built into the actuator housing. The sensor is connected via a length of cable and will Although the majority of actuator types are covered in the following pages, new developments may
commonly be sensing air velocity or pressure. The controller will have been set to the required VAV mean that the engineer is not fully aware of the operating characteristics of the device under scrutiny.
box demand and these settings should not be altered without prior consultation with the client, If any doubt arises it would be preferred if the manufacturer were questioned prior to any checks or
the VAV box manufacturer and the actuator manufacturer. In this example, cross-referencing adjustments being carried out.
should be made between the Actuators, Controllers and Sensors sections.
An example of the above is the VAV actuator sensor controller. This is a type of actuator that has the
controller built into the actuator housing. The sensor is connected via a length of cable and will
commonly be sensing air velocity or pressure. The controller will have been set to the required VAV
box demand and these settings should not be altered without prior consultation with the client, the
VAV box manufacturer and the actuator manufacturer. In this example, cross-referencing should be
made between the Actuators, Controllers and Sensors sections.

Page 2 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

01-02 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 01-02 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

Should any discrepancies occur with the following checks the client should be informed as soon as Other Should any discrepancies occur with the following checks the client should be informed as soon as
possible to avoid the possible uneconomical running of his plant. possible to avoid the possible uneconomical running of his plant.
The frequency of checks should be used as a minimum in the event that the actuator is The frequency of checks should be used as a minimum in the event that the actuator is performing a
performing a safety function (i.e. on a fire and smoke damper). Lives and property could safety function (i.e. on a fire and smoke damper). Lives and property could depend upon this actuator
depend upon this actuator working properly. working properly.
1. Cables. Check for signs of heat, damage, chafing or water ingress. 1. Cables. Check for signs of heat, damage, chafing or water ingress.
2. Mounting. Check mounting is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.
3. Anchor points. Check security. 2. Mounting. Check mounting is in accordance with the manufacturer`s recommendation.
4. Mechanical protection. Check for soundness.
5. Earth bonding. Check connection. 3. Anchor points. Check security.
Actuator torque. Check torque with a torque wrench. This check is of particular importance on spring
return type actuators because the spring will have a maximum life span. Elasticity of the spring and 4. Mechanical protection. Check for soundness.
hence the torque will reduce with time, if the torque is insufficient to complete the action, this could be
a hazard to life and property. 5. Earth bonding. Check connection.
7. Working conditions. Check actuator is operating within its design ambient conditions.
Actuator torque. Check torque with a torque wrench. This check is of particular importance on spring
return type actuators because the spring will have a maximum life span. Elasticity of the spring and
hence the torque will reduce with time, if the torque is insufficient to complete the action, this could be
a hazard to life and property.

7. Working conditions. Check actuator is operating within its design ambient conditions.

Page 3 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

01-03 THERMAL ACTUATORS 01-03 THERMAL ACTUATORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Electricity 12M Check supply voltage and that If supply voltages are not found, Technical 1. Electricity 12M Where applicable, Check supply If supply voltages are not found,
supply. polarities are correct. check to see if supply is via a supply. voltage and that polarities are check to see if supply is via a
controller. Refer to manufacturer's correct. controller. Refer to manufacturer`s
data sheet. data sheet.
2. Control signal. 12M Check for presence and that Refer to manufacturer's data sheet. Technical 2. Control signal. 12M Where applicable, Check for Refer to manufacturer`s data sheet.
polarity is correct. The previous note can also apply to presence and that polarity is The previous note can also apply to
the control signal. correct. the control signal.
6. Reaction to 6M Check that the actuator assumes See relevant control/sensor section Other 6. Reaction to 3M Check that the actuator assumes See relevant control/sensor section
safety signal i.e. correct position (if applicable). for this operation. safety signal i.e. correct position (if applicable). for this operation.
fire/smoke. fire/smoke.
9. Leakage. 12M Check for signs of leakage of See manufacturer's data sheet. Technical 9. Leakage. 12M Check for signs of leakage of fluid See manufacturer`s data sheet.
hydraulic fluid around actuator around actuator seals. Change
seals. Change seals if necessary. seals if necessary.

Page 4 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

01-04 PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS 01-04 PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS

Pneumatic actuators do not have an electrical supply but function by air pressure alone. Therefore Technical Pneumatic actuators do not have an electrical supply but function by air pressure alone. Therefore
should there be any loss in pressure, the performance of the actuator (and thus the whole system) will should there be any loss in pressure, the performance of the actuator (and thus the whole system) will
be impaired making it inefficient. be impaired making it inefficient.
Electro/pneumatic controllers will have an electrical supply to them and therefore all necessary
precautions will need to be taken to isolate supplies.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Air quality. 12M Check that any filters are clear of If water and/or oil is present, check Technical 3. Air quality. 12M Check that any filters are clear of If water and/or oil is present, trace
water and oil (filter may not be local with manufacturer of the system water and oil (filter may not be local pipe work back to identify the source
to the actuator). regarding required action. to the actuator). of the water or oil and rectify the
problem
4. Manual 12M Check to ensure actuator achieves Ensure manual override is set to Technical 4. Manual 12M Check to ensure actuator achieves Ensure manual override is reset to
operation (if fitted). stroke limits. Check for minimum/ correct position. operation (if fitted). stroke limits. Check for minimum/ correct automatic position.
maximum setting. maximum setting.
7. Actuator 6M Check calibration - controller output Note control pressure operation Other 7. Actuator 6M Check calibration - controller output Note control pressure operation
function. to actuator position. Note: more range is correct (could be function. to actuator position. More than one range is correct (could be
than one actuator may be fed from sequenced control) actuator may be fed from the sequenced control)
the control supply. control supply.
Added 9. Reaction to 3M Check that the actuator assumes See relevant control/sensor section
safety signal i.e. correct position (if applicable). for this operation.
fire/smoke.

Page 5 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

01-05 HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS 01-05 HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS

(Should not be confused with pneumatic actuators) Technical Ensure the correct grade and type of hydraulic oil is used for any topping up purposes.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Electricity 12M Check supply voltage and that If supply voltages are not found, Technical 1. Electricity 12M Where applicable, check supply If supply voltages are not found,
supply. polarities are correct. check to see if supply is via a supply. voltage and that polarities are check to see if supply is via a
controller. Refer to manufacturer's correct. controller. Refer to manufacturer`s
data sheet. data sheet.
2. Control signal. 12M Check for presence and that Refer to manufacturer's data sheet. Technical 2. Control signal. 12M Where applicable, check for Refer to manufacturer`s data sheet.
polarity is correct. The previous note can also apply to presence and that polarity is The previous note can also apply to
the control signal. correct. the control signal.
8. Leakage. 12M Check for signs of leakage of See manufacturer's data sheet. Technical 8. Leakage. 12M Check for signs of leakage of See manufacturer`s data sheet.
hydraulic fluid around actuator hydraulic fluid around actuator
seals. Change seals if necessary. seals. Change seals if necessary.
On completion of the works, bleed
through the system to ensure there
is no air trapped in the pipework

Page 6 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

01-06 MOTOR DRIVEN ACTUATORS 01-06 MOTOR DRIVEN ACTUATORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
6. Reaction to 6M Check that the actuator assumes The signal could be in any form from Other 6. Reaction to 3M Check that the actuator assumes The signal could be in any form
safety signal i.e. correct position (if applicable). a fusible link in the supply or gear safety signal i.e. correct position (if applicable). from a fusible link in the supply or
fire/smoke. box to an independent signal from a fire/smoke. gear box to an independent signal
control. If the actuator is integrated from a control. If the actuator is
into the fire alarm circuit, checks integrated into the fire alarm circuit,
may have to be made whilst a fire checks may have to be made whilst
drill is in operation. See a fire drill is in operation. See
manufacturer's data sheet on this manufacturer`s data sheet on this
actuator and relevant control and/or actuator and relevant control and/or
sensor section. sensor section.

Page 7 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

01-07 POWER FAIL - MOTOR RETURN ACTUATORS 01-07 POWER FAIL - MOTOR RETURN ACTUATORS
Power fail - Motor return actuators are commonly enabled to return to the desired position by means Other Power fail - Motor return actuators are commonly enabled to return to the desired position by means
of an electricity supply independent from the rest of the building. Care should be taken to monitor of an electricity supply independent from the rest of the building. Care should be taken to monitor the
the amount of operations left in the batteries and they should be replaced according to the amount of operations left in the batteries and they should be replaced according to the manufacturer`s
manufacturer's instructions. The disposal of batteries calls for special arrangements, which should instructions. The disposal of batteries calls for special arrangements, which should conform to all
conform to all environmental and Health and Safety requirements. environmental and Health and Safety requirements.
Note:- If the following actuators perform a safety function e.g. fitted to a fire/smoke damper, the If the following actuators perform a safety function e.g. fitted to a fire/smoke damper, the frequency of
frequency of checks should be taken as the maximum time between checks and reference should be checks should be taken as the maximum time between checks and reference should be made to the
made to the particular manufacturer's recommended frequencies. It should be remembered that particular manufacturer`s recommended frequencies. It should be remembered that people`s lives
people's lives and property could depend on the actuators functioning correctly. and property could depend on the actuators functioning correctly.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
6. Reaction to 6M Check that the actuator assumes Legislative 6. Reaction to 3M Check that the actuator assumes
safety signal, e.g. correct position (if applicable). safety signal, e.g. correct position (if applicable).
fire/smoke. fire/smoke.

Page 8 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

01-08 POWER FAIL - SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR 01-08 POWER FAIL - SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Manual 12M Check to prove actuator will The actuator may be fitted with the Technical 4. Manual 12M Check to prove actuator will The actuator may be fitted with the
operation (if fitted). mechanically open/close valve or facility to manually wind up the operation (if fitted). mechanically open/close valve or facility to manually wind up the
damper to its working limits. spring, if so the spring must be damper to its working limits. spring, if so the spring must be
wound up with the recommended wound up with the recommended
tool. See manufacturer's data sheet. tool. See manufacturer`s data
If the tool is capable of being sheet. If the tool is capable of being
removed, do so at the end of the removed, do so at the end of the
test and ensure that the actuator is test and ensure that the actuator is
left in the original position. Ensure left in the original position. Ensure
that the actuator is returned to the that the actuator is returned to the
'auto' position (if fitted) after the `auto` position (if fitted) after the
check is completed. check is completed. Care must be
taken in winding up the mechanism
to ensure then spring is not over
tensioned.
7. Reaction to 6M Check that the actuator assumes This signal could be in any form, Other 7. Reaction to 3M Check that the actuator assumes This signal could be in any form,
safety signal, e.g. correct position (if applicable). from a fusible link in the supply or safety signal, e.g. correct position (if applicable). from a fusible link in the supply or
fire smoke. gearbox to an independent signal fire smoke. gearbox to an independent signal
from a control. If the actuator is from a control. If the actuator is
integrated into the fire alarm circuit, integrated into the fire alarm circuit,
checks may have to be made whilst checks may have to be made whilst
a fire drill is in operation. a fire drill is in operation.

Page 9 of 614
AIR CONDITIONING

Page 10 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

02-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 02-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Air conditioning systems range from the single wall/window mounted unit to large installations having Other Air conditioning systems range from the single wall/window mounted unit to large installations having
compressor drives of several hundred kW. The maintenance requirements of the various systems will compressor drives of several hundred kW. The maintenance requirements of the various systems will
differ widely in complexity and skill requirements and this is reflected in the breakdown of this differ widely in complexity and skill requirements and this is reflected in the breakdown of this
document. Two environmental problems associated with air conditioning plant , namely the potential document. Two environmental problems associated with air conditioning plant , namely the potential
depletion of the ozone layer through the release of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and Legionnellosis depletion of the ozone layer through the release of refrigerants and Legionnellosis from untreated
from untreated water systems, demonstrates the need for maintaining plant at the highest standard as water systems, demonstrates the need for maintaining plant at the highest standard as is outlined in
is outlined in this Standard Maintenance Specification. this Standard Maintenance Specification.
Care is also required in the disposal of CFCs. Any practice which releases CFCs into the
atmosphere must not be used. Specialist contractors will have refrigeration engineers who have Care is also required in the disposal of refrigerants. Any practice which releases refrigerants into the
been trained and certified in the handling of CFCs and will have access to and use proper recovery atmosphere must not be used. Specialist contractors will have refrigeration engineers who have been
equipment. These contractors must belong to an Approved Certfied Scheme provider, in accordance trained and certified in the handling of refrigerants and will have access to and use proper recovery
with the "F" Gas and Building Regulations. It is in the building owners’ interest to ensure that plant is equipment. These contractors must belong to an Approved Certified Scheme provider , in accordance
properly maintained to ensure environmental conditions in the building are acceptable to the staff and with the "F" Gas and Building Regulations. It is in the building owners’ interest to ensure that plant is
that energy is not wasted. properly maintained to ensure environmental conditions in the building are acceptable to the staff and
In a subject as complicated as the maintenance of air conditioning plant an approach has been that energy is not wasted.
selected which breaks the systems down into their component parts such as compressors,
condensers, and evaporators or chillers, refrigerant distribution systems with their associated controls. In a subject as complicated as the maintenance of air conditioning plant an approach has been
Central and room air conditioning plant are examined in the appropriate detail as Air Handling Units , selected which breaks the systems down into their component parts such as compressors,
Humidifiers, Heat Rejection Unitary Air Conditioners. It must be emphasised that although this condensers, and evaporators or chillers, refrigerant distribution systems with their associated controls.
modular approach has been adopted it is the system as a whole, which must be maintained on a Central and room air conditioning plant are examined in the appropriate detail as Air Handling Units ,
regular basis using this Standard Maintenance Specification. Humidifiers, Heat Rejection Unitary Air Conditioners. It must be emphasised that although this
modular approach has been adopted it is the system as a whole, which must be maintained on a
regular basis using this Standard Maintenance Specification.

Page 11 of 614
AIR HANDLING UNITS

Page 12 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

03-01 AIR HANDLING UNITS - general 03-01 AIR HANDLING UNITS - general
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Filter. 1M Check manometer reading and Record manometer reading. It Other 1. Filter. 1M Check manometer reading and Check the pressure differential
renew filter media as indicated. should be noted that checking the renew filter media as indicated. across the filters. It should be noted
filter should be carried out weekly by that checking the filter should be
maintenance staff. carried out weekly by the client.
7. Drive belts. 1M Check tension, alignment, and Re-tension or replace as necessary. Other 8. Drive belts. 1M Check tension, alignment, and Re-tension or replace as necessary.
condition. For detailed maintenance condition. For detailed maintenance
procedures, see BELT DRIVES. procedures, see Belt drives SFG
04-01
8. Drive pulleys. 12M Check alignment, security. Other 9. Drive pulleys. 12M Check alignment, security.

9. Drive 12M Check alignment and for excessive Wear is indicated by exessive Other 10. Drive 12M Check alignment and for excessive Wear is indicated by excessive
couplings. clearance. clearance and couplings should be couplings. clearance. clearance and couplings should be
replaced. replaced.
10. Damper and 3M Lubricate lightly. Other 11. Damper and 3M Lubricate lightly.
guide vane pivots guide vane pivots
and linkages. and linkages.
11. Motorised 3M Check to see that louvres are clear For detailed maintenance see Other 12. Motorised 3M Check to see that louvers are clear For detailed maintenance see
damper. and not obstructed, couplings are MOTORS. damper. and not obstructed, couplings are Actuators SFG 01-01 to 01-08
secure and that motor runs without secure and that motor runs without
excessive noise or vibration. excessive noise or vibration.
12. Heating and 12M Check condition and clean. Check Even when filters are fitted, dirt can Other 13. Heating and 12M Check condition and clean. Check Even when filters are fitted, dirt can
cooling coils. air and water pressure drops build up causing loss of machine cooling coils. air and water pressure drops across build up causing loss of machine
across coils. output. coils. Check operation of the output.
heating and cooling coil in
accordance with task Heat
exchangers SFG 29-01
13. Controls and 12M Check operation and condition. Calibration } Interrogation } Control Other 14. Controls and 12M Check operation and condition. Calibration }
electrical adjustment } See relevant section electrical Interrogation } Control
connections. connections. adjustment } See relevant
section
14. Valves. 12M Fully open and close and then reset Other 15. Valves. 12M Fully open and close and then reset
at the original setting. at the original setting.

15. Air handling 12M Thoroughly clean interior and check Include heating and cooling coils, Other 16. Air handling 12M Thoroughly clean interior and check Include heating and cooling coils,
unit. for corrosion. On re-assembly fan impeller and eliminator plates unit. for corrosion. On re-assembly fan impeller and eliminator plates
check for air tightness. and other fittings. check for air tightness. and other fittings.
16. Motors. 12M Check:- a) condition of motor This should not exceed data plate Other 17. Motors. 12M Check all motors in accordance This should not exceed data plate
brushes and replace if necessary, value. Measure shaft float and end with Motors SFG 39-01 value. Measure shaft float and end
b) clean and test windings, c) check play. play.
tightness of terminals, d) check full
load current, e) bearing wear, f)
replace lubricant in motor bearings.
17. Anti-vibration 12M Check condition. Other 18. Anti-vibration 12M Check condition.
mountings and mountings and
ductwork flexible ductwork flexible
connections. connections.
Added 7. Fans 6M Check operation of fan in
accordance with the relevant
section of Fans SFG20-01 to 20-08

Page 13 of 614
BELTS

Page 14 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

04-01 BELT DRIVES 04-01 BELT DRIVES

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Bearings. 3M Check for wear and lubricate at When operating in high temperature Other 3. Bearings. 3M Check for wear and lubricate at
(`Sealed for life' frequencies recommended by the environments e.g. above 60 o C (`Sealed for life` frequencies recommended by the
bearings should manufacturer. Where oil filled, more frequent maintenance may be bearings should manufacturer. Where oil filled,
not normally drain, strip and clean bearing necessary. not normally drain, strip and clean bearing
require attention). assembly, reassemble and fill with require attention). assembly, reassemble and fill with
clean oil. clean oil.

Page 15 of 614
BOILERS/HEAT GENERATORS

Page 16 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 05-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

In this section on the maintenance of heat generators, the specification is aimed at establishing best Other In this section on the maintenance of heat generators, the specification is aimed at establishing best
maintenance practice, but this is not intended to replace the statutory insurance inspection required by maintenance practice, but this is not intended to replace the statutory insurance inspection required by
Health and Safety regulations. The term heat generators is a generic one used within the European Health and Safety regulations. The term heat generators is a generic one used within the European
Community to cover all appliances which burn fuel or convert energy to produce heat. Community to cover all appliances which burn fuel or convert energy to produce heat.
This section covers firstly the general requirements which are common to a group of appliances such This section covers firstly the general requirements which are common to a group of appliances such
as hot water heat generators and then examines the maintenance needs within each group. It must as hot water heat generators and then examines the maintenance needs within each group. It must
be emphasised that it is still necessary to refer to manufacturer's maintenance schedules for specific be emphasised that it is still necessary to refer to manufacturer`s maintenance schedules for specific
makes of appliances. makes of appliances.
A detailed breakdown of the contents of this section is given in the Index but the format of each A detailed breakdown of the contents of this section is given in the Index but the format of each
subsection is in the form of tables providing details on the item to be maintained, the frequency of subsection is in the form of tables providing details on the item to be maintained, the frequency of
maintenance, the action to take and where appropriate informative notes about the action be taken. It maintenance, the action to take and where appropriate informative notes about the action be taken. It
should be noted that the frequency of maintenance relates to average conditions in terms of should be noted that the frequency of maintenance relates to average conditions in terms of use and
use and the environment in which the equipment is working. In cases where operating regimes the environment in which the equipment is working. In cases where operating regimes are severe or
are severe or the environment dirty or corrosive the frequency of maintenance should be the environment dirty or corrosive the frequency of maintenance should be increased to meet those
increased to meet those conditions. conditions.
Sections include: Sections include:
Hot water heat generators including condensing heat generators Hot water heat generators including condensing heat generators
Steam raising heat generators Steam raising heat generators
Oil fired heat generators Oil fired heat generators
Coal fired heat generators Coal fired heat generators
Gas fired heat generators, direct fired, warm air heaters and radiant systems are found in HEAT Gas fired heat generators, direct fired, warm air heaters and radiant systems are found in Heat
EMITTERS emitters SFG28
Electrode heat generators Electrode heat generators
Electric heat generators Electric heat generators
Waste/Wood Burning heat generators Waste/Wood Burning heat generators Controls relating to actual pieces of equipment are covered in
Controls relating to actual pieces of equipment are covered in the appropriate tables but more the appropriate tables but more sophisticated controls are covered in the relevant sections.
sophisticated controls are covered in the relevant sections. Heat generator types
Heat generator types The term heat generator covers a wide range of energy conversion appliances wh ich involve a
The term heat generator covers a wide range of energy conversion appliances which involve a heating heating source, usually a fossil fuel burner or an electrical resistance element, which applies heat at
source, usually a fossil fuel burner or an electrical resistance element, which applies heat at one side one side of a metal surface. On the other side is a heating fluid, usually water or air, which absorbs
of a metal surface. On the other side is a heating fluid, usually water or air, which absorbs energy from energy from the heat source. This operation is termed heat transfer and anything which hinders that
the heat source. This operation is termed heat transfer and anything which hinders that transfer transfer wastes energy.
wastes energy. In the case of hot water it can either be circulated at near atmospheric pressure or circulated at higher
In the case of hot water it can either be circulated at near atmospheric pressure or circulated at higher pressures and temperatures above the normal boiling point. Alternatively the water can be evaporated
pressures and temperatures above the normal boiling point. Alternatively the water can be evaporated as steam and the steam circulated as the heating medium.
as steam and the steam circulated as the heating medium. Warm air can be used as a heating medium and if it contains the products of combustion it is said to
Warm air can be used as a heating medium and if it contains the products of combustion it is said to be direct fired. Alternatively uncontaminated warm air can be provided by passing the burner gases
be direct fired. Alternatively uncontaminated warm air can be provided by passing the burner gases through a heat exchanger. In some cases the combustion gases are passed at high temperature
through a heat exchanger. In some cases the combustion gases are passed at high temperature through radiant tubes which provide radiant heat. In most cases, air movement is fan assisted.
through radiant tubes which provide radiant heat. In most cases, air movement is fan assisted. This section covers all the important aspects of heat generator maintenance including safety controls,
This section covers all the important aspects of heat generator maintenance including safety controls, combustion, the combustion chamber and heat generator controls.
combustion, the combustion chamber and heat generator controls. Combustion
Combustion Correct combustion entails the adequate mixing of the fuel with air to ensure that the fuel is
Correct combustion entails the adequate mixing of the fuel with air to ensure that the fuel is completely burnt without producing excessive smoke or diluting the combustion gases with excess air
completely burnt without producing excessive smoke or diluting the combustion gases with excess air both of which cause energy wastage. With all fossil fuels, insufficient air produces carbon monoxide, a
both of which cause energy wastage. With all fossil fuels, insufficient air produces carbon monoxide, a safety and health hazard, as undetected CO is poisonous; and a visible smoke plume which should
safety and health hazard, as undetected CO is poisonous and could be fatal; and a visible smoke lead to prompt corrective action. With gas combustion, no smoke is produced when insufficient air is
plume which should lead to prompt corrective action. With gas combustion, no smoke is produced used and hence the situation can go unnoticed for long periods, leading to significant energy waste
when insufficient air is used and hence the situation can go unnoticed for long periods , leading to unless regular flue gas analyses are carried out and the condition corrected.
significant energy waste unless regular flue gas analyses are carried out and the condition corrected.
When smoke is produced it can deposit soot on the heat transfer surfaces and reduce the amount of
heat passing through the heat exchanger into the water. This in turn leads to more heat being carried
away in the flue gases. This can be detected by monitoring flue gas temperature.
Page 17 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Poor combustion can result from:

(a) damage to or poor alignment of burner jets or pipework
(b) oil not being at the correct atomising temperature
(c) insufficient air or draught
A poor flame shape can also lead to localised overheating of the heat generator surfaces , deposition
of soot and reduced heat transfer. Cleanliness is also required on the water side of the heat exchange
surfaces. In steam raising applications, the feedwater should be treated correctly at all times to keep
internal surfaces clean and suitable provision made for the removal of solids that accumulate in the
boiler when the feedwater evaporates.

Page 18 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-02 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 05-02 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

A fundamental element of good practice for the operator or attendant should be to carry out a visual Other A fundamental element of good practice for the operator or attendant should be to carry out a visual
inspection of the heat generator at regular intervals as part of the day-to-day routine. This should inspection of the heat generator at regular intervals as part of the day-to-day routine. This should
including checking for leaks and correct burner flame shape, i.e. it should be uniform in shape, 'sit' on including checking for leaks and correct burner flame shape, i.e. it should be uniform in shape, `sit` on
the burner and should not hit the walls or back of the combustion chamber. the burner and should not hit the walls or back of the combustion chamber.
Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the heat generator the following pre-maintenance Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the heat generator the following pre-maintenance
procedures should be followed: procedures should be followed:
(a) Check equipment status (i.e. on or off) and follow any specific site procedures (including (a) Check equipment status (i.e. on or off) and follow any specific site procedures (including safety)<
safety) (b) Carry out a general inspection of heat generator casing for signs of damage or breakage
(b) Carry out a general inspection of heat generator casing for signs of damage or breakage (c) Inspect for loose fittings or connections or any signs of leaks, smells or unusual noises
(c) Inspect for loose fittings or connections or any signs of leaks, smells or unusual noises (d) Record work which will require repair, adjustment or replacement during the routine services
(d) Record work which will require repair, adjustment or replacement during the routine services (e) Record existing services – (combustion/efficiency analysis should be recorded before and after
(e) Record existing services – (combustion/efficiency analysis should be recorded before and after maintenance completion).
maintenance completion).

Page 19 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-03 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNER - FREE STANDING BOILER 05-03 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNER - FREE STANDING BOILER
It is essential that there must is adequate ventilation [ratio of one third low to two thirds high level] of Other Boiler room ventilation should comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
the boiler house for safety, plant and combustion air requirements and this must be checked with any 6644:2005 for boilers with a capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW
new contract. For detailed information reference must be made to CIBSE guides, relevant Institute of
Gas Engineers and Managers documents and appropriate British Standards. Undetected CO is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should be bluish
The British Standards link is out of date - use www.bsigroup.com and burning in a stable manner. The burner should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise should
occur when the burner ignites or shuts down.
Consider the installation of a CO detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010 and BS EN
50292:2002.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. a) Before 12M Check casing for damage or Check for asbestos containing Other 1. a) Before 12M Check casing for damage or Check for asbestos containing
proceeding with breakages. Inspect for loose fittings material prior to dismantling any proceeding with breakages. Inspect for loose fittings material prior to dismantling any
dismantling of or connections and any sign of equipment, if suspected STOP dismantling of or connections and any sign of equipment, if suspected STOP
boiler. leaks. WORK, close off the area. Have boiler. leaks. WORK, close off the area. Take
sample Certified as safe before any actions in accordance with the
works can re-start, if asbestos, take Asbestos Regulations.
actions in accordance with the Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Asbestos Regulations.
Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail.
Pilot injection. Remove and clean. Clean by blowing through or Other Pilot injection. 12M Remove and clean. Clean by blowing through or
washing. Note: Do not use pin as washing. Do not use pin as this will
this will damage the injector. damage the injector.
Burners, Gas Check adjust and refit along with Other 9. Burners, Gas 12M Check adjust and refit along with
valve, main burner. valve, main burner.
thermocouple and thermocouple and
pilot tube. pilot tube.
9. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting, thermocouple Other 10. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting, thermocouple
installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas
services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer's services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer`s
relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required. If in relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required. If in
doubt check gas supply standing doubt check gas supply standing
pressure at the meter . pressure at the meter .
10. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of NB - Undetected CO is poisonous, Other 11. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of The checks should be carried out in
check combustion are entering the area of life threatening and also causes check combustion are entering the area of line with the requirements of the
productions of the building where the boiler is energy waste. Flames should be Combustion the building where the boiler is Gas Safety (installations and Use)
combustion situated. bluish and burning in a stable situated. regulations
manner. The burner should be quiet
in operation, no excessive noise
should occur when the burner
ignites or shuts down. NB in
domestic premises, consider the
installation of a BS approved CO
detector.

Page 20 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

11. 12M Provide written report. The report should be signed by the Other 11. 12M Provide written report. The report should be signed by the
Documentation. servicing engineer and the Documentation. servicing engineer and the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative. Premature failure of representative. Premature failure of
the plant will result if a satisfactory the plant will result if a satisfactory
service is not carried out. Depending service is not carried out.
on the nature/urgency of the fault Depending on the nature/urgency of
and the type of premises this report the fault and the type of premises
may be verbal. NB Gas work must this report may be verbal. Gas work
be carried out by a competent must be carried out by a competent
engineer qualified as required by the engineer qualified as required by the
Gas Safety (Installation & Use) Gas Safety (Installation and Use)
Regulation. Regulations.
12. Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the appliance it is Other 12. Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the appliance it is
installations considered unsafe, the installations considered unsafe, the
recommendation to the client is that recommendation to the client is that
it must be taken out of use. If it must be taken out of use. If
approval for this action is refused an approval for this action is refused an
appropriate label must be attached appropriate label must be attached
to the appliance and a written report to the appliance and a written report
must be signed by the must be signed by the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative. Both the gas representative. Both the gas
supplier and a supervisor/manager supplier and a supervisor/manager
must be informed. must be informed.

Page 21 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-04 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNER - CONDENSING BOILER 05-04 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNER - CONDENSING BOILER
The essential feature of a condensing boiler is that to increase the efficiency the flue gases are cooled Other The essential feature of a condensing boiler is that to increase the efficiency the flue gases are cooled
below their dew point with the result that water is produced which has to be removed from the system. below their dew point with the result that condensate is produced which has to be removed from the
It is essential that there should be adequate ventilation [ratio of one third low to two thirds high level] flue via drainage pipework.
of the boiler house for safety, plant and combustion air requirements and this should be checked with
any new contract. For detailed information reference should be made to the CIBSE guides, relevant Boiler room ventilation should comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
Institute of Gas Engineers and Managers documents and appropriate British Standards. 6644:2005 for boilers with a capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW.

Undetected CO is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should be bluish
and burning in a stable manner. The burner should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise should
occur when the burner ignites or shuts down. In domestic premises, consider the installation of a CO
detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010 and BS EN 50292:2002.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. a) Before 12M Check casing for damage or Check for asbestos prior to Other 1. a) Before 12M Check casing for damage or Check for asbestos containing
proceeding with breakages. Inspect for loose fittings dismantling any equipment, if proceeding with breakages. Inspect for loose fittings material prior to dismantling any
dismantling of or connections and any sign of suspected STOP WORK, close off dismantling of or connections and any sign of equipment, if suspected STOP
boiler. b) Test leaks. Record settings. the area. Have sample Certified as boiler. b) Test leaks. Record settings. WORK, close off the area. Take
fire. safe before any works can re-start, if fire. actions in accordance with the
asbestos, take actions in Asbestos Regulations.
accordance with the Asbestos
Regulations. Refer to www.hse.gov.uk..

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail.

2. Pre-service 12M Check that there is a steady fall Risk Assessment may be required. Other 2. Pre-service 12M Check that there is a steady fall Risk Assessment may be required.
checks back to the boiler from the flue to Waste Disposal Licensing checks back to the boiler from the flue to Waste Disposal Licensing
Condensate flow allow condensate to run back. With Regulations may apply. Condensate flow allow condensate to run back. With Regulations may apply.
the boiler operating at low return, the boiler operating at low return,
temperature [less than 50 o C], temperature [less than 50 deg C],
check that condensate flows freely check that condensate flows freely
from the drain pipe. from the drain pipe.
7. Condensate 12M Clean, inspect and flush. Technical 7. Condensate 12M Clean, inspect and flush. Ensure trap contains water to act as
drain pipe and drain pipe and a seal
U-siphon trap. U-siphon trap.
11.Remove 12M Brush all accessible flueways Cleaning should be through and Legislative 11.Remove 12M Brush all accessible flue ways Cleaning should be through and
burners and pilot thoroughly from top to bottom, carried out as per the manufacturers burners and pilot thoroughly from top to bottom, carried out as per the manufacturers
assembly and clean all deposits from the burner instructions. assembly and clean all deposits from the burner instructions.
baffles if fitted. box, refit baffles and flue cover - baffles if fitted. box, refit baffles and flue cover -
checking cover seal. Check for checking cover seal. Check for
cracking and wear. cracking and wear.
Pilot injection. Remove and clean. Clean by blowing through or Other Pilot injection. Remove and clean. Clean by blowing through or
washing. Note: Do not use pin as washing. Do not use pin as this will
this will damage the injector. damage the injector.
Burners, Gas Check adjust and refit along with Other 15. Burners, Gas 12M Check adjust and refit along with
valve, main burner. valve, main burner.
thermocouple and thermocouple and
pilot tube. pilot tube.
15. . Water 12M Check treatment regime is correct. Some condensing boilers contain Other 16. Water 12M Check treatment regime is correct. Some condensing boilers contain
treatment.LOW aluminium. treatment. LOW aluminium.
NOX Boilers NOX Boilers

Page 22 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

16. Kanthal 12M Inspect, clean with compressed air. If there are any signs of bending, Other 17. Kanthal 12M Inspect, clean with compressed air. If there are any signs of bending,
bars/rods. replace. For all condensing boilers, bars/rods. replace. For all condensing boilers,
manufacturers specific service manufacturers specific service
instructions take precedence. instructions take precedence.
17. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting and thermocouple Other 18. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting and thermocouple
installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas
services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer's services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer`s
relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required.If in doubt relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required. If in
check gas supply standing pressure doubt check gas supply standing
at the meter . pressure at the meter .
18. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of NB - Undetected CO is poisonous, Legislative 19. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of The checks should be carried out in
check combustion are entering the area of life threatening and also causes check combustion are entering the area of line with the requirements of the
productions of the building where the boiler is energy waste. Flames should be productions of the building where the boiler is Gas Safety (installations and Use)
combustion situated. bluish and burning in a stable combustion situated. regulations
manner. The burner should be quiet
in operation, no excessive noise
should occur when the burner ignitor
shuts down. NB in domestic
premises consider the installation of
a BS approved CO detector.
19. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the Other 19. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the
Documentation. servicing engineer and the Documentation. servicing engineer and the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative. Premature failure of representative. Premature failure of
the plant will result if a satisfactory the plant will result if a satisfactory
service is not carried out, by a service is not carried out, by a
competent engineer qualified as competent engineer qualified as
required by the Gas Safety required by the Gas Safety
Regulations. Depending on the Regulations. Depending on the
nature/urgency of the fault and the nature/urgency of the fault and the
type of premises this report may be type of premises this report may be
verbal. verbal.

Page 23 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-05 COAL FIRED BOILERS Bunkers and Conveyors. 05-05 COAL FIRED BOILERS Bunkers and Conveyors.
The burning of coal is a complex operation involving the storage, handling and combustion of solid Other The burning of coal is a complex operation involving the storage, handling and combustion of solid
material, plus the handling, disposal of gaseous and solid waste. The materials are abrasive with the material, plus the handling, disposal of gaseous and solid waste. The materials are abrasive with the
wear and tear on mechanical plant considerable, hence regular maintenance is vital to ensure wear and tear on mechanical plant considerable, hence regular maintenance is vital to ensure
continuous working and a clean environment. The maintenance of each section of the coal burning continuous working and a clean environment. The maintenance of each section of the coal burning
operation is examined in sequence. operation is examined in sequence.
WARNING. A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken before entering any
confined space such as a hopper, flue chamber or boiler to ensure that there is adequate <B>WARNING</B>. A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken in accordance
ventilation and an absence of any fumes or flue gases. with the Confined Spaces Regulations, before entering any confined space such as a hopper, flue
chamber or boiler to ensure that there is adequate ventilation and an absence of any fumes or flue
gases.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 1M Check and isolate from electricity Other 1. Operational 1M Check and isolate and Lock Off Depending on the Establishment, a
status. supply, remove fuses if used. status. from electricity supply, remove Permit to Work system may be in
fuses if used. operation. The Authorised Person
should be approached for the issue
of the permit.

Page 24 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-06 COAL FIRED BOILERS - Coal storage handling and feed mechanisms, 05-06 COAL FIRED BOILERS - Coal storage handling and feed mechanisms,
automatic ash removal (where fitted) automatic ash removal (where fitted)
The burning of coal is a complex operation involving the storage, handling, combustion of solid Other The burning of coal is a complex operation involving the storage, handling, combustion of solid
material, together with the handling, disposal of gaseous and solid waste. The materials are abrasive material, together with the handling, disposal of gaseous and solid waste. The materials are abrasive
and the wear and tear on mechanical plant considerable, hence regular maintenance is vital to ensure and the wear and tear on mechanical plant considerable, hence regular maintenance is vital to ensure
continuous working and a clean environment. The maintenance of each section of the coal burning continuous working and a clean environment. The maintenance of each section of the coal burning
operation is examined in sequence.(See also Motors) operation is examined in sequence.(See also Motors SFG 39)
WARNING. A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken before entering any
confined space such as a hopper, flue chamber or boiler to ensure that there is adequate <B>WARNING</B>. A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken before entering
ventilation and an absence of any fumes or flue gases. any confined space such as a hopper, flue chamber or boiler to ensure that there is adequate
ventilation and an absence of any fumes or flue gases.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 1M Check and isolate from electricity Other 1. Operational 1M Check and isolate and Lock Off Depending on the Establishment, a
status. supply. Remove fuses, if used. status. from electricity supply. Remove Permit to Work system may be in
fuses, if used. operation. The Authorised Person
should be approached for the issue
of the permit.
5.Pneumatic 3M Inspect and replace items listed (a) air seals on each outlet cyclone, Other 5.Pneumatic 3M Inspect and replace items listed (a) air seals on each outlet cyclone,
system. (Applies under notes. Check for air (b) clean blades of fan, (c) ensure system. (Applies under notes. Check for air (b) clean blades of fan, (c) ensure
to both coal feed tightness. timing sequence, (d) check 'bags', to both coal feed tightness. timing sequence, (d) check `bags`,
and ash removal, (e) check bag shaker and lubricate and ash removal, (e) check bag shaker and lubricate
where fitted). as appropriate . Note: It is essential where fitted). as appropriate . It is essential to
to maintain air tightness on maintain air tightness on pneumatic
pneumatic systems otherwise the systems otherwise the coal feed
coal feed cannot be maintained, cannot be maintained, output is
output is reduced and energy reduced and energy wasted.
wasted.

Page 25 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-07 COAL FEED MECHANISMS - Under feed stokers 05-07 COAL FEED MECHANISMS - Under feed stokers
Added The burning of coal is a complex operation involving the storage, handling, combustion of solid
material, together with the handling, disposal of gaseous and solid waste. The materials are abrasive
and the wear and tear on mechanical plant considerable, hence regular maintenance is vital to ensure
continuous working and a clean environment. The maintenance of each section of the coal burning
operation is examined in sequence.(See also Motors SFG 39)

WARNING. A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken before entering any
confined space such as a hopper, flue chamber or boiler to ensure that there is adequate ventilation
and an absence of any fumes or flue gases.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 6M Check and isolate from electricity Cables should be checked for Other 1. Operational 6M Check and isolate and Lock Off Depending on the Establishment, a
status. supply. Remove fuses, if used. insulation breakdown and the earth status. from electricity supply. Remove Permit to Work system may be in
continuity checked. fuses, if used. operation. The Authorised Person
should be approached for the issue
of the permit.

Page 26 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-08 COAL FEED MECHANISMS - Chain grate stokers 05-08 COAL FEED MECHANISMS - Chain grate stokers
WARNING – A RISK ASSESSMENT AND METHOD STATEMENT MUST BE UNDERTAKEN Other The burning of coal is a complex operation involving the storage, handling, combustion of solid
BEFORE AN OPERATOR/ENGINEER ENTERS COAL SIL0. material, together with the handling, disposal of gaseous and solid waste. The materials are abrasive
and the wear and tear on mechanical plant considerable, hence regular maintenance is vital to ensure
continuous working and a clean environment. The maintenance of each section of the coal burning
operation is examined in sequence.(See also Motors SFG 39)

<B>WARNING</B>. A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken before entering
any confined space such as a hopper, flue chamber or boiler to ensure that there is adequate
ventilation and an absence of any fumes or flue gases.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 12M Check and isolate from electricity Other 1. Operational 12M Check and isolate and Lock off Depending on the Establishment, a
status. supply. Remove fuses, if used. status. from electricity supply. Remove Permit to Work system may be in
fuses, if used. operation. The Authorised Person
should be approached for the issue
of the permit.
4. Drain sump. 12M Ensure excess water can be Technical 4. Drain sump. 12M Ensure excess water can be Clean and unblock drain as
drained off. drained off. necessary

Check coal auger supports. Repair or replace as necessary. Other a) 12M Check coal auger supports. Repair or replace as necessary.

Remove augers and check for wear Other b) 12M Remove augers and check for wear
and distortion. and distortion.

Reassemble and recoat coal tube. Use bituminised sealant or similar Other c) 12M Reassemble and recoat coal tube. Use bituminised sealant or similar
protective coating. protective coating.

Page 27 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-09 ASH HANDLING SYSTEM 05-09 ASH HANDLING SYSTEM

Added The burning of coal is a complex operation involving the storage, handling, combustion of solid
material, together with the handling, disposal of gaseous and solid waste. The materials are abrasive
and the wear and tear on mechanical plant considerable, hence regular maintenance is vital to ensure
continuous working and a clean environment. The maintenance of each section of the coal burning
operation is examined in sequence.(See also Motors SFG 39)

WARNING. A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken before entering any
confined space such as a hopper, flue chamber or boiler to ensure that there is adequate ventilation
and an absence of any fumes or flue gases.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Ash line valve. 12M Check operation and wear on Technical 2. Ash line valve. 12M Check and isolate and Lock off
seals. from electricity supply. Remove
fuses, if used. Check operation and
wear on seals.
Spray jets. 3M Check operation. Technical Spray jets. 3M Check operation and adjust nozzles
for correct spray pattern if
necessary

Page 28 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-10 BLOWN GAS BURNER CONDENSING BOILER 05-10 BLOWN GAS BURNER CONDENSING BOILER
It is essential that there should be adequate ventilation [ratio of one third low to two thirds high level] Other Boiler room ventilation should comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
of the boiler house for safety, plant and combustion air requirements and this should be checked with 6644:2005 for boilers with a capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW.
any new contract. For detailed information reference should be made to the CIBSE guides, relevant
Institution of Gas Engineers and Managers documents and appropriate British Standards . Undetected CO is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should be bluish
and burning in a stable manner. The burner should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise should
occur when the burner ignites or shuts down. In domestic premises, consider the installation of a CO
detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010 and BS EN 50292:2002..
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Check 12M Note any visible defects. Technical 1. Check 12M Note any visible defects. Check for asbestos containing
Operation. Operation. material prior to dismantling any
equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take
actions in accordance with the
Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
3. Gas electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance Technical 3. Gas, electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance Local electrical isolator should be
systems. with current Codes of Practice. and ventilation with current Codes of Practice. fitted. Supply to the boiler must be
systems . direct, i.e. not fed through a time
switch.
4. Pre service 12M Check that there is a steady fall Risk Assessment may be required Technical 4. Pre service 12M Where applicable, Check that there Risk Assessment may be required
checks - back to the boiler from the flue to Waste Disposal Regulations may checks - is a steady fall back to the boiler Waste Disposal Regulations may
Condensate flow. allow condensate to run back. With apply. Condensate flow. from the flue to allow condensate to apply.
the boiler operating at low return, run back. With the boiler operating
temperature [less than 50 ºC], at low return, temperature [less
check that condensate flows freely than 50 deg C], check that
from the drain pipe. condensate flows freely from the
drain pipe.
5. Isolate from 12M Switch off, remove fuses and turn Before starting any dismantling of Technical 5. Isolate from 12M Switch off, remove fuses and/or Before starting any dismantling of
electricity and gas off oil supply at main cock. equipment it is essential for safety electricity and gas lock off and turn off gas supply at equipment it is essential for safety
supply. reasons that the plant be isolated supply. main cock. reasons that the plant be isolated
from incoming services. from incoming services.
. b]Boiler tube 48M Clean and descale module in Always follow recommendations Other 13 b]Boiler tube 48M Clean and descale module in Always follow recommendations
module. accordance with manufacturers from manufacturer. Note: Waste module. accordance with manufacturers from manufacturer. Waste Disposal
instructions. Disposal Regulations may apply instructions. Regulations may apply
17. Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the boiler is Technical 17. Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the appliance it is
installations. considered unsafe the installations. considered unsafe, the
recommendation to the client is that recommendation to the client is that
it must be taken out of use. If it must be taken out of use. If
approval for this action is refused an approval for this action is refused an
appropriate label must be attached appropriate label must be attached
to the appliance and a written report to the appliance and a written report
must be signed by the must be signed by the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative with the gas supplier representative. Both the gas
and a supervisor/manager informed. supplier and a supervisor/manager
must be informed.

Page 29 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-11 BLOWN GAS BURNER MODULAR BOILER 05-11 BLOWN GAS BURNER MODULAR BOILER
Can comprise several modules, each having separate controls. Each module must be isolated and Other Can comprise several modules, each having separate controls. Each module must be isolated and
work carried out consecutively. work carried out consecutively.
It is essential that there should be adequate ventilation [ratio of one third low to two thirds high level]
of the boiler house for safety, plant and combustion air requirements and this should be checked with Boiler room ventilation should comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
any new contract. For detailed information reference should be made to the CIBSE guide, relevant 6644:2005 for boilers with a capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW.
Institution of Gas Engineers and Managers documents and appropriate British Standards .
Undetected CO is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should be bluish
and burning in a stable manner. The burner should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise should
occur when the burner ignites or shuts down. In domestic premises, consider the installation of a CO
detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010 and BS EN 50292:2002.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Check 12M Note any visible defects. Technical 1. Check 12M Note any visible defects. Check for asbestos containing
Operation. Operation. material prior to dismantling any
equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take
actions in accordance with the
Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
3. Gas electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance Technical 3. Gas, electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance
systems. with current Codes of Practice. and ventilation with current Codes of Practice.
systems .
5. Isolate from 12M Switch off, remove fuses and turn Before starting any dismantling of Technical 5. Isolate from 12M Switch off, remove fuses and/or Before starting any dismantling of
electricity and gas off oil supply at main cock. equipment it is essential for safety electricity and gas lock off and turn off gas supply at equipment it is essential for safety
supply. reasons that the plant be isolated supply. main cock. reasons that the plant be isolated
from incoming services. from incoming services.
12. Boiler flue 12M Open and remove all soot and Technical 12. Boiler flue 12M Open and remove all soot and
ways and scale by brushing and/or vacuum. ways and scale by brushing and/or vacuum.
connecting flues. Reseal, check for air leaks,make connecting flues. Reseal, check for air leaks, make
good as required. good as required.
b] Boiler tube 48M Clean and descale module in Always follow recommendations Other 13. b] Boiler tube 48M Clean and descale module in Always follow recommendations
module. accordance with manufacturers from manufacturer. Note: Waste module. accordance with manufacturers from manufacturer. Waste Disposal
instructions. Disposal Regulations. may apply instructions. Regulations. may apply

Page 30 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-12 FORCED DRAUGHT GAS CONDENSING BOILER 05-12 FORCED DRAUGHT GAS CONDENSING BOILER
The essential feature of a condensing boiler is that to increase the efficiency the flue gases are cooled Technical The essential feature of a condensing boiler is that to increase the efficiency the flue gases are cooled
below their dew point with the result that water is produced which has to be removed from the system. below their dew point with the result that condensate is produced which has to be removed from the
It is essential that there should be adequate ventilation [ratio of one third low to two thirds high level] flue via drainage pipework.
of the boiler houses for safety, plant and combustion air requirements and this should be checked with
any new contract. For detailed information reference should be made to the CIBSE guide, relevant Boiler room ventilation should comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
Institute of Gas Engineers documents and appropriate British Standards. 6644:2005 for boilers with a capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW.

Undetected CO is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should be bluish
and burning in a stable manner. The burner should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise should
occur when the burner ignites or shuts down. In domestic premises, consider the installation of a CO
detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010 and BS EN 50292:2002.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
b) Test fire. Record settings. Check for asbestos prior to Other b) Test fire. 12M Record settings. Check for asbestos containing
dismantling and equipment, if material prior to dismantling any
suspected STOP WORK, close off equipment, if suspected STOP
the area. Have sample Certified as WORK, close off the area. Take
safe before any works can re-start, if actions in accordance with the
asbestos, take actions in Asbestos Regulations.
accordance with the Asbestos
Regulations Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
2. Pre-service 12M Check that there is a steady fall Risk Assessment may be required. Other 2. Pre-service 12M Check that there is a steady fall Risk Assessment may be required.
checks. back to the boiler from the flue to Waste Disposal Regulations may checks. back to the boiler from the flue to Waste Disposal Regulations may
Condensate flow. allow condensate to run back. With apply. Condensate flow. allow condensate to run back. With apply.
the boiler operating at low return, the boiler operating at low return,
temperature [less than 50 ºC], temperature [less than 50 deg C],
check that condensate flows freely check that condensate flows freely
from the drain pipe. from the drain pipe.
17. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of NB Undetected CO is life Other 17. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of Undetected CO is life threatening
check Gas. combustion are entering the area of threatening (poisonous) and also check Gas. combustion are entering the area of (poisonous) and also causes energy
the building where the boiler is causes energy waste. Flames the building where the boiler is waste. Flames should be bluish and
situated. should be bluish and burning in a situated. burning in a stable manner. The
stable manner. The burner should burner should be quiet in operation,
be quiet in operation, no excessive no excessive noises should occur
noises should occur when the when the burner ignitor shuts down.
burner ignitor shuts down.
18. Unsafe 12M Recommendations. If after servicing the boiler is Other 18. Unsafe 12M Recommendations. If after servicing the boiler is
installations. considered unsafe the installations. considered unsafe the
recommendation to the client is that recommendation to the client is that
it must be taken out of use. If it must be taken out of use. If
approval for this action is refused an approval for this action is refused an
appropriate label must be attached appropriate label must be attached
to the appliance and a written report to the appliance and a written report
must be signed by the must be signed by the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person
representative and both the gas representative and both the gas
supplier and a supervisor/manager supplier and a supervisor/manager
informed. informed.

Page 31 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-13 FORCED DRAUGHT [PRESSURE JET] OIL CONDENSING BOILER 05-13 FORCED DRAUGHT [PRESSURE JET] OIL CONDENSING BOILER
Added The essential feature of a condensing boiler is that to increase the efficiency the flue gases are cooled
below their dew point with the result that condensate is produced which has to be removed from the
flue via drainage pipework.

Boiler room ventilation should comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
6644:2005 for boilers with a capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW.

Undetected CO is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. The burner should be
quiet in operation, no excessive noise should occur when the burner ignites or shuts down. In
domestic premises, consider the installation of a CO detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010
and BS EN 50292:2002.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. a) Before 12M Check casing for damage or Other 1. a) Before 12M Check casing for damage or Check for asbestos containing
proceeding with breakages. Inspect for loose fittings proceeding with breakages. Inspect for loose material prior to dismantling any
dismantling of or connections and any sign of dismantling of fittings or connections and any sign equipment, if suspected STOP
boiler. leaks. boiler. of leaks. WORK, close off the area. Take
actions in accordance with the
Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
2. Pre-service 12M Check that there is a steady fall Risk Assessment may be required. Other 2. Pre-service 12M Check that there is a steady fall Risk Assessment may be required.
checks. back to the boiler from the flue to Waste Disposal Regulations may checks. back to the boiler from the flue to Waste Disposal Regulations may
allow condensate to run back. With apply. allow condensate to run back. With apply.
the boiler operating at low return, the boiler operating at low return,
temperature [less than 50 ºC], temperature [less than 50 deg C],
check that condensate flows freely check that condensate flows freely
from the drain pipe. from the drain pipe.
7. Isolate from 6M Switch off, remove fuses and turn Before starting and dismantling of Other 7. Isolate from 6M Switch off, remove fuses and turn Before starting and dismantling of
electricity and gas off gas supply at main cock. equipment it is essential for safety electricity and oil off oil supply at main valve. equipment it is essential for safety
supply. reasons that the plant be isolated supply. reasons that the plant be isolated
from incoming services. from incoming services.
8. Jet arm 6M Remove, clean combustion head, Other 8. Jet arm 6M Remove, clean combustion head,
assembly. ignitor electrodes and inspect HT assembly. ignition electrodes and inspect HT
leads. leads.
11. Motor and 6M Remove, clean and lubricate as Inspect oil pump flexible drive Other 11. Motor and 6M Remove, clean and lubricate as Inspect oil pump flexible drive
fan. required, clean fan scroll. coupling before reassembly.(See fan. required, clean fan scroll. coupling before reassembly.(See
also MOTORS) also Motors SFG 39)
23. 6M Provide written report which should Premature failure and excessive fuel Other 23. 6M Provide written report which should Premature failure and excessive fuel
Recommendation be signed by the service engineer costs will result if satisfactory Recommendation be signed by the service engineer costs will result if satisfactory
and kept by client. service is not carried out. All service and kept by client. service is not carried out. All service
and maintenance must be carried and maintenance must be carried
out by a registered engineer in out by a registered engineer in
accordance with Health and Safety accordance with Health and Safety
requirements. All service and requirements. All service and
maintenance works must be carried maintenance works must be carried
out by a competent engineer in out by a competent engineer in
accordance with BS Codes of accordance with BS Codes of
Practice for oil firing. Practice (www.bsi-global.com) for
oil firing.

Page 32 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-14 BOILERS MTHW UP TO 120 oC (Wrong Symbol - Change) 05-14 BOILERS MTHW UP TO 120 oC
Applies to boilers manufactured by casting or fabrication Other Applies to boilers manufactured by casting or fabrication.

Boiler room ventilation should comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
6644:2005 for boilers with a capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW.

Undetected CO is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should be bluish
and burning in a stable manner. The burner should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise should
occur when the burner ignites or shuts down.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Check 12M Note any visible defects. Ensure system is full of water and Technical 1. Check 12M Note any visible defects. Check for asbestos containing
operation, in the circuits are open. It is essential operation, in material prior to dismantling any
particular safety for low water content boilers that particular safety equipment, if suspected STOP
controls (prv). flow rates can be maintained at or controls (prv). WORK, close off the area. Take
above manufacturers recommended actions in accordance with the
levels. Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.

It is likely that a Permit to Work will

be required from the Authorised
Person before any works can be
undertaken on a pressurised system

Ensure system is full of water and

the circuits are open. It is essential
for low water content boilers that
flow rates can be maintained at or
above manufacturers recommended
levels.
2. Efficiency 12M Start up system and carry out tests. On larger systems efficiency tests Technical 2. Efficiency 12M Start up system and carry out tests.
check. should be carried out on a regular check.
basis to monitor performance. The
test should include smoke, draught
chamber and flue, flue temperature,
fuel input and gas analysis including
carbon monoxide.
Thermostats, Technical 3. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and
pressure sensors pressure sensors settings.
& controls, altitude & controls, altitude
gauges, vacuum gauges, vacuum
breaks. breaks.
3. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and Deleted
vacuum breaks. settings.

4. Electrical 12M Shut down, disconnect or remove Locate isolation switch, if not in Technical 4. Electrical 12M Shut down, disconnect and lock off Local electrical isolator should be
services. fuses. accordance with IEE regulations services. or remove fuses. fitted. Supply to the boiler must be
report to building owner. direct i.e. not fed through a time
switch.

Page 33 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-15 MULTIPLE BOILERS - sequence controls 05-15 MULTIPLE BOILERS - sequence controls
All notes referring to sequence controls apply to individual boilers (not burner modules) in multiple Other All notes referring to sequence controls apply to individual boilers (not burner modules) in multiple
installations. installations.
This task should be issued with the relevant boiler maintenance task
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
7. Boiler shunt 12M Confirm operation. Is there a water proving circuit? Technical 7. Boiler shunt 12M Confirm operation. Is there a water proving circuit?
pump. Check operation if part of sequence pump. Check operation if part of sequence
controls. See PUMPS maintenance. controls. See Pumps SFG 45-02

Page 34 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-16 BOILER CONTROLS - Single boiler: on/off 05-16 BOILER CONTROLS - Single boiler: on/off
Note: On/Off overall control can be remote from the boiler plant. Other On/Off overall control can be remote from the boiler plant.
Certain common maintenance procedures should be carried out for all controls. These are: -
1. All common items, e.g. thermostats and the like, that have switching contacts – where they can be Certain common maintenance procedures should be carried out for all controls. These are: -
seen ensure contacts make and break easily and that there is no arcing or pitting.
2. Inspect thermostat phial and capillaries for mechanical damage. 1. All common items, e.g. thermostats and the like, that have switching contacts – where they can be
3. Inspect thermostat pockets for corrosion and leakage. seen ensure contacts make and break easily and that there is no arcing or pitting.
4. Ensure immersion thermostats are secure in their pockets (and that the sensor is in contact with the
end of the pocket and covered with heat conductive compound). 2. Inspect thermostat phial and capillaries for mechanical damage.
5. Inspect motorised valves for leakage and damage to linkage.
For more detailed information regarding the maintenance of motorised valves, checking of gland 3. Inspect thermostat pockets for corrosion and leakage.
seals, stroking, etc. refer to relevant section.
4. Ensure immersion thermostats are secure in their pockets (and that the sensor is in contact with the
end of the pocket and covered with heat conductive compound).

5. Inspect motorised valves for leakage and damage to linkage.

For more detailed information regarding the maintenance of motorised valves, checking of gland
seals, stroking, etc. refer to relevant section.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Time switch. 12M Check operation. Confirm time Time of day. (Keep setting at GMT Other 2. Time switch. 6M Check operation. Confirm time Time of day. (Keep setting at GMT
settings. all year unless specifically requested settings. all year unless specifically
by client.) Day of week. Manual requested by client.) Day of week.
override. Manual override.
4. Room 12M Check operation. Confirm set point. Ensure correct location and no air Technical 4. Room 12M Check operation. Confirm set
thermostat. movement restrictions. Advise client thermostat. point. Ensure correct location and no air
of any faults. movement restrictions. Advise client
of any faults.

Page 35 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-19 STEAM BOILERS Pre-maintenance check. 05-19 STEAM BOILERS Pre-maintenance check.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Status. 12M Check operating status. Before proceeding with Legislative 1. Status. 12M Check operating status. Before proceeding with
maintenance programme check with maintenance programme check with
client that boiler can be taken client that boiler can be taken
off-line. off-line.
These works to be carried out in
accordance with the Pressure
Systems Safety Regulations 2000
and Safe Systems of Work
6. Shut down. 12M Shut off and isolate steam, water, Purge fuel lines and vent boiler to Technical 6. Shut down. 12M Shut off and isolate steam, water, Purge fuel lines and vent boiler to
fuel and electrical services. ensure safe conditions. fuel and electrical services. ensure safe conditions. Steam line
should be isolated with either a two
separate valves or a single valve
and spade.
7. Ventilation. 12M Check that ventilation fans and Check that there is adequate Technical 7. Ventilation. 12M Check that ventilation fans and Check that there is adequate
louvres are functioning properly. ventilation in the boiler house and louvers are functioning properly. ventilation in the boiler house and
the conditions comply with the the conditions comply with the
relevant regulations and standards. relevant regulations and standards.
Boiler room ventilation should
comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for
boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
6644:2005 for boilers with a
capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW

Page 36 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-20 STEAM BOILERS Maintenance schedule. 05-20 STEAM BOILERS Maintenance schedule.
This is generally carried out at the same time as the Annual Statutory Insurance Inspection . Other The yearly tasks shown below are generally carried out at the same time as the Annual Statutory
(Insurance) Inspection.
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Boiler 12M Open, remove by brushing and/or Soot, ash and other fouling deposits Legislative 15. Boiler 12M Open, remove by brushing and/or Soot, ash and other fouling deposits
flueways, vacuum all soot and scale. impede heat transfer thus wasting flueways, vacuum all soot and scale. impede heat transfer thus wasting
combustion energy and putting up costs. combustion energy and putting up costs.
chamber and chamber and
connecting flue. connecting flue.
2. Fire tubes. 12M Open boiler end doors and clean In multipass boilers it is important to Other 16. Fire tubes. 12M Open boiler end doors and clean In multipass boilers it is important to
fire tubes by brushing or rotary clean all passes. fire tubes by brushing or rotary clean all passes.
scouring equipment. scouring equipment.
3. Refractory 12M Check condition and report. Other 17. Refractory 12M Check condition and report.
linings. linings.

4. Boiler 12M Reseal, check for air leaks, seal as Other 18. Boiler 12M Reseal, check for air leaks, seal as
flueways, doors necessary. flueways, doors necessary.
and chamber. and chamber.
5. Flue. 12M Carry out smoke test. Other 19. Flue. 12M Carry out smoke test.

6. Waterside. 12M Remove manholes, clean out scale If there are considerable deposits of Other 20. Waterside. 12M Remove manholes, clean out scale If there are considerable deposits of
and residues. Replace, reseal and sludge and scale, this indicates poor and residues. Replace, reseal and sludge and scale, this indicates poor
ensure bolts are tight. water treatment which if allowed to ensure bolts are tight. water treatment which if allowed to
continue will lead to boiler failure continue will lead to boiler failure
and energy wastage. Waste and energy wastage. Waste
Disposal Regulations may apply. Disposal Regulations may apply.
7. Boiler. 12M Refill, reconnect and bring on line. Refit casing if necessary and Other 21. Boiler. 12M Refill, reconnect and bring on line. Refit casing if necessary and
thoroughly clean down. thoroughly clean down.

8. 12M Check for operation and accuracy. Recalibrate and reset if necessary. Other 22. 12M Check for operation and accuracy. Recalibrate and reset if necessary.
Instrumentation Instrumentation
and flame and flame
monitoring. monitoring.
9. Combustion 12M Bring up to full load and carry out On larger systems combustion tests Other 23. Combustion 12M Bring up to full load and carry out On larger systems combustion tests
check. tests. should be carried out on a regular check. tests. should be carried out on a regular
basis to monitor performance. The basis to monitor performance. The
test should include smoke, draught test should include smoke, draught
chamber and flue, flue temperature, chamber and flue, flue temperature,
carbon dioxide, oxygen and carbon carbon dioxide, oxygen and carbon
monoxide. monoxide.
10. Blow down 12M For maintenance procedures see HSE document PM60 applies. Other 24. Blow down 12M For maintenance procedures see HSE document PM60 applies.
tank. SANITARY & WASTE WATER tank. Sanitary and waste water plumbing
PLUMBING Interceptors . SFG 48-04
Added Self-monitoring
controls

Page 37 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 1. Water gauge 1D Record time test carried out, log

test results with the operator`s name,
date of test plus any corrective
action taken.
Added 2. Water level left 1D Manually blow down Record time test carried out.
hand gauge

Added 3. Water level right 1D Manually blow down Record time test carried out.
hand gauge

Added 4. Water level 1D Test low water level cut-out and At no time during a test should the
control lock-out water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.
Record time test carried out
Added 5. Feed pump 1D Check operation. Record time test carried out.
start/stop or
modulation
Added 6. Pressure 1D Record pressure gauge reading Record time test carried out.
reading

Added 7. Feed water and 1D Check the feed tank level is Record time test carried out, log
condensate check adequate and there are no results with the operator`s name,
contaminants. Check that the date of test plus any corrective
chemical dose metering device is action taken.
functioning and there are adequate
chemical stocks in the tanks. Check
that the in-house routine sample
results are within their given
parameters provided by the water
treatment specialist and take
remedial action when necessary.
Check the temperature is above the
required level for the treatment
doses specified for oxygen
scavenging.
Added 8. TDS water test 1D Carry out TDS water quality test, Record time test carried out.
record the result and make
adjustments where necessary.
Added 9. pH water test 1D Carry out pH water quality test, Record time test carried out.
record the result and make
adjustments where necessary.
Added 10. Blow down 1D record quantity of water blown Record time test carried out.
down.

Added 11. Flame failure 1W Test flame failure lock-out. Record time test carried out.
This may not be present on non self
monitoring boilers
Added 12. Failure to 1W Test failure to ignite lock out. Record time test carried out.
ignite

Page 38 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 13. Water level 1st 1W Test by lowering water level to 1st
low water level, by evaporation and Discharge temperature to drain
controlled blowdown, and check should not exceed permissible
burner locks out and the alarm is limits.
sounded. Record time test carried out.
At no time during a test should the
water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.
Added 14. Water level 1W Test by lowering water level to 2nd
2nd low water level, by evaporation and Discharge temperature to drain
controlled blowdown, and check should not exceed permissible
burner locks out and the alarm is limits.
sounded. Record time test carried out.
At no time during a test should the
water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.

Page 39 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-21 ELECTRIC BOILERS 05-21 ELECTRIC BOILERS

These boilers provide heat to radiator heating systems. Electricity supply can be off-peak/on-peak or a Technical These boilers provide heat to LTHW and Domestic Hot Water systems. Electricity supply can be
combination of both. off-peak/on-peak or a combination of both.
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Isolation from 12M Switch off. Remove fuses from both The boilers have two supplies. The Technical 1. Isolation from 12M Switch and lock off. Remove fuses The boilers have two supplies. The
electricity supplies. supplies. permanent large capacity supply electricity supplies. from both supplies. permanent large capacity supply
and the restricted hours signal and the restricted hours signal
supply. Report to the client if not supply. Report to the client if not
capable of isolation. capable of isolation.
3. Heavy current 12M Remove control box cover. Check See also MOTORS Technical 3. Heavy current 12M Remove control box cover. Check
connection in the all heavy current connection for connection in the all heavy current connection for
control box. tightness and signs of over heating, control box. tightness and signs of over heating,
also check element relay contacts also check element relay contacts
for damage. for damage.
5. Fan cooling air 12M Remove button front casing clean Report if fan motor or pump are Technical 5. Fan cooling air 12M Remove button front casing clean Report if fan motor or pump are
duct. duct through casing, remove also noisy. Advise the customer that the duct. duct through casing, remove the noisy. Advise the customer that the
the rear end fan motor which is louvres on the outside of the casing rear end fan motor which is louvers on the outside of the casing
exposed when the casing is should be vacuumed at intervals if exposed when the casing is should be vacuumed at intervals if
removed. the environment of the boiler is removed. the environment of the boiler is
unclean. unclean.

Page 40 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-22 ELECTRODE BOILERS 05-22 ELECTRODE BOILERS

Note:In hard water areas maintenance may require to be carried out more frequently. Technical In hard water areas maintenance may require to be carried out more frequently.
BEWARE: - High water conductivity in the boiler circulated water can damage the boiler pressure
vessel, only work within the boiler manufacturers values of conductivity. BEWARE: - High water conductivity in the boiler circulated water can damage the boiler pressure
vessel, only work within the boiler manufacturers values of conductivity. See manufacturers
information on recommended values.
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
b) Porcelain 12M Examine for defects and replace if Deleted
insulators. necessary. Clean with non-abrasive
material.
5. Feed solenoid 12M Clean solenoid, manifold and Modern boilers have the load control Other 5. Feed solenoid 12M Clean solenoid, manifold and Modern boilers have the load control
(if fitted). strainer. driven by an electric motor. See (if fitted). strainer. driven by an electric motor. (See
MOTORS. also Motors SFG 39)
7. Boiler 3M Test for correct conductivity at This is to be within the boiler makers Other 7. Boiler 3M Test for correct conductivity at This is to be within the boiler makers
circulated water. 20/25 ºC. recommendation. circulated water. 20/25 deg C. recommendation.

Page 41 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-23 BOILERS LTHW UP TO 95ºC 05-23 BOILERS LTHW UP TO 95ºC

Applies to boilers manufactured by casting or fabrication. Technical Applies to boilers manufactured by casting or fabrication.
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Electrical 12M Shut down, disconnect or remove Locate isolation switch, if not in Technical 4. Electrical 12M Shut down, disconnect or remove Locate isolation switch, if not in
services. fuses. accordance with IEE regulations services. fuses. accordance with IEE regulations
report to building owner. report to building owner.
9. Flue. 12M Carry out smoke test. Only if flue problem is suspected . Technical 9. Flue. 12M Carry out smoke test. Only if flue blockage is suspected .

Page 42 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-24 BOILERS - FIRE AND SAFETY CIRCUITS 05-24 BOILERS - FIRE AND SAFETY CIRCUITS
Is the plant safe? It should be noted that fire prevention and fire alarms are not included in the scope Other Is the plant safe? It should be noted that fire prevention and fire alarms are not included in the scope
of this document. . Any persons working on such equipment should be registered with the Loss of this document. Any persons working on such equipment should be registered with the Loss
Prevention Council or should be the Manufacturer's nominated fire prevention contractor. It is Prevention Council (www.bre.co.uk/frs) or should be the Manufacturer`s nominated fire prevention
essential that the operation of all indicator lights should be checked regularly and that any provider. It is essential that the operation of all indicator lights should be checked regularly and that
malfunctions should be corrected as soon as possible. Boiler and Plant Room should not contain any malfunctions should be corrected as soon as possible. Boiler and Plant Room should not contain
loose combustible materials. loose combustible materials.

Page 43 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-25 WASTE AND WOOD BURNING APPLIANCES (including boilers) - Fire And 05-25 WASTE AND WOOD BURNING APPLIANCES (including boilers) - Fire And
Boiler Safety Circuits Boiler Safety Circuits
Note : Regular cleaning of flues is essential when burning waste and wood because tars and other Technical Regular cleaning of flues is essential when burning waste and wood because tars and other residues
residues may not be fully burned in the combustion chamber and condensation of combustion may not be fully burned in the combustion chamber and condensation of combustion products can
products can lead to blockage and fires in the flues lead to blockage and fires in the flues
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
fusible links, 3M Inspect. Technical fusible links, 3M Inspect. Replace fusible links if damaged
interconnecting interconnecting
tension wire and tension wire and
pulleys. pulleys.
4. Smoke/heat 3M Check operation. Refer to Code of Practice BS 5839. Other 4. Smoke/heat 3M Check operation. Refer to Code of Practice BS 5839
detection. detection. and Fire alarm system SFG 22-01

Page 44 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-26 WASTE AND WOOD BURNING APPLIANCES (including boilers) - 05-26 WASTE AND WOOD BURNING APPLIANCES (including boilers) -
Combustion Chamber Combustion Chamber
Added
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
(b) Pneumatic. 3M Inspect and check for wear. In pneumatic systems wear mainly Other (b) Pneumatic. 3M Inspect and check for wear. In pneumatic systems wear mainly
occurs on the bends and wear occurs on the bends and wear
plates are usually fitted. Any badly plates are usually fitted. Any badly
worn ones should be replaced. worn plates should be replaced.
3. Ash removal. 3M Inspect for wear and where Legislative 3. Ash removal. 3M Inspect for wear and where Always follow recommendations
operation automatic reset controls. operation automatic reset controls. from manufacturer. Waste Disposal
Regulations may apply
4. Automatic 3M Clean and check operation and Refer to Code of Practice BS 5839. Other 5. Automatic 3M Clean and check operation and Refer to Code of Practice BS 5839.
ignition. reset. ignition. reset.

5. Combustion 3M Carry out and adjust primary and Because of the variable nature of Other 6. Combustion 3M Carry out and adjust primary and Because of the variable nature of
check. secondary and tertiary (if any) air the fuel allowance for some excess check. secondary and tertiary (if any) air the fuel allowance for some excess
for optimum combustion. air is necessary. With starved air for optimum combustion. air is necessary. With starved air
(two phased combustion) tests (two phased combustion) tests
should be carried out after each should be carried out after each
stage and should include CO. stage and should include CO.
6. General. 3M Check all fuel supply valves for free Ensure that each fuel supply valve is Other 7. General. 3M Check all fuel supply valves for free Ensure that each fuel supply valve
operation. complete with its own wheel or key. operation. is complete with its own wheel or
key.
Added 4. Refractory 3M Check condition and report.
linings.

Page 45 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-27 WASTE AND WOOD BURNING APPLIANCES (including boilers) - BOILER (if 05-27 WASTE AND WOOD BURNING APPLIANCES (including boilers) - BOILER (if
fitted) fitted)
Added
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.

Page 46 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-28 Atmospheric Gas Burner Boiler - Small and/or wall hung for domestic/light 05-28 Atmospheric Gas Burner Boiler - Small and/or wall hung for domestic/light
commercial installation commercial installation
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. a) Before 12M Check casing for damage or Check for asbestos prior to Other 1. a) Before 12M Check casing for damage or Check for asbestos containing
proceeding with breakages. Inspect for loose fittings dismantling any equipment, if proceeding with breakages. Inspect for loose fittings material prior to dismantling any
dismantling of or connections and any sign of suspected STOP WORK, close off dismantling of or connections and any sign of equipment, if suspected STOP
boiler. leaks. Record settings. the area. Have sample Certified as boiler. leaks. Record settings. WORK, close off the area. Take
safe before any works can re-start, if actions in accordance with the
asbestos, take actions in Asbestos Regulations.
accordance with the Asbestos
Regulations. Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.

Refer to www.hse,gov.uk for detail.

b) Check firing. 12M Observe the main burner. Use a Dark mauve flame and excessive Other b) Check firing. 12M Observe the main burner. Use a Dark mauve flame and excessive
combustion analyzer to measure lifting off indicate poor combustion. combustion analyser to measure lifting off indicate poor combustion.
CO & CO 2 content of flue gas. CO & CO 2 content of flue gas.
Check Gas pressure, Record Check Gas pressure, Record
settings. settings.
2. Gas electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance Local electrical isolator must be Other 2. Gas electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance Local electrical isolator must be
and ventilation with current Codes of Practice. fitted. Supply to the boiler must be and ventilation with current Codes of Practice. fitted. Supply to the boiler must be
systems. direct, i.e. not fed through a time systems. direct, i.e. not fed through a time
switch. switch.
Pilot injection. Remove and clean. Clean by blowing through or Other Pilot injection. Remove and clean. Clean by blowing through or
washing. Note: Do not use pin as washing. Do not use pin as this will
this will damage the injector. damage the injector.
Burners, Gas Check adjust and refit along with Other 9. Burners, Gas Check adjust and refit along with
valve, main burner. valve, main burner.
thermocouple and thermocouple and
pilot tube. pilot tube.
9. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting and thermocouple Other 10. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting and thermocouple
installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas
services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer's services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer`s
relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required. If in relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required. If in
doubt check gas supply standing doubt check gas supply standing
pressure at the meter . pressure at the meter .
10. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of NB - Undetected CO is life Other 11. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of Undetected CO is life threatening
check Gas combustion are entering the area of threatening (poisonous) and also check Gas combustion are entering the area of (poisonous) and also causes energy
the building where the boiler is causes energy waste. This can be the building where the boiler is waste. Flames should be bluish and
situated. achieved in domestic premises situated. burning in a stable manner. The
consider the installation of a BS burner should be quiet in operation,
approved CO detector. Flames no excessive noise should occur
should be bluish and burning in a when the burner ignition shuts
stable manner. The burner should down. In domestic premises
be quiet in operation, no excessive consider the installation of a BS
noise should occur when the burner (www.bsi-global.com) approved CO
ignitor shuts down. NB in domestic detector
premises consider the installation of
a BS approved CO detector

Page 47 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

11. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the Other 12. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the
Documentation. servicing engineer and the Documentation. servicing engineer and the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative . Premature failure of representative . Premature failure of
the plant will result if a satisfactory the plant will result if a satisfactory
service is not carried out, by a service is not carried out, by a
competent engineer qualified as competent engineer qualified as
required by the Gas Safety required by the Gas Safety
Regulations. Depending on the Regulations. Depending on the
nature/urgency of the fault and the nature/urgency of the fault and the
type of premises this report may be type of premises this report may be
verbal. verbal.
12. Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the appliance is Other 13. Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the appliance is
installations considered unsafe the installations considered unsafe the
recommendation to the client is that recommendation to the client is that
it must be taken out of use. If it must be taken out of use. If
approval for this action is refused an approval for this action is refused an
appropriate label must be attached appropriate label must be attached
to the appliance and a written report to the appliance and a written report
must be signed by the must be signed by the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative and both the gas representative and both the gas
supplier and a supervisor/manager supplier and a supervisor/manager
informed. informed.

Page 48 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-29 COMBINATION ATMOSPHERIC BURNER GAS BOILER 05-29 COMBINATION ATMOSPHERIC BURNER GAS BOILER
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. a) Before 12M Check Central Heating system for Flame must cover all flame parts Other 1. a) Before 12M Check Central Heating system for Flame must cover all flame parts
proceeding with leaks. and be light blue in colour. proceeding with leaks. and be light blue in colour.
dismantling of dismantling of
boiler. boiler.
b) Test firing. 12M Set appliance to DHW highest flow Dark mauve flame and excessive Other b) Test firing. 12M Set appliance to DHW highest flow Dark mauve flame and excessive
rate to observe the main burner. lifting off indicate poor combustion. rate to observe the main burner. lifting off indicate poor combustion.
Use a combustion analyzer to If appliance is fitted in a hard water Use a combustion analyser to If appliance is fitted in a hard water
measure CO and CO 2 content of area (above 200 ppm), a suitable measure CO and CO 2 content of area (above 200 ppm), a suitable
flue gas. Check Gas pressure, water treatment device should be flue gas. Check Gas pressure, water treatment device should be
Water volume and pressure. fitted. Water volume and pressure. fitted.
Record settings. Record settings.
2. Gas electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance Local electrical isolator must be Other 2. Gas electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance Local electrical isolator must be
and ventilation with current Codes of Practice. fitted. Supply to the boiler must be and ventilation with current Codes of Practice. fitted. Supply to the boiler must be
systems. direct, i.e. not fed through a time systems. direct, i.e. not fed through a time
switch. switch.
Burners, Gas Check adjust and refit along with Other 11. Burners, Gas 12M Check adjust and refit along with
valve, main burner. valve, main burner.
thermocouple and thermocouple and
pilot tube. pilot tube.
11. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting and thermocouple Other 12. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting and thermocouple
installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas
services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer's services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer`s
relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required.If in doubt relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required. If in
check gas supply standing pressure doubt check gas supply standing
at the meter. pressure at the meter.
12. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of NB - Undetected CO is life Other 13. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of Undetected CO is life threatening
check Gas combustion are entering the area of threatening (poisonous) and also check Gas combustion are entering the area of (poisonous) and also causes energy
the building where the boiler is causes energy waste. This can be the building where the boiler is waste. This can be achieved in
situated. achieved in domestic premises situated. domestic premises consider the
consider the installation of a BS installation of a BS approved CO
approved CO detector. Flames must detector. Flames must be bluish and
be bluish and burning in a stable burning in a stable manner. The
manner. The burner should be quiet burner should be quiet in operation,
in operation, with no excessive; with no excessive; noise should
noise should occur when the burner occur when the burner ignition shuts
ignitor shuts down. down.
13. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the Other 14. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the
Documentation. servicing engineer and the Documentation. servicing engineer and the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative. Premature failure of representative. Premature failure of
the plant will result if a satisfactory the plant will result if a satisfactory
service is not carried out, by a service is not carried out, by a
competent engineer qualified as competent engineer qualified as
required by the Gas Safety required by the Gas Safety
Regulations. Depending on the Regulations. Depending on the
nature/urgency of the fault and the nature/urgency of the fault and the
type of premises this report may be type of premises this report may be
verbal . verbal .

Page 49 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14. Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the appliance is Other 15. Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the appliance is
installations considered unsafe the installations considered unsafe the
recommendation to the client is that recommendation to the client is that
it must be taken out of use. If it must be taken out of use. If
approval for this action is refused an approval for this action is refused an
appropriate label must be attached appropriate label must be attached
to the appliance and a written report to the appliance and a written report
must be signed by the must be signed by the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative and both the gas representative and both the gas
supplier and a supervisor/manager supplier and a supervisor/manager
informed. informed.

Page 50 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-30 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNER/CONDENSING COMBINATION BOILER 05-30 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNER/CONDENSING COMBINATION BOILER
The essential feature of a condensing boiler is that to increase the efficiency the flue gases are cooled Other The essential feature of a condensing boiler is that to increase the efficiency the flue gases are cooled
below their dew point with the result that water is produced which has to be removed from the system. below their dew point with the result that water is produced which has to be removed from the system.

Boiler room ventilation should comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
6644:2005 for boilers with a capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW.

Undetected CO is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should be bluish
and burning in a stable manner. The burner should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise should
occur when the burner ignites or shuts down. In domestic premises, consider the installation of a CO
detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010 and BS EN 50292:2002.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. a) Before 12M Check Central Heating system for Flame must cover all flame parts Other 1. a) Before 12M Check Central Heating system for Flame must cover all flame parts
proceeding with leaks. and be light blue in colour. proceeding with leaks. and be light blue in colour.
dismantling of dismantling of
boiler. boiler.
b) Test firing. 12M Set appliance to DHW highest flow Dark mauve flame and excessive Other b) Test firing. 12M Set appliance to DHW highest flow Dark mauve flame and excessive
rate to observe the main burner. lifting off indicate poor combustion. rate to observe the main burner. lifting off indicate poor combustion.
Use a combustion analyzer to If appliance is fitted in a hard water Use a combustion analyser to If appliance is fitted in a hard water
measure CO and CO 2 content of area (above 200 ppm), a suitable measure CO and CO 2 content of area (above 200 ppm), a suitable
flue gas. Check Gas pressure, water treatment device should be flue gas. Check Gas pressure, water treatment device should be
Water volume with the boiler fitted. Water volume with the boiler fitted.
operating at low return operating at low return
temperatures (less than 50 ºC) temperatures (less than 50 ºC)
check that condensate flows freely check that condensate flows freely
from the drain pipe. Record from the drain pipe. Record
settings. settings.
2. Gas electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance Local electrical isolator must be Other 2. Gas, electrical 12M Check that all are in accordance Local electrical isolator must be
and ventilation with current Codes of Practice. fitted. Supply to the boiler must be and ventilation with current Codes of Practice. fitted. Supply to the boiler must be
systems. direct, i.e. not fed through a time systems. direct, i.e. not fed through a time
switch. switch.
Burners, Gas Check adjust and refit along with Other 12. Burners, Gas 0M Check adjust and refit along with
valve, main burner. Check that valve, main burner. Check that
thermocouple and condensate flows freely at low thermocouple and condensate flows freely at low
pilot tube. boiler return temperatures. pilot tube. boiler return temperatures.
12. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting and thermocouple Other 13. Boiler and 12M Open gas cock and test for gas Test flame setting and thermocouple
installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas installation. soundness, reconnect electrical sensitivity and check manifold gas
services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer's services. Test controls operation, pressure against manufacturer`s
relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required. If in relight pilot and run up boiler. settings, adjust if required. If in
doubt check gas supply standing doubt check gas supply standing
pressure at the meter. pressure at the meter.
13. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of NB - Undetected CO is life Other 14. a) Safety 12M Ensure that no products of Undetected CO is life threatening
check Gas combustion are entering the area of threatening (poisonous) and also check Gas combustion are entering the area of (poisonous) and also causes energy
the building where the boiler is causes energy waste. This can be the building where the boiler is waste. This can be achieved in
situated. achieved in domestic premises situated. domestic premises consider the
consider the installation of a BS installation of a BS approved CO
approved CO detector. Flames detector. Flames should be bluish
should be bluish and burning in a and burning in a stable manner.
stable manner. The burner should The burner should be quiet in
be quiet in operation, no excessive operation, no excessive noise
noise should occur when the burner should occur when the burner
ignitor shuts down. ignition shuts down.

Page 51 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the Other 15. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the
Documentation. servicing engineer and the Documentation. servicing engineer and the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative. Premature failure of representative. Premature failure of
the plant will result if a satisfactory the plant will result if a satisfactory
service is not carried out, by a service is not carried out, by a
competent engineer qualified as competent engineer qualified as
required by the Gas Safety required by the Gas Safety
Regulations. Depending on the Regulations. Depending on the
nature/urgency of the fault and the nature/urgency of the fault and the
type of premises this report may be type of premises this report may be
verbal. verbal.
15.Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the appliance is Other 16.Unsafe 12M Recommendations If after servicing the appliance is
installations considered unsafe the installations considered unsafe the
recommendation to the client is that recommendation to the client is that
it must be taken out of use. If it must be taken out of use. If
approval for this action is refused an approval for this action is refused an
appropriate label must be attached appropriate label must be attached
to the appliance and a written report to the appliance and a written report
must be signed by the must be signed by the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative and both the gas representative and both the gas
supplier and a supervisor/manager supplier and a supervisor/manager
informed. informed.

Page 52 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-31 AIR TO WATER HEAT PUMP 05-31 AIR TO WATER HEAT PUMP
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Status. 6M Isolate electrically. Note: Isolation of electrical Other 1. Status. 6M Isolate electrically. Isolation of electrical equipment
equipment should be carried out in should be carried out in accordance
accordance with HASAWA with HASAWA (www.hse.gov.uk)
requirements. THIS LINK IS
WRONG , SHOULD BE -
www.hse.gov.uk

Page 53 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-32 WATER TO WATER HEAT PUMP 05-32 WATER TO WATER HEAT PUMP
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Status. 6M Isolate electrically. Note: Isolation of electrical Other 1. Status. 6M Isolate electrically. Isolation of electrical equipment
equipment should be carried out in should be carried out in accordance
accordance with HASAWA with HASAWA (www.hse.gov.uk)
requirements. requirements.

Page 54 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-33 BRINE TO WATER HEAT PUMP 05-33 BRINE TO WATER HEAT PUMP
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Status. 6M Isolate electrically. Note: Isolation of electrical Other 1. Status. 6M Isolate electrically. Note: Isolation of electrical
equipment should be carried out in equipment should be carried out in
accordance with HASAWA accordance with HASAWA
requirements. (www.hse.gov.uk) requirements.

Page 55 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-34 PACKAGED STEAM GENERATORS

Added The yearly tasks shown below are generally carried out at the same time as the annual statutory
(insurance)inspection.
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the asbestos regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added Self-monitoring
controls

Added 1. Water gauge 1D Record time test carried out, log

test results with the operator`s name,
date of test plus any corrective
action taken.
Added 2. Water level left 1D Manually blow down. Record time test carried out.
hand gauge

Added 3. Water level right 1D Manually blow down. Record time test carried out.
hand gauge

Added 4. Water level 1D Test low water level cut-out and At no time during a test should the
control lock-out. water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.
Record time test carried out.
Added 5. Feed pump 1D Check operation. Record time test carried out.
start/stop or
modulation
Added 6. Pressure 1D Record pressure gauge reading. Record time test carried out.
reading

Added 7. Feed water and 1D Check the feed tank level is Record time test carried out, log
condensate check adequate and there are no results with the operator`s name,
contaminants. date of test plus any corrective
Check that the chemical dose action taken.
metering device is functioning and
there are adequate chemical stocks
in the tanks.
Check that the in-house routine
sample results are within their given
parameters provided by the water
treatment specialist and take
remedial action when necessary.
Check the temperature is above the
required level for the treatment
doses specified for oxygen
scavenging.
Added 8. TDS water test 1D Carry out TDS (total dissolved Record time test carried out.
solids) water quality test, record the
result and make adjustments where
necessary.

Page 56 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 9. pH water test 1D Carry out pH water quality test, Record time test carried out.
record the result and make
adjustments where necessary.
Added 10. Blow down 1D Record quantity of water blown Record time test carried out.
down.

Added 11. Flame failure 1W Test flame failure lock-out. Record time test carried out.
This may not be present on non self
monitoring boilers
Added 12. Failure to 1W Test failure to ignite lock out. Record time test carried out.
ignite

Added 13. Water level 1st 1W Test by lowering water level to 1st
low water level, by evaporation and Discharge temperature to drain
controlled blowdown, and check should not exceed permissible
burner locks out and the alarm is limits.
sounded. Record time test carried out.
At no time during a test should the
water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.
Added 14. Water level 1W Test by lowering water level to 2nd
2nd low water level, by evaporation and Discharge temperature to drain
controlled blowdown, and check should not exceed permissible
burner locks out and the alarm is limits.
sounded. Record time test carried out.
At no time during a test should the
water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.
Added 15. Boiler flue 12M Open, remove by brushing and/or Soot, ash and other fouling deposits
ways, combustion vacuum all soot and scale. impede heat transfer thus wasting
chamber and energy and putting up costs.
connecting flue.
Added 16. Fire tubes. 12M Open boiler end doors and clean In multipass boilers it is important to
fire tubes by brushing or rotary clean all passes.
scouring equipment.
Added 17. Refractory 12M Check condition and report.
linings.

Added 18. Boiler flue 12M Reseal, check for air leaks, seal as
ways, doors and necessary.
chamber.
Added 19. Flue. 12M Carry out smoke test.

Added 20. Waterside. 12M Remove manholes, clean out scale If there are considerable deposits of
and residues. Replace, reseal and sludge and scale, this indicates poor
ensure bolts are tight. water treatment which if allowed to
continue will lead to boiler failure
and energy wastage. Waste
disposal regulations may apply.
Added 21. Boiler. 12M Refill, reconnect and bring on line. Refit casing if necessary and
thoroughly clean down.

Page 57 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 22. 12M Check for operation and accuracy. Recalibrate and reset if necessary.
Instrumentation
and flame
monitoring.
Added 23. Combustion 12M Bring up to full load and carry out On larger systems combustion tests
check. tests. should be carried out on a regular
basis to monitor performance. The
test should include smoke, draught
chamber and flue, flue temperature,
carbon dioxide, oxygen and carbon
monoxide.
Added 24. Blow down 12M For maintenance procedures see HSE document PM60 applies.
tank. Sanitary and waste water plumbing
SFG 48-04

Page 58 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-35 PAKAGED STEAM GENERATORS - ELECTRIC

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Status. 3M Check and isolate by removing fuse
links.

Added 2.Water drain unit. 3M Check for free flow of water by

operating the valve. Repair any
valve gland leaks.
Added 3. Boiler 3M Test for correct conductivity. This is to be within the boiler makers
circulated water. recommendation.

Added 4. a) Electrical 12M Check all electrical connections in

connections. the cubicle and on the boiler
electrodes for soundness and
correct any defects.
Added b) Porcelain 12M Examine for defects and replace if
insulators. necessary. Clean with non-abrasive
material.
Added 5. Drain pipe. 12M Check for free flow, actuate main
drain if necessary.

Added 6. Feed solenoid 12M Clean solenoid, manifold and Modern boilers have the load control
(if fitted). strainer. driven by an electric motor. (See
also Motors SFG 39)
Added 7. Load control 12M Examine mechanism and lubricate. Comply with manufacturers
system. recommendation for lubrication of
the gear box, motor and control
shaft and nut.
Added 8. Boiler 12M Replace all covers and reinstate Ensure all electrical and mechanical
sequence. electrical supply. covers are in their correct places.

Page 59 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-36 STEAM BOILER REPORT - PERIODIC EXAMINATION

Added This task is generally carried out and incorporates the yearly maintenance schedule refer to Boilers -
Heat generators SFG 05-20

A written scheme of examination [WSE] for all steam boilers is a legal requirement under regulation 8
of the Pressure Systems Safety Regulations (PSSR) 2000.

The WSE sets out the nature and frequency of examination and should adequately describe the
system, including all the pipework, vessels, safety devices and any other parts that could give rise to
danger. It will also specify any special measures necessary to prepare the system for the examination.
The scheme must be certified by a competent person and be available on site at all times. The client /
owner of the system is responsible for ensuring that a scheme has been drawn up and that the
competent person who certifies it has sufficient relevant knowledge and experience to carry out this
task.

The periodic examination as identified by the WSE for a steam boiler should include an
out-of-service examination (cold, offline, open for inspection) followed by an in-service examination at
normal operating pressure to check that all protective and control devices are working properly.

The competent person does not need to be the same one who compiled the written scheme of
examination, so the current or a controlled copy of the scheme should always be available on site.

The client / owner of the system is responsible for arranging for the competent person to carry out the
examination in accordance with the written scheme of examination.
Records

The following documentation and records need to be retained:

- The report of the last examination under the written scheme of
examination;
- Any details of repairs or modifications to the system (including changes to the operating
parameters);
- Any previous reports containing information relating to the safe
operation of the system;
- Routine testing records for the previous two years; and
- Technical documentation supplied by the manufacturer and installer of the boiler and associated
equipment.

These documents must be available to the boiler operator, the

competent person and any new user or owner of the pressure equipment.

Page 60 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-37 BOILER SUPERHEATER

Added The yearly tasks shown below are generally carried out at the same time as the Annual Statutory
(Insurance) Inspection.
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Internal and 12M Carry out an internal and external
external areas examination of the heater.

Added 2. Headers 12M Inspect all weld sections for any Thermal cracking at the headers
signs of cracking. Check for due to high stresses set up across
deposits that have accumulated in the thick welded section is possible.
the header, clean out as required.
Added 3. Safety valve 12M Check for leakage, corrosion and
and stop valve manually operate.

Added 4. Drain and vent 12M Inspect and repair as necessary

valves

Added 5. Manhole 12M Check all contact surfaces for

openings pitting. Clean any scale/deposits.

Added 6. Screen plates 12M Check condition and clean as

necessary.

Added 7. Tubes 12M Check for signs of thermal fatigue Oxide scaling inside or outside may
and scale. In the case of scale cause tube failure and at the worst
being present this should be case a hydrogen fire which is when
cleaned off. It is important to clean iron burns in steam at above 700°C
all passes. in an exothermic reaction.
Sodium and vanadium compounds
present in the deposits proved very
corrosive to superheater tube
causing frequent repeated failure.
Added 8. Walk-in spaces 12M Check the supports of the A build-up of deposits is most
horizontal super heater tubes for troublesome defect in a super
signs of thermal damage and heater. These may result in high
potential failure. Clean all deposits furnace pressure, loss of super
from the spaces. Check the heater and poor combustion.
condition of the tubes special
attention to be paid to tubes
through which there still exists gas
paths as they operate under
excessive metal temperature.

Page 61 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-38 BIOMASS BOILER

Added The burning of biofuels is a complex operation involving the storage, handling and combustion of solid
material, plus the handling, disposal of gaseous and solid waste. The materials can be abrasive with
the wear and tear on mechanical plant considerable, hence regular maintenance is vital to ensure
continuous working and a clean environment. The maintenance of each section of the biomass boiler
is examined in sequence.

Maintenance levels of all biomass boilers will vary according to the type of system and fuel being burnt
for instance a pellet system strongley differs from a woodchip system in terms of frequency .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Weekly check 1W Inspect boiler and fuel feed system.
Listen for noisy fan operation.
Check flue gas temperature and the
colour out of the stack. Record in
log. Check boiler temperature and
record in log. Function test
back-burn devices and negative
pressure indicators. Check
pressure switches. Check
emergency stops for both bunker
and auger operate.
Added 2. Hydraulic 1M Check oil level and top up as
aggregate [if fitted] required. Check that the pressure
and operational temperature are as
per the manufacturers guidelines.
Check for any oil leaks from the
seals and hoses.
Added 3. Operational 3M Check and isolate and Lock Off Depending on the Establishment, a
status. from electricity supply. Remove Permit to Work system may be in
fuses, if used. operation. The Authorised Person
should be approached for the issue
of the permit.
Added 4. Multicyclone 3M Clean the mulitcyclone using an
industrial vacuum cleaner.

Added 5. Rost 3M Remove ash from the rost

Added 6. Combustion 3M Clean retort, fire bricks, combustion

Chamber surface and combustion chamber

Added 7. Burning Grate 3M Remove ash from the combustion

space and clean grate. Ensure all
ash from beneath the step grate is
removed.
Added 8. Heat exchanger 3M Clean the tubes in the heat
exchanger with the appropriate
brush

Page 62 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 9. Fans 3M Clean suction blower from ash Pay attention to the flue gas sensor
using an industrial vacuum cleaner. when cleaning the flue gas pipe.
Check low level switches, fuses and
action of fan emergency safety
switch in OFF position.
Added 10. Flue and 3M Clean
chimney

Added 11. Auger 3M Lubricate the worm bearings. Use only lubricants as detailed by
Inspect for wear. the manufacturers guidelines.

Added 12. Ash conveying 3M Lubricate the all bearings. Use only lubricants as detailed by
system [if fitted] the manufacturers guidelines.

Added 13.Pneumatic 3M Inspect and replace items listed (a) air seals on each outlet cyclone,
system. (Applies under notes. Check for air (b) clean blades of fan, (c) ensure
to both feed and tightness. timing sequence, (d) check `bags`,
ash removal, (e) check bag shaker and lubricate
where fitted). as appropriate . It is essential to
maintain air tightness on pneumatic
systems otherwise the coal feed
cannot be maintained, output is
reduced and energy wasted.
Added 14. Ash container Clean out ash content in the This frequency will depend on the
container, empty it when necessary. type of system and the hours
system used.
Added 15. Igniters 6M Clean igniter and igniter tube.

Added 16. Compressor [if 6M See SFG 40-08 for full compressor
fitted] tasks

Added 17. Motors 6M Clean motors see Motors SFG

39-01

Added 18. Boiler room 12M Check that all are in accordance Boiler room ventilation should
ventilation with current Codes of Practice. comply with BS 5440 -2: 2009 for
boilers not exceeding 70kW and BS
6644:2005 for boilers with a
capacity between 70kW and 1.8MW
Added 19. Electrical. 12M Check all electrical trips. These should be set for manual
reset.

Added 20. Silo discharge 24M Grease gears

Page 63 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-39 GAS BOOSTER SETS

Added Before carrying out any maintenance on the Booster, all Electrics and gas pressure should be turned
off.
Maintenance should be carried out in full accordance with the manufacturers instructions and using
only replacement parts supplied or authorised by the manufacturer.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1) General 3M Check for leaks and general
condition. Check for excessive
noise or vibration and ensure that
the mountings are secure and in
good condition.
Added 2). Air fan inlets 3M Check that the air fan inlets are not
obstructed by
dust or dirt and clean out if
necessary
Added 3). Glands and 3M Ensure that all glands and seals on
seals gas boosters are sound and that
there is no smell of gas in the area.
Added 4). Warning 3M Ensure that warning notices are
notices correctly displayed.

Added 5) Motors 12M The bearings generally are sealed

for life and usually left in service
until their replacement is required.
Added 6) Drive belts 12M Replace drive belts using 1) Isolate the electricity supply.
manufacturers replacement belts. 2) Remove the belt guard.
3) Remove the existing belt.
If the drive has more than one belt 4) Clean the pulley running
ensure all belts are changed at the surfaces.
same time. 5) Lift the motor platform and
position a new belt on both pulleys.
Do not apply belt dressing. The smooth side of the belt should
be in contact with the pulley
surfaces.
6) Ensure the belt will run centrally
on the pulley faces.
7) Replace the belt guard.
Added 7) Booster bearing 60M Replace bearing assemblies A rise in noise level or vibration
assemblies irrespective of perceived bearing indicates that the bearings are in
condition. need of replacement. With the belt
guard removed a further check can
be made for radial or axial
movement of the shaft within the
bearing housing.
Added 8) Flexible 60M Replace flexible connectors.
connectors

Page 64 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-40 GAS GOVERNOR OR GAS REGULATOR

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1) Diaphragms 12M Individual appliance governors
should be examined to ensure that
diaphragms are sound and in good
condition.
Added 2). Valves and 12M Valves and seatings should be
seatings cleaned and any rust or dust
deposits removed.
Added 3). Impulse pipes 12M Check that impulse pipes are clear,
sound and secure.

Added 4). Outlet pressure 12M Check that the outlet pressure
should be reasonably constant
between low and high fire rates.

Page 65 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-41 GAS INCINERATOR

Added A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken in accordance with the confined spaces
regulations, before entering any confined space such as a hopper, flue chamber or boiler to ensure
that there is adequate ventilation and an absence of any fumes or flue gases
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Have sample Certified as safe before any works can re-start, if asbestos,
take actions in accordance with the asbestos regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail.

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Outer case / 12M Remove as required If a leak is detected, shutdown the
panels. gas source, reduce pressure to
atmospheric, and tighten or redo the
leaking connection. Retest.
Added 2. Grate / Ash pan 12M Riddle the grate, check for freedom
of movement, clear primary
chamber of ash. Remove and
empty ash draw or pan.
Added 3. Pilot burner 12M Remove and clean pilot burner.

Added 4. Primary and 12M Remove and clean primary and

secondary burners secondary burners.
Check that injectors are clear,
burner tunnel clear and ports are
free from blockage.
Added 5. Refractory 12M Examine condition of refractory Report any problems to the client.
lining, combustion lining to primary chamber. Clear
chambers and flue any dust from secondary chamber
ways. and check that the flue ways are
clear.
Added 6. Door 12M Clean and check door mechanism.
mechanism

Added 7. Linkages and 12M Clean linkages and interlocks and

interlocks adjust if necessary.

Added 8. Gas control 12M Check gas control cocks, ease and
cocks grease if required

Added 9. Gas burners 12M Rebuild and install in reverse as

sequence dictates.

Added 10. Gas system 12M Check gas soundness.

Page 66 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 11. Ignition 12M Light the appliance and check any
ignition device.
Check pilot stable and correctly
positioned.
Check burner pressures or gas rate
at the meter if necessary.
Added 12. Flue 12M Check flue for pull and spillage

Added 13. Controls 12M Check controls

– flame protection device
– timer set correctly
– any other control devices
Added 14. Sequence Check that the timer returns to
timer zero, shutting down the appliance
at the end of the combustion cycle.

Page 67 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-42 WASTE INCINERATOR

Added A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken in accordance with the confined spaces
regulations, before entering any confined space such as a hopper, flue chamber or boiler to ensure
that there is adequate ventilation and an absence of any fumes or flue gases
Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Have sample Certified as safe before any works can re-start, if asbestos,
take actions in accordance with the asbestos regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail.

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Ash removal 1H Inspect and clean as required.
conveyor

Added 2. Water quench 1H Inspect water level and fill as

pit required.

Added 3. Opacity monitor 1D Check operation of the opacity Record time test carried out.
monitor and check exhaust for
visible emissions.
Added 4. Oxygen monitor 1D Check operation. Record time test carried out.

Added 5. Thermocouples 1D Check operation. Record time test carried out.

Added 6. Underfire air 1D Inspect and clean as required.

ports

Added 7. Limit switches 1D Inspect for freedom of operation

and potential obstructing debris.

Added 8. Door seals 1D Inspect for wear, closeness of fit,

and air leakage.

Added 9. Ash pit/internal 1D Clean after each shift. This applies to units that do not
dropout sump have a continuous ash conveyor
cleaning system.
Added 10. Heat recovery 1W Inspect and clean as required.
boiler tubes

Added 11. Blower intakes 1W Inspect for accumulations of lint,

debris. Clean as required.

Added 12. Burner flame 1W Inspect and clean as required.

rods (gas fired
units)
Added 13. U.V. Scanner 1W Inspect and clean as required.
flame sensors

Page 68 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 14. Swing latches 1W Lubricate.

and hinges

Added 15. Hopper door 1W Lubricate.

support pins

Added 16. Ram feeder 1W Lubricate.

carriage wheels

Added 17. Heat recovery 1W Inspect and clean fan housing as

induced-draft fans required.
Check for corrosion and V-belt
drives and chains for tension and
wear.
Added 18. Hydraulic 2W Check hydraulic fluid level and add
systems the proper replacement fluid as
required. Investigate sources of
fluid leakage as required.
Added 19. Ash removal 2W Lubricate.
conveyor bearings

Added 20. fuel trains and 2W Inspect and clean as required.

burners

Added 21. Control panels 2W Inspect and clean as required. Keep panel securely closed and free
of dirt .

Added 22. External 1M Inspect external "hot" surfaces. White spots or discolouration may
surface of indicate loss of refractory.
incinerator and
stack
Added 23. Refractory 1M Inspect and repair minor wear
areas.

Added 24. Internal ram 1M Inspect for wear. Stainless steel faces may wear out
faces and require replacement in 1 to 5
years depending on service.
Added 25. 1M Inspect and vacuum and particulate
Upper/secondary matter that has accumulated on the
combustion chamber floor.
chamber
Added 26. Combustion air 1M Lubricate. Some of these bearings are sealed
blowers and heat for life so do not need lubricating.
recovery induced
draft fans
Added 27. Hydraulic 1M Lubricate.
cylinder clevis and
trunnion
attachments to all
moving
components

Page 69 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 28. Burner pilots 1M Inspect and adjust as required.

Added 29. Hot external 6M Inspect for signs of damage.

surfaces

Added 30. Chains 6M Inspect and brush clean as

required. Lubricate.

Added 31. Outer case / 12M Remove as required If a leak is detected, shutdown the
panels. gas source, reduce pressure to
atmospheric, and tighten or redo the
leaking connection. Retest.
Added 32. Grate / Ash 12M riddle the grate, check for freedom
pan of movement, primary chamber
clear of ash. Remove and empty
ash drawer or pan.
Added 33. Pilot burner 12M Remove and clean pilot burner.

Added 34. Primary and 12M Remove and clean primary and
secondary burners secondary burners. check that
injectors are clear, burner tunnel
clear and ports free from
blockage.
Added 35. Refractory 12M Examine condition of refractory Report any problems to the client.
lining, combustion lining to primary chamber. Clear
chambers and flue any dust from secondary chamber
ways. and check that the flue ways are
clear.
Added 36. Door 12M Clean and check door mechanism.
mechanism

Added 37. Linkages and 12M Clean linkages and interlocks and
interlocks adjust if necessary.

Added 38. Gas control 12M Check gas control cocks, ease and
cocks grease if required

Added 39. Gas burners 12M Replace as sequence dictates.

Added 40. Gas system 12M Check gas soundness.

Added 41. Ignition 12M Light the appliance and check any
ignition device.
Check pilot stable and correctly
positioned.
Check burner pressures or gas rate
at the meter if necessary.

Page 70 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 42. Flue 12M Check flue for pull and spillage

Added 43. Controls 12M check controls

– flame protection device
– timer set correctly
– any other control devices
Added 44. Sequence 12M Check that the timer returns to
timer zero, shutting down the appliance
at the end of the combustion cycle.

Page 71 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-43 WET SCRUBBER SYSTEM

Added Legionellosis (Legionnaires Disease and Associated Illnesses)

Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
Approved Code of Practice, L8,2000 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water
system must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk. Once a risk has been identified and
assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or controlling it, precautions implemented and
managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status, Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2
guidance.

The client must ensure that one person of adequate status is appointed as being responsible for
overseeing the assessment and implementation of the precautions. Responsibility and lines of
communication must be properly defined and personnel must be properly trained.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Scrubber liquid 1D Check for proper operation and
pump leakage. Investigate sources of fluid
leakage and repair as required.
Added 2. Variable throat 1D Check for proper operation and
activator leakage.

Added 3. Scrubber liquid 1D Check for leakage. Repair as

lines required.

Added 4. Mist eliminator 1D Check for leakage. Repair as

pressure lines required.

Added 5. Reagent feed 1D Check for leakage. Repair as

system required.

Added 6. Fan, Fan 1D Check for vibration and proper

bearings and fan operation. Check for abnormal
belt noise.
Added 7. Fan 1W Check oil level, oil colour, oil
temperature and lubricate.

Added 8. Scrubber liquid 1W Check oil level and lubricate pump

pump motor bearings.

Added 9. Damper air 1W Check for proper operation.

purge system

Added 10. Ductwork 1M Check for leakage. Repair as

required.

Added 11. Fan and motor 1M Inspect for leaks, cracks and loose
bearings fittings.

Added 12. Fan blades 1M Inspect for material build-up and

and internal clean as required. Inspect for
housing abrasion and corrosion and repair
as required.

Page 72 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 13. Drain chain 1M Check chain tension, sprocket wear

drive mechanism and alignment and oil level.

Added 14. Pipes and 1M Inspect for plugging/leaking and

manifolds clean/repair as required.

Added 15. Dampers 1M Check for leakage.

Added 16. Spray bars 1M Inspect for nozzle wear and

plugging and clean as required.

Added 17. Pressure 1M Check for accuracy.

gauges

Added 18. Main body of 1M Inspect for material build-up and

scrubber clean as required. Inspect for
abrasion and corrosion and repair
as required.
Added 19. Fan, pump, 6M Inspect clearances and wear, pitting
motor and drag and scoring. Inspect for leaks,
chain bearings cracks and loose fittings.
and gear reducers
Added 20. Flow meters 6M Check for accuracy.

Added 21. Damper drive 6M Check for proper operation and

mechanism alignment.

Added 22. Damper seals, 6M Check for wear and leakage.

bearings, blades
and blowers

Page 73 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-44 FABRIC FILTER SYSTEM

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Stack 1D Check exhaust for visible dust.

Added 2. Manometer 1D Check and record fabric pressure Watch and record trends.
loss and fan static pressure.

Added 3. Compressed air 1D Check for air leakage (low

system pressure). Check valves.

Added 4. Collector 1D Observe all indicators on control

panel and listen to system for
properly operating subsystems.
Added 5. Damper valves 1D Check all isolation, bypass and
cleaning damper valves for
synchronisation and proper
operation.
Added 6. Rotating 1D Check for signs of jamming,
equipment and leakage, broken parts and wear etc.
drives
Added 7. Dust removal 1D Check to ensure that dust is being
system removed from the system.

Added 8. Filter bags 1W Check for tears, holes, abrasion,

proper fastening, bag tension, dust
accumulation on surface or creases
and folds.
Added 9. Cleaning 1W Check cleaning sequence and cycle
system times for proper valve and timer
operations.
Check compressed air lines
including oilers and filters. Inspect
shaker mechanisms for correct
operation.
Added 10. Hoppers 1W Check for bridging or plugging.
Inspect screw conveyor for correct
operation and lubrication.
Added 11. Shaker 1M Inspect for loose bolts, tighten as
mechanism required.

Added 12. Fan(s) 1M Check for corrosion and material

build-up and check V-belt drives
and chains for tension and wear.
Added 13. Monitor(s) 1M Check accuracy of all indicating
equipment.

Added 14. Inlet plenum 3M Check baffle plate for wear, if

applicable wear is evident, replace.
Check for dust deposits and clean
as required.

Page 74 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 15. Access doors 3M Check all gaskets.

Added 16. Shaker 3M Tube type:

mechanism (tube hooks suspended from a
tubular assembly) Inspect nylon
bushings in shaker bars and clevis
(hanger) assembly for wear.

Channel shakers:
(tube hooks suspended from
channel bar assembly) Inspect drill
bushings in tile bars and connecting
rods for wear.
Added 17. Motors, fans 6M Lubricate all electrical motors,
speed reducers, exhaust and
reverse-air fans and similar
equipment.
Added 18. Collector 12M Check all bolts and welds. Inspect
entire collector thoroughly, clean as
required.

Page 75 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

05-45 SANITARY INCINERATOR

Added
Always ensure that the main external electricity supply is switched off before attending to servicing of
the unit.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Ash draw 1W Empty the ash draw The ash drawer must not be allowed
to overfill. If the incinerator is in
constant use it should be emptied
weekly or more often if
it should appear necessary.
Added 2. Ventilation 1W The incinerator should have a
13mm gap between it and the wall
to which it is fixed for ventilation
purposes. Check that the gap is
clean and unobstructed.
Added 3. Wiring 12M Check the supply wiring fuse is of Some units are fitted with sheathed
the correct rating. Check for wire elements and it is a feature of
soundness and ensure terminal such an element that small amounts
connections are secure. Check of water can be absorbed from the
integrity of electrical insulation. atmosphere if the unit is not in
regular use. It is possible that this
will decrease the earth leakage
resistance which can cause the
earth leakage cut-out to trip.
Added 4. Test operation 12M Insert the towel by fully opening the
door flap at the top of the unit. This
operation is all that is required and
automatically starts
the burning cycle. Do not fill above
the lower level of the door opening.
Added 5. Time switch 12M Check that the timer returns to The time switch should cut out 20
zero, shutting down the appliance minutes after the door is closed but
at the end of the combustion cycle. the charge will continue to burn.
Added 6. Flue 12M Check flue for pull. Clean flue and
ensure that the flue cleaning trap
gasket is sealed when put back in
operation. Mark positions and clean
any branch run dampers and return
to set positions. Ensure that the
cone cap is in place on the flue
system. Check and clean any
in-line fan units. Check operation
hours of the building and ensure
that any time switch controlling the
fan is running continuously during
these hours plus a run on time of
one to two hours.

Page 76 of 614
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Page 77 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

06-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 06-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Development Technical Development
Building Management Systems (BMS) or Building Energy Management Systems (BEMS) have
developed from the simple applications of the 1970s to complex integrated systems involving Building Management Systems (BMS) or Building Energy Management Systems (BEMS) have
outstations and central units whose operation relies on computer interactive management backed by developed from the simple applications of the 1970s to complex integrated systems involving
detailed and often complex software which provides total management of the environmental outstations and central units whose operation relies on computer interactive management backed by
conditions in a building. It is an ever changing field and systems currently in operation can include detailed and often complex software which provides total management of the environmental
lighting, security, lifts, fire alarms, access and other interfaces. conditions in a building. It is an ever changing field and systems currently in operation can include
Monitoring operation lighting, security, lifts, fire alarms, access and other interfaces.
The basic components of a BMS include sensors, actuators, controllers, communication systems and
a central unit which can be either passive, i.e. monitor and rely upon the outstations to act as local Monitoring operation
control centres, or active and provide a central control function. The basic components of a BMS include sensors, actuators, controllers, communication systems and
Where Building Management Systems are installed it is essential that the Client should be aware of a central unit which can be either passive, i.e. monitor and rely upon the outstations to act as local
the need for continuous monitoring of performance. Switching off because of a malfunction or lack of control centres, or active and provide a central control function.
data update represents a negation of the investment and can give rise to poor environmental
conditions and energy wastage.
Energy saving and maintenance Where Building Management Systems are installed it is essential that the client should be aware of
Building Energy Maintenance Systems offer considerable energy and cost savings when compared the need for continuous monitoring of performance. Switching off because of a malfunction or lack of
with more simple equipment but represent a considerable investment by the building owner or lessee . data update represents a negation of the investment and can give rise to poor environmental
If the equipment is not properly commissioned and maintained by specialist trained personnel conditions and energy wastage.
who have had training on such equipment and are supported by the manufacturer, the benefits
of such investment could be lost, energy will be wasted and costs rise. Energy saving and maintenance
Building owner or lessee
Building owners or lessees should ensure that their operators have had the appropriate training to Building Energy Maintenance Systems offer considerable energy and cost savings when compared
ensure that routine but important daily and weekly maintenance tasks are carried out satisfactorily. with more simple equipment but represent a considerable investment by the building owner or lessee.
Such tasks could include monitoring and changing time schedules, set points, environmental control If the equipment is not properly commissioned and maintained by specialist trained personnel who
settings and simple routine maintenance of the computer hardware. Where changes are made to the have had training on such equipment and are supported by the manufacturer, the benefits of such
software routines it is essential that back up copies are made to safeguard the changes. investment could be lost, energy will be wasted and costs rise.
Software
The owner or lessee should be aware that software is normally covered by copyright and the licence Building owner or lessee
conditions covering its use can be very restrictive. The penalties for infringing that copyright can be
considerable. The licence may relate to the use of the software or may be restrictive and apply only to Building owners or lessees should ensure that their operators have had the appropriate training to
a particular application or building If there is any doubt regarding the above, the manufacturer ensure that routine but important daily and weekly maintenance tasks are carried out satisfactorily.
should be contacted for advice. Such tasks could include monitoring and changing time schedules, set points, environmental control
Maintenance contractor settings and simple routine maintenance of the computer hardware. Where changes are made to the
For the regular maintenance of the equipment the client should be satisfied that the maintenance software routines it is essential that back up copies are made to safeguard the changes.
contractor employs BMS specialists who:-
a) have had the necessary training, Software
b) have knowledge of the installed system,
c) maintain an up to-date awareness of the manufacturers equipment including computer hardware The owner or lessee should be aware that software is normally covered by copyright and the licence
and software, conditions covering its use can be very restrictive. The penalties for infringing that copyright can be
d) have access to up to-date diagnostic equipment, considerable. The licence may relate to the use of the software or may be restrictive and apply only to
e) have good technical support, a particular application or building If there is any doubt regarding the above, the manufacturer should
f) are supported by adequate stocks of spares. be contacted for advice.

Maintenance provider

For the regular maintenance of the equipment the client should be satisfied that the maintenance
provider employs BMS specialists who:-

a) have had the necessary training,

b) have knowledge of the installed system,

Page 78 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

c) maintain an up to-date awareness of the manufacturers equipment including computer hardware

and software,

d) have access to up to-date diagnostic equipment,

e) have good technical support,

f) are supported by adequate stocks of spares.

The tasks and frequencies given in the following schedules represent good practice and are typically
applied for sites with five or seven-day operation with plant and controls less than 10 years old. The
frequencies suggested may be varied to meet on-site conditions
(extremes of dust or heat), age of plant and controls, acceptance of risk of failure.

Sites with critical areas such as computer suites or operating theatres may require increased
frequency of maintenance of selected elements. Sites where risk of failure of services is acceptable
may be more selective about the maintenance frequency of certain elements. However, care should
be taken to ensure that energy savings continue to be achieved.

Page 79 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

06-03 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - Central Operator Station 06-03 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - Central Operator Station
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 5. Clock and 6M Check real-time clock and date
Calendar settings

4. Tape drives. 12M Clean according to the Deleted

manufacturer's instructions.

5. Tape cassettes 12M Clean according to the Deleted

(where manufacturer's instructions.
appropriate).
6. Clock battery. 12M Check and replace if necessary. Battery disposal should be in Other 4. Clock battery. 12M Check and replace if necessary. Battery disposal should be in
accordance with www.hse.gov.uk accordance with www.hse.gov.uk
and Environmental Requirements. and Environmental Requirements.
7. Cooling fans. 6M Check condition, clean and Technical 6. Cooling fans. 6M Check condition, clean and Do not lubricate if sealed for life
lubricate if necessary. lubricate if necessary. bearings. Wipe off any excess
lubricant as it will attract dust which
will stick to it.
8. Filters. 6M Inspect and clean or change as Other 7. Filters. 6M Inspect and clean or change as
necessary. necessary.

9. Mouse. 12M Check for smooth operation and Client may ask for more frequent Other 8. Mouse. 12M Check for smooth operation and client may ask for more frequent
clean ball as necessary. maintenance of mouse. clean ball as necessary. maintenance of mouse.

10. Software 6M a)Take back up copy of site specific Ensure that security is retained and Other 9. Software 6M a)Take back up copy of site specific Ensure that security is retained and
archives. data files. b)Verify operating that any updating of files is archives. data files. b)Verify operating that any updating of files is
programmes and functionality. incorporated. programmes and functionality. incorporated. It is recommended
that a copy of the back-up data is
stored in a fire proof safe or off-site.
11. Visual Display 12M Check a)focus, b)contrast, Other 10. Visual 12M Check a)focus, b)contrast,
Unit (VDU). c)brightness, d)for correct Display Unit c)brightness, d)for correct
operation. (VDU). operation.
12. Monitor(s). 12M Check a)focus, b)contrast, With most VDUs the screen is Other 11. Monitor(s). 12M Check a)focus, b)contrast, With most VDUs the screen is
c)brightness, d)for correct automatically degaussed when c)brightness, d)for correct automatically degaussed when
operation, e)degauss. equipment is switched on. operation, e)degauss. equipment is switched on.
13. Keyboard. 12M Check for correct operation and Other 12. Keyboard. 12M Check for correct operation and
clean. clean.

14. Cleaning. 12M Clean with approved cleanser. Treat with anti-static compound. Other 13. Cleaning. 12M Clean with approved cleanser. Treat with anti-static compound.
Depending on use and location Depending on use and location
more frequent cleaning may be more frequent cleaning may be
necessary. necessary.
3. Test sequence. 12M Check, adjust and replace if Technical 3. Test sequence. 12M Check, adjust and replace if
necessary:- a)paper feed, necessary:- a)paper feed,
b)transport system, c)printer ribbon. b)transport system, c)printer
cartridge
Visual Display Unit Deleted
-colourgraphic

1. Cables and 12M Check security, integrity, and for Deleted

connectors. physical damage.

Page 80 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2. Cleaning. 12M Use recommended cleaning agent. Deleted

3. Colour 12M Check and correct as necessary. Deleted

alignments and
adjustments.

Page 81 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

06-04 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - COMMUNICATIONS 06-04 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - COMMUNICATIONS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 5.Alarms - 12M Confirm that all critical alarms are
receiving received by the central supervisor.
Check spurious alarms and
reported faults (as incurred).
Added 6. Alarms - 12M Check generation of alarms from all
generating input and output devices

Added 7. Network 12M Check communications between

central supervisory computer and
outstations and other networked
devices

Page 82 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

06-05 BUILDING MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS - OUTSTATIONS 06-05 BUILDING MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS - OUTSTATIONS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 5. Stand-by 12M Interrupt electrical supply to each
batteries/ outstation, reinstate and ensure
uninterrupted system restarts satisfactorily
power supplies
(UPS).
1. Out station 12M Check mechanical and Note: environmental conditions, e.g. Other 1. Out station 12M Check mechanical and Environmental conditions, e.g.
hardware. environmental condition. temperature, humidity should be hardware. environmental condition. temperature, humidity should be
within manufacturer's recommended within manufacturer`s
limits. recommended limits.
4. Stand-by 12M Check against manufacturer's Technical 4. Stand-by 12M Check against manufacturer`s
batteries/ specification. batteries/ specification. Replace as necessary
uninterrupted uninterrupted
power supplies power supplies
(UPS). (UPS).
5. Digital inputs. 12M Check by activating (where from Note: Care should be taken to Other 6. Digital inputs. 12M Check by activating (where from Care should be taken to isolate local
fixed sensing/control device) isolate local operation. fixed sensing/control device) operation.

6. Digital outputs. 12M Check operation of output stopping Should include starting and stopping Other 7. Digital outputs. 12M Check operation of output stopping Should include starting and stopping
by operating routine (where operations. Note: Does not apply to by operating routine (where operations. Does not apply to
appropriate). Check switching by connected devices. appropriate). Check switching by connected devices.
software interlocks. software interlocks.
7. Analogue 12M Read and check calibration of Other 8. Analogue 12M Read and check calibration of
inputs. analogue inputs. inputs. analogue inputs.

8. Analogue 12M Check for accuracy of output Other 9. Analogue 12M Check for accuracy of output signal.
outputs. signal. outputs.

9. Manual 12M Check status. Review and report to client. Other 10. Manual 12M Check status. Review and report to client.
override (physical). override (physical).

10. Installed 12M Check integrity, alarms, interlocks, See section on SOFTWARE Other 11. Installed 12M Check integrity, alarms, interlocks, See section on Software functions
programme. optimisation. FUNCTIONS. programme. optimisation. SFG 06-06

Page 83 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

06-06 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - SOFTWARE FUNCTIONS 06-06 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - SOFTWARE FUNCTIONS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Control loops. 12M Check integrity of the installed Frequency should be agreed with Technical 1. Control loops. 6M Check integrity of the installed Frequency should be agreed with
programme, Check sequence, client. This action should be related programme, Check sequence, client. This action should be related
operation of control, outputs and to the critical nature of the operation of control, outputs and to the critical nature of the
check stability of plant. operation. check stability of plant. Undertake operation.
as necessary fine tuning of control
loops. Adjust settings in conjunction
with the building manager to
achieve the required internal
environmental conditions
3. Time clock 12M Check real time clock for accuracy Technical 3. Time clock 12M Check real time clock and date for
throughout system. accuracy throughout system.

4. Time 12M Review current operating e.g. time settings and schedules. Other 4. Time 12M Review current operating e.g. time settings and schedules.
switching. parameters according to client's switching. parameters according to clients
needs. needs.
5. Data logging. 12M Review existing logs. Report to client on the need to Other 5. Data logging. 12M Review need for existing data logs. Report to client on the need to
review existing arrangements. Delete/archive logs as required review existing arrangements.

6. Alarms - 12M Check that plant alarms and The checking of possible reactions Technical 6. Alarms - 12M Check that plant alarms and The checking of possible reactions
faults, out of limit software interlocks with safety to certain critical alarms and faults, out of limit software interlocks with safety to certain critical alarms and
alarms. implications are operating correctly. programmes must be carefully alarms. implications are operating correctly. programmes must be carefully
Check alarm priorities, routings and co-ordinated with other trades and Check alarm priorities, routings and co-ordinated with other trades and
reactions. building tenants. Where there are reactions. Check alarm priorities building tenants. Where there are
safety implications, verify alarm are appropriate. safety implications, verify alarm
integrity. Review system of reporting integrity. Review system of reporting
outstanding alarm conditions and outstanding alarm conditions and
report discrepancies. report discrepancies.
7. Alarm 12M Review frequencies of generated Report as appropriate to client. Technical 7. Alarm 12M Review frequencies of generated Report as appropriate to client.
management and alarms. management and alarms. Review alarm log records
report. report. for indication of untoward
conditions
Added 14. Outstations 6M Back up all outstation files. Make
two copies. Store one on site and
one off site.
Added 15. O&M`s 12M Advise where control strategy
descriptions in operating and
maintenance manuals are incorrect.
Ensure, where appropriate,
additional documentation meets all
quality assurance procedures
Added 16. Schematics 12M Check schematics indicate correctly

Added 17. Log Books 0M Maintain a log book of all changes As Necessary
made to the system

Page 84 of 614
BURNERS

Page 85 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

07-01 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNERS 07-01 ATMOSPHERIC GAS BURNERS

These burners operate by mixing air and gas to provide an efficient combustion flame . This principle is Other These burners operate by mixing air and gas to provide an efficient combustion flame . This principle is
used mainly for domestic and small commercial equipment. Before commencing any work check the used mainly for domestic and small commercial equipment. Before commencing any work check the
installation for Asbestos, if suspected STOP WORK, close off the area. Have sample Certified as safe installation for asbestos if suspected STOP WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance
before any works can re-start, if asbestos, take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations. with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
6 Wiring to ignitor 12M Check. Other 6 Wiring to ignition 12M Check.
and/or probe, gas and/or probe, gas
valve and boiler valve and boiler
thermostats. thermostats.
10. Safety check 12M Ensure that no products of The report must be signed by the Other 10. Safety check 12M Ensure that no products of The report must be signed by the
combustion are entering the area of servicing engineer and the combustion are entering the area of servicing engineer and the
the building where the boiler is client/responsible person/clients the building where the boiler is client/responsible person/clients
situated. representative. Premature failure of situated. representative. Premature failure of
the plant will result if a satisfactory the plant will result if a satisfactory
service is not carried out, by a service is not carried out, by a
competent engineer. Depending on competent engineer. Depending on
the nature/urgency of the fault and the nature/urgency of the fault and
the type of premises this report may the type of premises this report may
be verbal. be verbal.
11. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the Other 11. 12M Provide written report. The report must be signed by the
Documentation. servicing engineer and the Documentation. servicing engineer and the
client/responsible person/clients client/responsible person/clients
representative. Premature failure of representative. Premature failure of
the plant will result if a satisfactory the plant will result if a satisfactory
service is not carried out, by a service is not carried out, by a
competent engineer . Depending on competent engineer. Depending on
the nature/urgency of the fault and the nature/urgency of the fault and
the type of premises this report may the type of premises this report may
be verbal. be verbal.

Page 86 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

07-02 BLOWN GAS BURNER 07-02 BLOWN GAS BURNER

A fan assisted type in which the gas and air is pre-mixed before the fan. This is not a pressure jet type Technical A fan assisted type in which the gas and air is pre-mixed before the fan. This is not a pressure jet
burner. The air/fuel ration is controlled by an orifice plate and monitored by a pre- set differential type burner. The air/fuel ration is controlled by an orifice plate and monitored by a pre- set differential
pressure switch. pressure switch.

Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.
Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
13. 12M Provide written report. The report Premature failure and excessive fuel Other 13. 12M Provide written report. The report Premature failure and excessive fuel
Recommendation. should be signed by the service costs will result if satisfactory Recommendation. should be signed by the service costs will result if satisfactory
engineer and the client/client service is not carried out. All service engineer and the client/clients service is not carried out. All service
representative/responsible person. and maintenance must be carried representative/responsible person. and maintenance must be carried
out by a registered engineer out by a registered engineer
complying with Health and Safety complying with Health and Safety
requirements and posses requirements and posses
accreditation in accordance with the accreditation in accordance with the
Gas Safety Regulations. Gas Safety Regulations.

Page 87 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

07-03 FORCED DRAUGHT GAS BURNER 07-03 FORCED DRAUGHT GAS BURNER
A fan assisted nozzle mix type with fully automatic operation creating an expanding flame . Technical A fan assisted nozzle mix type with fully automatic operation creating an expanding flame .

Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.
Refer to www.hse.gov.uk .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
6. Fan and 6M Remove, thoroughly clean, MOTORS Technical 6. Fan and 6M Remove, thoroughly clean, lubricate See Motors SFG 39
motor. lubricate if necessary. motor. if necessary.

15. 6M Provide written report. The report Premature failure and excessive fuel Other 15. 6M Provide written report. The report Premature failure and excessive fuel
Recommendation. should be signed by the service costs will result if satisfactory Recommendation. should be signed by the service costs will result if satisfactory
engineer and the client/client service is not carried out. All service engineer and the client/clients service is not carried out. All service
representative/responsible person. and maintenance must be carried representative/responsible person. and maintenance must be carried
out by a registered engineer out by a registered engineer
complying with Health and Safety complying with Health and Safety
requirements and possess requirements and possess
accreditation in accordance with the accreditation in accordance with the
Gas Safety Regulations. Gas Safety Regulations.

Page 88 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

07-04 FUEL OIL BURNERS USING 220/960 Sec OIL 07-04 FUEL OIL DISTRIBUTION & PIPEWORK USING MEDIUM (220/960 Sec) OIL
There are four basic fuel systems, which can be subdivided into those used for distillate and those for Other There are four basic fuel systems, which can be subdivided into those used for distillate and those for
residual oils. The use of residual oils necessitates the inclusion of equipment for pre-heating the fuel residual oils. The use of residual oils necessitates the inclusion of equipment for pre-heating the fuel
oil prior to the burner. This includes preheater coils in the storage tank, line tracing and final preheater oil prior to the burner. This includes preheater coils in the storage tank, line tracing and final
either before or right at the burner nozzle. The oil supply temperature at the burner inlet must be preheater either before or right at the burner nozzle. The oil supply temperature at the burner inlet
sustained at the burner pump inlet as follows: must be sustained at the burner pump inlet as follows:
Class F (960 sec Redwood No 1 - 20cSt @ 100oC in SI units) 43oC-55oC, at burner nozzle 104oC Class F (960 sec Redwood No 1 - 20cSt @ 100 deg C in SI units) 43 deg C-55 deg C, at burner
Class E (220 sec Redwood No 1 - 8cSt @ 100oC in SI units) 10oC-21oC, at burner nozzle 82oC nozzle 104 deg C
Class E (220 sec Redwood No 1 - 8cSt @ 100 deg C in SI units) 10 deg C-21 deg C, at burner
nozzle 82 deg C
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Insulation. 12M Examine and replace or repair as Legislative 4. Insulation. 12M Examine and replace or repair as Check for asbestos containing
necessary. necessary. material prior to dismantling any
equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take
actions in accordance with the
Asbestos Regulations.
Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
5. Filters. 12M Clean and change if necessary. Sludge in heavy fuel oil can be a Technical 5. Filters. 12M Clean and change if necessary. Sludge in medium fuel oil can be a
major fault in a burner operation and major fault in a burner operation and
regular checking of filters and regular checking of filters and
cleaning of tanks may be necessary cleaning of tanks may be necessary
if oil is only used intermittently. To if oil is only used intermittently.
dispose of waste away from site the
operator must have a Waste
Disposal License , Risk Assessment
may be required.

Page 89 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

07-05 FORCED DRAUGHT [PRESSURE JET] OIL BURNER 07-05 FORCED DRAUGHT [PRESSURE JET] OIL BURNER
A fan assisted nozzle oil air mix fully automatic. Technical A fan assisted nozzle oil air mix fully automatic.

Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.
Refer to www.hse.gov.uk .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
9. Motor and fan. 3M Remove, clean and lubricate as Inspect oil pump flexible drive Technical 9. Motor and fan. 3M Remove, clean and lubricate as Inspect oil pump flexible drive
required, clean fan scroll. coupling before re-assembling.(See required, clean fan scroll. coupling before re-assembling.(See
also MOTORS also Motors SFG 39-01)
16. General. 3M Check security of mechanical parts A maintenance check should be Other 16. General. 3M Check security of mechanical parts A maintenance check should be
and secure mounting of appliance. carried out on this type of burner and secure mounting of appliance. carried out on this type of burner
twice a year but refer to twice a year but refer to
manufacturer's specification . manufacturer`s specification .
All service and maintenance works All service and maintenance works
must be carried out by a must be carried out by a competent
competetent engineer in engineer in accordance with BS
accorddance with BS 5410 codes of 5410 (http://www.bsi-global.com)
practice for oil firing. codes of practice for oil firing.
private All service and maintenance works Deleted
must be carried out by a competent
engineer in accordance with BS
Codes of Practice for oil firing.

Page 90 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

07-06 LIGHT OIL VAPORISING POT BURNER 07-06 LIGHT OIL VAPORISING POT BURNER
A simple oil burner. Technical A simple oil burner.

Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.
Refer to www.hse.gov.uk .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
10. 3M Provide written report, which should Premature failure will result if Other 10. 3M Provide written report, which should Premature failure will result if
Recommendation. be signed by the service engineer satisfactory service is not carried Recommendation. be signed by the service engineer satisfactory service is not carried
and kept by the client. out. All service and maintenance and kept by the client. out. All service and maintenance
must be carried out by a registered must be carried out by a registered
engineer in accordance with engineer in accordance with
HSAWA requirements and in HSAWA (http://www.hse.gov.uk)
accordance with BS Code of requirements and in accordance
Practice for Oil Firing. with BS Code of Practice
(http://www.bsi-global.com) for Oil
Firing.

Page 91 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

07-07 GAS/OIL BURNERS - Dual fuel 07-07 GAS/OIL BURNERS - Dual fuel
Burners of this type should be serviced every three months, certain operations require a lesser Technical Burners of this type should be serviced every three months, certain operations require a lesser
frequency and this is noted in the frequency column. These units are specialised and should only be frequency and this is noted in the frequency column. These units are specialised and should only be
serviced by trained personnel. This does not apply to the filters which should be cleaned by the serviced by trained personnel. This does not apply to the filters which should be cleaned by the
customer at least once per week. customer at least once per week.

Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.
Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Ignitor. 3M Check. Technical 3. Ignition. 3M Check.

4. Main shaft on 12M 'Lift' bearings. Other 4. Main shaft on 12M Lift` bearings.
burner. burner.

2. Report and 12M Should be signed by service Premature failure may result if Technical 2. Report and 12M Should be signed by service Premature failure may result if
Recommendations engineer and kept by the client. satisfactory service is not carried Recommendations engineer and kept by the client. satisfactory service is not carried
. out. All service and maintenance . out. All service and maintenance
must be carried out by a registered must be carried out by a registered
engineer in accordance with current engineer in accordance with current
HSAWA requirements. HSAWA (http://www.hse.gov.uk)
requirements.

Page 92 of 614
CHILLERS - WATER

Page 93 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

09-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 09-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Air conditioning equipment may come in discrete packages where a particular unit operation can be Technical Refrigeration equipment may come in discrete packages where a particular unit operation can be
identified with a single piece of equipment, conversely a number of unit operations can be combined identified with a single piece of equipment, conversely a number of unit operations can be combined
into a single `package'. These packages may be small as in a wall mounted air conditioner or they into a single `package`. These packages may be small as a wall mounted versa temp type unit or they
may be large free standing units of 100 kW or more often placed on the roofs of buildings. Items of may be large free standing units of 100 kW or more often placed on the roofs or in basements of
plant producing mechanical cooling include package chillers, absorption type units, refrigerant buildings. Items of plant in the cooling system include package chillers, absorption type units,
compressors, evaporators, refrigeration condensers and refrigeration distribution systems with their refrigerant compressors, evaporators, refrigeration condensers and refrigeration distribution systems
associated controls. More detailed maintenance procedures for controls are to be found at relevant with their associated controls. More detailed maintenance procedures for controls and refrigeration
sections. distribution systems are to be found in relevant SFG sections.
Air conditioning and refrigeration equipment traditionally used ozone depleting refrigerant fluids as the
cooling medium. Care should be exercised to check the type of refrigerant currently in use in each Commercial air conditioning and refrigeration equipment traditionally used ozone depleting
system, before service is carried out. European and UK legislation was introduced controlling the use refrigerants in the refrigeration process. Care should be exercised to check the type of refrigerant
of CFC refrigerants for servicing and phased out their use in servicing by 2000. This action ensures currently in use in each system, before service is carried out. European and UK legislation was
compliance with statute and avoids environmental damage. Refrigerants R134a, R407C and R410a introduced controlling the use of HCFC refrigerants for servicing and phased out their use in servicing
are typical of those currently in use. by 2015. This action ensures compliance with statute and avoids environmental damage. Refrigerants
R134a, R407C and R410a are typical of those currently in use.
These contractors must belong to a Certified Scheme provider, in accordance with the "F" Gas and
Building Regulations. These providers must belong to a Certified Scheme provider, in accordance with the "F" Gas and
Building Regulations.
ALL REFIGERANTS MUST BE RECOVERED FOR RECYCLING OR DESTRUCTION
ALL REFIGERANTS MUST BE RECOVERED FOR RECYCLING OR DESTRUCTION.

ALWAYS UPDATE RECORDS.

Page 94 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

09-02 PACKAGED CHILLER UNITS 09-02 PACKAGED CHILLER UNITS

Warning Chiller units may be operated remotely and it is essential that the equipment be isolated at Legislative <B>Warning</B> Chiller units may be operated remotely and it is essential that the equipment be
source before commencing any maintenance work. These notes should be read in conjunction with isolated at source before commencing any maintenance work. These notes should be read in
the manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures and in particular supplementary work may conjunction with the manufacturer`s recommended maintenance procedures and in particular
be required in the case of larger units above 50kW. Many packaged water chillers have supplementary work may be required in the case of larger units above 50kW. Many packaged water
microprocessor controls that can be interrogated using passwords. The password is usually at two chillers have microprocessor controls that can be interrogated using passwords. The password is
levels, level one for interrogation and level two for alterations. For service work access to level one is usually at two levels, level one for interrogation and level two for alterations. For service work access
required. These processors can be used for diagnostic purposes and coupled to pressure transducers to level one is required. These processors can be used for diagnostic purposes and coupled to
can also give pressure readings. pressure transducers can also give pressure readings.

Where the installed power on the refrigeration system exceeds 25kW, a Written Scheme of
Examination may be required to comply with the Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000.

Personnel carrying out leak checking, gas recovery or other refrigerant handling activities such as
plant installation and maintenance must have a suitable refrigerant handling qualification. These
works are covered under EC Regulation 842/2006, Fluorinated Greenhouse Gases Regulations 2009
(FGG Regulations 2009)

ALWAYS UPDATE RECORDS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 16. Condensers 3M Carry out Routine Maintenance For further guidance see
Condensers SFG 13-01

1. Status. 3M Check operating status. Note: With computer room chilling Other 1. Status. 3M Check operating status. Before undertaking the work, check
units always check with computer with the building manager that the
staff before service or maintenance. system does not serve a heat
Do not only rely on the sensitive area such as a computer
microprocessor readouts, always room. If it does, confirm with the
check against calibrated equipment building occupants that they are
if in any doubt. aware that work is being carried out.
Do not only rely on the
microprocessor readouts, always
check against calibrated equipment
if in doubt.
2. Refrigeration 3M Check circuit pressures and Refrigeration circuits should be Technical 2. Refrigeration 3M Check circuit pressures and Refrigeration chillers should be
circuits superheat temperatures. Check alternated at least every three circuits superheat temperatures. Check alternated at least every three
alarm and run lights and remote months by means of the 'lead/leg' alarm and run lights and remote months by means of the `lead/leg`
alarm lights associated with packs. selector switch. Where operating alarm lights associated with packs. selector switch. Where operating
information is displayed on central information is displayed on central
console, check that no console, check that no
discrepancies exist between display discrepancies exist between display
and master gauges, if these hese do and master gauges, if these do
occur report and change occur report and change
transducer(s). For non electronic transducer(s). For non electronic
systems check installed gauges systems check installed gauges
against master gauges. against master gauges.

Page 95 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

3. Refrigerant 3M Check for refrigerant and all leaks. Refrigeration circuits should be Legislative 3. Refrigerant 3M Check for refrigerant and all leaks. Refrigeration circuits should be
alternated at least every three alternated at least every three
months by means of the 'lead/leg' months by means of the `lead/leg`
selector switch. Where operating selector switch. Where operating
information is displayed on central information is displayed on central
console, check that no console, check that no
discrepancies exist between display discrepancies exist between display
and master gauges, if these hese do and master gauges, if these do
occur report and change occur report and change
transducer(s). For non electronic transducer(s). For non electronic
systems check installed gauges systems check installed gauges
against master gauges. against master gauges. Systems
using R22 can only use reclaimed
stocks of gas for topping up
purposes only and this shall be
prohibited in the maintenance and
servicing of refrigeration and air
conditioning equipment from
01/01/2015.

Normal systems: <3 kg no leak test

required, 3 kg to 30 kg annual leak
test required, 30 kg to 300 kg half
yearly leak test required and >300
kg quarterly leak test required.
Hermetically sealed systems: <6 kg
no leak test required, 6 kg to 30 kg
annual leak test required, 30 kg to
300 kg half yearly leak test required
and >300 kg quarterly leak test
required.

Where a system has a refrigerant

charge greater than 300kg, an
automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations
Do no overlook remote condensers
and pay particular attention to bolted
joints, sight glass stands and
atmospheric relief valve vent.
5. Chilled water 3M Check supply and return water If closed system check for presence Technical 5. Chilled water 3M Check supply and return water abnormal temperatures can be a
supply temperatures. of water. supply temperatures. sign of low refrigerant or poor heat
rejection
7. Chiller water 3M Check that this is in accordance Other 7. Chiller water 3M Check that this is in accordance
flow rate. with the manufacturer s flow rate. with the manufacturer`s
recommended figure. recommended figure.

Page 96 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

8.Leakage 3M Check all pumps and pipework for Do no overlook remote condensers Technical 8.Leakage 3M Check all equipment and pipework Check for leaks should be part of
leaks and rectify. and pay particular attention to bolted for oil and water leaks and rectify. the routine servicing. “Checked for
joints, sight glass stands and leakage” means that the Joints,
atmospheric relief valve vent. valves including stems, seals,
including seals on replaceable driers
and filters, parts of the system
subject to vibration, connections to
safety or operational devices of the
equipment or system is examined
for leakage using direct or indirect
measuring methods, focusing on
those parts of the equipment or
system most likely to leak. The
frequency of testing depends on
refrigerant charge and system type.
9. Refrigerant 3M Inspect and check for vibration, Vibration is usually the result of Other 9. Refrigerant 3M Inspect and check for vibration, Vibration is usually the result of
pipework. chaffing security and leakage. loose or inadequate fixing of pipe pipework. chaffing, security and leakage. loose or inadequate fixing of pipe
supports and can give rise to supports and can give rise to
leakage of refrigerant. leakage of refrigerant.
10. Standby 3M Check operation. Vibration is usually the result of Other 10. Standby 3M Check operation.
circuits. loose or inadequate fixing of pipe circuits.
supports and can give rise to
leakage of refrigerant.
12. Digital 3M Check operation. If serving computer facilities, check Other 12. Digital 3M Check operation.
readouts. that alarm is not connected to readouts.
computer shut-down system.
15. Insulation. 3M Check condition and make good Poor or faulty insulation can lead to Technical 15. Insulation. 3M Check condition and make good Poor or faulty insulation can lead to
any defects. ice build up, loss of efficiency and any defects however small. loss of efficiency and energy
energy wastage. wastage.
16. Electrical. 12M Check for damage to flexible Include pump motors.(See also Other 17. Electrical. 12M Check for damage to flexible Include pump motors. See Motors
conduits. Tighten all terminal MOTORS) conduits. Tighten all terminal SFG 39-01
connections. Isolate control panel connections. Isolate control panel
and inspect for signs of and inspect for signs of
overheating. Check integrity of overheating. Check integrity of
electrical insulation. electrical insulation.
17. Safety 12M Check all safety cut-outs including Individual machines vary, cut outs Other 18. Safety 12M Check all safety cut-outs including Individual machines vary, cut outs
cut-outs. high and low pressure safety could include i. .oil differential cut-outs. high and low pressure safety could include i. .oil differential
cut-outs and the antifreeze switches, ii. .oil, high and low cut-outs and the antifreeze switches, ii. .oil, high and low
thermostat cut-out for operation temperature, iii. .water temperature thermostat cut-out for operation and temperature, iii. .water temperature
and correct calibration. differential switches on chillers and correct calibration. differential switches on chillers and
evaporators. evaporators.
18. Pump 12M Check condition. Check waterside pressure drop Technical 19. Pump 12M Check condition. Check waterside pressure drop
strainers. across the heat exchanger(s) for strainers. across the heat exchanger(s) for
fouling. WORK ON REFRIGERANT fouling.
SYSTEMS MAY ONLY BE
CARRIED OUT BY A TECHNICIAN
WHO HOLDS A CERTIFICATE FOR
THE SAFE HANDLING OF
REFRIGERANT AND WHO
WORKS FOR A COMPANY
REGISTERED WITH REFCOM or
other Mandatory scheme provider.

Page 97 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

09-03 LITHIUM BROMIDE/WATER ABSORPTION CHILLERS 09-03 LITHIUM BROMIDE/WATER ABSORPTION CHILLERS
This is a specialised field and requires highly experienced engineers to maintain this type of Technical This is a specialised field and requires suitably competent engineers to maintain this type of
equipment. equipment.
Note - the most important feature of an absorption system is the need to maintain as required by the
manufacturer, especially the specific gravity. These machines require daily recorded checks of The most important feature of an absorption system is the need to maintain as required by the
machine performance which are compared with the previous readings. Changes must be noted. manufacturer, especially the specific gravity. These machines require daily recorded checks of
machine performance which are compared with the previous readings. Changes must be noted.

Lithium bromide/water units use water as the refrigerant. The water inside the unit will be boiling at
temperatures around 3 deg C, and condensing at temperatures only a little above ambient. To achieve
this, the units are under a high vacuum.

If the vacuum degrades, the unit will cease to function properly. Thus it is advisable to monitor the
vacuum level closely, and restore it using a vacuum pump when necessary. After any service work
that requires the unit to be opened, the vacuum, must always be restored, and the unit resealed.

A Written Scheme of Examination may be required to comply with the Pressure Systems Safety
Regulations 2000.

ALWAYS UPDATE RECORDS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
11. i. Absorber 12M Determine as per manufacturer's Recorded loss should not be greater Other 11. i. Absorber 12M Determine as per manufacturer`s Recorded loss should not be greater
loss, ii. instructions. Experience is vital in than 3b0 F. Measure and record:- i. loss, ii. instructions. Experience is vital in than 3b0 F. Measure and record:- i.
Decrystallisation, determining the significance of any refrigerant temperature, ii. Decrystallisation, determining the significance of any refrigerant temperature, ii.
(as required) loss. temperature and specific gravity of (as required) loss. temperature and specific gravity of
solution iii. temperature at the outlet solution iii. temperature at the outlet
of the solution pump. Note:- Early of the solution pump. Early
resolution of any crystallisation resolution of any crystallisation
problems is important as damage to problems is important as damage to
pumps may occur. pumps may occur.
Added 14. Insulation 1M Check condition and make good Poor or faulty insulation can lead to
any defects however small. loss of efficiency, energy wastage
and the formation of condensation.
Added 15. General 1M Visually inspect for corrosion,
Inspection erosion and deformities.

Added 16. Pressure relief 1M Any pressure relief device should

device be checked if fitted.

Page 98 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

09-04 GAS FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLER UP TO 18 KW COOLING CAPACITY 09-04 GAS FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLER UP TO 18 KW COOLING CAPACITY
These units are Direct gas fired and maintenance of the gas burners should be carried out in line with Legislative These units are Direct gas fired and maintenance of the gas burners should be carried out in line with
the relevant specification. They are available in cooling only or heat pump version. Care should be the relevant specification. They are available in cooling only or heat pump version. Care should be
taken as the refrigeration system contains Ammonia Solutions. Only tools which are capable of taken as the refrigeration system contains Ammonia Solutions. Only tools which are capable of
handling Ammonia should be used. Refer HSE Document PM 8I – 1995 Safe management of NH3 handling Ammonia should be used.
refrigeration systems.
There are a number of Laws and British Standards that must be observed when working on
ammonia systems.

A Written Scheme of Examination may be required to comply with the Pressure Systems Safety
Regulations 2000.

ALWAYS UPDATE RECORDS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 11. Ammonia 4M Measure and record ammonia Refer to manufacturers instructions
Charge charge

Added 12. Oil Analysis 4M take a sample of oil for analysis If excessive moisture is found,
appropriate action shall be taken to
correct the balance. If the oil is PAG
(or similar) great care should be
taken to ensure
that the sample itself is not
contaminated during handling
Added 13. Compressors, 6M Undertake maintenance on For further guidance see
Condensers and Compressors Compressors SFG 12, Condensers
Evaporators SFG 13 and Evaporators SFG 19
1. General. 4M Check that unit is level and on good Technical 1. General. 4M Check that unit is level and on good
foundations foundations. Visually inspect for
corrosion, erosion and deformities.
2. Condenser 4M Visually check and clean when Technical 2. Condenser 4M Visually check and clean when Comb any damaged areas of fins.
fins. required the condenser fins. fins. required the condenser fins.

4. Condenser 4M Check that condenser fan height is Adjust according to instruction Other 4. Condenser 4M Check that condenser fan height is Adjust according to instruction
fan. at design setting. manual. fan. at design setting. manual. See also Fans SFG 20

8. Drive Belt. 4M Check or replace if necessary. For further maintenance procedures Other 8. Drive Belt. 4M Check or replace if necessary. For further maintenance procedures
see BELT DRIVES. see Belts SFG 04

Page 99 of 614
COLD ROOMS AND FOOD STORAGE

Page 100 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

10-01 COLD ROOMS 10-01 COLD ROOMS

It should be noted that the frequency of maintenance relates to equipment which is generally in clean Technical It should be noted that the frequency of maintenance relates to equipment which is generally in clean
surroundings but where the environment is dirty, i.e. dust or fluff, more frequent maintenance may be surroundings but where the environment is dirty, i.e. dust or fluff, more frequent maintenance may be
necessary. (See also MOTORS) necessary.

Refrigeration equipment containing 3kg or more of F gas refrigerant must be checked for leakage by
certified personnel on a regular basis. The frequency of testing depends on refrigerant charge and
system type.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Evaporator 6M Clean and check for any damage. Ensure unit thoroughly defrosted Other 1. Evaporator 6M Check for correct operation. Clean Correct operation is indicated by
coils. and coils are free of ice before coils. and check for any damage. even frost formation on cooler face
putting back into service. and/or on distribution lines. Ensure
unit thoroughly defrosted and coils
are free of ice before putting back
into service.
5. Pipework. 6M Inspect and thoroughly leak test. Corrosion and chafing can occur at Technical 5 Room Lighting 6M Check operation and condition.
duct entries and joints.

7. Evaporators. 6M Check for correct operation. Correct operation is indicated by Deleted

even frost formation on cooler face
and/or on distribution lines.
8. 6M Check for vibration and test for Other 8. 6M Check for vibration and test for Corrosion and chafing can occur at
Interconnecting leaks. Check insulation for damage Interconnecting leaks. Check insulation for damage duct entries and joints.
pipework (where and replace/repair as necessary. pipework (where and replace/repair as necessary.
visible). visible).
9. Alarm system. 6M Check for correct action. Chafing can occur at duct entries Other 9. Alarm system. 6M Check for correct action.
and joints.

11.Controls and 6M Carry out a visual check for wear Other 11.Controls, 6M Carry out a visual check for wear
switches and and arcing. Check operation of switches and and arcing. Check operation of
indicator lamps. relays, contactors and timers and indicator lamps. relays, contactors and timers and
defrost time switch for correct defrost time switch for correct
operation. Ensure indicator lamps operation. Ensure indicator lamps
are working correctly. are working correctly.
12. Plant rooms 6M Check ventilation not impaired. Leave clean and tidy. Deleted
and housing.

13. Operating 6M Check for correctness, against Other 13. Operating 6M Check for correctness, against
temperatures. Certified unit. temperatures. calibrated unit.

Added 14. Door Lock 6M Check for correct operation and

ensure handle is illuminated.
Ensure any personnel can exit the
cold room safely in an emergency

Page 101 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

10-02 REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CABINETS 10-02 REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CABINETS

Cleaning of cabinets will normally be carried out as part of the regular store maintenance schedule Technical Cleaning of cabinets will normally be carried out as part of the regular store maintenance schedule
and will to some extent be controlled by the type of merchandise being displayed. This schedule and will to some extent be controlled by the type of merchandise being displayed. This schedule
relates to the main maintenance programme. relates to the main maintenance programme.

Refrigeration equipment containing 3kg or more of F gas refrigerant must be checked for leakage by
certified personnel on a regular basis. The frequency of testing depends on refrigerant charge and
system type.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Evaporators. 6M Technical 1. Evaporators. 6M Check for correct operation. Clean Correct operation is indicated by
and check for any damage. even frost formation on cooler face
and/or on distribution lines. Ensure
unit thoroughly defrosted and coils
are free of ice before putting back
into service.
2. Fans 6M Where excessive end float or Technical 2. Fans 6M Check for correct operation. Clean Where excessive end float or
bearing wear. Report on need for and check for any damage. bearing wear. Report on need for
replacement. replacement.
4. Electrical 6M Check all connections and wiring. Chafing can occur at case entries Other 4. Electrical 6M Check all connections and wiring.
connections. and joints. connections.

5. Pipework. 6M Inspect and thoroughly leak test. Corrosion and chafing can occur at Other 5. Pipework. 6M Check for vibration and test for Corrosion and chafing can occur at
case entries and joints. leaks. Check insulation for damage case entries and joints.
and replace/repair as necessary.
8. 6M Check for vibration and test for Technical 8. 6M Check for vibration and test for Corrosion and chafing can occur at
Interconnecting leaks. Check insulation for damage Interconnecting leaks. Check insulation for damage case entries and joints.
pipework (where and replace/repair as necessary. pipework (where and replace/repair as necessary.
visible). visible).
9. Case 6M Check for correct reading with Other 9. Case 6M Check for correct reading with
thermometer. Certified service thermometer. thermometer. calibrated service thermometer.

Page 102 of 614

COMMUNICATION AND P.A. SYSTEMS

Page 103 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

11-01 COMMUNICATIONS - PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS 11-01 COMMUNICATIONS - PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
Added Ensure that, following all inspection visits, conditional reports shall be submitted to the client, including
all specialist reports and test equipment printouts.

In addition, ensure that a Site Logbook is maintained on site containing duplicate copies of all the
reports information submitted to the client.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Microphones. 3M Inspect and check all connection Technical 1 General 12M Clean equipment , check leads for Any evidence of tampering or
leads, plugs and sockets, Operate breaks, splits and loose damage should be recorded and
speech key and check anode connections. reported to the client.
currents,
Damp wipe leads to remove
stickiness check the lead and make
repairs if necessary.
Check all amplifier connections,
knobs and sliders - tighten any that
are loose and remove excess dust
or foreign objects in those that are
sticking.
Ensure all leads are neatly coiled to
avoid twisting and tangles.
2.Power amplifier. 3M Inspect and test using signal Technical 2 Audio equipment 12M Clean the heads on audio cassette Leave them to dry for a few minutes
generator. decks, cd and minidisc players. before attempting to use the player
again.
3.Fire alarm 3M Check functioning of interface. Technical 3 Speakers 12M Check all distribution field wiring
interface. and containment.
Check to ensure that all leads are
plugged in firmly into the correct
connectors which should also be
tightened if loose.
Ensure that sound quality is good
and free from crackling.
Inspect for damage.
Test each speaker and check
earthing where appropriate.
Check that music and other on-line
activities are cut out when
announcements are made.
4.Electrical 12M Measure insulation resistance of Technical 4 Microphones 12M Check the base of the microphone
insulation. installation cables. for bent or loose pins.
Repair if necessary.
Operate speech key and check
anode currents.
5.Loud speakers. 12M Inspect for damage. Test each Technical 5 Canon Leads 12M Undo the screw at the side of the
speaker and check earthing where canon plug, carefully remove the
appropriate. Check that music and centre from the casing to it`s limit
other on-line activities are cut out (tugging and pulling may disconnect
when announcements are made. the wires) and check that the wires
inside are firmly soldered. Any wire
that has become detached should
be re-soldered into place.

Page 104 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

6. Functional test. 12M Test system. Technical Jack & Phono 12M Unscrew the casing and lower
Leads gently, check that the wires are
firmly in place and re-solder if
necessary.
Added 7 Hearing 12M Check loop is active and is not If any found report to the client.
assistance suffering any `Blind Spots`.
induction loop
Added 8 Power supplies 12M Check mains power supplies.
Examine all plugs and fuses for
condition.
Measure resistance of installation
cables.
Added 9 System 12M Test system is fully operational Provide a signed engineer’s report,
one copy to be left in Site Log Book
and a further copy to be submitted
to the client.
Added 10. Fire Alarm 12M Check functioning of interface.
interface

Page 105 of 614

COMPRESSORS - REFRIGERATION

Page 106 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

12-01 COMPRESSORS REFRIGERATION - Reciprocal - (includes hermetic, 12-01 COMPRESSORS REFRIGERATION - Reciprocal - (includes hermetic,
semi-hermetic and open) semi-hermetic and open)
These machines come in a wide range of sizes, the larger machines can be complex both in terms of Technical These machines come in a wide range of sizes, the larger machines can be complex both in terms of
operation and maintenance requirements. In the case of compressors serving small air conditioning operation and maintenance requirements. In the case of compressors serving small air conditioning
systems which may only run during the summer months, these may require less frequent systems which may only run during the summer months, these may require less frequent
maintenance. maintenance.
For the maintenance of rotary compressors refer to the manfacturer's maintenance instructions.
For the maintenance of rotary compressors refer to the manufacturer`s maintenance instructions.
These contractors must belong to an Approved Certified Scheme provider, in accordance with the "F"
Gas and Building Regulations. Where the installed power on the refrigeration system exceeds 25kW, a Written Scheme of
Examination may be required to comply with the Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000

Service providers must be registered to an Approved Certified Scheme provider , in accordance with
the F Gas and Building Regulations.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Leaks. 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks. Check for leaks should be part of Technical 4. Leaks. Check for leaks should be part of
Any leak of refrigerant should be the routine servicing by plant the routine servicing by plant
dealt with immediately. attendants. attendants.

Where a system has a refrigerant

charge greater than 300kg, an
automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations
5. Oil in 6M Check level and condition. This should be carried out on a Other 5. Oil in 6M Check level and condition.
crankcase. monthly basis by the plant crankcase.
attendant.
9. Safety 6M Test and ensure correct operation. Include high pressure cutouts, low Technical 9. Safety 6M Test and ensure correct operation. Include high pressure cut-outs, low
cut-outs. pressure cutouts and oil pressure cut-outs. pressure cut-outs and oil pressure
cutouts. cut-outs.
12. Electric 12M Lubricate according to (See also MOTORS) Technical 12. Electric 12M Lubricate according to See also Motors SFG39-01
motor. manufacturer's instructions. Check motor. manufacturer`s instructions. Check
full load current. full load current.
Added A) Normal 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<3 kg dealt with immediately.
Added B) 3 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added C) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added D) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added E) Hermetically 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
sealed systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<6 kg dealt with immediately.
Added F) 6 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.

Page 107 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added G) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.

Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added H) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.

Page 108 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

12-02 COMPRESSOR - SCREW 12-02 COMPRESSOR - SCREW

Added These machines come in a wide range of sizes, the larger machines can be complex both in terms of
operation and maintenance requirements. In the case of compressors serving small air conditioning
systems which may only run during the summer months, these may require less frequent
maintenance.

For the maintenance of rotary compressors refer to the manufacturer`s maintenance instructions.

Where the installed power on the refrigeration system exceeds 25kW, a Written Scheme of
Examination may be required to comply with the Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000

Service providers must be registered to an Approved Certified Scheme provider , in accordance with
the F Gas and Building Regulations.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added A) Normal 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<3 kg dealt with immediately.
Added B) 3 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added C) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added D) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added E) Hermetically 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
sealed systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<6 kg dealt with immediately.
Added F) 6 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added G) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added H) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added 4. Leaks. Check for leaks should be part of
the routine servicing by plant
attendants.

Where a system has a refrigerant

charge greater than 300kg, an
automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations

Page 109 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

12-03 COMPRESSORS REFRIGERATION - CENTRIFUGAL - R 11/R 12 12-03 COMPRESSORS REFRIGERATION - CENTRIFUGAL

REFRIGERANT OR THEIR SUBSTITUTES R123/134a
Note:- More frequent maintenance checks should be carried out by the plant operators and local Technical More frequent maintenance checks should be carried out by the client and local maintenance
maintenance personnel. personnel.

These machines come in a wide range of sizes, the larger machines can be complex both in terms of
operation and maintenance requirements. In the case of compressors serving small air conditioning
systems which may only run during the summer months, these may require less frequent
maintenance.

For the maintenance of rotary compressors refer to the manufacturer`s maintenance instructions.

Where the installed power on the refrigeration system exceeds 25kW, a Written Scheme of
Examination may be required to comply with the Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000

Service providers must be registered to an Approved Certified Scheme provider , in accordance with
the F Gas and Building Regulations.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 19. Leaks. Check for leaks should be part of
the routine servicing by plant
attendants.

Where a system has a refrigerant

charge greater than 300kg, an
automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations
17. Cooling 12M Check settings of cooling tower fan See HEAT REJECTION. Check Technical 17. Cooling 12M Check settings of cooling tower fan See Heat rejection SFG30-01
tower. controls. water treatment and make up tower. controls. Check water treatment and make up
supply. Clean all water strainers. supply. Clean all water strainers.
18. Motors - 12M Carry out electrical insulation tests. Ensure that the liquid supply for Technical 18. Motors - 12M Carry out electrical insulation tests. Ensure that the liquid supply for
hermetic. open. Check air impeller or water cooling cooling the motor is adequate. If hermetic. open. Check air impeller or water cooling cooling the motor is adequate. If
coil is clean and efficient. Check appropriate remove filter and renew. coil is clean and efficient. Check appropriate remove filter and renew.
motor and compressor alignment. (See also MOTORS) motor and compressor alignment. (See also Motors 39-01)
Added A) Normal 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<3 kg dealt with immediately.
Added B) 3 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added C) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added D) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added E) Hermetically 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
sealed systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<6 kg dealt with immediately.
Added F) 6 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Page 110 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added G) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.

Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added H) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.

Page 111 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

12-04 COMPRESSOR - SCROLL

Added These machines come in a wide range of sizes, the larger machines can be complex both in terms of
operation and maintenance requirements. In the case of compressors serving small air conditioning
systems which may only run during the summer months, these may require less frequent
maintenance.

Where the installed power on the refrigeration system exceeds 25kW, a Written Scheme of
Examination may be required to comply with the Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000

Service providers must be registered to an Approved Certified Scheme provider , in accordance with
the F Gas and Building Regulations.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Compressor Oil 1M Check compressor oil level. While the compressor is running,
the oil level may be below the sight
glass but still visible through the
sight glass. The oil level
should never be above the sight
glass.

Oil Appearance. If the oil is dark and

smells burnt, it was overheated
because of compressor operation at
extremely high condensing
temperatures, a compressor
mechanical failure, or occurrence of
a motor burnout. If the oil is black
and contains metal flakes, a
mechanical failure has occurred.
This symptom is often
accompanied by a high amperage
draw at the compressor motor.

If a motor burnout is suspected, use

an acid test kit to check the
condition of the oil. If a burnout has
occurred, test results will indicate an
acid level exceeding 0.05 mg
KOH/g.
Added 2. Refrigerant 1M Check unit refrigerant charge by
Charge measuring sub-cooling or visually
checking the sight glass for the
presence of bubbles.
Added 3. Refrigerant 1M Check refrigerant superheat at the
superheat compressor suction line. Superheat
should be in the range of 10°-20°F.

Page 112 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 4. Compressor 1M Check compressor phasing. Proper phasing of the electrical

phasing power is critical for proper operation
and reliability of the scroll
compressor. If the compressor
electrical phasing is incorrect, the
motor will draw low current, the
suction and discharge pressures will
change very little, and a rumble or
rattle may be heard.

The scroll compressor does not

have suction or discharge valves.
However, the symptoms for a phase
reversal are similar to those for a
valve failure.
Added 5. Electrical 12M With the unit disconnect switch
open, inspect the panel wiring. All
electrical connections should be
secure. Inspect the compressor
contactors. If the contacts appear
severely burned or pitted, replace
the contactor. Do not clean the
contacts.
Added 6. General 12M Remove any accumulation of dust
and dirt
from the unit.
Added 7. Discahrge and 12M With unit operating, check
suction refrigerant
discharge and suction pressures.
Added 8. Leaks. Check for leaks should be part of
the routine servicing by plant
attendants.

Where a system has a refrigerant

charge greater than 300kg, an
automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations
Added A) Hermetically 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
sealed systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<6 kg dealt with immediately.
Added B) 6 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added C) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added D) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.

Page 113 of 614

CONDENSERS

Page 114 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

13-01 CONDENSERS - water cooled 13-01 CONDENSERS - water cooled

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Water strainers 12M Check and clean. On open systems more frequent Other 5. Water 12M Check and clean. On open systems more frequent
cleaning will be necessary. Check strainers cleaning will be necessary. Check
that condenser water is sterile that condenser water is sterile
before opening any drains and before opening any drains and
valves. Note: System could contain valves. System could contain
legionella bacterium. Technician legionella bacterium. Provider
should take suitable precautions. should take suitable precautions.
5. Condenser 12M Check condition, if dirty open. If If tubes are heavily scaled, refer to Technical 6. Condenser 12M Check condition, if dirty open. If If tubes are heavily scaled, refer to
Tubes. necessary clean with acid water treatment contractor for Tubes. necessary clean with a correctly water treatment provider for
treatment. Inspect for alkaline explanation as to why system is not sized brush through the tubes. If explanation as to why system is not
deposits and/or corrosion. effective. Acid can be used for scale brushing does not successfully effective. Acid can be used for scale
removal by specialist if absolutely clean the condenser consider acid removal by specialist if absolutely
necessary. treatment. Regular use of acid will necessary but can reduce the
reduce the working life of the tubes. thickness of the tube walls and
Inspect for alkaline deposits and/or hence reduce life expectancy.
corrosion.
6. Condenser 12M Check for presence of Presence of non-condensable Other 7. Condenser 12M Check for presence of Presence of non-condensable
Shell. non-condensable gases, purge or gases will indicate a possible leak Shell. non-condensable gases, purge or gases will indicate a possible leak
vent if necessary, but only if Legally on the vacuum side of the vent if necessary, but only if legally on the vacuum side of the
Qualified via Approved scheme.. refrigerant circuit. Take care not to qualified via approved scheme.. refrigerant circuit. Do not release
release CFCs. refrigerant to atmosphere.
7. Isolating 12M Check external condition, leak Repack as necessary. Deleted
Valves. tightness of glands and seats,
operational spindles and
handwheels.
8. Winter 12M Isolate condensers and drain down. Seek advice from water treatment Technical 8. Winter 12M Isolate condensers and drain down. Seek advice from water treatment
Shutdown. specialist to protect from freezing. Shutdown. provider to protect from freezing.

Only shut down condensers where

the refrigeration and air conditioning
system has been shut down for the
winter.
Added 4. Isolating 12M Check external condition, leak Repack as necessary.
Valves. tightness of glands and seats,
operational spindles and hand
wheels.

Page 115 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

13-02 CONDENSER - air cooled 13-02 CONDENSER - air cooled

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Motor 12M Check for security and tightness. (See also MOTORS) Other 4. Motor 12M Check for security and tightness. (See also Motors SFG39-01)
Mountings. Mountings.

5. Condenser 3M Inspect and clean. Test for Check for damage to fins, comb out Other 5. Condenser 3M Inspect and clean. Test for Check for damage to fins, comb out.
coil. refrigerant leak and oil staining on and chemically clean if necessary. coil. refrigerant leak and oil staining on Blow out with dry, oxygen free
the end of the coils. Blow out with dry, oxygen free the end of the coils. nitrogen. The unit can be
nitrogen; only fully Competent chemically clean if necessary,
trained staff can do this work. however, this should be at the last
resort as the fins may be damaged
further by the acid. Only fully
Competent trained staff can do this
work.
7. Sediment. 3M Remove, if substantial build up has Substantial build up may indicate Deleted
occurred, investigate cause. significant corrosion and cause
should be identified.
8. Alignment and 3M Check pulley alignment and belt Drive belt replacement intervals Other 7. Alignment and 3M Check pulley alignment and belt Drive belt replacement intervals
wear of belt drives, wear. need to be established. wear of belt drives, wear. need to be established.
where applicable. where applicable.
9. Head pressure 6M Lubricate control damper bearings. Other 8. Head pressure 6M Lubricate control damper bearings.
control damper. control damper.

10. Air Filters. 6M Check and replace if necessary. Deleted

11. Flexible 12M Check and repair/replace as Report faults to client. Other 9. Flexible 12M Check and repair/replace as Report faults to client.
Connections. necessary. Connections. necessary.

12. Electrical 12M Check and tighten as necessary. Other 10. Electrical 12M Check and tighten as necessary.
connections. Check condition of flexible connections. Check condition of flexible conduits,
conduits, wiring and insulation. wiring and insulation.
13. Pipework. 12M Inspect connections, pipes and Report faults to client. Other 11. Pipework. 12M Inspect connections, pipes and Report faults to client.
supports for damage, loose or supports for damage, loose or
missing fittings. Repair as missing fittings. Repair as
necessary. necessary.

Page 116 of 614

CONTROL PANELS & CONTROLLERS

Page 117 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 14-01 CONTROL PANELS AND CONTROLLERS INTRODUCTORY

PROCEDURES
When working on or testing Control panels it is essential that all local and national statutory Technical When working on or testing Control panels it is essential that all local and national statutory
regulations must be observed at all times. In the United Kingdom the Health and Safety at Work regulations must be observed at all times. In the United Kingdom the Health and Safety at Work etc.
etc. Act 1974 and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989 are particularly relevant. It should be noted Act 1974 (www.hse.gov.uk), the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989 (www.hmso.gov.uk) and BS
that control panels having equipment operating above a nominal 415 Volts are excluded from this 7671:2008 Requirements for Electrical Installations - IEE Wiring Regulations 2008 are particularly
specification. This does not imply that safety precautions are not be taken when working on relevant. It should be noted that control panels having equipment operating above a nominal 415 Volts
equipment above 415 volts are excluded from this specification. This does not imply that safety precautions are not be taken
when working on equipment above 415 volts.
Care must be taken to make sure that all remote circuits associated with the switchgear are positively
isolated before any work is carried out. The isolation must be 'secure' that is it must either be at the Care must be taken to make sure that all remote circuits associated with the switchgear are positively
point of work or precautions must be taken to prevent anyone else switching on again when work is in isolated before any work is carried out. The isolation must be `secure` that is it must either be at the
progress. A circuit, whether power or control must never be assumed to be 'dead' . Voltage tests must point of work or precautions must be taken to prevent anyone else switching on again when work is in
always be carried out with proven test equipment. i.e. a voltage tester must first be checked on a progress. A circuit, whether power or control must never be assumed to be `dead`. Voltage tests must
known live source immediately before use and again after use. always be carried out with proven test equipment. i.e. a voltage tester must first be checked on a
known live source immediately before use and again after use. Care must also be taken as capacitors
Whenever cables are disconnected from switchgear in the course of maintenance or replacement, can discharge high voltages when all other circuits have been isolated
ensure that the cables are suitably insulated and marked for identification for reconnection.
Visually inspect to ensure plant is operating as expected. Check that any meters fitted show a correct Whenever cables are disconnected from switchgear in the course of maintenance or replacement,
reading and any timers are set at the correct times for operation. Check readings against a known ensure that the cables are suitably insulated and marked for identification for reconnection.
Certified source.
Controllers, electrical and pneumatic control equipment Visually inspect to ensure plant is operating as expected. Check that any meters fitted show a correct
Electronic controllers and pneumatic equipment may be found in control panels and details regarding reading and any timers are set at the correct times for operation. Check readings against a known
maintenance schedules can be found in the appropriate sections of this schedule. Certified source.

Appropriate safety guides are as follows:- Controllers, electrical and pneumatic control equipment
HSE Guidance Note GS38 1995, Electrical test equipment for use by electricians.
Electronic controllers and pneumatic equipment may be found in control panels and details regarding
maintenance schedules can be found in the appropriate sections of this schedule.

Appropriate safety guides are as follows:-

HSE (www.hse.gov.uk) Guidance Note GS38 1995, Electrical test equipment for use by electricians.

Page 118 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-02 CONTROL PANELS - electrical services (excluding electrical controllers and 14-02 CONTROL PANELS - electrical services (excluding electrical controllers and
pneumatic relays) pneumatic relays)
Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read introductory notes, very carefully Technical This task does not cover electrical controllers and pneumatic relays.
and follow all the safety procedures. Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14-01 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
- direct on line. - Other Various Types See direct on line.
star delta - two Notes star delta
speed-dual wound two speed-dual wound
- two speed-pole two speed-pole change
change - reversing reversing
- auto tra auto transformer
10. Busbar 12M Isolate supplies,inspect for signs of Check all cable crimps for security Other 10. Busbar 12M Isolate supplies, inspect for signs of Check all cable crimps for security
systems. overheating, or damage or burnt and fraying. Inspect crimp fasteners systems. overheating, or damage or burnt and fraying. Inspect crimp fasteners
out cables. Inspect mechanical for correct torque rating. out cables. Inspect mechanical for correct torque rating.
support systems and adjust fixings support systems and adjust fixings
if necessary. if necessary.

Page 119 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-03 CONTROL PANELS - lamps, meters, alarms etc. 14-03 CONTROL PANELS - lamps, meters, alarms etc.
Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Circuit. 1M Check and energise to ensure that Replacement bulbs should be of the Other 1. Circuit. 1M Check and energise to ensure that Replacement bulbs should be of the
the indicator is operational. correct type and the voltage, the the indicator is operational. Replace correct type and the voltage, the
Replace any blown or discoloured power rating must be as per the any blown or discoloured bulbs as power rating must be as per the
bulbs as required. manufacturer's specification. A required. manufacturer`s specification.
device of a higher power rating
should not be used.

Page 120 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-04 OPTIMISER 14-04 OPTIMISER

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Other This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found. 1. Note all set points found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
connections for tightness. connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation, and
adjust as necessary. Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.
contamination by dirt, water or oil.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Outside air 12M Check outside sensor for This should be on a northerly wall Other 1. Outside air 12M Check outside sensor for calibration
temperature calibration and display accuracy. away from any direct or reflected temperature and display accuracy. This should be on a northerly wall
sensor. heat gains. Where this is not sensor. away from any direct or reflected
possible, the sensor should be heat gains. Where this is not
mechanically shaded to give the possible, the sensor should be
best result. mechanically shaded to give the
best result.
2. Inside air 12M Check inside sensor for calibration This should be placed in the coldest Technical 2. Inside air 12M Check inside sensor for calibration
temperature and display accuracy. chosen representative location, temperature and display accuracy. This should be placed in the coldest
sensor. ensure that it is free from any heat sensor. chosen representative location,
gains or air movement restrictions. ensure that it is free from any heat
gains or air movement restrictions.
The design of the system may
incorporate more than one inside
sensor where an average
temperature is used for the
optimiser
5. Battery. 12M Check condition. Note the life expectancy (use by Technical 5. Battery. 12M Check condition and change as Note the life expectancy (use by
date) and change at manufacturer's required date) and change at manufacturer`s
recommendation. All batteries recommendation. All batteries
should be disposed of only in should be disposed of only in
accordance with H&S and accordance with H&S and
Environmental regulations. Environmental regulations.

Page 121 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-05 HEATING COMPENSATOR 14-05 HEATING COMPENSATOR

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Other This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 1. Note all set points found.
connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation and connections for tightness.
adjust as necessary.
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
contamination by dirt, water or oil.
4. Check all power supply tolerances as per manufacturer`s recommendation and adjust as
necessary.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Outside air 12M Check. This should be on a northerly wall Other 2. Outside air 12M Check.
temperature away from direct or reflected heat temperature This should be on a northerly wall
sensor. gains. Where not possible, it should sensor. away from direct or reflected heat
have a mechanical shade. gains. Where not possible, it should
have a mechanical shade.

Page 122 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-06 SINGLE INPUT CONTROLLER 14-06 SINGLE INPUT CONTROLLER

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 123 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-06 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 14-06 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Technical This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 1. Note all set points found.
connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation and connections for tightness.
adjust as necessary.
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
contamination by dirt, water or oil.
4. Check all power supply tolerances as per manufacturer`s recommendation and adjust as
necessary.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read SControl panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 124 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-07 UNIT CONTROLLERS AND SENSOR CONTROLLERS 14-07 UNIT CONTROLLERS AND SENSOR CONTROLLERS
Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 125 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-07 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 14-07 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Technical This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found. 1. Note all set points found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
connections for tightness. connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation, and 4. Check all power supply tolerances as per manufacturer`s recommendation, and adjust as
adjust as necessary. necessary.
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for
contamination by dirt, water or oil. Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 126 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-08 CONTROLLER TIMERS 14-08 CONTROLLER TIMERS

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Battery. 12M Check condition. Note the life expectancy (use by Technical 3. Battery. 12M Check condition and change as Note the life expectancy (use by
date) and change at manufacturer's required date) and change at manufacturer`s
recommendation. All batteries recommendation. All batteries
should be disposed of in should be disposed of only in
accordance with H&S Environmental accordance with H&S and
REGULATIONS. Environmental regulations.

Page 127 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-08 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 14-08 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Technical This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 1. Note all set points found.
connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation and connections for tightness.
adjust as necessary.
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
contamination by dirt, water or oil.
Note: Timers are often built into the control panel. They can take the form of delay, run on, interval or 4. Check all power supply tolerances as per manufacturer`s recommendation and adjust as
combinations of all three. The timer should be checked with reference to the control strategy. necessary.

Note: Timers are often built into the control panel. They can take the form of delay, run on, interval or
combinations of all three. The timer should be checked with reference to the control strategy.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 128 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-09 STEP CONTROLLERS 14-09 STEP CONTROLLERS

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Drive 12M Check operation in both directions. Where actuators are involved see Technical 4. Drive 12M Check operation in both directions. Where actuators are involved see
motor/gear box. relevant section. motor/gear box. relevant section Actuators SFG
01-01.

Page 129 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-09 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 14-09 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Technical This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 1. Note all set points found.
connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation and connections for tightness.
adjust as necessary.
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
contamination by dirt, water or oil.
4. Check all power supply tolerances as per manufacturer`s recommendation and adjust as
necessary.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 130 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-10 TIMESWITCHES 14-10 TIMESWITCHES

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Clocks. 12M Check for satisfactory operation Adjust for British Summer Other 1. Clocks. 6M Check for satisfactory operation Adjust for British Summer
and correct time. Time/Greenwich Mean Time as and correct time. Time/Greenwich Mean Time as
necessary. necessary.
5. Monthly dial 12M Inspect and check. Replace battery at manufacturer's Other 5. Monthly dial 12M Inspect and check. Replace battery at manufacturer`s
settings e.g. for recommendations.Batteries should settings e.g. for recommendations. Batteries should
solar time be disposed of in accordance with solar time be disposed of in accordance with
switches. H&S Environmental regulations. switches. H&S
(www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/co
shh/index.htm) Environmental
regulations.
1. Time clocks. 12M Check for satisfactory operation Adjust time for British Summer Other 1. Time clocks. 6M Check for satisfactory operation Adjust time for British Summer
and correct time. Time/Greenwich Mean Time as and correct time. Time/Greenwich Mean Time as
necessary. necessary.
5. Battery back 12M Check condition. Replace battery according to Technical 5. Battery back 12M Check condition and change as Note the life expectancy (use by
up (if fitted). manufacturer's recommendations. up (if fitted). required date) and change at manufacturer`s
All batteries should be disposed of recommendation. All batteries
in accordance with H&S should be disposed of only in
Environmental regulations. accordance with H&S and
Environmental regulations.

Page 131 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-10 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 14-10 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Other This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 1. Note all set points found.
connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation and connections for tightness.
adjust as necessary.
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
contamination by dirt, water or oil.
4. Check all power supply tolerances as per manufacturer`s recommendation and adjust as
necessary.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 132 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-11 MULTI-INPUT CONTROLLERS 14-11 MULTI-INPUT CONTROLLERS

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 133 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-11 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 14-11 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Technical This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 1. Note all set points found.
connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation and connections for tightness.
adjust as necessary.
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
contamination by dirt, water or oil.
4. Check all power supply tolerances as per manufacturer`s recommendation and adjust as
necessary.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 134 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-12 INDICATORS AND DISPLAYS 14-12 INDICATORS AND DISPLAYS

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 135 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-13 ALARM MODULES 14-13 ALARM MODULES

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 136 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-14 LEVEL CONTROLLERS 14-14 LEVEL CONTROLLERS

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 137 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-14 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 14-14 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Technical This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 1. Note all set points found.
connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation and connections for tightness.
adjust as necessary.
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
contamination by dirt, water or oil.
4. Check all power supply tolerances as per manufacturer`s recommendation and adjust as
necessary.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 138 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-15 SPEED CONTROLLERS 14-15 SPEED CONTROLLERS

Electronic inverter type. Technical Electronic inverter type
WARNING:- Due to the very high voltages present within this type of controller it is essential <B>WARNING</B>:- Due to the very high voltages present within this type of controller it is essential
that all safety precautions are strictly followed. The equipment must only be serviced by that all safety precautions are strictly followed. The equipment must only be serviced by competent
competent and qualified personnel. The manufacturer's testing and maintenance procedures and qualified personnel. The manufacturer`s testing and maintenance procedures including all safety
including all safety precautions must be strictly followed. precautions must be strictly followed.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Overheating. 12M Check for signs of overheating. Other 1. Overheating. 12M Check for signs of overheating. Report any signs of over heating to
the client with proposed remedial
works

Page 139 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-15 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 14-15 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe Technical This schedule applies to all types of controllers and requires that all safety precautions and safe
working practices be observed. working practices be observed.
1. Note all setpoints found.
2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal 1. Note all set points found.
connections for tightness.
3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture). 2. Check mechanically for security of fixings, incoming cables, pneumatic pipework and terminal
4. Check all power, pneumatic air and supply tolerances as per manufacturer's recommendation and connections for tightness.
adjust as necessary.
5. Pneumatics. Pay particular attention to the quality of the instrument air. Check for 3. Visually check controller for signs of damage. (i.e. ingress of dust or moisture).
contamination by dirt, water or oil.
4. Check all power supply tolerances as per manufacturer`s recommendation and adjust as
necessary.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 140 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-16 TRANSDUCERS - pneumatic to electronic and electronic to pneumatic 14-16 TRANSDUCERS - pneumatic to electronic and electronic to pneumatic
Added Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Page 141 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-17 DIRECT CURRENT [DC] DRIVES

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Drive 12M Clean all dust and foreign material
that can cause cooling problems,
cause corrosion and cause
problems with arcing.
Added 2. Motor 12M Check motor resistance and Motors often exhibit changes in
connections see Motors SFG 39-01 resistance prior to failing.

Added 3. Wiring 12M Check and tighten [if loose] all

wiring connections.

Added 4. Test 12M Test that the power supplies have

not drifted out of tolerance. Check
the output waveforms at the
reference and feedback signals.
Added 5. Signal wiring 12M Verify signal wiring shielding is Improper shielding can cause erratic
properly terminated and the and intermittent behaviour of drive
connections are all tight. equipment, and loose signal wiring
is a primary cause of drive
equipment downtimes.

Page 142 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14-18 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONS

Added Test all emergency stop devices. A wiring error or other problems may not be apparent until the
emergency stop device is tested. Push all buttons. Pull all pull cords, activate all emergency stop
devices. If any fail to create the emergency stop condition, count this as a failed test.

Once control power is back on, any any faults cleared, pressing the START button should result in the
machine / equipment restarting. This is correct and the test has been passed.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Emergency 3M Check correct operation of If you break or damage the machine
Stop buttons Emergency Stop Buttons in / equipment while testing the
accordance with requirements of emergency stop system, count this
PUWR Regulations. as a failed test. Advise Client.
If resetting the emergency stop
device results in control power
being re-applied, count this as a
failed test.
Added 2. Start function 3M Once the emergency stop device Advise Client.
test has been activated, control power is
normally lost. Pressing any START
function on the control panel,
except POWER ON or RESET
should have no effect. If any aspect
of the machine / equipment starts,
count this as a failed test.
Added 3. Power on or 3M Pressing POWER ON or RESET Advise Client.
reset test before the activated emergency
stop device has been reset (i.e. the
e-stop button has been pulled out
to the `operate` position), should
have no effect. If you can turn the
power back on beofre you reset the
emergency stop device, count this
as a failed test.
Added 4. Machine / 3M Once the emergency stop device Advise Client.
Equipment restart has been reset, pressing POWER
test ON or RESET should result in the
control power being restored. This
is acceptable. The machine /
equipment should not restart. If the
machine restarts normal operation,
count this as a failed test.

Page 143 of 614

DUCTING

Page 144 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

16-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 16-01 DUCTING AND AIR DISTRIBUTION INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES
Ducting and air distribution Other Ducting and air distribution
When installed, new ductwork must be certified clean and therefore not normally require internal
cleaning. However during use over a period, subject to use, a build up of deposits will occur When installed, new ductwork must be certified clean and therefore not normally require internal
particularly at points where the velocity of the air reduces. Where filters are faulty, poorly installed cleaning. However during use over a period, subject to use, a build up of deposits will occur
or maintained more rapid build up of dirt will occur. In normal circumstances, internal cleaning of particularly at points where the velocity of the air reduces. Where filters are faulty, poorly installed or
ducts would not be part of this specification but where the situation calls for remedial action, say for maintained more rapid build up of dirt will occur. In normal circumstances, internal cleaning of ducts
example when previous maintenance was faulty or non existent, there has been a system usage would not be part of this specification but where the situation calls for remedial action, say for example
change or the plant has been left idle for a considerable period, the client should be informed, with a when previous maintenance was faulty or non existent, there has been a system usage change or the
recommendation that specialist cleaning should be undertaken as detailed in the HVCA Ventilation plant has been left idle for a considerable period, the client should be informed, with a
Hygiene Guide to Good Practice (see TR/19)> recommendation that specialist cleaning should be undertaken as detailed in the B&ES (the Building
Special cleaning requirements such as are necessary in the pharmaceutical, food and process & Engineering Services Association, formerly the HVCA) Ventilation Hygiene Guide to Good Practice
industries are outside the scope of this specification and should be covered by special arrangements. (see TR/19)Special cleaning requirements such as are necessary in the pharmaceutical, food and
In kitchen extracts systems where access doors have been specifically provided for duct cleaning process industries are outside the scope of this specification and should be covered by special
purposes, the method and frequency of cleaning should be established and agreed with the client. arrangements.
Sensors in ducts
When cleaning or working in ducts it is essential that all sensors or probes should be withdrawn from In kitchen extracts systems where access doors have been specifically provided for duct cleaning
the duct to prevent any damage. purposes, the method and frequency of cleaning should be established and agreed with the client.
Care should be also taken to prevent any damage to valves, linkages and other control devices which (Ductwork cleaning SFG 17.01)
may be located in a duct.
Where ducts are internally lined either for acoustic or insulation purposes inspection would normally
only be carried out if access doors are provided.

Page 145 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

16-02 DUCTWORK SYSTEM - GENERAL 16-02 DUCTWORK SYSTEM - GENERAL

Note:- Special requirements are necessary in the food and process industries, clean room Other Special requirements are necessary in the food and process industries, clean room applications and
applications and kitchens kitchens
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 6. Ductwork 12M Check all ductwork supports and Report to client if remedial work
Support handers to ensure they are secure required.
and not loose
Added 7. Hit Hazards 12M Inspect duct run where it runs
across or parallel to a personnel
access route. Highlight any low
points with the appropriate hazard
tape or paint
5. Internal 12M Check internal condition through Technical 5. Internal 12M Check internal condition through Report to client if remedial work
cleanliness. sampling points (test points) where cleanliness. sampling points (test points) where required.
fitted. fitted.

Page 146 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

16-03 DUCTING - VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS AND FIRE/ SMOKE DAMPERS 16-03 DUCTING - VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS AND FIRE/ SMOKE DAMPERS
Caution Technical Caution
All volume dampers are set up during commissioning and should not normally be subject to further
adjustment unless modifications are made to the ductwork distribution system. If it is essential to All volume dampers are set up during commissioning and should not normally be subject to further
move the damper for maintenance purposes extreme care should be taken to ensure that the damper adjustment unless modifications are made to the ductwork distribution system. If it is essential to
is returned to the position as set when commissioned. In the event of a ductwork modification, the move the damper for maintenance purposes extreme care should be taken to ensure that the damper
system should then be re-commissioned. Refer to HVCA TR/19 Section 3 for access requirements is returned to the position as set when commissioned. In the event of a ductwork modification, the
and section 4 Para 4.19 & 4.20 for specific considerations. system should then be re-commissioned. Refer to B&ES (the Building & Engineering Services
Refer to HVCA publication DW145 for Fire Damper detail. Association, formerly the HVCA) TR/19 Section 3 for access requirements and Section 4 para 4.19 &
Typically a log of all dampers should be kept to record the results of the inspection , any 4.20 for specific considerations.
recommendations and any remedial work carried out.
Refer to B&ES publication DW145 for Fire Damper detail.

Typically a log of all dampers should be kept to record the results of the inspection , any
recommendations and any remedial work carried out.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Volume control 6M 1. Visual check on condition.2. The dampers should have the 'as Other 1. Volume control 6M 1. Visual check on condition. The dampers should have the `as
dampers. Check position and ease of found' setting marked indelibly to dampers. 2. Check position and ease of found` setting marked indelibly to
movement and security of locking aid re-setting.Ensure that damper movement and security of locking aid re-setting.
devises. opens and closes to desired devises. Ensure that damper opens and
positions. closes to desired positions.
2. Fire and 6M 1. Visual check on condition.2. These may be subject to the Technical 2. Fire and 3M 1. Visual check on condition. If These may be subject to the
smoke dampers. Check action and proper operation. requirements of the local fire smoke dampers. damper is shut confirm that this is a requirements of the local fire
Inspect all dampers, apply a few brigade. Maintain a log of all requirement of normal operation. (it brigade. Maintain a log of all
drops of oil to the mechanism. dampers tested, record faults and is possible that the fire damper may dampers tested, record faults and
Replace fusible links if required. any remedial action taken. This will have shut during a fire alarm any remedial action taken. This will
provide proof to the local fire activation and has not been reset) provide proof to the local fire
brigade that regular checks are 2. Check action and proper brigade that regular checks are
maintained. If any fire dampers are operation. Inspect all dampers, maintained. If any fire dampers are
inaccessible advise client. apply a few drops of oil to the inaccessible advise client.
mechanism. Replace fusible links if
required. The dampers can accumulate dirt
which can affect their operation and
may require access panels added to
one or both sides to allow full
cleaning and surface restoration.
3. Linkages on 6M 1. Visual check on condition.2. Please refer to notes on Item 1. Other 3. Linkages on 6M 1. Visual check on condition. Ensure that blades on shaft are
motorised Check for wear and lubricate if Volume control dampers.Ensure that motorised 2. Check for wear and lubricate if secure and are correctly aligned.
dampers. appropriate. blades on shaft are secure and are dampers. appropriate.
correctly aligned.
5. Electrical. 6M Check for damage to flexible For detailed maintenance Technical 5. Electrical. 6M Check for damage to flexible For detailed maintenance
conduits. Tighten all terminal information see CONTROL conduits. Tighten all terminal information see Control panels and
connections. Isolate control panel PANELS. connections. Isolate control panel controllers SFG14-01.
and inspect for signs of and inspect for signs of
overheating. Check integrity of overheating. Check integrity of
electrical insulation. electrical insulation.

Page 147 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

16-04 DUCTING - Acoustics 16-04 DUCTING - Attenuators

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Attenuators 12M Clean, derust and repaint as For attenuators on COOLING Technical 3. Attenuators 12M Clean, descale and repaint as
(external required. TOWERS see relevant section. (external required.
surfaces). surfaces).

Page 148 of 614

DUCTWORK CLEANING

Page 149 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

17-01 DUCTWORK CLEANING HYGIENE, INSPECTIONS & MONITORING 17-01 DUCTWORK CLEANING HYGIENE, INSPECTIONS & MONITORING
Note:- H&S Regulations apply and specific Risk Assessments will be required . Technical A variety of specifically hazardous contaminants may be found in the ventilation systems , especially in
industrial or laboratory Local Exhaust Ventilation systems (LEV) whose performance falls under
COSHH regulations.
Reference Health and Safety at Work Regulations.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Ductwork. 12M Ascertain age and date of last Other 1. Ductwork. 12M Ascertain age and date of last
clean inspection.

2. Ductwork 12M Check internal condition by a See HVCA Cleanliness of Technical 2. Ductwork 12M Check internal condition by a Frequency to be determined by risk
Hygiene. Deposit Thickness test or Vacuum Ventilation Systems ref. TR/19. If Hygiene. Deposit Thickness test or Vacuum assessment and testing regime as
Test. inspection indicates a full cleaning Test. per B&ES (the Building &
regime is required, inform client. Engineering Services Association,
formerly the HVCA) Cleanliness of
Ventilation Systems ref. TR/19 and
BS EN 15780:2011 both of which
itemises the testing methods to be
adopted.

If inspection indicates a full cleaning

regime is required, inform client. If
the inspection reveals a build up of
moisture, identify the potential
source of moisture, inform client and
seek additional guidance from a
qualified Environmental Specialist
3. Kitchen Extract 12M Totally Clean. This is minimum cleaning interval, Technical 3. Kitchen Extract 12M Clean in accordance with TR/19 This is minimum cleaning interval,
Ductwork. heavy use, i.e. 12-16 hours per day Ductwork. section Section7.28 and 7.34. heavy use, i.e. 12-16 hours per day
will necessitate a 3 monthly clean. will necessitate a 3 monthly clean
The exact timing will depend on a where light use i.e. 2-6 hours per
range of factors, a new system day will necessitate a 12 monthly
needs to be monitored to establish clean. The exact timing will depend
the suitable minimum period. on a range of factors, a new system
needs to be monitored to establish
the suitable minimum period.

Page 150 of 614

ELECTRICS IN BUILDINGS

Page 151 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

18-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 18-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

1 Specification Technical 1. Specification
The specification covers the subjects of power supplies and associated electrical equipment up to 400
V, lighting, security and fire alarms, small scale power generation, communication systems and The specification covers the subjects of power supplies and associated electrical equipment up to 400
provides an authoritative maintenance specification for these types of equipment. Regular V, lighting, security and fire alarms, small scale power generation, communication systems and
preventative maintenance is essential on electrical equipment as breakdowns can affect production , provides an authoritative maintenance specification for these types of equipment. Regular
environmental conditions and energy wastage. preventative maintenance is essential on electrical equipment as breakdowns can affect production ,
The maintenance frequencies shown in the schedules represent the intervals as recommended by the environmental conditions and energy wastage.
HVCA and ECA, the actual frequencies will depend upon the particular application and should be
agreed with the client. It may be appropriate that certain elements of the maintenance programme The maintenance frequencies shown in the schedules represent the intervals as recommended by the
should coincide with planned shutdowns. HVCA (www.hvca.org.uk/) and ECA (www.eca.co.uk), the actual frequencies will depend upon the
2. Safety particular application and should be agreed with the client. It may be appropriate that certain elements
Fire prevention. Where electric cables pass through cabinets or walls it is standard practice to fit seals of the maintenance programme should coincide with planned shutdowns.
to prevent the passage of smoke or flame. When maintaining cables, cabinets or junction boxes it is
essential that the integrity of the seals is maintained. Where a seal is replaced, it should comply with 2. Safety
the latest regulations.
Calibration of test equipment. The maintenance contractor should ensure that any test equipment has Fire prevention. Where electric cables pass through cabinets or walls it is standard practice to fit seals
been checked in accordance with the relevant British Standard. to prevent the passage of smoke or flame. When maintaining cables, cabinets or junction boxes it is
3. Electrical Equipment essential that the integrity of the seals is maintained. Where a seal is replaced, it should comply with
Attention is drawn to the necessity to comply with the requirements of the current Electricity at Work the latest regulations.
Regulations in all aspects of work associated with the maintenance of electrical apparatus. Particular
attention is drawn to section 14. Calibration of test equipment. The maintenance contractor should ensure that any test equipment has
All electrical equipment must be capable of local isolation and should be selected and erected in been checked in accordance with the relevant British Standard (www.bsi-global.com).
accordance with BS 7671 - Regulations of the Institution of Electrical Engineers (IEE
Regulations). 3. Electrical Equipment
4. Maintenance of Systems
The maintenance activity in respect of a system should be carried out by suitably qualified and Attention is drawn to the necessity to comply with the requirements of the current Electricity at Work
experienced staff, capable of exercising professional standards of judgement and discretion in relation Regulations in all aspects of work associated with the maintenance of electrical apparatus. Particular
to individual systems. The specification is a statement of typical standards and further reference to attention is drawn to section 14.
manufacturers should be sought for detailed guidance to supplement the specification.
There may be circumstances where maintenance is required on plant where operation is All electrical equipment must be capable of local isolation and should be selected and erected in
continuous, i.e. industrial processes, ventilation equipment, environmental control, computer accordance with BS 7671 - Regulations of the Institution of Electrical Engineers (IEE (www.iee.org.uk)
installations or special situations. It is essential that in these circumstances control circuits Regulations).
etc. should not be isolated or operated until specific instructions are received from the client.
Although polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s) (e.g. Pyrachlor and Askeral) are not longer used in 4. Maintenance of Systems
modern electrical equipment they may be present in older equipment, such as transformers and
capacitors. Extreme care should be taken with regard to their disposal and the appropriate statutory The maintenance activity in respect of a system should be carried out by suitably qualified and
regulations must be strictly followed. experienced providers, capable of exercising professional standards of judgement and discretion in
5. Maintenance in Hazardous Areas relation to individual systems. The specification is a statement of typical standards and further
Certain areas such as those containing flame proof equipment, pharmaceutical laboratories, locations reference to manufacturers should be sought for detailed guidance to supplement the specification.
subject to possible contamination by radiation, clean rooms, high risk fume cupboards and While it is not always possible to rigidly follow a set procedure in every situation, guidance is given in
inflammable risk situations call for specialist maintenance procedures which should be negotiated HSG 85 "Electricity at Work safe working practices" the following sequence is recommended as a
individually with the client. guide.

Identification - For most circuits and equipment correct labelling is important, but it should never be
assumed that labelling is correct and that work can be started without having first proved that the
equipment or circuit is dead. In some special cases, e.g. underground cables, cable locating
techniques using specialised instruments may be necessary and it may also be necessary to identify
the cable both before and after switching operations and cable spiking.

Disconnection - Disconnect the equipment from every source of electrical energy before working on,
or near, any part which has been live or is likely to be live.

Secure Isolation - To ensure adequate isolation, the disconnecting device should have an isolating
Page 152 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

gap sufficient for the voltage levels present or likely to occur . Make sure that any switch disconnector
or other means of disconnection is secure. Switches should preferably be locked in the OFF position
using a ‘safety’ lock, i.e. a lock having a unique key. If a plug has been withdrawn, make sure that it
cannot be reconnected to the electrical supply while work is taking place on the circuits or apparatus.
If a fuse is removed, make sure that it or a similar one cannot be reinserted by taking it away or by
locking the box or enclosure until work is completed.

Post notices - Put a notice or label at the place of disconnection so everyone else knows that work is
being done.

Proving dead - Having isolated the circuit or equipment, check at the point of work that the parts to be
worked on or near really are dead, even if the isolation has been achieved automatically through an
interlocking system. If it is a three phase system or equipment with more than one supply, prove that
all supply conductors are dead. The device used for proving dead should itself be proved immediately
before and after testing.

Earthing - all the conductors are earthed using properly designed earthing devices or earthing leads,
usually applied to all points where the circuit or equipment is isolated from the supply.

Adjacent parts - When the circuit or equipment to be worked on has been made dead or where the
work is non-electrical, it may still be necessary to protect against inadvertent contact with other live
parts nearby.

There may be circumstances where maintenance is required on plant where operation is continuous ,
i.e. industrial processes, ventilation equipment, environmental control, computer installations or
special situations. It is essential that in these circumstances control circuits etc. should not be isolated
or operated until specific instructions are received from the client.

Although polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s) (e.g. Pyrachlor and Askeral) are not longer used in
modern electrical equipment they may be present in older equipment, such as transformers and
capacitors. Extreme care should be taken with regard to their disposal and the appropriate statutory
regulations must be strictly followed.

Asbestos – On older types of switchgear there is a risk that the arcshields may contain asbestos. The
asbestos register should be checked to see if there is any reference to the particular piece of
equipment due to be maintained. ALWAYS check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling
any equipment. If asbestos, take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations. Refer to
www.hse.gov.uk (www.hse.gov.uk) for detail.

5. Maintenance in Hazardous Areas

Certain areas such as those containing flame proof equipment, pharmaceutical laboratories, locations
subject to possible contamination by radiation, clean rooms, high risk fume cupboards and
inflammable risk situations call for specialist maintenance procedures which should be negotiated
individually with the client.

Page 153 of 614

EVAPORATORS

Page 154 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

19-01 EVAPORATORS 19-01 REFRIGERATION EVAPORATORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Compressor 12M Record inlet and outlet temperature Any marked difference to the design
full load operation. on water side. Pressure drop figures could indicate internal fouling
across evaporator, refrigerant of the condenser and may require
pressures or superheat additional work.
temperatures and evaporator
temperature.
Added 2. Flow 12M Check for chilled water flow in the
protection devices system and correct operation.

Added 3. Pump. 12M Check and record pressure drop For further guidance see Pumps
across pump. Check for leakage, SFG 45-01
bearing noise and unusual bearing
temperature. Lubricate according to
manufacturers instructions. Check
motor current.
Added 4. Automatic 12M Check external condition, leak Some chillers have the ability to
Isolating Valves. tightness of glands and seats, automatically pump down refrigerant
operational spindles and solenoid. to the evaporators in the event of a
refrigerant leak or other fault. For
further guidance see the
manufacturers instructions
Added 2. Filter-Dryers 6M Where fitted replace the filter check in line sight glass for
dryer(s) as required indication of moisture in system

Added 7. Fans (if 6M Check for correct operation and For further guidance see Fans SFG
applicable) clean fan blades as required 20

1. Tank/shell. 12M Check external and internal Liquid level for water cooling, brine Other 5. Tank/shell. 12M Check external and internal Liquid level for water cooling, brine
condition including baffles and or glycol systems should be noted condition including baffles and or glycol systems should be noted
covers. and any leaks investigated. covers. and any leaks investigated and
repaired
2. Valves and 12M Check external condition, leak Technical 6. Valves and 12M Check external condition, leak For further guidance see Valves
drains. tightness of glands and seats. drains. tightness of glands and seats. SFG 61
Ensure valve caps are tight and Ensure valve caps are tight and
secure. Check operation. secure. Check operation.
3. Pipes and 12M Check external condition and leak Other 7. Pipes and 12M Check external condition and leak
connections. tightness. connections. tightness.

4. Bearers, 12M Check for security and tighten as Other 8. Bearers, 12M Check for security and tighten as
supports, holding necessary. supports, holding necessary.
down bolts. down bolts.
5. Insulation. 12M Check for damage. Other 9. Insulation. 12M Check for damage. Repair as required.

6. Frost 12M Check regime including cables and Technical 10. Frost 12M Check regime including cables and
Protection. thermostats. Protection. thermostats. Where fitted check
that the defrost system is operating
satisfactorily

Page 155 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

1. Leaks. 6M Inspect for leaks. Technical 1. Leaks. 6M Inspect for leaks. Fore further guidance on the
refrigerant side of this task see
Compresors - refrigeration SFG 12
2. Coil. 6M Check condition and clean fins. Use a sterilising solution. Other 3. Coil. 6M Check condition and clean fins. Use a sterilising solution.

3. Condensate 6M Check and ensure drain clear. Other 4. Condensate 6M Check and ensure drain clear.
tray and drain. Flush and sterilise if necessary. tray and drain. Flush and sterilise if necessary.

4. Condensate 6M Check operation. Often this equipment may be Other 5. Condensate 6M Check operation. Often this equipment may be
pump (if contaminated, clean and flush, pump (if contaminated, clean and flush,
applicable) sterilise if necessary. applicable) sterilise if necessary.
5. Electric 6M Check condition and operation. Other 6. Electric 6M Check condition and operation.
Heaters. Heaters.

Page 156 of 614

FANS

Page 157 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

20-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 20-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Movement of air, other than by natural circulation, is achieved by means of fans which are Technical Movement of air, other than by natural circulation, is achieved by means of fans which are
mechanically driven, hence before working on any fan the drive must be electrically isolated in mechanically driven, hence before working on any fan the drive must be electrically isolated in
accordance with Health and Safety legislation. accordance with Health and Safety (www.hse.gov.uk) legislation.
Types of fan covered in this section include centrifugal, axial, propeller, mixed flow, bifurcated and fire
and smoke extract units. Because of their specialist nature and the hazardous circumstances of use, The isolator should be locked in the off position when maintenance takes place .
fans associated with fume cupboards, radioactive and nuclear facilities and biological and clinical
areas require specialist attention which is outside the scope of this specification. Types of fan covered in this section include centrifugal, axial, propeller, mixed flow, bifurcated and fire
Health and Safety and smoke extract units. Because of their specialist nature and the hazardous circumstances of use,
1. Access and Guards fans associated with fume cupboards, radioactive and nuclear facilities and biological and clinical
It is dangerous to remove or open access doors, shaft guards, belt guards or remove any section of areas require specialist attention which is outside the scope of this specification.
the fan casing whilst the fan is running. It should be noted that any fans which are supplied as bare
shaft units must be guarded to BS 5304 before start-up. General
2. Erosion and/or Corrosion
Where fans operate in an erosive or corrosive atmosphere, the fan rotating assembly must be If the system incorporates two fans, one for regular use and the second for back-up use if the primary
inspected at regular intervals (not exceeding six months) as dictated by plant operating conditions to unit should fail, it is essential that both units be used and that similar levels of maintenance are
ensure safe operating conditions. applied to both units.
In addition to checking for component wear, an additional visual check should cover welds. If cracking
appears or is suspected, detailed non-destructive testing (NDT) of all impeller welds should be carried After cleaning and servicing the fan, a label should be placed on the fan housing with details of the
out immediately. If cracking is confirmed the wheel should be removed from service for repair or current service date and any
replacement relevant contact information. The label should also indicate the date at which the next routine
3. Access maintenance inspection is due.
Where fan access cannot be readily obtained, it is the responsibility of the client to provide access
facilities which comply in full with the requirements of any Health and Safety at Work legislation . Health and Safety

1. Access and Guards

It is dangerous to remove or open access doors, shaft guards, belt guards or remove any section of
the fan casing whilst the fan is running. It should be noted that any fans which are supplied as bare
shaft units must be guarded to BS (www.bsi-global.com) 5304 before start-up.

2. Fan rotation

It is essential to note that even when electrically isolated, some fans can have a tendency to rotate
under the action of the ventilation. It is therefore recommended that impellers are locked with integral
brakes (if fitted) or other means if no brake exists.

3. Erosion and/or Corrosion

Where fans operate in an erosive or corrosive atmosphere, the fan rotating assembly must be
inspected at regular intervals (not exceeding six months) as dictated by plant operating conditions to
ensure safe operating conditions.

In addition to checking for component wear, an additional visual check should cover welds. If cracking
appears or is suspected, detailed non-destructive testing (NDT) of all impeller welds should be carried
out immediately. If cracking is confirmed the wheel should be removed from service for repair or
replacement

4. Access

Where fan access cannot be readily obtained, it is the responsibility of the client to provide access
facilities which comply in full with the requirements of any Health and Safety at Work legislation .

Page 158 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

20-02 FANS - VENTILATING - general 20-02 FANS - VENTILATING - general

The instructions in the table below refer to all air handling fans including exhaust, make up, Other Ensure to read health and safety notes shown on SFG 20-01 before undertaking the following tasks.
recirculation and small air handlers. Before working on any moving machinary switch off and ensure
that the equipment is isolated electrically in accordance with Health and Safety at Work Regulations. The instructions in the table below refer to all air handling fans including exhaust, make up,
recirculation and small air handlers. Before working on any moving machinery switch off and ensure
that the equipment is isolated electrically in accordance with Health and Safety at Work
(www.hse.gov.uk) Regulations.

The isolator should ideally be locked in the off position when maintenance takes place .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Bearings. 6M Inspect and lubricate as necessary. Check bearings for end play and Technical 1. Bearings. 6M Sealed for life` bearings should not Check bearings for end play and
(`sealed for life' wear. be serviced. wear. Report any faults to the client.
bearings should
not be serviced). Inspect and lubricate as necessary. If lubricators are provided,
re-lubrication should not exceed a
Where applicable, all set-screws in period of two years. When carrying
bearings should be checked and out re-lubrication it is essential that
tightened. every trace of water and dirt is
removed from around the grease
nipple. If the operating temperature
is over 60o C a shorter re-lubricating
period will be necessary. Ensure
that the correct oils and/or greases
and quantities are used. It is
particularly important that lubricants
of the correct working range are
used. Oil attracts dust and as a
consequence any excess should be
wiped clear (e.g. fan blades) see
manufacturer`s instructions.
2. Housing. 6M Clean and inspect for looseness Technical 2. Housing. 6M Clean and inspect for looseness Re-paint with a suitable corrosion
and corrosion. and corrosion. resistant paint as required.

3. Drives and 6M Inspect, check condition and Technical 3. Drives, guards 1M Inspect, check condition and When a new belt (or a new fan) has
belts. alignment of drive and shaft. Adjust and belts. alignment of drive and shaft. been installed, the belt should be
or replace if condition warrants it. Adjust or replace if condition re-tensioned after two weeks in
warrants it. order to take up any slackness
Check all guards are secure and in resulting from stretching.
place. Guards should be painted a suitable
colour, so that they stand out.
7. Anti-vibration 6M Check effectiveness. Technical 7. Anti-vibration 6M Check effectiveness. The rubber/neoprene can degrade
mountings. mountings. with age and use. Report any faults
to the client.

Page 159 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 10. Motor and fan 6M Clean and inspect all grilles. Clean If dirt builds up on a motor it can act
blade - cleaning all dirt from the outside of any as insulation which causes the
motor. motor to operate at elevated
Clean fan blades. Check for temperatures, resulting in shortened
excessive imbalance. motor life can be shortened and
motors commonly burn-out of
motors.
An excessive build up of dust or
damage to the fan blade can add
imbalance causing excessive
vibration. This can lead to fatigue
and dangerous failure.
Dirt should be removed by cleaning
with suitable equipment.
Fan blades and louvers can be
cleaned with a brush and detergent.
The fan motor casing must be totally
enclosed to prevent water from
damaging motor windings. If the
motor is not totally enclosed, then it
must be removed and cleaned
separately before the housing is
cleaned. If using a brush or
high-pressure washer care must be
taken not to damage the impeller
blades.
Added 11. Motors - 6M Check the electrical and thermal
electrical overload protection for the
motor, and if the motor has a
resettable overload protection.
Check that it is fully operational.
Added 12. Electrics A) 1M Check circuit breakers manually
each month.
Examine wiring and other electrical
system components for signs of
deterioration, loose connections
and damage. Check all connections
are tight.
Added 12. B) 6M Clean any sensors re-calibrate if
found to be inaccurate.

Page 160 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

20-03 FANS -CENTRIFUGAL 20-03 FANS -CENTRIFUGAL

Added Ensure to read health and safety notes shown on SFG 20-01 before undertaking the following tasks.

The instructions in the table below refer to all air handling fans including exhaust, make up,
recirculation and small air handlers. Before working on any moving machinery switch off and ensure
that the equipment is isolated electrically in accordance with Health and Safety at Work
(www.hse.gov.uk) Regulations.

The isolator should be locked in the off position when maintenance takes place .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 7. Motor and fan 6M Clean and inspect all grilles. Clean
blade - cleaning all dirt from the outside of any
motor.
Clean fan blades. Check for
excessive imbalance.
Added 8. Motors - 6M Check the electrical and thermal
electrical overload protection for the
motor, and if the motor has a
resettable overload protection.
Check that it is fully operational.
Added 9. Electrics 1M Check circuit breakers manually
each month.
Examine wiring and other electrical
system components for signs of
deterioration, loose connections
and damage. Check all connections
are tight.
Added 9. Electrics 6M Clean any sensors re-calibrate if
found to be inaccurate.

1. Impeller and 12M Clean and ensure no build up of In very dusty environments or where Other 1. Impeller and 12M Clean and ensure no build up of In very dusty environments or where
spinnings. dirt. contaminants are present more inlet venturi. dirt. contaminants are present more
frequent cleaning may be frequent cleaning may be
necessary. If possible avoid necessary. If possible avoid
scraping but if necessary carry out scraping but if necessary carry out
lightly. With plastic impellers soapy lightly. With plastic impellers soapy
water is the most effective cleaner. water is the most effective cleaner.
2. Motor 12M Inspect. Technical 2. Motor 12M Inspect and check for any loose
assembly. assembly. connections, fixings or cables

Page 161 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

3. Motor Lubricate with recommended When carrying out lubrication it is Technical 3. Bearings. Sealed for life` bearings should not Check bearings for end play and
bearings. (`Sealed lubricant at intervals noted on fan essential that every trace of water or be serviced. wear. Report any faults to the client.
for life' bearings nameplate. dirt is removed from around the
should not be grease nipple. (See also MOTORS). Inspect and lubricate as necessary. When carrying out lubrication it is
serviced). essential that every trace of water or
Where applicable, all set-screws in dirt is removed from around the
bearings should be checked and grease nipple. (See also Motors
tightened. SFG 39-01.

Ensure that the correct oils and/or

greases and quantities are used. It
is particularly important that
lubricants of the correct working
range are used. Oil attracts dust and
as a consequence any excess
should be wiped clear (e.g. fan
blades) see manufacturer`s
instructions.
5. Belt drive (if 6M Check tension and adjust if Ensure motor and drive and pulley Other 5. Belt drive and 6M Check tension and adjust if Ensure motor and drive and pulley
fitted). necessary. Replace if aligned are correctly aligned otherwise guards (if fitted). necessary. Replace if condition are correctly aligned otherwise
condition warrants it. excessive wear will occur on the warrants it. Check all guards are excessive wear will occur on the
sides of the belt. secure and in place. sides of the belt.
Guards should be painted a suitable
colour, so that they stand out.

Page 162 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

20-04 FANS- AXIAL 20-04 FANS- AXIAL

Added Ensure to read health and safety notes shown on SFG 20-01 before undertaking the following tasks.

The instructions in the table below refer to all air handling fans including exhaust, make up,
recirculation and small air handlers. Before working on any moving machinery switch off and ensure
that the equipment is isolated electrically in accordance with Health and Safety at Work
(www.hse.gov.uk) Regulations.

The isolator should be locked in the off position when maintenance takes place .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Motor 3M Lubricate with recommended When carrying out lubrication it is Technical 2. Bearings. 3M Sealed for life` bearings should not Check bearings for end play and
bearings. (`Sealed lubricant at intervals noted on fan essential that every trace of water or be serviced. wear. Report any faults to the client.
for life' bearings nameplate. dirt is removed from around the When carrying out lubrication it is
should not be grease nipple. (See also MOTORS). Inspect and lubricate as necessary. essential that every trace of water or
serviced). dirt is removed from around the
Where applicable, all set-screws in grease nipple. (See also Motors
bearings should be checked and SFG 39-01.
tightened.
Ensure that the correct oils and/or
greases and quantities are used. It
is particularly important that
lubricants of the correct working
range are used. Oil attracts dust and
as a consequence any excess
should be wiped clear (e.g. fan
blades) see manufacturer`s
instructions.
5. Belt guards 6M Check these are free from dirt build Technical 5. Belt guards 6M Check these are free from dirt build Guards should be painted a suitable
(where fitted). up, if necessary, clean. (where fitted). up, if necessary, clean. Check all colour, so that they stand out.
guards are secure and in place.
6. Impeller, 6M Check that there is no excessive There should be no loss of grease Other 6. Impeller, 6M Check that there is no excessive There should be no loss of grease
variable pitch movement at the wing root. from wing roots. If there variable pitch movement at the wing root. from wing roots. If there is,
mechanism. is, dismantle impeler and seals. mechanism. dismantle impeller and seals.
replaced after lubricating bearings. replaced after lubricating bearings.
Added 9. Motor and fan 6M Clean and inspect all grilles. Clean
blade - cleaning all dirt from the outside of any
motor.
Clean fan blades. Check for
excessive imbalance.
Added 10. Motors - 6M Check the electrical and thermal
electrical overload protection for the
motor, and if the motor has a
resettable overload protection.
Check that it is fully operational.
Added 11. Electrics 1M Check circuit breakers manually
each month.
Examine wiring and other electrical
system components for signs of
deterioration, loose connections
and damage. Check all connections
are tight.

Page 163 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 11. Electrics 6M Clean any sensors re-calibrate if

found to be inaccurate.

Page 164 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

20-05 FANS - PROPELLER 20-05 FANS - PROPELLER

Added Ensure to read health and safety notes shown on SFG 20-01 before undertaking the following tasks.

The instructions in the table below refer to all air handling fans including exhaust, make up,
recirculation and small air handlers. Before working on any moving machinery switch off and ensure
that the equipment is isolated electrically in accordance with Health and Safety at Work
(www.hse.gov.uk) Regulations.

The isolator should be locked in the off position when maintenance takes place .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 6. Motor and fan 6M Clean and inspect all grilles. Clean
blade - cleaning all dirt from the outside of any
motor.
Clean fan blades. Check for
excessive imbalance.
Added 7. Motors - 6M Check the electrical and thermal
electrical overload protection for the
motor, and if the motor has a
resettable overload protection.
Check that it is fully operational.
Added 8. Electrics 1M Check circuit breakers manually
each month.
Examine wiring and other electrical
system components for signs of
deterioration, loose connections
and damage. Check all connections
are tight.
Added 8. Electrics 6M Clean any sensors re-calibrate if
found to be inaccurate.

Page 165 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2. Motor 6M Lubricate with recommended If lubricators are provided, Technical 2. Bearings. 6M Sealed for life` bearings should not Check bearings for end play and
bearings. (`sealed lubricant. re-lubrication should not exceed a be serviced. wear. Report any faults to the client.
for life' bearings period of two years. When carrying If lubricators are provided,
should not be out re-lubrication it is essential that Inspect and lubricate as necessary. re-lubrication should not exceed a
serviced). every trace of water and dirt is period of two years. When carrying
removed from around the grease Where applicable, all set-screws in out re-lubrication it is essential that
nipple.(See also MOTORS). If the bearings should be checked and every trace of water and dirt is
operating temperature is over 60º C tightened. removed from around the grease
a shorter re-lubricating period will be nipple.(See also Motors SFG 39-01.
necessary, see manufacturer's If the operating temperature is over
instructions. 60o C a shorter re-lubricating period
will be necessary, see
manufacturer`s instructions.

Ensure that the correct oils and/or

greases and quantities are used. It
is particularly important that
lubricants of the correct working
range are used. Oil attracts dust and
as a consequence any excess
should be wiped clear (e.g. fan
blades) see manufacturer`s
instructions.

Page 166 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

20-06 FANS-MIXED FLOW 20-06 FANS-MIXED FLOW

Added Ensure to read health and safety notes shown on SFG 20-01 before undertaking the following tasks.

The instructions in the table below refer to all air handling fans including exhaust, make up,
recirculation and small air handlers. Before working on any moving machinery switch off and ensure
that the equipment is isolated electrically in accordance withHealth and Safety at Work
(www.hse.gov.uk) Regulations.

The isolator should be locked in the off position when maintenance takes place .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Impeller and 6M Clean and inspect. Take care not to disturb impeller Other 1. Impeller and 6M Clean and inspect. Take care not to disturb impeller
spinnings. balance weights. Cleaning is best inlet venturi. balance weights. Cleaning is best
carried out with warm soapy water carried out with warm soapy water
using soft brush. Other cleaners using soft brush. Other cleaners
may be used provided they are not may be used provided they are not
harmful to the paint or galvanised harmful to the paint or galvanised
finish. finish.
2. Motor 6M Lubricate with recommended If lubricators are provided, Technical 2. Bearings. 6M Sealed for life` bearings should not Check bearings for end play and
bearings. ('sealed lubricant. re-lubrication should not exceed a be serviced. wear. Report any faults to the client.
for life' bearings period of two years. When carrying
should not be out re-lubrication it is essential that Inspect and lubricate as necessary. If lubricators are provided,
serviced). every trace of water and dirt is re-lubrication should not exceed a
removed from around the grease Where applicable, all set-screws in period of two years. When carrying
nipple. If the operating temperature bearings should be checked and out re-lubrication it is essential that
is over 60º C a shorter re-lubricating tightened. every trace of water and dirt is
period will be necessary, see removed from around the grease
manufacturer's instructions.(See nipple. If the operating temperature
also MOTORS). is over 60o C a shorter re-lubricating
period will be necessary, see
manufacturer`s instructions.(See
also Motors SFG 39-01).

Ensure that the correct oils and/or

greases and quantities are used. It
is particularly important that
lubricants of the correct working
range are used. Oil attracts dust and
as a consequence any excess
should be wiped clear (e.g. fan
blades) see manufacturer`s
instructions.
4. Protection 6M Clean and check shutter blades for In dirty or moist laden environment Technical 4. Protection 6M Clean and check shutter blades for In dirty or moist laden environment
guards and ease of action. more frequent inspection and guards and ease of action. more frequent inspection and
automatic shutters. cleaning may be necessary. automatic cleaning may be necessary. Guards
shutters. should be painted a suitable colour,
so that they stand out.
6. Roof cowl 6M Clean and check mounting. Technical 6. Roof cowl 6M Clean and check mounting. Where maintenance requires
intake/wall entry intake/wall entry working at height, ensure all
louvre (where louver (where necessary precautions are taken to
applicable). applicable). prevent falls from a height. Working
at Height Regulations apply.

Page 167 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 8. Motor and fan 6M Clean and inspect all grilles. Clean
blade - cleaning all dirt from the outside of any
motor.
Clean fan blades. Check for
excessive imbalance.
Added 9. Motors - 6M Check the electrical and thermal
electrical overload protection for the
motor, and if the motor has a
resettable overload protection.
Check that it is fully operational.
Added 10. Electrics 1M Check circuit breakers manually
each month.
Examine wiring and other electrical
system components for signs of
deterioration, loose connections
and damage. Check all connections
are tight.
Added 10. Electrics 6M Clean any sensors re-calibrate if
found to be inaccurate.

Page 168 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

20-07 FANS-BIFURCATED 20-07 FANS-BIFURCATED

Note:- This type of fan, axial with the motor outside of the airstream, is normally used for fume Other This type of fan, axial with the motor outside of the airstream, is normally used for fume extracts e.g.
extracts e.g. kitchens, fire and smoke extraction and for fume removal particularly where corrosive. kitchens, fire and smoke extraction and for fume removal particularly where corrosive.

Ensure to read health and safety notes shown on SFG 20-01 before undertaking the following tasks.

The instructions in the table below refer to all air handling fans including exhaust, make up,
recirculation and small air handlers. Before working on any moving machinery switch off and ensure
that the equipment is isolated electrically in accordance withHealth and Safety at Work
(www.hse.gov.uk) Regulations.

The isolator should be locked in the off position when maintenance takes place .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 13. Motor and fan 6M Clean and inspect all grilles. Clean
blade - cleaning all dirt from the outside of any
motor.
Clean fan blades. Check for
excessive imbalance.
Added 14. Electrics 1M Check circuit breakers manually
each month.
Examine wiring and other electrical
system components for signs of
deterioration, loose connections
and damage. Check all connections
are tight.
Added 14. Electrics 6M Clean any sensors re-calibrate if
found to be inaccurate.

3. Lubrication. 3M Check and lubricate if necessary If working in a high temperature Technical 3. Bearings. 3M Sealed for life` bearings should not Check bearings for end play and
(`Sealed for life' according to the manufacturer's environment, more frequent be serviced. wear. Report any faults to the client.
bearings should instructions. lubrication may be necessary.
not be serviced). Inspect and lubricate as necessary. If lubricators are provided,
re-lubrication should not exceed a
Where applicable, all set-screws in period of two years. When carrying
bearings should be checked and out re-lubrication it is essential that
tightened. every trace of water and dirt is
removed from around the grease
nipple. If the operating temperature
is over 60o C a shorter re-lubricating
period will be necessary, see
manufacturer`s instructions.

Ensure that the correct oils and/or

greases and quantities are used. It
is particularly important that
lubricants of the correct working
range are used. Oil attracts dust and
as a consequence any excess
should be wiped clear (e.g. fan
blades) see manufacturer`s
instructions.

Page 169 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

4. Standby motor 3M Check and rotate a few turns by Units designed for emergency use Other 4. Standby motor 3M Check and rotate a few turns by Units designed for emergency use
(where provided). hand or electrically. should be test operated for no (where provided). hand or electrically. should be test operated for no
longer than twenty minutes.(See longer than twenty minutes.(See
also MOTORS). also Motors SFG 39-01).
6. Belt drive (if 6M Check wear, alignment and tension. Replace if cording becomes visible. Technical 6. Belt drive and 6M Check wear, alignment and tension. Replace if cording becomes visible.
fitted). guards (if fitted). Check all guards are secure and in Guards should be painted a suitable
place. colour, so that they stand out.
7. Automatic 6M Clean and check operation. In moist or dirty environments more Technical 7. Automatic 6M Clean and check operation. In moist or dirty environments more
shutters (usually frequent servicing may be required. shutters (usually frequent servicing may be required.
fitted on roof fitted on roof
units). units). Where maintenance requires
working at height, ensure all
necessary precautions are taken to
prevent falls from a height. Working
at Height Regulations apply
9. Ductwork 12M Inspect external condition and With kitchen extracts heavy deposits Other 9. Ductwork 12M Inspect external condition and With kitchen extracts heavy deposits
including fixings report. of grease may be encountered and including fixings report. of grease may be encountered and
and insulation more frequent inspection will be and insulation more frequent inspection will be
(where fitted). necessary and client should be (where fitted). necessary and client should be
informed of fire risk and a schedule informed of fire risk and a schedule
of cleaning drawn up. See of cleaning drawn up. See Ductwork
DUCTWORK HYGIENE. hygiene SFG 17-01.
10. Motor. 12M Check full load current and log. Other 10. Motor. 12M Check full load current and log.
Check the electrical and thermal
overload protection for the
motor, and if the motor has a
resettable overload protection.
Check that it is fully operational.

Page 170 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

20-08 FANS-EXTRACT - including fire/smoke extracts units 20-08 FANS-EXTRACT - including fire/smoke extracts units
Added Ensure to read health and safety notes shown on SFG 20-01 before undertaking the following tasks.

The instructions in the table below refer to all air handling fans including exhaust, make up,
recirculation and small air handlers. Before working on any moving machinery switch off and ensure
that the equipment is isolated electrically in accordance with Health and Safety at Work
(www.hse.gov.uk) Regulations.

The isolator should be locked in the off position when maintenance takes place .
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Fan and 6M Lubricate according to See also MOTORS. Technical 4. Bearings. 6M Sealed for life` bearings should not Check bearings for end play and
motor. (`Sealed manufacturer's instructions. be serviced. wear. Report any faults to the client.
for life' bearings
should not be Inspect and lubricate as necessary. If lubricators are provided,
serviced). re-lubrication should not exceed a
Where applicable, all set-screws in period of two years. When carrying
bearings should be checked and out re-lubrication it is essential that
tightened. every trace of water and dirt is
removed from around the grease
nipple. See also Motors (SFG
39-01).

Ensure that the correct oils and/or

greases and quantities are used. It
is particularly important that
lubricants of the correct working
range are used. Oil attracts dust and
as a consequence any excess
should be wiped clear (e.g. fan
blades) see manufacturer`s
instructions.
Added 9. Motor and fan 6M Clean and inspect all grilles. Clean
blade - cleaning all dirt from the outside of any
motor.
Clean fan blades. Check for
excessive imbalance.
Added 10. Motors - 6M Check the electrical and thermal
electrical overload protection for the
motor, and if the motor has a
resettable overload protection.
Check that it is fully operational.
Added 11. Electrics 1M Check circuit breakers manually
each month.
Examine wiring and other electrical
system components for signs of
deterioration, loose connections
and damage. Check all connections
are tight.
Added 11. Electrics 6M Clean any sensors re-calibrate if
found to be inaccurate.

Page 171 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

22-02 FIRE ALARMS - Associated Equipment

Page 172 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

22-02 FIRE ALARMS - Associated Equipment

Page 173 of 614

FILTERS

Page 174 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

21-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 21-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Removal of dust and other non-gaseous matter in airborne streams is carried out by some form of Other Removal of dust and other non-gaseous matter in airborne streams is carried out by some form of
filter or device such as electrostatic precipitation. Where the air passes through the filter a back filter or device such as electrostatic precipitation. Where the air passes through the filter a back
pressure is set up which increases as the pores of the filtration medium become filled with the pressure is set up which increases as the pores of the filtration medium become filled with the
particles removed from the air stream, the dirtier the air stream the more quickly the back pressure particles removed from the air stream, the dirtier the air stream the more quickly the back pressure
builds up and the more frequently the filter has to be cleaned or changed. The maintenance periods builds up and the more frequently the filter has to be cleaned or changed. The maintenance periods
given in the tables below refer to average air conditions, in a dirty environment more frequent given in the tables below refer to average air conditions, in a dirty environment more frequent
maintenance will be required. maintenance will be required.
When replacing filters the same grade of filter should be used unless the client specifies differently .
Failure to do this or fitting filters of a lower specification will lead to poor performance e.g. black When replacing filters the same grade of filter should be used unless the client specifies differently .
markings on ceilings and near grilles. Ineffective filters will mean that FAN COILS will require more Failure to do this or fitting filters of a lower specification will lead to poor performance e.g. black
frequent cleaning and accumulation of dust and debris in the ventilation system could give rise to a markings on ceilings and near grilles. Ineffective filters will mean that FAN COILS will require more
fire hazard and clog automatic fire dampers frequent cleaning and accumulation of dust and debris in the ventilation system could give rise to a
Filter replacements should comply with Eurovent 4/5 fire hazard and clog automatic fire dampers.
In normal use, air filters do not present a health and safety hazard. However used air filters do contain
quantities of dust which, unless precautions are taken, may expose maintenance personnel to a Filter replacements should comply with BS EN 779 Primary Filters G4 and secondary filters F5
`nuisance dust hazard', as defined by the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH)
Regulations. A risk assessment must be carried out before the work starts and a method statement In normal use, air filters do not present a health and safety hazard. However used air filters do contain
produced. PPE may be needed. quantities of dust which, unless precautions are taken, may expose maintenance personnel to a
Types of filters covered in this section include roll band, disposable panel, re-usable/disposal, bag, `nuisance dust hazard`, as defined by the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH
cartridge and electrostatic. Because of their specialist nature and the hazardous circumstances of (www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/coshh/index.htm)) Regulations. A risk assessment must be carried
their use certain filters require specialist attention which is outside the scope of this specification. out before the work starts and a method statement produced. Used filters must be regarded as
These include active carbon, cyclonic and inertia filters, wet, dry dust collectors and filters associated Controlled Waste and appropriate safeguards taken for their disposal .
with fume cupboards, radioactive, nuclear facilities, biological and clinical areas.
Types of filters covered in this section include roll band, disposable panel, re-usable/disposal, bag,
cartridge and electrostatic. Because of their specialist nature and the hazardous circumstances of
their use certain filters require specialist attention which is outside the scope of this specification.
These include active carbon, cyclonic and inertia filters, wet, dry dust collectors and filters associated
with fume cupboards, radioactive, nuclear facilities, biological and clinical areas.
Technical

Page 175 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

21-02 FILTERS 21-02 AIR FILTERS

Note: - In normal use air filters do not present a health and safety hazard. However used air filters do Technical In normal use air filters do not present a health and safety hazard. However used air filters do contain
contain quantities of dust which, unless precautions are taken, may expose maintenance personnel to quantities of dust which, unless precautions are taken, may expose maintenance personnel to a
a `nuisance dust' hazard, as defined by the `Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) `nuisance dust` hazard, as defined by the `Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH
Regulations'. A risk assessment must be carried out before the work starts and a method statement (www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/coshh/index.htm)) Regulations`. A risk assessment must be carried
produced. PPE may be needed. out before the work starts and a method statement produced. Used filters should be sealed into
Used filters should be sealed into plastic bags for disposal. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS apply. plastic bags for disposal. Controlled Waste Regulations apply.
Visual inspection of air filters is a the basic first action. If they are clearly dirty then they can be
changed and form part of a preventative planned maintenance program. (PPM). A better method for
filter change is based on filter change by noting increased operating pressure across the filter. When
the filter pressure is twice the initial value it is time to change. Where possible Low Energy Air Filters
should be selected so that running costs and energy use are minimised. Regular monitoring and
recording of pressure drop readings and recording of filter changes is to be encouraged.
The frequency of duct cleaning will depend upon the degree of contamination.
BS EN 15780:2011 gives three levels of cleanliness for typical applications;
Low - rooms with only intermittent occupancy e.g.
storage rooms, technical rooms.
Medium - offices, hotels, restaurants, schools,
theatres, residential homes, shopping
areas, exhibition buildings, sport buildings,
general areas in hospitals and general
working areas in industries.
High - Laboratories, treatment areas in hospitals
high quality offices.

Filter recommended inspection intervals according to the above cleanliness quality classes are; Low
and Medium 12 months and high is 6 months.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Air flow. 12M Stop any air flow to filter. Other 1. Air flow. 12M Stop any air flow to filter by turning
off the AHU system fan.

3. Filter housing. 12M Thoroughly clean including Technical 3. Filter housing. 12M Thoroughly vacuum and clean
surrounding ductwork and floor. including surrounding ductwork and
floor.
5. Replacement. 12M Ensure that edges are adequately Spare fillers should not be unpacked Technical 5. Replacement. 12M Ensure that filter header frames are Air filters should be selected to
sealed to prevent ingress of dirty until required. Replacement is adequately sealed when fitted to deliver clean Indoor Air Quality
air. required when air volume flow drops the mounting frames to prevent (Minimum F7 as EN13779:2007) in
to 0.5” above initial settings. bypass of dirty unfiltered air. Keep inhabited environments. To minimise
a record card on each AHU energy usage filters should have a
recording filter change time and low operating pressure drop. Filter
operating pressure drop at regular media should have a consistent
intervals. Ensure that the filter is particulate efficiency. Spare filters
installed the correct way around to should remain sealed, packed and
face the direction of the air flow. in a dry environment until required.
Bag filters should have pockets in Replacement is advised when the
vertical orientation. initial operating pressure drop of the
filter doubles (assuming constant
volume flow. Eg. Initial pressure
drop 110Pa. Change at 220Pa.

Page 176 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

1. Filter elements. 12M Remove and replace at Filters may have to be removed Technical 1. Filter elements. 12M Filters may have to be removed
manufacturer's recommended final more frequently depending upon more frequently depending upon
airflow pressure. Ensure that any site conditions and operating hours. site conditions and operating hours.
spillage or dust is vacuumed away. After removal, used filters should be Change filters on pressure drop
sealed into plastic bags for disposal. where possible. After removal, used
Do not attempt to wash or clean filters should be sealed into plastic
out and reuse. bags for disposal.
Do not attempt to wash or clean out
and reuse.
1. Filter elements. 12M Clean and replace as per Filters may require more frequent Technical 1. Filter elements. 12M Clean and replace as per Filters may require more frequent
manufacturer's recommendations. cleaning where the atmosphere is manufacturer`s recommendations. cleaning where the atmosphere is
heavily contaminated with dust or heavily contaminated with dust or
fume. fumes.
2. Kitchen extract 12M Remove and clean as per Frequency of cleaning can vary from Technical 2. Kitchen extract 12M Remove and clean as per Frequency of cleaning can vary from
grease filters. manufacturer's recommendations. daily to weekly intervals. Generally grease filters. manufacturer`s recommendations. daily to weekly intervals. Generally
for grease filter panels the use of a for grease filter panels the use of a
commercial dishwasher is possible. commercial dishwasher is possible.
Failure to change/clean filters Failure to change/clean filters when
when loaded with grease may loaded with grease may result in the
result in the carry over of grease carry over of grease into the ducting
ito the ducting - thus leading to - thus leading to an increased
an increased hazard of a flash hazard of a flash over fire to the
over fire to the main ductwork. main ductwork. See Ductwork
See DUCTWORK HYGIENE. cleaning SFG 17-01.
e) Automatic roll Other e) Automatic roll Check roller mechanism is Consider conversion to bag filters
band type band type operational

1. Damage. 6M Check and report if found. If found to be high this may indicate Other 1. Damage. 6M Check and report if found. Try and If found to be high this may indicate
either band velocity is too low or attribute damage to a cause. either band velocity is too low or
wrong specification. wrong specification.
2. Differential 6M Measure Other 2. Differential 6M Measure using an accurate and Take the opportunity to cross
pressure. pressure. easy to read and maintain reference readings and calibrate
instrument. pressure measuring device
regularly.
3. Operation. 6M Check for correct operation. Other 3. Operation. 6M Check for correct operation. Look Sudden changes in operational
for any splitting lacerations in the pressure drop across filters need
media. investigation.
1. Condition. 6M Check and clean. The frequency of cleaning will Technical 1. Condition. 6M Check and clean. Differentiate The frequency of cleaning will
depend upon the degree of between disposable grease filters depend upon the degree of
contamination. Failure to and those that are made to be contamination. Failure to
change/clean filters when loaded cleaned and reused. change/clean filters when loaded
with grease may result in the with grease may result in the carry
carry over of grease into the over of grease into the ducting -
ducting - thus leading to an thus leading to an increased hazard
increased hazard of a flash over of a flash over fire to the main
fire to the main ductwork.See ductwork. See Ductwork cleaning
DUCTWORK HYGIENE. SFG 17-01.
g) High efficiency The maintenance activities for these Other g) High efficiency Make sure air from supply system is The maintenance activities for these
- HEPA depend on the individual installation - HEPA adequately filtered before reaching depend on the individual installation
operating conditions. Reference the HEPA filters ensuring a longer operating conditions. Reference
should be made to the operating life. Regular validation of should be made to the
design/operating manuals for the the system may be required design/operating manuals for the
building. depending on purpose of system. building.
Page 177 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Page 178 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

21-03 ELECTROSTATIC FILTERS 21-03 ELECTROSTATIC FILTERS

Note: - In normal use air filters do not present a health and safety hazard. However used air filters do Other In normal use air filters do not present a health and safety hazard. However used air filters do contain
contain quantities of dust which, unless precautions are taken, may expose maintenance personnel to quantities of dust which, unless precautions are taken, may expose maintenance personnel to a
a `nuisance dust' hazard, as defined by the `Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) `nuisance dust` hazard, as defined by the `Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH
Regulations'. A risk assessment must be carried out before the work starts and a method statement (www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/coshh/index.htm)) Regulations`. A risk assessment must be carried
produced. PPE may be needed. out before the work starts and a method statement produced.
Used filters should be sealed into plastic bags for disposal. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS apply Used filters should be sealed into plastic bags for disposal. Controlled Waste Regulations apply
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
c) isolation, 1M Isolate electrically in accordance Technical c) isolation, 1M Isolate electrically in accordance
with HSAWA recommendations. with HSAWA (www.hse.gov.uk)
recommendations.

Page 179 of 614

FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS

Page 180 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

22-01 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 22-01 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

Note: All tests on equipment and trigger devices should be recorded in the log book. Due to the Technical This section should be read in conjunction with the Daily and Weekly testing tasks .
variety and complexity of fire alarms and associated systems they are not dealt with in detail in this
specification but the table below indicates the minimum requirements. Specialist back up may be A record of all tests and checks, and any defects remedied, should be maintained in the fire safety
required either from the manufacturers or specialist contractors especially in connection with manual / log book.
intelligent systems. For further information see BS 5836, BS EN 54-2 and BS EN 54-4.
Arrangements should be made for all fire safety equipment, installations and systems (including fire
detection systems, automatic suppression systems, door control mechanisms, smoke control
systems, evacuation and fire-fighting lifts, emergency lighting, standby power systems, escalators,
and all passive fire protection provisions) to be inspected and tested on a regular basis by a
competent person. Alterations, additions, repairs or modifications to services and equipment should
be carried out only by competent persons.

Although modern fire alarm systems may incorporate a high degree of monitoring, so that faults are
indicated automatically, it is still necessary for the responsible person nominated by the user to ensure
that fault indications at the panel are identified for appropriate action. It is also vital for a regular test to
be carried out to ensure that there has not been any major failure of the entire system, or a significant
part of the system.
Routine testing of the system also provides an opportunity for occupants of the building to become,
and remain, familiar with the fire alarm signal(s) that the system produces. In systems with staged
alarms that incorporate an “Alert” and an “Evacuate” signal, both signals needs to be operated on the
occasion of each test to ensure that occupants are aware of the existence of both signals and their
different meaning.

The period between successive inspection and servicing visits should be based upon a risk
assessment, taking into account the type of system installed, the environment in which it operates and
other factors that may affect the long term operation of the system . If a risk assessment shows a need
for more frequent inspection and servicing visits, then all interested parties should agree the
appropriate inspection and servicing schedule. If this recommendation is not implemented, it should
be considered that the system is no longer compliant with this part of BS 5839.

All tests on equipment and trigger devices should be recorded in the log book. Due to the variety and
complexity of fire alarms and associated systems they are not dealt with in detail in this specification
but the table below indicates the minimum requirements. Specialist back up may be required either
from the manufacturers or specialist service providers especially in connection with intelligent
systems.

For further information see BS 5839 part 1 for fire detection and fire alarm systems, BS EN 54-2 and
BS EN 54-4.

The period between successive inspection and servicing visits should be based upon a risk
assessment, taking into account the type of system installed, the environment in which it operates and
other factors that may affect the long term operation of the system . If a risk assessment shows a need
for more frequent inspection and servicing visits, then all interested parties should agree the
appropriate inspection and servicing schedule. If this recommendation is not implemented, it should
be considered that the system is no longer compliant with this part of BS 5839
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Operation. 3M Check operation of all sounders This action should include auxiliary Technical 1)Log Book 6M The system log book should be
and external alarm links. functions such as links with the main examined. It should be ensured that
gas valve, vent plant and all fault any faults recorded have received
warnings. appropriate attention.

Page 181 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2.Condition. 3M Check condition of equipment i.e. The building occupier should inform Technical 2) Visual 6M A visual inspection should be made Particular care should be taken to
ingress of moisture, damage or the maintenance engineer of any Inspection to check whether structural or verify whether:
other signs of deterioration. structural or occupancy changes occupancy changes have affected 1) all manual call points remain
which might affect the siting or the compliance of the system with unobstructed and conspicuous;
operation of the detector. the recommendations of this 2) any new exits have been created
standard for the siting of manual without the provision of an adjacent
call points, automatic fire detectors manual call point;
and fire alarm devices. 3) any new or relocated partitions
have been erected within 500 mm
horizontally of any automatic fire
detector;
4) any storage encroaches within
300 mm of ceilings;
5) a clear space of 500 mm is
maintained below each automatic
fire detector and that the ability of
the detector to receive the stimulus
that it has been designed to detect
has not been impeded by other
means;
6) any changes to the use or
occupancy of an area makes the
existing types of automatic fire
detector unsuitable for detection of
fire or prone to unwanted alarms;
7) any building alterations or
extensions require additional fire
detection and alarm equipment to
be installed
The building occupier should inform
the maintenance engineer of any
structural or occupancy changes
which might affect the siting or
operation of the detector.
3.Fireman's 3M Check operation and log operation Technical 3) False Alarms 6M The records of false alarms should
control for vent of fans and dampers. be checked in accordance with
plant. section 30.2i) of BS5839 part 1.
The rate of false alarms during the
previous 12 months should be
recorded. Action taken in respect of
false alarms recorded should
comply with the recommendations
of 30.2j) of BS5839 part 1
4.Wiring and 12M Visually inspect for damage and Technical 4) Standby battery 6M The standby battery should be
equipment. integrity. disconnected and full load alarm
should be simulated

Page 182 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

5.Detectors 12M Check operation in accordance with Inspect heat detectors for damage Technical 5) Batteries 6M Batteries and their connections
including photo the manufacturer's or other condition, such as a heavy should be examined and
cells. recommendations. coat of paint. momentarily load tested with the
mains disconnected (other than
those within devices such as
manual call points, detectors and
fire alarm sounders of a
radio-linked system), to ensure that
they are in good serviceable
condition and not likely to fail before
the next service visit.
6.Emergency 3M Test operation. These devices should be tested Technical 6) Fire Alarm 6M The fire alarm functions of the An entry should be made in the log
manual operated frequently by clients' operators. control and control and indicating equipment book indicating which initiating
systems. Indicating should be checked by the operation devices have been used for these
equipment of at least one detector or manual tests.
call point on each circuit.
7.Completion of 3M Reset all plant and gas valves after Technical 7) Fire Alarm 6M The operation of the fire alarm
test. test. devices devices should be checked.

8.System test. 36M Test in accordance with the relevant BS 5839 should be followed. Technical 8) Controls and 6M All controls and visual indicators at
regulations and rectify any defects. visual indicators control and indicating equipment
should be checked for correct
operation.
Added 9) Alarm signals 6M The operation of any facility for Where more than one form of alarm
automatic transmission of alarm signal can be transmitted (e.g. fire
signals to an alarm receiving centre and fault signals), the correct
should be checked. transmission of each signal should
be confirmed.
Added 10) Ancillary 6M All ancillary functions of the control
functions and indicating equipment should be
tested.
Added 11) Fault 6M All fault indicators and their circuits
indicators should be checked, where
practicable, by simulation of fault
conditions.
Added 12) Printers 6M All printers should be tested to It should be ensured that all printer
ensure that they operate correctly consumables are sufficient in
and that characters are legible. quantity or condition to ensure that
the printer can be expected to
operate until the time of the next
service visit.
Added 13) Radio 6M Radio systems of all types should
Systems be serviced in accordance with the
recommendations of the
manufacturer.
Added 14) Manufacturers 6M All further checks and tests
checks and tests recommended by the manufacturer
of the control and indicating
equipment and other components
of the system should be carried out.

Page 183 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 15) Completion 6M On completion of the work, any

outstanding defects should be
reported to the responsible person,
the system log book should be
completed and a servicing
certificate should be issued.
Added a) 6M The work described may be carried
out over the course of two or more
service visits during each twelve
month period
Added 16) Manual Call 12M The switch mechanism of every
Points manual call point should be tested,
either by removal of a frangible
element, insertion of a test key or
operation of the device as it would
be operated in the event of fire.
Added 17) Automatic 12M All automatic fire detectors should General :
detectors be examined, as far as practicable, Connections – check condition and
to ensure that they have not been make good if necessary.
damaged, painted, or otherwise Mounting – Check security
adversely affected. Thereafter,
every detector should be
functionally tested. The tests used
need prove only that the detectors
are connected to the system, are
operational and are capable of
responding to the phenomena they
are designed to detect.
Added 18) Heat detectors 12M Every heat detector should be
functionally tested by means of a
suitable heat source, unless
operation of the detector in this
manner would then necessitate
replacement of part or all of the
sensing element (e.g. as in fusible
link point detectors or
non-integrating line detectors).
Special test arrangements will
be required for fusible link heat
detectors. The heat source should
not have the potential to ignite a
fire; live flame should not be used,
and special equipment might be
necessary in explosive
atmospheres

Page 184 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 19) Point smoke 12M Point smoke detectors should be

detectors functionally tested by a method that
confirms that smoke can enter the
detector chamber and produce a
fire alarm signal (e.g. by use of
apparatus that generates simulated
smoke or suitable aerosols around
the detector). It should be ensured
that the material used does not
cause damage to, or affect the
subsequent performance of, the
detector; the manufacturer’s
guidance on
suitable materials should be
followed.
Added 20) Optical beam 12M Optical beam smoke detectors
smoke detectors should be functionally tested by
introducing signal attenuation
between the transmitter and
receiver, either by use of an optical
filter, smoke or simulated smoke
Added 21) Aspirating fire 12M Aspirating fire detection systems Not all test products may be
detection systems, should be functionally tested as appropriate for the purpose
VESDA system described in 45.4d of BS5839 part
1, with each sampling point, or
group of sampling points, in the
pipework of the system treated as a
point detector.

45.4d "Point smoke detectors

should be functionally tested by a
method that confirms that smoke
can enter the detector chamber and
produce a fire alarm signal (e.g. by
use of apparatus that generates
simulated smoke or suitable
aerosols around the detector). It
should be ensured that the material
used does not
cause damage to, or affect the
subsequent performance of, the
detector; the manufacturer’s
guidance on suitable materials
should be followed.
Added 22) Carbon 12M Carbon monoxide fire detectors
Monoxide fire should be functionally tested by a It should be ensured that any test
detectors method that confirms that carbon gas used does not cause damage
monoxide can enter the detector to, or affect the subsequent
chamber and produce a fire alarm performance of, the
signal (e.g. by use of apparatus that detector; the manufacturer’s
generates carbon monoxide or a guidance on suitable test gases
gas that has a similar effect on the should be followed.
electro-chemical cell as carbon
monoxide
Page 185 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 23) Flame 12M Flame detectors should be

detectors functionally tested by a method that
confirms that the detector will
respond to a suitable frequency of
radiation and produce a fire alarm
signal. The guidance of the
manufacturer on testing of
detectors should be followed.
Added 24) Analogue 12M In fire detection systems that
values enable analogue values to be
determined at the control and
indicating equipment, it should be
confirmed that each analogue value
is within the range specified by the
manufacturer.
Added 25) Multi-sensor 12M Multi-sensor detectors should be The guidance of the manufacturer
detectors operated by a method that confirms on the manner in which the detector
that products of combustion in the can be functionally tested effectively
vicinity of the detector can reach should be followed
the sensors and that a fire signal
can be produced as appropriate
Added 26) Visual devices 12M All fire alarm devices should be
checked for correct operation. It
should be confirmed that visual fire
alarm devices are not obstructed
from view and that their lenses are
clean.
Added 27) Filament 12M All unmonitored, permanently
Lamps illuminated filament lamp indicators
at control and indicating equipment
should be replaced.
Added 28) Radio signal 12M Radio signal strengths in
radio-linked systems should be
checked for adequacy.
Added 29) Cables 12M A visual inspection should be made
to confirm that all readily accessible
cable fixings are secure and
undamaged.
Added 30) Cause & Effect 12M The cause and effect programme
should be confirmed as being
correct.
Added 31) Standby 12M The standby power supply capacity
Power should be checked to establish it
remains suitable for continued
service.
Added 32) Shutters 12M Operation - Check and ensure
action responds to appropriate
signals. Indicator lights - Check
operation and replace any faulty
lamps.

Page 186 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 33) Drop fire 12M Condition – Check for mechanical See relevant section Smoke extract
curtains damage. SFG 52
Operation - Check operation and
control mechanisms
Added 34) Magnetic door 12M Condition – Check for mechanical See relevant section Smoke extract
latches damage. SFG 52
Operation - Check operation and
control mechanisms
Added 35) Smoke relief 3M Check operation and log operation
vents - Fireman`s of fans and dampers.
control for vent
plant
Added 36) Smoke relief 12M Condition – Check for mechanical See relevant section Smoke extract
vents damage. SFG 52
Operation - Check operation and
control mechanisms
Added 37) Emergency 3M Test Operation These devices should be tested
manual operated frequently by the clients’ operators
systems.
Added 38) Interlocks 12M Condition – Check for mechanical Interlocks will be with heating,
damage. ventilating and cooling equipment
Operation - Check operation and and with fire extinguishing and other
control mechanisms. systems , i.e. Smoke curtains SFG
52-04

Page 187 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

22-02 FIRE ALARMS - Associated Equipment 22-02 FIRE ALARMS - Associated Equipment
TESTING: The client should carry out tests on equipment on a weekly basis in accordance with the Other TESTING: The client should carry out tests on equipment on a weekly basis in accordance with the
local fire regulations. Note: When carrying out maintenance any defects must be reported to the local fire regulations. When carrying out maintenance any defects must be reported to the client.
client.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Decibel level. 12M Check (see notes). The time period for checking Other 1.Decibel level. 12M Check (see notes). The time period for checking
sounders should be agreed with the sounders should be agreed with the
client. Refer to BS 5839. client. Refer to BS
(www.bsi-global.com) 5839.
1.Condition. 12M Check exterior and clean. Check and monitor according to Other 1.Condition. 12M Check exterior and clean. Check and monitor according to
manufacturer's instructions. manufacturer`s instructions. See
WARNING: Ionisation detectors Sensors and switching devices SFG
emit radiation, refer to manufacturer. 50.
See SENSORS.
1. Condition. 12M Check condition and life. Check according to the Other 1. Condition. 12M Check condition and life. Check according to the
manufacturer's recommendations. manufacturer`s recommendations.
All batteries should be disposed of
in accordance with statutory
requirements, COSHH .
Chargers See POWER GENERATION. Other Chargers 12M See Power generators SFG 43-04

Page 188 of 614

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

Page 189 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 23-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The need for preventive maintenance on fire prevention systems is essential but in negotiations Other The need for preventive maintenance on fire prevention systems is essential but in negotiations
between contractor and client is vital that aspects of insurance, liability, compliance with regulations between service provider and client is vital that aspects of insurance, liability, compliance with
etc. are fully agreed by both parties. Both the Loss Prevention Council requirements and local fire regulations etc. are fully agreed by both parties. Both the Loss Prevention Council requirements and
regulations must be complied with and should any areas of doubt arise it is recommended that these local fire regulations must be complied with and should any areas of doubt arise it is recommended
be fully discussed with the appropriate representative of the fire prevention bodies. that these be fully discussed with the appropriate representative of the fire prevention bodies.
It is the duty of the contractor to ensure that he has taken out adequate insurance cover to meet all
the liabilities and requirements associated with the maintenance of fire protection systems and the It is the duty of the service provider to ensure that he has taken out adequate insurance cover to meet
client should satisfy himself on this account. all the liabilities and requirements associated with the maintenance of fire protection systems and the
Compliance with the relevant fire regulations is necessary for both the client and the contractor and client should satisfy himself on this account.
close liaison with the local fire protection officer should be maintained at all times
The Loss Prevention Council (now part of the BRE) has issued a comprehensive schedule of fire Compliance with the relevant fire regulations is necessary for both the client and the service provider
prevention measures and these should be adopted by both the client and the contractor. and close liaison with the local fire protection officer should be maintained at all times
Sprinkler systems have not been included due to the complexity and variety of design, reference
should be made to the Care & Maintenance of Automatic Sprinkler Systems (TB203: 2004) published The Loss Prevention Council (now part of the BRE) (www.bre.co.uk/frs) has issued a comprehensive
by LPC. schedule of fire prevention measures and these should be adopted by both the client and the service
provider.

Page 190 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-02 HOSE REELS PRESSURE BOOSTING SETS 23-02 HOSE REELS PRESSURE BOOSTING SETS
If, due to unforeseen difficulties, an installation is left unavailable for use, the fire brigade must be Technical Where, due to unforeseen difficulties, it is necessary to leave an installation not available for use, the
informed and again after reinstatement. fire and rescue service should be informed immediately in order that alternative arrangements can be
made to cover this deficiency should the need arise. In addition a suitable notice to indicate that the
installation is not available for use should be placed in a prominent position.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Pump and 3M Check and adjust if necessary. Examine couplings for tightness. Technical 3. Pump and 3M Check and adjust if necessary, Examine couplings for tightness.
motor alignment. motor alignment. ensure pump shafts are free to
rotate
4. Motor and 3M Oil or grease where external Use recommended grade of Technical 4. Motor and 3M Oil or grease where external Use recommended grade of
bearings. nipples or lubricators are fitted. lubricant. Motor should be bearings. nipples or lubricators are fitted. lubricant. Motor should be
overhauled annually, see - overhauled annually, see Motors
MOTORS. SFG 39
10. Test run 3M Carry out adjustments to ensure Check operation of all automatic Technical 10. Test run 3M Carry out adjustments to ensure Check operation of all automatic
pressure booster satisfactory operation. controls and change-over switches, pressure booster satisfactory operation. controls and change-over switches,
sets, pressurising including signal to BMS if fitted. sets, pressurising including signal to BMS SFG 06. If
units, and filling units, and filling operating any booster set pumps in
pump. pump. the Hand position, there is a danger
that if there is NO FLOW in the pipe
work, damage to the mechanical
seals and/or impellers of the pumps
could occur. The Hand Position
should only be used for testing the
pumps or in an emergency situation.

Page 191 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-03 HOSE REELS - Static or Swinging 23-03 HOSE REELS - Static or Swinging
If, due to unforeseen difficulties, an installation is left unavailable for use, the fire brigade should be Technical Where, due to unforeseen difficulties, it is necessary to leave an installation not available for use, the
informed and again after reinstatement. fire and rescue service should be informed immediately in order that alternative arrangements can be
made to cover this deficiency should the need arise. In addition a suitable notice to indicate that the
installation is not available for use should be placed in a prominent position.

Maintenance should be carried out in accordance with BS EN 671-3:2009

Leave the hose reel and hose system ready for immediate use; if any extensive maintenance is
necessary the hose reel or hose system shall be labelled " OUT OF ORDER" and the competent
person shall inform the user/owner.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 9) Swinging reels 12M Check that the movement is free If leakage is evident replace `O`
and that the reel swings minimum rings.
required angles shown in BS EN
671 parts 1 & 2. Check condition of
‘O’ rings
Added 10a) Stop Valves 12M check the manual stop valve is of
– Manual reels correct type and that it operates
easily and correctly
Added 10b) Stop Valves 12M check the correct operation of the
– Automatic reels automatic valve and check for the
correct operation of the isolating
service valve
Added 11)Back flow 12M Check operation. Ensure that valve is seating
prevention devices properly.
(check valves).
Added 12) Notices 12M Check that the location is clearly
marked and that the operating
instructions are clear.
Added 13) Water flow 12M Check that the flow of water is
steady and sufficient

Added 14)Hose 60M All hoses shall be pressurised to

maximum working pressure in
accordance with BS EN 671 parts 1
&2
1. Condition. 12M Completely run out reel, inspect Legislative 1)Hose 12M Completely run out reel, inspect The full length of hose must be
and subject to operational water and subject to operational water inspected for signs of cracking,
pressure test. pressure test. Check that it is distortion, wear or damage; if the
unobstructed, that there is no hose shows any signs of defect it
damage, components are not must be replaced or proof-tested to
corroded and that there are no maximum working pressure;
leaks.
2. Back flow 12M Check operation. Ensure that valve is seating Legislative 2)Brackets and 12M Check that the brackets for wall
prevention devices properly. fixings mounting are secure.
(check valves).
3. Couplings. 12M Check and during wet testing check Legislative 3) Cabinet 12M If fitted with a cabinet check that the
for leakage. doors open freely and that there is
no sign of damage.

Page 192 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

4. Swivel joints 12M Check swinging movement is free, If leakage is evident replace 'O' Legislative 4) Pipework and 12M Check the condition of the water
(swinging hose condition of 'O' rings. rings. couplings supply pipework and any couplings
reels). pay particular attention to any
flexible pipework for corrosion,
damage or wear.
5. Nozzles. 12M Check functioning. Legislative 5) Nozzle 12M Check they are of the correct type,
functioning and easy to operate

6. Associated 12M Ensure glands, tubing, shut-off Legislative 6) Hose clips or 12M Check they are securely fastened
equipment and nozzle are sound and free from bindings
fittings. leaks. Check outlet of nozzle is
unobstructed.
7. Flow test. 12M Test in accordance with the If it is not possible to test every reel, Legislative 7) Hose drums 12M Check hose drum rotates freely in If it is not possible to test every reel,
requirements of the Loss at least the highest reel on each both directions. at least the highest reel on each
Prevention Council . rising main should be tested. rising main should be tested.
8. Accessibility. 12M Check and report to client Hose reels and any associated Legislative 8)Pressure gauge 12M Check gauge (if fitted) are working Hose reels and any associated
immediately if there are any equipment should be accessible at within their operating range and equipment should be accessible at
obstructions. all times. working satisfactorily. all times.

Page 193 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-04 RISING FIRE MAINS and HYDRANTS 23-04 RISING FIRE MAINS and HYDRANTS
Added Where, due to unforeseen difficulties, it is necessary to leave an installation not available for use, the
fire and rescue service should be informed immediately in order that alternative arrangements can be
made to cover this deficiency should the need arise. In addition a suitable notice to indicate that the
installation is not available for use should be placed in a prominent position.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Wet test. 12M Check for leaks. Technical 2. Wet test. 12M a) Check earthing arrangement and If it is not possible to sustain an
ensure continuity between joints effective fire-fighting jet from the
b) Carry out physical check of the topmost outlet, or any undue
system pressure loss in the rising main
c) Static pressure test – flush riser (after allowing for the height
by turning on water and allow to involved) should be investigated
flow out of topmost outlet.
d) Charge system to 10 bar
measured at the inlet for 15
minutes minimum. Check system
during this period for leaks etc.
e) Flow test – after static pressure
test a flow test should be carried
out if considered necessary.
f) Water should be passed through
system under pressure and flow
gauge readings recorded
3. Booster 6M Thoroughly check pumps and For more detailed instructions see Technical 3. Booster 6M Thoroughly check pumps and For more detailed instructions see
pumps. associated mechanical and PUMPS. pumps. associated mechanical and Pumps SFG 45.
electrical equipment. electrical equipment.

Page 194 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-05 HALON FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 23-05 Gas Extinguishing systems

HALON is a chloroflurocarbon and as such has been phased out of general use and has been Technical HALON is a chlorofluorocarbon and as such has been phased out of general use and has been
replaced by INERGEN because of the damaging effect HALON has on the upper atmosphere . replaced by various other inert gases such as INERGEN because of the damaging effect HALON has
Where the installation is still legally permitted (Very Restricted), it is essential that leaks must be on the upper atmosphere.
prevented and residual material not discharged to the atmosphere. The client/user of the system
should check weekly, all pressure gauges, control settings and indicators. Such systems must only be All extinguishant removed from containers during service or maintenance procedures shall be
maintained and tested by qualified engineers as per the requirements of BS 5306: Part 5. collected and recycled, or disposed of in an environmentally sound manner, and in accordance with
existing laws and regulations.

Inert gas mixtures based on those gases normally found in the earth`s atmosphere are exempted
from this requirement.

Weekly the client/user of the system should Visually check the hazard and the integrity of the
enclosure for changes which might reduce the efficiency of the system . Carry out a visual check that
there is no obvious damage to pipework and that all operating controls and components are properly
set and undamaged. Check pressure gauges and weighing devices, if fitted, for correct reading and
take the appropriate action specified in the users` manual.

Monthly the client/user of the system should check that all personnel who may have to operate the
equipment or system are properly trained and authorised to do so and, in particular, that new
employees have been instructed in its use.
Such systems must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers and in accordance with BS
5306-0:2011 and BS EN 15004 part 1:2008
This task is applicable to the extinguishants listed below;
FK-5-1-12, HCFC Blend A, HCFC-123, HCFC-22, HCFC-124, HFC 125, HFC 227ea, HFC 23, IG-01,
IG-100, IG-55, IG-541
Where, due to unforeseen difficulties, it is necessary to leave an installation not available for use, the
fire and rescue service should be informed immediately in order that alternative arrangements can be
made to cover this deficiency should the need arise. In addition a suitable notice to indicate that the
installation is not available for use should be placed in a prominent position.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 8) Master/slave 6M Check slave actuation system
system. including pistons in pneumatic valve
actuators.
Added 9) Auxiliary electric 6M Test operation. Operational test to be carried out in
device/ alarm, accordance with manufacturers
door closures, etc. recommended procedure.
Added 10) Enclosure 12M Check the enclosure for any Where the integrity test reveals
Integrity test boundary penetrations or other increased leakage that would result
changes to it that could affect in an inability to retain the
leakage of gas on operation. If this extinguishant for the required
can not be visually determined an period, remedial action shall be
integrity test should be carried out. carried out.
Test should be carried out in
accordance with Annex E BS EN
15004-1:2008
1. System. 6M Check generally for mechanical Legislative 1. Electrical 3M Test and service in accordance with
damage. detection and appropriate manufacturers’
alarm systems standards.

Page 195 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2. Cylinders. 6M check labels are securely fixed and Level is checked by weighting, if Legislative 2) System 6M Check generally for mechanical
legible, check security of brackets weight loss exceeds 5% cylinder damage.
and fixings, check liquid level, should be replaced or recharged. If
check pressure in cylinder(s). pressure has fallen more than 10%
on a temperature corrected basis,
cylinder should be replaced or
recharged.
3. Nozzles. 6M Examine for blockages and clean Legislative 3) Pipework & 6M Externally examine pipework to Replace or pressure test and repair
as necessary. Nozzles determine its condition. Examine as necessary pipework showing
nozzles for blockages and clean as corrosion or mechanical damage
necessary
4. Valve 6M Where possible, remove cylinder Carry out procedure in accordance Legislative 4) Control Valves 6M check all control valves for correct
actuators. valve and replace action caps. with the manufacturer's manual function and automatic
recommendations. valves additionally for correct
automatic function
5. Master/slave 6M Check slave actuation system Legislative 5) Valve actuators. 6M Where possible, remove cylinder Carry out procedure in accordance
system. including pistons in pneumatic valve and replace action caps. with the manufacturer`s
valve actuators. recommendations.
6. Mechanical 6M Test for mechanical tightness of This is to prevent leakage of Legislative 6) Cylinders 6M Check labels are securely fixed and For liquefied gases check weight or
integrity. pipework and associated HALON.(fire suppression agents.) legible, check security of brackets use a liquid level indicator to verify
equipment. and fixings, check liquid level, correct content of containers. If
check pressure in cylinder(s). weight loss exceeds 5% cylinder
Externally examine containers for should be replaced or recharged.
signs of damage or unauthorized
modification, and for damage to Pressure gauges –liquefied gas
system hoses. If the visual should be within 10% and
examination shows any defect, the non-liquefied gases within 5% of
hose(s) shall be replaced. correct pressure; replaced or
recharged any showing a greater
loss.

The date of inspection and the

name of the person performing the
inspection shall be recorded on a
tag attached to the container.

As required by statutory regulations

– remove cylinders and pressure
test when necessary.
7. Auxiliary 6M Test operation. Operational test to be carried out in Legislative 7) Cylinder gauges 12M Where container pressure gauges Operational test to be carried out in
electric device/ accordance with manufacturer's or weight-monitoring devices are accordance with manufacturer`s
alarm, door recommended procedure. used for this purpose, they shall be recommended procedure.
closures, etc. compared to a separate calibrated
device

Page 196 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-06 CARBON DIOXIDE TOTAL FLOODING FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM 23-06 CARBON DIOXIDE TOTAL FLOODING FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
The client/user of the system should check weekly, all pressure gauges, control settings and Other
indicators. Such systems must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers as per the Such systems must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers and in accordance with BS
requirements of BS 5306: Part 5. 5306-4:2001 and BS EN 15004 part 1:2008
During servicing every care and precaution shall be taken to avoid release of extinguishant.
Where, due to unforeseen difficulties, it is necessary to leave an installation not available for use, the
fire and rescue service should be informed immediately in order that alternative arrangements can be
made to cover this deficiency should the need arise. In addition a suitable notice to indicate that the
installation is not available for use should be placed in a prominent position
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. System. 6M Check generally for mechanical Report to client any defects or Legislative 1. Electrical 3M Test and service in accordance with
damage. incorrect installation. detection and appropriate manufacturers’
alarm systems standards.
2. Cylinders. 6M Check labels are securely fixed and Level is checked by weighing, if Legislative 2) System 6M Check generally for mechanical
legible, check security of brackets weight loss exceeds 5%, cylinder(s) damage.
and fixings, check liquid level should be replaced or recharged. If
and check pressure in cylinder(s). pressure has fallen more than 10%
on a temperature corrected basis,
cylinder(s) should be replaced or
recharged.
3. Nozzles. 6M Examine for blockages and clean Legislative 3) Pipework & 6M Externally examine pipework to Replace or pressure test and repair
as necessary. Nozzles determine its condition. Examine as necessary pipework showing
nozzles for blockages and clean as corrosion or mechanical damage
necessary
4. Valve 6M Where possible, remove cylinder Carry out procedure in accordance Legislative 4) Control Valves 6M Check all control valves for correct
actuators. valve and replace action caps. with the manufacturer's manual function and automatic
recommendations. valves additionally for correct
automatic function
5. Master/slave 6M Check slave actuation system Legislative 5) Valve actuators. 6M Where possible, remove cylinder Carry out procedure in accordance
system. including pistons in pneumatic valve and replace action caps. with the manufacturer`s
valve actuators. recommendations.
6. Mechanical 6M Test for mechanical tightness of Legislative 6) Cylinders 6M Check labels are securely fixed and Carbon Dioxide containers - check
integrity. pipework and associated legible, check security of brackets weight or use a liquid level indicator
equipment. and fixings, check liquid level, to verify correct content of
check pressure in cylinder(s). containers. If weight loss exceeds
Externally examine containers for 10% cylinder should be replaced or
signs of damage or unauthorized recharged.
modification, and for damage to
system hoses. If the visual Check contents of pilot containers.
examination shows any defect, the Liquefied gas type should be within
hose(s) shall be replaced 10% and non-liquefied within 5% of
correct charge. Replace or recharge
any showing a greater loss.

The date of inspection and the

name of the person performing the
inspection shall be recorded on a
tag attached to the container.

As required by statutory regulations

– remove cylinders and pressure
test when necessary

Page 197 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

7. Auxiliary 6M Test operation. Operational test to be carried out in Legislative 7) Cylinder gauges 12M Where container pressure gauges Operational test to be carried out in
electric device/ accordance with manufacturer's or weight-monitoring devices are accordance with manufacturer`s
alarm, door recommended procedure. used for this purpose, they shall be recommended procedure.
closures, etc. compared to a separate calibrated
device
Added 8) Master/slave 6M Check slave actuation system
system. including pistons in pneumatic valve
actuators.
Added 9) Auxiliary electric 6M Test operation. Operational test to be carried out in
device/ alarm, accordance with manufacturers
door closures, etc. recommended procedure.
Added 10) Enclosure 12M Check the enclosure for any Where the integrity test reveals
Integrity test boundary penetrations or other increased leakage that would result
changes to it that could affect in an inability to retain the
leakage of gas on operation. If this extinguishant for the required
can not be visually determined an period, remedial action shall be
integrity test should be carried out. carried out.
Test should be carried out in
accordance with Annex A BS
5306-4:2001

Page 198 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-07 EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEMS 23-07 EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEMS

Note: The schedule shall be carried out by a competent person who will provide client with a signed Technical Maintenance shall consist of measures necessary for ensuring that all parts of the foam system
dated report. remain in operating condition. The availability and reliability of the foam systems shall be assured.
Inspection and maintenance by an approved competent organisation is recommended. Such systems
must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers and in accordance with BS EN
13565-2:2009 and BS EN 15004 part 1:2008

Where, due to unforeseen difficulties, it is necessary to leave an installation not available for use, the
fire and rescue service should be informed immediately in order that alternative arrangements can be
made to cover this deficiency should the need arise. In addition a suitable notice to indicate that the
installation is not available for use should be placed in a prominent position.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 6) Pipework 1M Visual check of pipework, foam If visual indication of normally dry
outlets, nozzles and pipe supports pipework indicates questionable
for damage or deterioration strength due to corrosion or
mechanical damage, hydraulically
pressure test.
Added 7) Frost protection 1M Check frost protection for the
permanently charged pipework
system
Added 8) Tanks 1M Test automatic refill devices of
water tanks

Added 9) Alarms 1M Check of alarm signalling to a

permanent manned location in the
case of automatic released
extinguishing systems.
Added 10) Air Inlet 1M Check the air inlet opening of foam
generating devices/nozzles are free
from obstruction
Added 11) Strainers 6M Check and clean strainers

Added 12) Foam 6M Functionally test the foam

concentrate concentrate proportioner using
proportioner water without the use of foam
concentrate (where specified by the
manufacturer
Added 13) Valves 6M Test the free movement of all
valves and mechanically operated
components. Check for free
operation of stop valves.

Page 199 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 14) Foam 12M A check of the foam concentrate The checks shall include; foam type,
Concentrate properties shall be carried out by specific gravity, PH, undissolved
competent and trained foam solids/sediment, drain time, foam
laboratory expansion rate, spreading
personnel. The sampling shall be coefficient - film formation (on
carried out according to the Cyclohexane) – film forming foams
manufacturer’s instructions. only, alcohol burnback test (AR
foams only).

The results, and ‘pass’ or ‘fail’

conclusions, shall be given in a
report.

If the foam concentrate report does

not give a ‘pass’ i.e. fit for use, as a
result of its quality check tests, it
shall be
replaced immediately using foam
concentrate of the same type which
is passed fit for use
Added 15) Foam 12M A test of the proportioner and
proportioning associated fittings shall be carried
accuracy test out. The test shall be carried out at
the maximum and minimum system
design flow rates. The accuracy of
foam proportioning shall be in
accordance with the tolerance given
in EN 13565-1. These tests should,
where possible, be carried out with
environmentally compatible foam
substitutes.
Added 16) Discharge test 12M A discharge test should be carried
out on each system to verify;
correct function of the system,
nozzles are free from blockage,
correct functioning of valves,
required discharge coverage is
achieved
Added 17) Premix 12M A check of the premixed foam
solutions properties shall be carried
out by competent and trained foam
laboratory personnel. If the
premixed foam solution report does
not give a ‘pass’ i.e. fit for use, as a
result of its quality check tests, it
shall be replaced immediately using
foam concentrate of the same type
which is passed fit for use
Added 18) Concentrate 12M Check the foam concentrate tanks
and components permanently in
contact with foam concentrate for
signs of external defects, e.g.
leakage, debris on seals.

Page 200 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 19) Vapour seals 12M Inspect integrity of vapour seals on

tank foam pourers and burst discs
in subsurface systems
1. Alarms. 3M Test all electrical detection and Legislative 1) A) Pumps [not 1M Check the correct function of the
alarm systems in accordance with foam concentrate pumps and their drives (except
BS 5839. pumps] foam concentrate pumps). The test
run shall
last for a period in which the normal
operation conditions of the drive
like power consumption, oil and
cooling water temperature have
been reached. At the end of the
test run power consumption in the
case of electrical drives and
revolutions, oil and cooling water
temperature in the case of diesel
engine drives shall be measured.
Test run diesel engines to reach
operating temperatures (minimum
10 min).
2. Foam 6M Inspect: for mechanical damage, This may require temporary isolation Legislative 1) B) Foam 1M Function test of automatic and
producing for corrosion, for blockage of air of the water main. concentration manual pump start devices of foam
equipment. inlets, clear as necessary, correct pumps concentrate pumps
manual function of all valves,
strainer and gauzes, proportioning
devices.
3. Control valves. 6M Check for corrected manual and Legislative 2)Oil Levels 1M Check of oil level of pumps,
automatic operation. compressors and diesel engines

4. Pipework. 6M Examine exposed pipework to If visual indication of normally dry Legislative 3) Flow Pressure 1M Check of the flow pressure in case
determine condition. pipework indicates questionable of systems feed directly from public
strength due to corrosion or or factory mains
mechanical damage, hydraulically
pressure test.
5. Tanks for foam 6M Visually inspect without draining. Check any concentrate shipping Legislative 4) Batteries 1M Check of batteries concerning the
concentrate and containers for evidence of maintenance instructions given by
solution. deterioration. the battery manufacturer as well as
function of the battery charger
6. Concentrate. 12M Check condition. Correct any deterioration according Legislative 5)Diesel tanks 1M Check of minimum fuel supply of
to the manufacturer's diesel engines
recommendations.

Page 201 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-08 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - GAS SUPPRESSION 23-08 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - GAS SUPPRESSION (Halon)
Note: As this type of equipment is pressurised it can be opened for inspection only after discharge. Other When removing parts from extinguishers, competent persons should ensure that they are clear of any
This should be carried out after 10 years if the following annual maintenance has been carried out. parts which might be ejected. Under no circumstances should any attempt be made to remove the
valves of high pressure extinguishers or cartridges under field conditions. Extreme caution should be
used when opening any extinguisher.

Such devices must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers and in accordance with BS
5306-3:2009

Service of this type of extinguisher may only be carried out if the extinguisher meets the criteria of the
“critical uses” in Annex VII of EC Regulation 2037/2000

As this type of equipment is pressurised it can be opened for inspection only after discharge. This
should be carried out after 10 years if the following annual maintenance has been carried out.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 7) Extinguisher - 120M Empty the extinguisher and strip the Selected halon alternative agents
Overhaul components down completely. have superseded halon usage in
Reassemble and recharge the fixed fire suppression system and
extinguisher with new headcaps portable fire extinguisher
and valves. applications.

Page 202 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-09 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - CARBON DIOXIDE 23-09 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - CARBON DIOXIDE
Note: For extinguishing kitchen cooking oil fires, Wet Chemical fire extinguishers (Class F) must be in Technical When removing parts from extinguishers, competent persons should ensure that they are clear of any
position. parts which might be ejected. Under no circumstances should any attempt be made to remove the
valves of high pressure extinguishers or cartridges under field conditions. Extreme caution should be
used when opening any extinguisher.

Such devices must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers and in accordance with BS
5306-3:2009
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 6) Safety pin 12M Remove the safety pin and check
that the operating lever is
undamaged and its movement is
unobstructed. Safety precautions
should be taken to avoid
inadvertent operation. Return the
safety pin or, where necessary, a
replacement pin to the extinguisher
Added 7) Seals 12M Ensure that all seals for the
discharge horn, the hose, the
nozzle and the valve body are in
place, as prescribed in the
extinguisher manufacturer’s
instructions.
Added 8) Label 12M Complete the details on the
maintenance label

Added 9) Mounting 12M Check any mounting bracket or

bracket/stand stand if accessible and rectify any
problems.
Added 10) Report 12M Write an inspection report advising
the responsible person of the state
of maintenance of the extinguisher

Page 203 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 11)Overhaul 120M a) Discharge the extinguisher.

procedure every Remove the swivel horn/hose
10 years assembly, the valve and the valve
assembly, and remove the diptube
from the valve assembly. Destroy
the valve.
b) Pressure-test the body shell in
accordance with the test pressure
indicated on the body. Do not
overhaul the body if it is unmarked.
Permanently mark the body shell
with the retest date and the
identification of the organization
performing the test. (Attention is
drawn to the Carriage of Dangerous
Goods and Use of Transportable
Pressure Equipment Regulations
2007
c) Reassemble and recharge the
extinguisher with new
headcaps/valves
1. Extinguisher 12M Examine for corrosion or damage. If replacement indicated report to Legislative 1) Safety Clip and 12M Check the safety clip and indicating
body. client. indicating devices devices to determine whether the
extinguisher might have been
operated
2. Contents. 12M Weigh and check against records. Legislative 2) External 12M Examine the exterior for corrosion,
If loss greater than 10% recharge. examination dents, gouges or damage that
could impair the safe operation of
the extinguisher paying particular
attention to any plastics headcap
for signs of degradation.
3. Horn, hose 12M Examine, clean and replace if not in Legislative 3) Weight check 12M Weigh the extinguisher after
and valve good condition. removal of the discharge horn/hose
assembly. assembly). Check the mass against
that
recorded when first put into service
or when last recharged and record
this on the maintenance label (In
the event of a loss of content of
more than 10%, discharge and
recharge
.
4. Operating 12M Check operating mechanism and Legislative 4) Operating 12M Check the operating instructions for
mechanism (if discharge control (where fitted) for instructions correctness and legibility, ensuring
detachable). free movement. Clean, rectify or that the text is in English.
replace as necessary.
5. Safety clip. 12M Replace after maintenance activity Legislative 5) Opening 12M Open the extinguisher by
or renew wire seal as appropriate. unscrewing the headcap. Remove
the gas cartridge.

Page 204 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-10 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - FOAM (Stored Pressure) 23-10 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - FOAM (Stored Pressure)
Added When removing parts from extinguishers, competent persons should ensure that they are clear of any
parts which might be ejected. Under no circumstances should any attempt be made to remove the
valves of high pressure extinguishers or cartridges under field conditions. Extreme caution should be
used when opening any extinguisher.

Such devices must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers and in accordance with BS
5306-3:2009
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Pressure 12M Check operation and pressure. If device inoperative or pressure is Legislative 1) Safety Clip and 12M Check the safety clip and indicating
indicating device. below specified lower limit refer to indicating devices devices to determine whether the
manufacturer's instructions. If no extinguisher might have been
device fitted use connection, if operated.
provided, to verify pressure.
2. Extinguisher 12M Examine for corrosion or damage. If replacement indicated report to Legislative 2) Pressure – 12M Check the pressure-indicating
body. client. indicating devices device where fitted. If it is not
operating freely or if the indicated
pressure is outside the specified
limits, refer to the extinguisher
manufacturer’s instructions to
ascertain the appropriate action to
be taken. Check that any dust
covers needed on
pressure-indicating or
pressure-relief devices are in place
and are of a size that does not
obscure the reading of the gauge.
Where a pressure-indicating device
is not fitted, verify, by means of the
connection provided for this
purpose, that the internal pressure
is correct. If it is not correct, refer to
the extinguisher manufacturer’s
instructions to ascertain the
appropriate action to be taken.
3. Contents. 12M Weigh and check against records. Report any loss. Legislative 3) External 12M Examine the exterior for corrosion,
examination dents, gouges or damage that
could impair the safe operation of
the extinguisher paying particular
attention to any plastics headcap
for signs of degradation.
4. Nozzle and 12M Examine and clean as necessary, Legislative 4) Weight check 12M Weigh the extinguisher after
hose. Check hose for wear or damage removal of the discharge horn/hose
and replace if necessary. assembly). Check the mass against
that
recorded when first put into service
or when last recharged and record
this on the maintenance label (In
the event of a loss of content of
more than 10%, discharge and
recharge

Page 205 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

5. Operating 12M Check operating mechanism and Legislative 5) Operating 12M Check the operating instructions for
mechanism (if discharge control (where fitted) for instructions correctness and legibility, ensuring
detachable). free movement. Clean, rectify or that the text is in English.
replace as necessary.
6. Safety clip. 12M Replace after maintenance activity Legislative 6) Removable 12M Where the extinguisher is designed
or renew wire seal as appropriate. operating to have the operating mechanism
mechanism removed without the discharge of
contents or loss of pressure,
remove and check the operating
mechanism and discharge control
(where fitted) for free movement.
Clean and lubricate the operating
mechanism, rectify any problems,
or replace with a new operating
mechanism as necessary.
7. Internal 48M Discharge contents, Examine for Legislative 7) Safety pin 12M Remove the safety pin and check
inspection. corrosion, Refill if condition that the operating lever is
satisfactory. undamaged and its movement is
unobstructed. Safety precautions
should be taken to avoid
inadvertent operation. Return the
safety pin or, where necessary, a
replacement pin to the extinguisher.
Added 8) Seals 12M The seals for the discharge horn,
the hose, the nozzle and the valve
body should be replaced with new
seals when these components are
removed from the extinguisher. If
the hose is fitted with a diaphragm,
this should always be replaced with
a new diaphragm.
Check the condition and fitness for
use of the discharge nozzle, horn
and hose, and ensure that the
nozzle, horn and hose, if fitted, are
not obstructed, cracked, worn, or
damaged. Replace with a new
nozzle, horn and/or hose if
necessary.
Added 9) Reassembly 12M Reassemble the extinguisher in
accordance with the instructions of
the extinguisher manufacturer.
Replace with new any safety clip
and indicating device designed to
show whether the extinguisher
might have been operated.
Added 10) Label 12M Complete the details on the
maintenance label

Added 11) Mounting 12M Check any mounting bracket or

bracket/stand stand if accessible and rectify any
problems.

Page 206 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 12) Report 12M Write an inspection report advising

the responsible person of the state
of maintenance of the extinguisher
Added Extended Service 60M
procedures every
5 years
Added 13) 60M Prior to performing the test
discharge, the extinguisher should
be examined externally for any
obvious signs of damage to the
body or operating mechanism. If a
plastics headcap is coated in such
a way as to disguise degradation
(e.g. by painting), replace with a
new headcap before proceeding to
action 2. In the case of stored
pressure extinguishers, additional
safety precautions should be
observed.
Added 14) 60M Perform the test discharge on the
extinguisher.

Added 15) 60M Examine the body internally and in

detail for corrosion, dents, cuts,
gouges or lining damage. Pay
special attention to the welds.
Follow the extinguisher
manufacturer’s instructions where
there are any doubts about the
welds.
Added 16) 60M Examine and check all closures for
thread wear, damage and corrosion
as applicable.
Added 17) 60M Return the extinguisher to
operational condition. If the
extinguisher was fitted with a
plastics headcap, it should be fitted
with a new headcap, if this has not
already been fitted in action 13
(above). Reassemble and recharge
the extinguisher in accordance with
the extinguisher
manufacturer’s instructions

Page 207 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-11 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - POWDER 23-11 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - POWDER (GAS CARTRIDGE)
Added When removing parts from extinguishers, competent persons should ensure that they are clear of any
parts which might be ejected. Under no circumstances should any attempt be made to remove the
valves of high pressure extinguishers or cartridges under field conditions. Extreme caution should be
used when opening any extinguisher.

Such devices must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers and in accordance with BS
5306-3:2009
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 10) Gas cartridge 12M Examine the gas cartridge
externally for corrosion or damage.
If the gas cartridge has suffered
mechanical damage or is corroded,
replace as recommended by the
extinguisher supplier. Weigh the
gas cartridge and check the mass
against that marked on the gas
cartridge. If the gas cartridge has
sustained a loss of content greater
than 10% (15% for cartridges with a
content mass of less than 30 g) of
the original content, withdraw it
from service and replace it with a
gas cartridge as recommended by
the extinguisher manufacturer.
Check the date marked on the
cartridge
Added 11) Seals 12M The seals for the discharge horn,
the hose, the nozzle and the valve
body should be replaced with new
seals when these components are
removed from the extinguisher. If
the hose is fitted with a diaphragm,
this should always be replaced with
a new diaphragm.
Check the condition and fitness for
use of the discharge nozzle, horn
and hose, and ensure that the
nozzle, horn and hose, if fitted, are
not obstructed, cracked, worn, or
damaged. Replace with a new
nozzle, horn and/or hose if
necessary.
Added 12) Body - powder 0M Examine the interior with the aid of
an inspection light. Check for
corrosion and deterioration of lining,
if fitted.

Page 208 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 13) Reassembly 12M Reassemble the extinguisher in

accordance with the instructions of
the extinguisher manufacturer.
Replace with new any safety clip
and indicating device designed to
show whether the extinguisher
might have been operated.
Added 14) Label 12M Complete the details on the
maintenance label

Added 15) Mounting 12M Check any mounting bracket or

bracket/stand stand if accessible and rectify any
problems.
Added 16) Report 12M Write an inspection report advising
the responsible person of the state
of maintenance of the extinguisher
Added Extended Service 60M
procedures every
5 years
Added 17) 60M Prior to performing the test
discharge, the extinguisher should
be examined externally for any
obvious signs of damage to the
body or operating mechanism. If a
plastics headcap is coated in such
a way as to disguise degradation
(e.g. by painting), replace with a
new headcap before proceeding to
action 2. In the case of stored
pressure extinguishers, additional
safety precautions should be
observed.
Added 18) 60M Perform the test discharge on the
extinguisher.

Added 19) 60M Examine the body internally and in

detail for corrosion, dents, cuts,
gouges or lining damage. Pay
special attention to the welds.
Follow the extinguisher
manufacturer’s instructions where
there are any doubts about the
welds.
Added 20) 60M Examine and check all closures for
thread wear, damage and corrosion
as applicable.

Page 209 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 21) 60M Return the extinguisher to

operational condition. If the
extinguisher was fitted with a
plastics headcap, it should be fitted
with a new headcap, if this has not
already been fitted in action 13
(above). Reassemble and recharge
the extinguisher in accordance with
the extinguisher
manufacturer’s instructions.
1. Contents. 12M Weigh the extinguisher and if more Legislative 1) Safety Clip and 12M Check the safety clip and indicating
than 10% loss of powder, recharge. indicating devices devices to determine whether the
extinguisher might have been
operated.
2. Condition of 12M Open container and examine If powder appears satisfactory, Legislative 2) External 12M Examine the exterior for corrosion,
powder. powder, if any evidence of lumps, agitate by inverting and shaking. examination dents, gouges or damage that
caking or foreign bodies, recharge. could impair the safe operation of
the extinguisher paying particular
attention to any plastics headcap
for signs of degradation.
3. Body. 12M Examine internally and externally Legislative 3) Weight check 12M Weigh the extinguisher after
for damage. removal of the discharge horn/hose
assembly). Check the mass against
that
recorded when first put into service
or when last recharged and record
this on the maintenance label (In
the event of a loss of content of
more than 10%, discharge and
recharge.
4. Gas cartridge. 12M Examine for corrosion and damage. Weight of contents is marked on Legislative 4) Operating 12M Check the operating instructions for
Check weight. cartridge, replace if there is any loss instructions correctness and legibility, ensuring
of weight. Cartridges over 10 years that the text is in English.
old must be replaced.
5. Vent holes. 12M Examine and clean. Legislative 5) Opening 12M Open the extinguisher by
unscrewing the headcap. Remove
the gas cartridge.

Page 210 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

6. Nozzle, hose 12M Examine for any blockage, clean Legislative 6) Powder charges 12M Examine the powder of the
and internal rectify or replace as necessary. extinguisher. Agitate the powder by
discharge tube. inverting and shaking the
extinguisher, taking care to avoid
spillage. If there is any evidence of
caking, lumps, or foreign bodies, or
if the powder is not free flowing, or
if there is any doubt at all about the
condition of the powder, discard all
the powder and recharge. The use
of sieves or machines to remove
foreign bodies or caked or lumpy
material is not recommended since
this will involve considerable
exposure of the powder to
atmospheric humidity with a risk of
subsequent caking
7. Operating 12M Check for free movement, clean Legislative 7) Operating 12M Clean if necessary and pass air
mechanism and rectify or replace as necessary. mechanism and through the air passages, paying
discharge control. air passages particular attention to the vent holes
(or other venting device) in the
headcap. Check that the strainer
(where fitted), internal discharge
tube and breather valve (where
fitted) are unobstructed.
Rectify any problems or replace
with a new tube or valve if
necessary. Renew gas-band, where
fitted.
Check the operating mechanism
and discharge control (where fitted)
for free movement. Rectify any
problems or replace with a new
operating mechanism or discharge
control as necessary. Protect
moving parts and threads against
corrosion with a lubricant as
recommended by the extinguisher
manufacturer.
8. Washers and 12M Examine and replace if necessary. Legislative 8) Removable 12M Where the extinguisher is designed
diaphragms. operating to have the operating mechanism
mechanism removed without the discharge of
contents or loss of pressure,
remove and check the operating
mechanism and discharge control
(where fitted) for free movement.
Clean and lubricate the operating
mechanism, rectify any problems,
or replace with a new operating
mechanism as necessary

Page 211 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

9. Safety clip. 12M Replace after maintenance activity Legislative 9) Safety pin 12M Remove the safety pin and check
or renew wire seal as appropriate. that the operating lever is
undamaged and its movement is
unobstructed. Safety precautions
should be taken to avoid
inadvertent operation. Return the
safety pin or, where necessary, a
replacement pin to the extinguisher.

Page 212 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-12 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - WATER - GAS CARTRIDGE 23-12 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - WATER - GAS CARTRIDGE
Note: If any soda acid extinguishers are found, the client must be informed that these must be Legislative When removing parts from extinguishers, competent persons should ensure that they are clear of any
withdrawn from service. parts which might be ejected. Under no circumstances should any attempt be made to remove the
valves of high pressure extinguishers or cartridges under field conditions. Extreme caution should be
used when opening any extinguisher.

Such devices must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers and in accordance with BS
5306-3:2009
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Body. 12M Empty, examine for damage and Legislative 1) Safety Clip and 12M Check the safety clip and indicating
corrosion externally and internally. indicating devices devices to determine whether the
extinguisher might have been
operated.
2. Contents. 12M Check water level after refilling. Legislative 2) External 12M Examine the exterior for corrosion,
examination dents, gouges or damage that
could impair the safe operation of
the extinguisher paying particular
attention to any plastics headcap
for signs of degradation.
3. Gas cartridge. 12M Examine externally for corrosion Legislative 3) Weight check 12M Weigh the extinguisher after
and weigh and check against that removal of the discharge horn/hose
marked on the cartridge. assembly). Check the mass against
that recorded when first put into
service or when last recharged and
record this on the maintenance
label (In the event of a loss of
content of more than 10%,
discharge and recharge
4. Vent holes. 12M Examine and clean if necessary. Legislative 4) Operating 12M Check the operating instructions for
instructions correctness and legibility, ensuring
that the text is in English.
5. Nozzle and 12M Examine and clean if necessary. Legislative 5) Opening 12M Open the extinguisher by
strainer and (if unscrewing the headcap. Remove
fitted) internal the gas cartridge.
discharge tube
and breather
valve.
6. Operating 12M Check movement, clean, rectify Legislative 6) Water, 12M Pour the original charge into a
mechanism and faults or replace. water-based, and clean container and, if it is to be
discharge valve. foam charges reused, check it in accordance with
the extinguisher manufacturer’s
instructions. Where the additive is
in a separate container, remove this
container and check it for leakage.
If the container has been
leaking, discard the container and
charge. Rinse out the body.

Page 213 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

7. Sealing 12M Examine and replace if not in good Legislative 7) Operating 0M Clean if necessary and pass air
washers and hose. condition. mechanism and through the air passages, paying
air passages particular attention to the vent holes
(or other venting device) in the
headcap. Check that the strainer
(where fitted), internal discharge
tube and breather valve (where
fitted) are unobstructed.
Rectify any problems or replace
with a new tube or valve if
necessary. Renew gas-band, where
fitted.
Check the operating mechanism
and discharge control (where fitted)
for free movement. Rectify any
problems or replace with a new
operating mechanism or discharge
control as necessary. Protect
moving parts and threads against
corrosion with a lubricant as
recommended by the extinguisher
manufacturer
8. Recharge. 12M Fill to correct level. Note any special needs, e.g. Legislative 8) Removable 12M Where the extinguisher is designed Note any special precautions, e.g.
anti-freeze or corrosion inhibitor. operating to have the operating mechanism anti-freeze or corrosion inhibitor.
mechanism removed without the discharge of
contents or loss of pressure,
remove and check the operating
mechanism and discharge control
(where fitted) for free movement.
Clean and lubricate the operating
mechanism, rectify any problems,
or replace with a new operating
mechanism as necessary.
9. Safety clip. 12M Replace after maintenance activity Legislative 9) Safety pin 12M Remove the safety pin and check
or renew wire seal as appropriate. that the operating lever is
undamaged and its movement is
unobstructed. Safety precautions
should be taken to avoid
inadvertent operation. Return the
safety pin or, where necessary, a
replacement pin to the extinguisher.

Page 214 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 10) Gas cartridge 12M Examine the gas cartridge

externally for corrosion or damage.
If the gas cartridge has suffered
mechanical damage or is corroded,
replace as recommended by the
extinguisher supplier. Weigh the
gas cartridge and check the mass
against that marked on the gas
cartridge. If the gas cartridge has
sustained a loss of content greater
than 10% (15% for cartridges with a
content mass of less
than 30 g) of the original content,
withdraw it from service and replace
it with a gas cartridge as
recommended by the extinguisher
manufacturer. Check the date
marked on the cartridge
Added 11) Seals 12M The seals for the discharge horn,
the hose, the nozzle and the valve
body should be replaced with new
seals when these components are
removed from the extinguisher. If
the hose is fitted with a diaphragm,
this should always be replaced with
a new diaphragm.
Check the condition and fitness for
use of the discharge nozzle, horn
and hose, and ensure that the
nozzle, horn and hose, if fitted, are
not obstructed, cracked, worn, or
damaged. Replace with a new
nozzle, horn and/or hose if
necessary.
Added 12) Body: water, 12M Examine the interior with the aid of
water-based an inspection light. Check for
and foam corrosion or lining deterioration.
Check separate containers for
additives and replace if they are
leaking or damaged
Added 13) Water and 12M Return the original charge to the
water-based extinguisher, or replace with new
(including foam) charge according the instructions of
charges the extinguisher manufacturer
Added 14) Reassembly 12M Reassemble the extinguisher in
accordance with the instructions of
the extinguisher manufacturer.
Replace with new any safety clip
and indicating device designed to
show whether the extinguisher
might have been operated.
Added 15) Label 12M Complete the details on the
maintenance label

Page 215 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 16) Mounting 12M Check any mounting bracket or

bracket/stand stand if accessible and rectify any
problems.
Added 17) Report 12M Write an inspection report advising
the responsible person of the state
of maintenance of the extinguisher
Added Extended Service 60M
procedures every
5 years
Added 17) 60M Prior to performing the test
discharge, the extinguisher should
be examined externally for any
obvious signs of damage to the
body or operating mechanism. If a
plastics headcap is coated in such
a way as to disguise degradation
(e.g. by painting), replace with a
new headcap before proceeding to
action 2. In the case of stored
pressure extinguishers, additional
safety precautions should be
observed.
Added 18) 60M Perform the test discharge on the
extinguisher.

Added 19) 60M Examine the body internally and in

detail for corrosion, dents, cuts,
gouges or lining damage. Pay
special attention to the welds.
Follow the extinguisher
manufacturer’s instructions where
there are any doubts about the
welds.
Added 20) 60M Examine and check all closures for
thread wear, damage and corrosion
as applicable.
Added 21) 60M Return the extinguisher to
operational condition. If the
extinguisher was fitted with a
plastics headcap, it should be fitted
with a new headcap, if this has not
already been fitted in action 13
(above). Reassemble and recharge
the extinguisher in accordance with
the extinguisher manufacturer’s
instructions

Page 216 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-13 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - WATER STORED PRESSURE 23-13 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - WATER STORED PRESSURE
Added When removing parts from extinguishers, competent persons should ensure that they are clear of any
parts which might be ejected. Under no circumstances should any attempt be made to remove the
valves of high pressure extinguishers or cartridges under field conditions. Extreme caution should be
used when opening any extinguisher.

Such devices must only be maintained and tested by qualified engineers and in accordance with BS
5306-3:2009
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 9) Reassembly 12M Reassemble the extinguisher in
accordance with the instructions of
the extinguisher manufacturer.
Replace with new any safety clip
and indicating device designed to
show whether the extinguisher
might have been operated.
Added 10) Label 12M Complete the details on the
maintenance label

Added 11) Mounting 12M Check any mounting bracket or

bracket/stand stand if accessible and rectify any
problems.
Added 12) Report 12M Write an inspection report advising
the responsible person of the state
of maintenance of the extinguisher
Added Extended Service 60M
procedures every
5 years
Added 13) 60M Prior to performing the test
discharge, the extinguisher should
be examined externally for any
obvious signs of damage to the
body or operating mechanism. If a
plastics headcap is coated in such
a way as to disguise degradation
(e.g. by painting), replace with a
new headcap before proceeding to
action 2. In the case of stored
pressure extinguishers, additional
safety precautions should be
observed.
Added 14) 60M Perform the test discharge on the
extinguisher.

Added 15) 60M Examine the body internally and in

detail for corrosion, dents, cuts,
gouges or lining damage. Pay
special attention to the welds.
Follow the extinguisher
manufacturer’s instructions where
there are any doubts about the
welds.

Page 217 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 16) 60M Examine and check all closures for

thread wear, damage and corrosion
as applicable.
Added 17) 60M Return the extinguisher to
operational condition. If the
extinguisher was fitted with a
plastics headcap, it should be fitted
with a new headcap, if this has not
already been fitted in action 13
(above). Reassemble and recharge
the extinguisher in accordance with
the extinguisher manufacturer’s
instructions
1. Body. 12M Examine externally for corrosion Legislative 1) Safety Clip and 12M Check the safety clip and indicating
and damage. indicating devices devices to determine whether the
extinguisher might have been
operated.
2. Contents. 12M Weigh and check against original Legislative 2) 12M Check the pressure-indicating
weight when put into service. Pressure-indicatin device where fitted. If it is not
g devices operating freely or if the indicated
pressure is outside the specified
limits, refer to the extinguisher
manufacturer’s instructions to
ascertain the appropriate action to
be taken. Check that any dust
covers needed on
pressure-indicating or
pressure-relief devices are in place
and are of a size that does not
obscure the reading of the gauge.
Where a pressure-indicating device
is not fitted, verify, by means of the
connection provided for this
purpose, that the internal pressure
is correct. If it is not correct, refer to
the extinguisher manufacturer’s
instructions to ascertain the
appropriate action to be taken.
3. Pressure 12M Check operation, if less than Where device not fitted, check by Legislative 3) External 12M Examine the exterior for corrosion,
indicator on stored specified refer to manufacturer's means of connector provided. examination dents, gouges or damage that
pressure instructions. could impair the safe operation of
equipment. the extinguisher paying particular
attention to any plastics headcap
for signs of degradation.
4. Contents. 12M Weigh and check against records. Report any loss. Legislative 4) Weight check 12M Weigh the extinguisher after
removal of the discharge horn/hose
assembly). Check the mass against
that recorded when first put into
service or when last recharged and
record this on the maintenance
label (In the event of a loss of
content of more than 10%,
discharge and recharge
.
Page 218 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

5. Nozzle and 12M Examine and clean as necessary, Legislative 5) Operating 12M Check the operating instructions for
hose. Check hose for wear or damage instructions correctness and legibility, ensuring
and replace if necessary. that the text is in English.
6. Operating 12M Check operating mechanism and Legislative 6) Removable 12M Where the extinguisher is designed
mechanism (if discharge control (where fitted) for operating to have the operating mechanism
detachable). free movement. Clean, rectify or mechanism removed without the discharge of
replace as necessary. contents or loss of pressure,
remove and check the operating
mechanism and discharge control
(where fitted) for free movement.
Clean and lubricate the operating
mechanism, rectify any problems,
or replace with a new operating
mechanism as necessary.
7. Safety clip. 12M Replace after maintenance activity Legislative 7) Safety pin 12M Remove the safety pin and check
or renew wire seal as appropriate. that the operating lever is
undamaged and its movement is
unobstructed. Safety precautions
should be taken to avoid
inadvertent operation. Return the
safety pin or, where necessary, a
replacement pin to the extinguisher.
8. Internal 48M Discharge contents, Examine for Legislative 8) Seals 12M The seals for the discharge horn,
inspection. corrosion, Refill if condition the hose, the nozzle and the valve
satisfactory. body should be replaced with new
seals when these components are
removed from the extinguisher. If
the hose is fitted with a diaphragm,
this should always be replaced with
a new diaphragm.
Check the condition and fitness for
use of the discharge nozzle, horn
and hose, and ensure that the
nozzle, horn and hose, if fitted, are
not obstructed, cracked, worn, or
damaged. Replace with a new
nozzle, horn and/or hose if
necessary
.

Page 219 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-14 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 23-14 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

Introduction Technical Introduction
Automatic sprinkler systems must be maintained in accordance with BS EN 12845:2004 and the LPC
publication - TB203: 2004. Automatic sprinkler systems must be maintained in accordance with BS EN 12845:2004 + A2:2009
An automatic sprinkler system is designed to detect a fire and extinguish it with water in its early incorporating corrigendum August 2009 Fixed firefighting systems- automatic sprinkler systems-
stages or hold the fire in check so that extinguishment can be completed by other means. Design, Installation and maintenance and the LPC publication - TB203: 2004.
The sprinklers operate at predetermined temperatures to discharge water over the affected part of the
area below. The flow of water through the alarm valve initiates a fire alarm. The operating temperature An automatic sprinkler system is designed to detect a fire and extinguish it with water in its early
is generally selected to suit ambient temperature conditions. stages or hold the fire in check so that extinguishment can be completed by other means.
Under BS EN 12845:2004 there are planned maintenance tasks for 3 and 10 year frequencies these
are not covered in these instruction sets. The sprinklers operate at predetermined temperatures to discharge water over the affected part of the
area below. The flow of water through the alarm valve initiates a fire alarm. The operating temperature
is generally selected to suit ambient temperature conditions.

Under BS EN 12845:2004 there are planned maintenance tasks for 3 and 10 year frequencies these
are not covered in these instruction sets.

Only the user should give permission for a sprinkler installation or zone to be shut down for any
reason other than an emergency.

Before a system is wholly or partly shut down every part of the premises should be checked to ensure
that there is no indication of fire.

Where premises are subdivided into separate occupancies constituting buildings in communication or
at risk, protected by common sprinkler systems or installations, all occupiers should also be advised
that the water is to be turned off.

Particular attention should be given to situations where installation pipework passes through walls or
ceilings where these may feed sprinklers in areas needing special consideration
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added SERVICE & The effect of any changes of
MAINTENANCE structure, occupancy, storage
configuration, heating, lighting or
equipment etc. of a building on
hazard classification or installation
design shall be identified in order
that the appropriate modifications
may be carried out.
1. System Checks 1W The following must be checked and The pressure in the pipework in dry, Legislative 1. System 1W The following must be checked and The pressure in the pipework in dry,
recorded: all water and air pressure alternate and pre-action installations Checks recorded (in sprinkler Log Book): all alternate and pre-action installations
gauge readings on installation, should not fall at a rate of more than water and air pressure gauge should not fall at a rate of more than
trunk mains and pressure tanks; 1.0 bar per week. All results must be readings on installation, trunk 1.0 bar per week. All results must be
recorded in Fire Alarm log book mains and pressure tanks; recorded in Sprinkler log book
2. System Checks 1W All water levels in elevated private All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 2. System 1W All water levels in elevated private All results must be recorded in
reservoirs, rivers, canals, lakes, Alarm log book Checks reservoirs, rivers, canals, lakes, Sprinkler log book
water storage tanks (including water storage tanks (including
pump priming water tanks and pump priming water tanks and
pressure tanks); pressure tanks);
3. System Checks 1W That all main stop valves are in the All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 3. System 1W That all main stop valves are in the All results must be recorded in
correct position. Alarm log book Checks correct position. Sprinkler log book

Page 220 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

4. Water motor 1W Each water motor alarm shall be Also Known as Mechanical Bell test. Legislative 4. Water motor 1W Each water motor alarm shall be Also Known as Mechanical Bell test.
alarm test sounded for no less than 30 s. All results must be recorded in Fire alarm test sounded for no less than 30 All results must be recorded in
Alarm log book seconds. Sprinkler log book
5. Automatic 1W Tests automatic pumps and include All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 5a. Automatic 1W Test automatic pumps and include All results must be recorded in
pump starting the following; a) water pressure on Alarm log book pump starting test the following; a) water pressure on Sprinkler log book
Electric Motor the starting device shall be -Electric Motor the starting device shall be
reduced, to simulate the condition reduced, to simulate the condition
of automatic starting; b) when the of automatic starting; b) when the
pump starts, the starting pressure pump starts, the starting pressure
shall be checked and recorded; shall be checked and recorded;
5. Automatic 1W Tests automatic pumps and include All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 5b. Automatic 1W Test automatic pumps and include All results must be recorded in
pump starting the following; a) fuel and engine Alarm log book pump starting test the following; a) fuel and engine Sprinkler log book
Diesel lubricating oil levels in diesel - Diesel lubricating oil levels in diesel
engines. b) water pressure on the engines. b) water pressure on the
starting device shall be reduced, to starting device shall be reduced, to
simulate the condition of automatic simulate the condition of automatic
starting; c) when the pump starts, starting; c) when the pump starts,
the starting pressure shall be the starting pressure shall be
checked and recorded; d) the oil checked and recorded; d) the oil
pressure on diesel pumps shall be pressure on diesel pumps shall be
checked, as well as the flow of checked, as well as the flow of
cooling water through open circuit cooling water through open circuit
cooling systems. cooling systems.
6. Diesel engine 1W Immediately after the pump start All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 6. Diesel engine 1W Immediately after the pump start All results must be recorded in
restarting test test diesel engines shall be tested Alarm log book restarting test test diesel engines shall be tested Sprinkler log book
as follows: a) the engine shall be as follows: a) the engine shall be
run for 20 min, or for the time run for 20 min, or for the time
recommended by the supplier. The recommended by the supplier. The
engine shall then be stopped and engine shall then be stopped and
immediately restarted using the immediately restarted using the
manual start test button; b) The manual start test button; b) The
water level in the primary circuit of water level in the primary circuit of
closed circuit cooling systems shall closed circuit cooling systems shall
be checked. Oil pressure (where be checked. Oil pressure (where
gauges are fitted), engine gauges are fitted), engine
temperatures and coolant flow shall temperatures and coolant flow shall
be monitored throughout the test. be monitored throughout the test.
Oil hoses shall be checked and a Oil hoses shall be checked and a
general inspection made for general inspection made for
leakage of fuel, coolant or exhaust leakage of fuel, coolant or exhaust
fumes. fumes.
7. Trace heating 1W Heating systems to prevent Other 7. Trace heating 1W Heating systems to prevent freezing
and localized freezing in the sprinkler system and localised in the sprinkler system shall be
heating systems shall be checked for correct heating systems checked for correct function.
function.

Page 221 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

1. System 1M The electrolyte level and density of All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 1. System 1M The electrolyte level and density of All results must be recorded in
Batteries all lead acid cells (including diesel Alarm log book Batteries all lead acid cells (including diesel Sprinkler log book
engine starter batteries and those engine starter batteries and those
for control panel power supplies) for control panel power supplies)
shall be checked. If the density is shall be checked. If the density is
low the battery charger shall be low the battery charger shall be
checked and, if this is working checked and, if this is working
normally, the battery or batteries normally, the battery or batteries
affected shall be replaced. affected shall be replaced.

For the risks above refer to the

COSHH Regulations -
www.hse.gov.uk

For the risks above refer to the

COSHH Regulations -
www.hse.gov.uk
2. Sprinklers, 3M Sprinklers, multiple controls and All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 1. Sprinklers, 3M Sprinklers, multiple controls and All results must be recorded in
multiple controls sprayers affected by deposits (other Alarm log book multiple controls sprayers affected by deposits (other Sprinkler log book
and sprayers than paint) shall be carefully and sprayers than paint) shall be carefully
cleaned. Painted or distorted cleaned. Painted or distorted
sprinkler heads, multiple controls or sprinkler heads, multiple controls or
sprayers shall be replaced. Any sprayers shall be replaced. Any
petroleum jelly coatings shall be petroleum jelly coatings shall be
checked. Where necessary the checked. Where necessary the
existing coatings shall be removed existing coatings shall be removed
and the sprinklers, multiple controls and the sprinklers, multiple controls
or sprayers shall be coated twice or sprayers shall be coated twice
with petroleum jelly (in the case of with petroleum jelly (in the case of
glass bulb sprinklers to the sprinkler glass bulb sprinklers to the sprinkler
body and yoke only). Particular body and yoke only). Particular
attention shall be paid to sprinklers attention shall be paid to sprinklers
in spray booths, where more in spray booths, where more
frequent cleaning and/or protective frequent cleaning and/or protective
measures may be necessary. measures may be necessary.
3. Pipework and 3M Pipework and hangers shall be All results must be recorded in Fire Other 2. Pipework and 3M Pipework and hangers shall be All results must be recorded in
pipe supports checked for corrosion and painted Alarm log book pipe supports checked for corrosion and painted Sprinkler log book
as necessary. Bitumen-based paint as necessary. Bitumen-based paint
on pipework, including the threaded on pipework, including the threaded Bitumen-based paint may need
ends of galvanized pipework and ends of galvanized pipework and renewal at intervals varying from 1
hangers, shall be renewed as hangers, shall be renewed as to 5 years according to the severity
necessary. Tape wrapping on pipes necessary. Tape wrapping on pipes of the conditions.
shall be repaired as necessary. The shall be repaired as necessary. The
pipework shall be checked for pipework shall be checked for
electrical earthing connections. electrical earthing connections.
Sprinkler pipework shall not be Sprinkler pipework shall not be
used for earthing electrical used for earthing electrical
equipment and any earthing equipment and any earthing
connections from electrical connections from electrical
equipment shall be removed and equipment shall be removed and
alternative arrangements made. alternative arrangements made.

Page 222 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

4. Water supplies 3M Each water supply shall be tested All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 3. Water supplies 3M Each water supply shall be tested All results must be recorded in
and their alarms with each control valve set in the Alarm log book and their alarms with each control valve set in the Sprinkler log book
system. The pump(s), if fitted, in system. The pump(s), if fitted, in the
the supply shall start automatically supply shall start automatically and
and the supply pressure at the the supply pressure at the
appropriate flow rate shall be no appropriate flow rate shall be no
less than the appropriate value less than the appropriate value in
accordance with clause 10 PUMPS
[BS EN 12845:2004+A2:2009
incorporating corrigendum August
2009] and recognising any changes
required due to any changes of
structure, occupancy, storage
configuration, heating, lighting or
equipment etc. of a building on
hazard classification or installation
design
5. Electrical 3M Any secondary electrical supplies All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 4. Electrical 3M Any secondary electrical supplies All results must be recorded in
supplies from diesel generators shall be Alarm log book supplies from diesel generators shall be Sprinkler log book
checked for satisfactory operation. checked for satisfactory operation.
6. Stop valves 3M All stop valves controlling the flow All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 5. Stop valves 3M All stop valves controlling the flow All results must be recorded in
of water to sprinklers shall be Alarm log book of water to sprinklers shall be Sprinkler log book
operated to ensure that they are in operated to ensure that they are in
working order and securely working order and securely
refastened in the correct mode. refastened in the correct mode.
This shall include the stop valves This shall include the stop valves
on all water supplies, at the alarm on all water supplies, at the alarm
valve(s) and all zone or other valve(s) and all zone or other
subsidiary stop valves. subsidiary stop valves.
7. Flow switches 3M Flow switches shall be checked for All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 6. Flow switches 3M Flow switches shall be checked for All results must be recorded in
correct function. Alarm log book correct function. Sprinkler log book

8. Replacement 3M The number and condition of All results must be recorded in Fire Legislative 7. Replacement 3M The number and condition of All results must be recorded in
replacement parts held as spare Alarm log book replacement parts held as spare Sprinkler log book
shall be checked. shall be checked.
1. Dry alarm 6M The moving parts of dry alarm NOTE Alternate installations need Legislative 1. Dry alarm 6M The moving parts of dry alarm Alternate installations need not be
valves valves, any accelerators and not be tested in this way since they valves valves, any accelerators and tested in this way since they are
exhausters, in dry pipe installations are exercised twice a year as a exhausters, in dry pipe installations exercised twice a year as a result of
and subsidiary extensions shall be result of the changeover from wet to and subsidiary extensions shall be the changeover from wet to dry
exercised in accordance with the dry operation and back. exercised in accordance with the operation and back.
supplier’s instructions. supplier’s instructions. All results must be recorded in
Sprinkler log book
2. Fire brigade 6M Where fitted central station Activate the alarm with central Other 2. Fire brigade 6M Where fitted central station Activate the alarm with central
and remote central monitoring alarms must be tested. station on line to test connection. All and remote central monitoring alarms must be tested. station on line to test connection. All
station alarm results must be recorded in Fire station alarm results must be recorded in
Alarm log book Sprinkler log book

Page 223 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

3. Automatic 12M Each water supply pump in the All results must be recorded in Fire technical 1. Automatic 12M Each water supply pump in the All results must be recorded in
pump flow test installation shall be tested at the full Alarm log book pump flow test installation shall be tested at the full Sprinkler log book
load condition (by means of the test load condition (by means of the test
line connection coupled to the line connection coupled to the
pump delivery branch downstream pump delivery branch downstream
of the pump outlet non-return valve) of the pump outlet non-return valve)
and shall give the pressure/flow and shall give the pressure/flow
values stated on the nameplate. values stated on the nameplate.
Appropriate allowances shall be Appropriate allowances shall be
made for pressure losses in the made for pressure losses in the
supply pipe and valves between the supply pipe and valves between the
source and each control valve set. source and each control valve set.
4. Diesel engine 12M The failed-to-start alarm shall be Immediately after this test the technical 2. Diesel engine 12M The failed-to-start alarm shall be Immediately after this test the
failed-to-start test tested engine shall be started using the failed-to-start test tested engine shall be started using the
manual starting system. All manual starting system. All results
results must be recorded in Fire must be recorded in Sprinkler log
Alarm log book book
5. Float valves on 12M Float valves on water storage tanks All results must be recorded in Fire technical 3. Float valves on 12M Float valves on water storage tanks All results must be recorded in
water storage shall be checked to ensure they Alarm log book water storage shall be checked to ensure they Sprinkler log book
tanks function correctly. tanks function correctly.
6. Pump suction 12M Pump suction strainers and settling All results must be recorded in Fire technical 4. Pump suction 12M Pump suction strainers and settling All results must be recorded in
chambers and chamber and their screens shall be Alarm log book chambers and chamber and their screens shall be Sprinkler log book
strainers inspected at least annually and strainers inspected at least annually and
cleaned as necessary. cleaned as necessary.

Page 224 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-15 GAS DETECTION

Added Prior to carrying out any work ensure regulations and site procedures are followed. Never attempt to
open the detector or junction box when flammable gas is present. Ensure that the associated control
panel is inhibited so as to prevent false alarms.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Gas detection 3M Check function and operation of all Site practices will dictate the
automatic sensors, ensure for frequency with which detectors are
correct operation/shut-down of tested.
plant and/or any ancillary control
device. Ensure all devices are
returned to their correct settings.
Added 2. Gas Test 6M Carry out gas test in accordance
with the manufaturers guidelines.

Added 3. Calibration 12M Detector should be recalibrated in

accordance with the manufaturers
guidelines.
Added 4. Dust filter if Test to ensure filter has not become Frequency depends on local risk
fitted blocked. Frequency depends on assessment and relating to the
local risk assessment and relating ammount of dust in the atmpshere
to the ammount of dust in the where the the detector is installed.
atmpshere where the the detector
is installed.

Page 225 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

23-16 KITCHEN HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION

Added There are three main types of suppression system;
1) Carbon dioxide
2) Chemical both liquid and dry
3) Water

Chemical fire suppressant ia an alkaline compound and all due care and attention should be taken
when handling such a substance.

In addition to the specialist maintenance tasks there should be an operational task carried out by the
client or kitchen head to visually check the whole system on a regular basis.
All systems differ from type and manufacturer to manufacturer. It is essential that the maintenance is
carried out in full accordance with those manufacturers instruction and by a trained specialist who has
undergone the instructions necessary to perform the maintenance and recharge service on the actual
type of equipment in place.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1). Visual 1M The extinguishing system is in its If any deficiencies are found,
examination proper location appropriate corrective action shall
• Manual actuators are be taken immediately and the client
unobstructed informed. A written record of these
• Tamper indicators and seals are findings should be kept.
intact
• The maintenance tag or certificate Each system shall have a tag or
is in place label sucurely attached, indicating
• There is no obvious physical the month and year the
damage maintenance is performed and
• Pressure gauges, if provided, are identifying the person performing
in operable range the service. Only the current tag or
• The blowoff caps are intact and label shall remain in place.
undamaged
• The hood, duct and protected
cooking appliances have not been
replaced, modified or replaced.
Added 2). System check 6M Check to see that the hazard has
not changed.
Check of all actuation components,
including remote manual pull
stations, mechanical or electrical
devices, detectors, actuators and
fire-actuated dampers, agent
containers, pipework, hoses and
the liquid level of all non
pressurised wet chemical
containers to ensure that they are
in operable condition.
Added 3). Fire alarm 6M Carry out a visual inspection of fire
interconnect alarm interconnect switches.
switches

Page 226 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 4). System test 6M All chemical systems shall be Where the maintenance of the
tested and includes the operation of system reveals defective parts that
the detection system signals and could cause an impairment or failure
releasing devices, including manual of proper operation of the system,
stations and other associated the affected parts shall be replaced
equipment. A discharge of the wet or repaired in accordance with the
chemical normally is not part of the manufacturers recommendations.
test.
Added 5). Fusible links 12M Fusible links and automatic The replaced fusible links / heads
and automatic sprinkler heads are required to be shall be destroyed when removed.
sprinkler heads. replaced at least annually, but may The year of manufacture and the
have to be replaced more date of installation of the fixed
frequently if a visual inspection temperature-sensing element shall
shows that to be necessary. By be marked on the system inspection
exception, bulb-type sprinklers or tag. The tag shall be signed or
spray nozzles do not need to be initialed by the specialist service
replaced if an annual examination provider.
shows no buildup of grease or other
material on the sprinkler or spray
nozzles.
Added 6). Fire alarm 12M Fire alarm interconnect switches
interconnect are required to be tested annually
switches by mechanically or electrically
operating the switch to verify receipt
of a signal at the fire alarm control
panel. This testing should be
performed as part of the annual test
conducted of the building fire alarm
system.
Added 7). Major overhaul. 36M Major system overhaul [maximum
time this should be carried out].

Added 8). Hydrostatic 144M Wet chemical containers, auxiliary

testing pressure containers and hose
assemblies shall be subject to a
hydrostatic pressure test at
intervals not exceeding 12 years.

Page 227 of 614

FLUES

Page 228 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

24-01 FLUES (all combustible fuels) 24-01 FLUES (all combustible fuels)
These notes should be read in conjunction with relevant sections BOILERS GAS, OIL SOLID FUEL – Technical These notes should be read in conjunction with relevant sections Boilers - Heat generators SFG 05-01
burning appliances. Only GAS SAFE registered contractors are permitted to work on GAS to 05-33 . Only GAS SAFE registered service providers are permitted to work on flues. Ensure that
flues. Ensure that flues conform to relevant guidance and BS/EN and boiler manufacturers’ flues conform to relevant guidance and BS/EN and boiler manufacturers’ recommendation. External
recommendation. External dampers/economisers can infringe manufacturer’s guarantees and also dampers/economisers can infringe manufacturer’s guarantees and also HASAWA (www.hse.gov.uk).
HASAWA.
Soot can be found in flues burning oil and coal. Soot is classified as a Hazard and disposed of on
It is essential to ensure that any discharge point does not endanger others, these must be proved accordance with the Hazard Waste and COSHH Regulations.
safe.
It is essential to ensure that any discharge point does not endanger others, these must be proved
safe.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Flue terminals. 12M Where possible, check flue It is very important that flue Other 3. Flue terminals. 12M Where possible, check flue It is very important that flue
terminals at roof level. terminals must be undamaged and terminals at roof level. terminals must be undamaged and
free from any obstruction. free from any obstruction.

Page 229 of 614

FOUNTAINS

Page 230 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

25-01 FOUNTAINS - ORNAMENTAL 25-01 FOUNTAINS OUTDOOR - ORNAMENTAL

Notes: Latest ACOP L8,2001 - Precautions in respect of Legionellosis and legionnaires' disease Technical Precautions in respect of Legionellosis and legionnaires` disease apply.
apply. Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
Approved Code of Practice, L8,2001 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water
system, limitations detailed in ACOP L8,2001 must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk.
Once a risk has been identified and assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or
controlling it, precautions implemented and managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status,
Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2 guidance.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Pumps. 12M Check for gland leakage and More detailed information on the Other 2. Pumps. 12M Check for gland leakage and More detailed information on the
satisfactory operation. maintenance see relevant section of satisfactory operation. maintenance see relevant section of
PUMPS. Pumps SFG 45-01
5. Water 12M See WATER TREATMENT. Presence of fish will required special Other 5. Water 12M See Water treatment SFG 65-01 Presence of fish will required special
treatment plant. consideration. treatment plant. consideration.
Note: does not This does not
apply when fish apply when fish
present. present.
6. Automatic 12M See STORAGE TANKS WATER Technical 6. Automatic 12M Check operation, water level and
water make-up, a) water make-up, a) shut off. Replace washer if
float operated (ball float operated (ball necessary. Check float for leakage
valve), valve), and security

Also See Storage tanks water SFG

56-01
b) solenoid 12M See - VALVES. Technical b) solenoid 12M Operate and check for correct
operated. operated. linear travel. Check for solenoid
noise i.e. buzzing.b) Check that
valve is not letting by excessively.
c) Inspect for gland leakage, refer
to manufacturer`s maintenance
instructions.d) Inspect for external
deterioration.
Also See - Valves- automatic SFG
65-05
7. Underwater 12M See - LIGHTING . Technical 7. Underwater 12M Clean and check:For physical
lighting. lighting. damage. Signs of water ingress or
condensation, check seals and
report to client. Check integrity of
electrical wiring and earth
continuity. Check for failed or
blackened tubes or lamps. Replace
as necessary

Also See - Lighting SFG 36-01

Page 231 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

25-02 FOUNTAINS INDOOR - ORNAMENTAL

Added Precautions in respect of Legionellosis and legionnaires` disease apply.
Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
Approved Code of Practice, L8,2001 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water
system, limitations detailed in ACOP L8,2001 must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk.
Once a risk has been identified and assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or
controlling it, precautions implemented and managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status,
Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2 guidance.

The frequency of the tasks are to be set in relation to the condition of the fountain and in line with the
description with L8.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Spray heads 3M Clean and check spray pattern. Frequency will depend upon
and jets. location and use and should be
agreed with client.
Added 2. Pumps. 12M Check for gland leakage and More detailed information on the
satisfactory operation. maintenance see relevant section of
Pumps SFG 45-01
Added 3. Filters. 12M Check condition and clean as Frequency will depend upon
necessary. location and use and should be
agreed with client.
Added 4. Containment 12M Check for cracks and signs of Failure of the waterproof lining or
area, e.g. tanking. leakage. Report to client if membrane is the most likely source
remedial work is required. of leakage. Frost damage to
concrete is another cause.
Added 5. Water 12M See Water treatment SFG 65-01 Presence of fish will required special
treatment plant. consideration.
This does not
apply when fish
present.
Added 6. Automatic 12M Check operation, water level and
water make-up, a) shut off. Replace washer if
float operated (ball necessary. Check float for leakage
valve), and security

Also See Storage tanks water SFG

56-01
Added b) solenoid 12M Operate and check for correct
operated. linear travel. Check for solenoid
noise i.e. buzzing.b) Check that
valve is not letting by excessively.
c) Inspect for gland leakage, refer
to manufacturer`s maintenance
instructions.d) Inspect for external
deterioration.
Also See - Valves- automatic SFG
65-05

Page 232 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 7. Underwater 12M Clean and check:For physical

lighting. damage. Signs of water ingress or
condensation, check seals and
report to client. Check integrity of
electrical wiring and earth
continuity. Check for failed or
blackened tubes or lamps. Replace
as necessary

Also See - Lighting SFG 36-01

Page 233 of 614

GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS

Page 234 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

26-01 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS 26-01 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS

Added Where possible these should be removed for cleaning. Washing to remove grease and staining may
be required.
Diffuser/grille locations and orientation should be marked or recorded if they are to be taken away for
washing, so that they can be returned to the correct location. Opposed blade dampers should have
the ‘as found’ setting marked to aid resetting.
Certain grille and diffuser arrangements may be installed such that they cannot be practicably
removed for cleaning, e.g. linear diffusers or those trapped by partition walls. Insitu cleaning by air line
and extraction to capture dislodged deposits may be used.
Diffusers may have plenum boxes, possibly containing dampers behind them, which also require
cleaning. Access will be required to permit cleaning or air jetting and extraction methods.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
a) external 6M Examine, check mountings and Leaves can be particular nuisance Other a) external 6M Examine, check mountings and Where significant bird contamination
clean. and one examination should be in clean. Replace if holed. or mould problems are encountered
late Autumn. a preliminary disinfection before
starting work may be required and
appropriate protection provided for
cleaning operatives.
b) internal 12M Examine, check fitting and clean. If removed care should be taken not Other b) internal 12M Examine, check fitting and clean.
to disturb valve and other equipment
settings behind the grille.
2. Diffusers. 12M Examine, check fitting and clean. If removed care should be taken not Other 2. Diffusers. 12M Examine, check fitting and clean.
to disturb valve and other equipment
settings behind the diffuser.

Page 235 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

26-02 LOUVRES, BIRD AND INSECT SCREENS 26-02 LOUVRES, BIRD AND INSECT SCREENS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Louvres. 6M Clean and remove any debris, Other 1. Louvers. 6M Clean and remove any debris, Where significant bird contamination
check for damage. check for damage. or mould problems are encountered
a preliminary disinfection before
starting work may be required and
appropriate protection provided for
cleaning operatives.

Page 236 of 614

HAZARDOUS AREA (ELECTRICS)

Page 237 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

27-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 27-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

It is essential that any maintenance work in hazardous areas is only carried out by specialist Other It is essential that any maintenance work in hazardous areas is only carried out by specialist
personnel. Extreme care should be taken when carrying out such maintenance and it is very important personnel. Extreme care should be taken when carrying out such maintenance and it is very important
that equipment such as electric motors, flameproof switchgear and lighting should be returned to that equipment such as electric motors, flameproof switchgear and lighting should be returned to
service in a safe condition. service in a safe condition.
Hazardous areas are classified into three zones.
Zone 0 In which an explosive gas-air mixture is continuously present, or for long periods. This task is intended to be applied where there can be a risk due to the presence of explosive gas or
Zone 1 In which an explosive gas-air mixture is likely to occur in normal operation. dust mixtures with air or combustible dust layers under normal atmospheric conditions. It does not
Zone 2 In which an explosive gas-air mixture is not likely to occur in normal operation and if it occurs apply to
will only exist for a short time. • underground mining areas,
The above classification does not apply to dusts and an area classification for dusts is being • areas where a risk can arise due to the presence of hybrid mixtures,
prepared. • dusts of explosives that do not require atmospheric oxygen for combustion,
BS EN 60079 - 2009 is the latest publication dealing with the classification of hazardous areas whilst • pyrophoric substances.
CP 1003 Part I which covers choice, installation and maintenance of flameproof and intrinsically safe
equipment is being slowly withdrawn although it is still in use. Hazardous areas are classified into three zones.
During maintenance in such areas the following points should be noted:-
a) all flameproof lighting fittings should be examined for incipient cracks, GAS
b) when equipment is returned to service the gap for a particular joint should not exceed that specified Zone 0 an explosive gas atmosphere is present continuously or for long periods or frequently.
by the manufacturers, Zone 1 an explosive gas atmosphere is likely to occur in normal operation occasionally.
c) damage to machined flanges must be avoided, Zone 2 an explosive atmosphere is not likely to occur in normal operation but, if it does occur, will
d) joints should be wiped clean and non-setting grease or BASEEFA/HSE(M) approved compound as persist for a short period only.
appropriate applied. Excess grease is not a substitute for containing the flamepath gap.
e) Cover bolts are in accordance with the standard requirements of specific minimum strength and DUST
should not be replaced by screws other than those obtained from the manufacturer for that Zone 20 A place in which an explosive dust atmosphere, in the form of a cloud of dust in air, is
specific purpose. present continuously or for long periods or frequently.
Zone 21 A place in which an explosive dust atmosphere, in the form of a cloud of dust in air, is likely to
occur in normal operation occasionally.
Zone 22 A place in which an explosive dust atmosphere, in the form of a cloud of dust in air, is not
likely to occur in normal operation but, if it does occur, will persist for a short period only.

During maintenance in such areas the following points should be noted:-

a) all flameproof lighting fittings should be examined for incipient cracks,
b) when equipment is returned to service the gap for a particular joint should not exceed that specified
by the manufacturers,
c) damage to machined flanges must be avoided,
d) joints should be wiped clean and non-setting grease or BASEEFA/HSE(M) approved compound as
appropriate applied. Excess grease is not a substitute for containing the flamepath gap.
e) Cover bolts are in accordance with the standard requirements of specific minimum strength and
should not be replaced by screws other than those obtained from the manufacturer for that specific
purpose.

Before commencing any maintenance work on control panels, read Control panels and controllers
SFG 14-01 introductory notes, very carefully and follow all the safety procedures

Page 238 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

27-02 Hazardous areas - FLAME PROOF EQUIPMENT 27-02 Hazardous areas - FLAME PROOF EQUIPMENT
The results of inspections, checks and tests must be recorded and compared with previous entries, Other Before commencing any maintenance work on Flame proof equipment, read Hazardous area
any significant changes must be investigated and specifically reported upon to the client. (electrics) introductory procedures SFG 27-01 very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Replacement parts shall be in accordance with the safety documentation. Alterations to equipment
shall not be carried out without appropriate authorisation where they adversely affect the safety of the
equipment as stated in the safety documentation. Repairs and reclamation of equipment shall be
carried out in accordance with IEC 60079-19.

Definition - flameproof enclosure “d” enclosure in which the parts which can ignite an explosive gas
atmosphere are placed and which can withstand the pressure developed during an internal explosion
of an explosive mixture, and which prevents the transmission of the explosion to the explosive gas
atmosphere surrounding the enclosure

Page 239 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

27-03 Hazardous areas - LIGHTING 27-03 Hazardous areas - LIGHTING

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on Flame proof equipment, read Hazardous area
(electrics) introductory procedures SFG 27-01 very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Replacement parts shall be in accordance with the safety documentation. Alterations to equipment
shall not be carried out without appropriate authorisation where they adversely affect the safety of the
equipment as stated in the safety documentation. Repairs and reclamation of equipment shall be
carried out in accordance with IEC 60079-19.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Integrity. 6M Check installation for mechanical Technical 1. Integrity. 6M Check installation for mechanical The etching, painting or screening of
damage. damage. light transmitting parts or the
incorrect positioning of the
luminaires may lead to excessive
temperatures
3. Lamp. 6M Replace on a planned basis as Maintenance contract should be Legislative 3. Lamp. 6M Replace on a planned basis as When replacing lamps the correct
appropriate. specific with regard to the appropriate. rating and type ONLY should be
responsibility for the provision and used, or excessive temperatures
replacement of lamps and also for may result. Maintenance contract
the disposal of spent lamps, as per should be specific with regard to the
statutory regulations. responsibility for the provision and
replacement of lamps and also for
the disposal of spent lamps, as per
statutory regulations.
4. Cable and 6M Check condition of sealing rings Note: any cable gland, stopping Technical 4. Cable and 6M Check condition of sealing rings Any cable gland, stopping gland or
conduit entries. etc. gland or plug, reducer or adapter conduit entries. etc. Ensure that any seals are plug, reducer or adapter must be
must be BASEEFA approved for use correctly in place BASEEFA
with the apparatus. (www.hse.gov.uk/eecs/eecshome.ht
m) approved for use with the
apparatus.
5. Return to 6M Ensure that any seals are correctly Technical 5. Return to 6M Ensure that any seals are correctly Labels shall be inspected to ensure
service. in place and the correct number service. in place and the correct number that they are legible and to ensure
and type of cover bolts are used. and type of cover bolts are used. that the equipment actually fitted is
that
Specified and the source of supply

Page 240 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

27-04 Hazardous areas - EARTHING 27-04 Hazardous areas - EARTHING

Added Before commencing any maintenance work on Flame proof equipment, read Hazardous area
(electrics) introductory procedures SFG 27-01 very carefully and follow all the safety procedures.

Replacement parts shall be in accordance with the safety documentation. Alterations to equipment
shall not be carried out without appropriate authorisation where they adversely affect the safety of the
equipment as stated in the safety documentation. Repairs and reclamation of equipment shall be
carried out in accordance with IEC 60079-19
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Terminations. 6M Check for continuity and bonding. Earthing of power systems should Technical 1) Fault loop 6M The integrity of the earthing shall be Non-intrinsically safe measuring
See also POWER SUPPLIES - be in accordance with BSEN 60079 impedance or checked at the initial inspection by equipment may be used if a safe
Earthing. . earthing measurement of resistance. The work procedure (see IEC 60079-14)
resistance measurement may be made using has been conducted and if the
an intrinsically safe resistance locations where potentially
measuring instrument (within the incendive sparking could occur, in
procedure specified by the case of dust hazards, can be
manufacturer). Subsequent sample guaranteed to be free from an
inspections may also be carried out explosive dust atmosphere and
using an intrinsically safe resistance dangerous dust layers by those
measuring instrument responsible for the area.
Added a) 6M Earth connections to maintain the
integrity of the intrinsic safety safe
system (such as transformer screen
earth, barrier relay frame earth)
shall be measured. There is no
requirement to measure the earth
loop impedance of mains powered
equipment associated with
intrinsically safe circuits other than
that required for normal control
room instrumentation to protect
against electric shock. Since, in
some equipment, the intrinsic
safety earthing is internally
connected to the equipment frame,
any impedance measurements
(such as between the earth pin of
the plug and the equipment frame,
or the equipment frame and the
control panel) shall be made using
a tester specifically designed for
use on intrinsically safe circuits

Page 241 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added b) 6M Intrinsically safe circuit earthing

and/or insulation

The insulation testing of intrinsically

safe circuits is necessary to confirm
that they are earthed or insulated
from earth throughout, whichever of
these conditions is required by the
original design. This requirement
may be unnecessary if an earth
fault is self revealing, for example, if
a circuit "fails safe" as result of an
earth fault or the circuit uses an
earth leakage monitoring device.
Insulation testing of intrinsically
safe systems or circuits shall only
be carried out using a test device
specifically approved for connection
to such circuits.

Where, in order to carry out these

tests, the common earth connection
to a group of barriers is
disconnected, the tests can only be
made if either the plant is free from
hazard, or if power is removed
completely from all the circuits
which depend upon that common
earth connection. This test is only
required on a sample basis.

Page 242 of 614

HEAT EMITTERS

Page 243 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

28-01 HEAT EMITTERS 28-01 HEAT EMITTERS

Fan Convectors, Unit Heaters and Perimeter (skirting) Heating. Technical Fan Convectors, Unit Heaters and Perimeter (skirting) Heating.
Maintenance of heat emitters can be divided into two main areas, namely the fixtures and fittings
directly associated with the supply of heat and the grilles, the heat exchange surfaces through and Maintenance of heat emitters can be divided into two main areas, namely the fixtures and fittings
over which the air passes. The efficiency of the grilles and heat exchange surfaces can be affected by directly associated with the supply of heat and the grilles, the heat exchange surfaces through and
fluff and fibres, the severity of which depends upon the location and the environment. Thus a dusty over which the air passes. The efficiency of the grilles and heat exchange surfaces can be affected by
carpeted room with perimeter skirt heating will require much more frequent cleaning of grilles and fluff and fibres, the severity of which depends upon the location and the environment. Thus a dusty
heating surfaces than a lino covered floor in a clean environment. The frequencies shown in the table carpeted room with perimeter skirt heating will require much more frequent cleaning of grilles and
below refer to a clean environment but in extreme cases it may be necessary to clean grilles and heat heating surfaces than a lino covered floor in a clean environment. The frequencies shown in the table
exchangers as often as once a fortnight. below refer to a clean environment but in extreme cases it may be necessary to clean grilles and heat
exchangers as often as once a fortnight.

Correct combustion entails the adequate mixing of the fuel with air to ensure that the fuel is
completely burnt without producing excessive smoke or diluting the combustion gases with excess air
both of which cause energy wastage. With all fossil fuels, insufficient air produces carbon monoxide, a
safety and health hazard, as undetected CO is poisonous.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 7. TRV`s 12M Check air temperature calibration Low temperature surfaces for heat
against surface temperature of heat emitters are desirable in homes for
emitter. Advise client if air flow senior citizens/disabled.
around sensor is restricted or
affected by any reflected or other
thermal gains. Check operation of
thermostatic radiator valves.
Added 8. General. 12M Leave unit in good working order. Report on any further work
considered necessary.

Added Fan convectors 12M

[electric]

Added 1. Casing 12M Examine condition of casing,

access panels and grilles. Check
unit is secure, free from dust and
dirt especially at air inlet and
discharge grilles.
Added 2.Controls 12M Check all thermostats and other
controls operate satisfactorily and
are set in accordance with
specification.
Added 3.Fan 12M Inspect air circulation fan set(s),
check fan/motor assembly for
damage and for correct alignment.
Check for wear at any resilient
mounts.
Added 4. Heat exchanger 12M Examine heater battery/element,
clean and comb as required.

Page 244 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 7. Electrical 12M Heater Unit Check function &

operation of local isolation device
(stoplock/isolator). Examine and
report condition of all associated
wiring, ensure security of all
terminal connections and check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits. Ensure plant has
adequate earth conductor and
bonding is secure. Take and log
motor current and compare with
nameplate details. Check all
temperature control devices for
correct operation and function.
Added 5. TRV’s 12M Check air temperature calibration Low temperature surfaces for heat
against surface temperature of heat emitters are desirable in homes for
emitter. Advise client if air flow senior citizens/disabled.
around sensor is restricted or
effected by any reflected or other
thermal gains. Check operation of
thermostatic radiator valves.
Fan Convectors Other Fan Convectors
(LTHW or Steam)

1. Casing. 12M Examine condition of casing, Check parts are securely fastened Other 1. Casing. 12M Examine condition of casing, Check parts are securely fastened
access panels and grilles. and free from `rattles'. Check access panels and grilles. Check and free from `rattles`. Check
condition of access panels. Clean unit is secure. condition of access panels. Clean
inside of casing. If unit has loose inside of casing. If unit has loose
grilles, check seal between unit and grilles, check seal between unit and
grilles to ensure no air leakage or grilles to ensure no air leakage or
short circuiting occurs. short circuiting occurs.
3. Filters. 3M When fitted remove, examine and Check if filter is cleanable or Other 3. Filters. 3M When fitted remove, examine and Check if filter is cleanable or
check for damage. Clean or throwaway type. The frequency of check for damage. Clean or disposable type. The frequency of
replace. cleaning depends upon the dirtiness replace. cleaning depends upon the dirtiness
of the air. Normally cleaning should of the air. Normally cleaning should
be every two months but more be every three months but more
frequent cleaning may be frequent cleaning may be
necessary. necessary.
4. Heat 3M Inspect and clean. Purge air from Clean using an industrial vacuum Technical 4. Heat 3M Inspect and clean. Purge air from Clean using an industrial vacuum
exchanger. hot water units. cleaner. Draw air through the heat exchanger. hot water units. cleaner. Draw air through the heat
exchanger in the opposite direction exchanger in the opposite direction
to the normal air flow. In exceptional to the normal air flow. In exceptional
cases a high pressure air hose may cases a high pressure air hose may
be required. In a dirty environment be required. In a dirty environment
more frequent cleaning will be more frequent cleaning will be
needed, e.g. quarterly, six weekly or needed, e.g. quarterly, six weekly or
even monthly. advance \U 0.0 - even monthly.
WHAT DOES THIS MEAN?
6.Pipework, 12M Examine for corrosion or leaks. Check operation of steam traps. Technical 6.Pipework, 12M Examine for corrosion or leaks. Check operation of steam traps.
valves, steam Where applicable clean steam Check operation of thermostatic valves, steam Where applicable clean steam
traps and traps, strainers, non return valves radiator valves (TRVs) traps and traps, strainers, non return valves
associated and scale pockets. associated and scale pockets.
equipment. equipment.

Page 245 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

7. General. 12M Leave unit in good working order. Report on any further work Deleted
considered necessary.

1. Casing. 12M Examine condition of casing, Where applicable, check condition Technical 1. Casing. 12M Examine condition of casing, Where applicable, check condition
discharge louvres and inlet guards. of any flexible ducting connections. discharge louvers and inlet guards. of any flexible ducting connections.
Check security of mounting brackets check unit is secure and that all Check security of mounting brackets
or drop rods. Check that any bolts, nuts, setscrews etc. for or drop rods. Check that any
discharge louvres are correctly set security. Check and clean surfaces discharge louvers are correctly set
to give the desired air spread of unit casing, check for corrosion, to give the desired air spread
pattern. repair and treat as found pattern.
necessary. Ensure all access doors
for fit and can be made secure.
When shut, ensure for air tight seal.
3. Heat 3M Inspect and clean. Purge air from Clean using an industrial vacuum Technical 3. Heat 3M Inspect and clean. Purge air from Clean using an industrial vacuum
exchanger. hot water units. cleaner. Draw air through the heat exchanger. hot water units. cleaner. Draw air through the heat
exchanger in the opposite direction exchanger in the opposite direction
to the normal air flow. In exceptional to the normal air flow. In
cases a high pressure hose may be exceptional cases a high pressure
required. In a dirty environment hose may be required. In a dirty
more frequent cleaning will be environment more frequent cleaning
needed, e.g. quarterly, six weekly or will be needed, e.g. quarterly, six
even monthly. weekly or even monthly. Vent coil at
local air vent. If automatic air vent
provided, check for correct
operation.
4. Filters. 3M When fitted remove, examine and Check if filter is cleanable or Technical 4. Filters. 3M When fitted remove, examine and Check if filter is cleanable or
check for damage. Clean or throwaway type. The frequency of check for damage. Clean or disposable type. The frequency of
replace. cleaning depends upon the dirtiness replace. cleaning depends upon the dirtiness
of the air. Normally cleaning should of the air. Normally cleaning should
be every two months but more be every three months but more
frequent cleaning may be frequent cleaning may be
necessary. necessary.
5. Motor/fan 6M Lubricate bearings where Check security of fans and condition Technical 5. Motor/fan 6M Checking fan/motor bearings for Check security of fans and condition
assembly. applicable. of resilient mounts. assembly. abnormal wear. Cleaning all of resilient mounts.
surfaces, particularly fan impeller
and motor casing vents. Lubricate If applicable:
fan/motor bearings where grease Check condition, tension and
nipples/lubricators are fitted, taking alignment of drive belts and pulleys.
care not to over-grease. Lightly Renew drive belts as necessary.
grease fan motor slide rails. Check drive guard is in good repair
and securely fixed, providing correct
cover of all moving parts
7. General. 12M Leave unit in good working order. Report on any further work Technical 8. General. 12M Leave unit in good working order. Report on any further work
considered necessary. After maintenance, carry out a considered necessary.
general operational check, and
check for excessive noise, vibration
and temperature.
1. Casing. 12M Examine condition of casing, Check parts are securely fastened Other 1. Casing. 12M Examine condition of casing, Check parts are securely fastened
access panels and grilles. Where and free from `rattles'. Check access panels and grilles. Where and free from `rattles`. Check
applicable, check condition of condition of access panels. Clean applicable, check condition of condition of access panels. Clean
damper seal. inside of casing. If unit has loose damper seal. Check unit is secure. inside of casing. If unit has loose
grilles, check seal between unit and grilles, check seal between unit and
grilles to ensure no air leakage or grilles to ensure no air leakage or
short circuiting occurs. short circuiting occurs.
Page 246 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

3. Pipework, 12M Examine for corrosion or leaks. Check operation of steam traps. Other 3. Pipework, 12M Examine for corrosion or leaks. Check operation of steam traps.
valves, steam Where applicable clean steam Check operation of thermostatic valves, steam Where applicable clean steam
traps and traps, strainers, non return valves radiator valves (TRV s). traps and traps, strainers, non return valves
associated and scale pockets. associated and scale pockets.
equipment. equipment.
5. General. 12M Leave unit in good working order. Report on any further work Other 6. General. 12M Leave unit in good working order. Report on any further work
considered necessary. considered necessary.

ALL ITEMS 12M Cleaning and maintenance. Due to possible difficulties of access Other All items 12M Cleaning and maintenance. Due to possible difficulties of access
cleaning and maintenance should cleaning and maintenance should
only be undertaken by competent only be undertaken by competent
person. advance \U 0.0 - WHAT person. When applicable, isolate
DOES THIS MEAN? When units(s) from electrical supply by
applicable, isolate units(s) from removing fuses or locking main
electrical supply by removing fuses switch in OFF position. Always refer
or locking main switch in OFF to the manufacturer`s
position. Always refer to the instructions/recommendations
manufacturer's before undertaking any cleaning or
instructions/recommendations maintenance.
before undertaking any cleaning or
maintenance.

Page 247 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

28-02 GAS FIRED CERAMIC PLAQUE INFRA RED HEATERS 28-02 GAS FIRED CERAMIC PLAQUE INFRA RED HEATERS
These heaters are usually placed high up in a building and consequently are not easily accessible. A Other These heaters are usually placed high up in a building and consequently are not easily accessible. A
risk assessment and method statement should be carried out. Access by stepladders is not risk assessment and method statement should be carried out. Access by stepladders is not
recommended. Regular maintenance is essential and whilst annual maintenance may be adequate in recommended. Regular maintenance is essential and whilst annual maintenance may be adequate in
a clean environment, dusty conditions will require more frequent maintenance. In very dusty a clean environment, dusty conditions will require more frequent maintenance. In very dusty
environments, e.g. textile factories, it may be more desirable to duct a direct combustion air line to the environments, e.g. textile factories, it may be more desirable to duct a direct combustion air line to the
heater heater.

Correct combustion entails the adequate mixing of the fuel with air to ensure that the fuel is
completely burnt without producing excessive smoke or diluting the combustion gases with excess air
both of which cause energy wastage. With all fossil fuels, insufficient air produces carbon monoxide, a
safety and health hazard, as undetected CO is poisonous.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Ceramic 12M Clean using an 80 p.s.i. air supply. The direction of air flow should be Other 2. Ceramic 12M Clean using an air supply. The direction of air flow should be
plaques. opposite to that of the gas flow. plaques. opposite to that of the gas flow.

2. Electrical spark 12M Clean with wire brush, replace if Other 3. Electrical 12M Clean with wire brush, replace if
plug. there are any signs of corrosion. spark plug. there are any signs of corrosion.
Check spark electrode gap for
satisfactory setting, refer to
manufacturer`s manual.
3. Connecting 12M Check for damage. If there are any signs of Other 4. Wiring and 12M Check for satisfactory operation of
wires. deterioration, replace. controls. local electrical isolation switch.
Check function and operation of all
control switches and temperature
controls. Examine and report
condition of all associated wiring,
ensure security of all terminations
and check for satisfactory condition
of any flexible cables/conduits.
Ensure plant has adequate earth
conductor and bonding is secure.
4. Gas pressure. 12M Check with rated value and adjust if The rated value will be found on the Other 5. Gas pressure, 12M Check with rated value and adjust if The rated value will be found on the
necessary. identification plate or in the gas pipework and necessary. Check gas cocks are identification plate or in the
operating instructions. cocks free to turn, lubricate as necessary. operating instructions.
Inspect gas pipework system,
check for leaks, loose brackets and
supports, repair as necessary,
report all findings.
5. Performance 12M Switch on and when stable plaque If the unit does not perform correctly Other 6. Performance 12M Switch on and when stable plaque If the unit does not perform correctly
check. should present a uniform cherry red the plaques should be cleaned. If check. should present a uniform cherry red the plaques should be cleaned. If
appearance. the specified output is not obtained appearance. the specified output is not obtained
the unit should be replaced and the unit should be replaced and
returned to the manufacturer. Under returned to the manufacturer. Under
certain conditions, e.g. broken certain conditions, e.g. broken
plaque, the heater may light back, plaque, the heater may light back,
i.e. gas may ignite at the injector i.e. gas may ignite at the injector
resulting in flames being vented resulting in flames being vented
from the exhaust of the heater. from the exhaust of the heater.
Apart from the lack of radiant effect Apart from the lack of radiant effect
light back will cause blockage of the light back will cause blockage of the
plaque with carbon. plaque with carbon.

Page 248 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 1. General 12M check unit is secure and that all

bolts, nuts, setscrews etc. for
security. Check and clean surfaces
of unit, check for corrosion, repair
and treat as found necessary.

Page 249 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

28-03 GAS RADIANT TUBE HEATERS 28-03 GAS RADIANT TUBE HEATERS
Added These heaters are usually placed high up in a building and consequently are not easily accessible. A
risk assessment and method statement should be carried out. Access by stepladders is not
recommended. Regular maintenance is essential and whilst annual maintenance may be adequate in
a clean environment, dusty conditions will require more frequent maintenance. In very dusty
environments, e.g. textile factories, it may be more desirable to duct a direct combustion air line to the
heater.

Correct combustion entails the adequate mixing of the fuel with air to ensure that the fuel is
completely burnt without producing excessive smoke or diluting the combustion gases with excess air
both of which cause energy wastage. With all fossil fuels, insufficient air produces carbon monoxide, a
safety and health hazard, as undetected CO is poisonous.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 17. Wiring and 12M Check for satisfactory operation of
Controls local electrical isolation switch.
Check function and operation of all
control switches and temperature
controls. Examine and report
condition of all associated wiring,
ensure security of all terminations
and check for satisfactory condition
of any flexible cables/conduits.
Ensure plant has adequate earth
conductor and bonding is secure
1. Isolation of 12M Switch off, remove fuses and turn For safety reasons it is essential Technical 1. General and 12M Switch off, remove fuses and turn For safety reasons it is essential
heater from off gas supply. that the equipment is isolated from Isolation of heater off gas supply. that the equipment is isolated from
electrical and gas electricity and gas before servicing. from electrical and electricity and gas before servicing.
supply. gas supply Inspect emitter tube and brush any
dust from the exterior of the emitter
tube. Inspect the emitter tube
internally, clean with a vacuum
cleaner as found necessary.
Inspect and clean injector using a
soft brush. Inspect and clean as
necessary the burner fresh air duct
(where fitted) and air inlet terminal.
Inspect radiant tubes and fittings
internally. If there is any
appreciable build up of dust or
deposits the tubes should be
cleaned internally. If corrosion is
present replace as necessary.
Inspect for evidence of holes and
cracks to tube couplers and replace
if necessary.

Page 250 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

6. Spark plug. 12M Remove, clean and refit. Check ceramic for cracks or Technical 6. Spark plug 12M Remove, clean and refit. Check ceramic for cracks or
breakage. Renew if necessary. spark plug and breakage. Renew if necessary.
burner electrode Check spark electrode gap for
assembly satisfactory setting, refer to
manufacturer`s manual. Inspect
burner electrode assembly, check
electrodes for build up of carbon or
cracks. Check the spark distance
and position of electrodes relative
to the burner head. Renew
electrode assembly if not in good
condition.
9. Observation 12M Check and clean Technical 9. Observation 12M Clean combustion chamber viewing
windows. windows. window.

11. Acoustic 12M Check for wear. Renew if necessary. Technical 11. Acoustic 12M Inspect acoustic joints for damage Renew if necessary.
joints. joints. and replace if necessary.

12. Condensate 12M Check for blockages. Technical 12. Condensate 12M Inspect condensate trap for
traps. traps. blockages, dirt and scale, clean if
necessary.
13. Vacuum 12M If fitted, examine mountings Lubricate pump motor if applicable. Technical 13. Vacuum 12M If fitted, examine mountings. Lubricate pump motor if applicable.
motor pump. motor pump. Inspect vacuum fan and flue
ductwork for any contamination.
14. Reflectors. 12M Inspect to ensure correct fitting. Technical 14. Reflectors. 12M Inspect to ensure correct fitting and
Clean with soft cloth and detergent
in water.
15. Gas test. 12M Pressure drop test back to nearest Technical 15. Gas 12M Pressure drop test back to nearest
gas cock to ensure soundness. pressure, gas gas cock to ensure soundness.
pipework and Check gas cocks are free to turn,
cocks lubricate as necessary.
Inspect gas pipework system,
check for leaks, loose brackets and
supports, repair as necessary,
report all findings
16. General. 12M Undertake heat test. With heater(s) switched on and Technical 16. General. 12M After cleaning and adjustment, With heater(s) switched on and
system stabilised carry out a heat re-assemble, cleaning the reflector system stabilised carry out a heat
test in accordance with the plate. Check all auxiliary controls/ test in accordance with the
manufacturer s recommendations. gas shut-off devices. Undertake manufacturer s recommendations.
Check all burner units for correct heat test. Check all burner units for correct
ignition sequence pilot and main ignition sequence pilot and main
burner flames for stability and burner flames for stability and
correct aeration, adjust if necessary. correct aeration, adjust if necessary.
The following readings are to be The following readings are to be
taken and the system adjusted to taken and the system adjusted to
meet the manufacturer s meet the manufacturer s
recommendations: - -vacuum at recommendations: - -vacuum at
each end vent - -maximum and each end vent - -maximum and
minimum pressure - -gas minimum pressure - -gas
consumption consumption

Page 251 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

28-04 GAS FIRED NATURAL AND FAN ASSISTED HEATERS - Conventional and 28-04 GAS FIRED NATURAL AND FAN ASSISTED HEATERS - Conventional and
Balanced Flue. Balanced Flue.
Added These heaters are usually placed high up in a building and consequently are not easily accessible. A
risk assessment and method statement should be carried out. Access by stepladders is not
recommended. Regular maintenance is essential and whilst annual maintenance may be adequate in
a clean environment, dusty conditions will require more frequent maintenance. In very dusty
environments, e.g. textile factories, it may be more desirable to duct a direct combustion air line to the
heater.

Correct combustion entails the adequate mixing of the fuel with air to ensure that the fuel is
completely burnt without producing excessive smoke or diluting the combustion gases with excess air
both of which cause energy wastage. With all fossil fuels, insufficient air produces carbon monoxide, a
safety and health hazard, as undetected CO is poisonous.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
5. Thermocouple. 12M Clean with fine wire brush Renew with manufacturer s Technical 5. Thermocouple. 12M Clean with fine wire brush Renew with manufacturer’s
reassemble pilot and test. approved thermocouple if reassemble pilot and test. approved thermocouple if necessary
necessary.
11. General. 12M Check settings and correct Make necessary corrections if Other 13. General. 12M Check settings and correct Make necessary corrections if
operation of thermostats and time required. operation of thermostats and time required.
clocks. clocks.
Added 11 Gas pressure, 12M The rated value will be found on the
gas pipework and Check with rated value and adjust if identification plate or in the
cocks necessary. Check gas cocks are operating instructions.
free to turn, lubricate as necessary.
Inspect gas pipework system,
check for leaks, loose brackets and
supports, repair as necessary,
report all findings.
Added 12. Wiring and 12M Check for satisfactory operation of
Controls local electrical isolation switch.
Check function and operation of all
control switches and temperature
controls. Examine and report
condition of all associated wiring,
ensure security of all terminations
and check for satisfactory condition
of any flexible cables/conduits.
Ensure plant has adequate earth
conductor and bonding is secure.

Page 252 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

28-05 GAS FIRE

Added Carbon Monoxide (CO) is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should
be bluish and burning in a stable manner. The fire should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise
should occur when the fire ignites or shuts down.
Consider the installation of a CO detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010 and BS EN
50292:2002.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Vent and Flu. 12M Check ventilation arrangements are
adequate and not blocked. Check
flue termination and that it is
compliant.
Added 2. General 12M Remove the outer case and the
radiant`s or fuel. Check for soot and
rubble behind the closure plate and
clean out if necessary (excessively
large quantities can block the fuel
spigot and cause spillage). Reseal
the closure plate if required,
ensuring that the relief opening is
clear. Clear dirt and lint from the
base of the fire where the cool air
enters from the room.
Added 3. Burner and 12M Clean dust and lint from the burner
injectors and the injectors

Added 4. Heat Exchanger 12M Check the heat exchanger for

corrosion damage and clean the
visible flueway.
Added 5. Gas tap 12M Check shut off. Grease gas tap if it
is stiff to turn.

Added 6. Refit fire 12M Reconnect the fire and check for
gas soundness.
Ensure fire is level and secure.
Added 7. Ignition 12M Test the ignition, clean or renew any
batteries or parts as necessary.
Check any electrical components;
wires should be properly insulated,
connections clean and sound. Test
any spark gap and reset if
necessary.
Added 8. Burner pressure 12M Check gas rate by burner pressure
and adjust governor if required

Added 9. Controls 12M Check the operation of any flame

supervision device, if fitted. Check
that thermostat phial is correctly
located and that thermostat
operates satisfactorily.
Added 10. Radiant`s and 12M Replace radiant`s and case.
case

Page 253 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 11. Flue 12M Check flue pull.

Page 254 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

28-06 GAS FIRED UNIT HEATERS

Added The frequency will change depending on the amount of dust in the atmosphere.

Carbon Monoxide (CO) is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should
be bluish and burning in a stable manner. The fire should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise
should occur when the fire ignites or shuts down.
Consider the installation of a CO detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010 and BS EN
50292:2002.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Burner 12M Remove the burner assembly and Stubborn deposits on the burners
assembly clean thoroughly. Check the are often best cleaned using
condition of the ignitor and clean to "acetone" as a solvent.
remove all deposits. Check spark
gap and adjust as required to the A vacuum cleaner or compressed
manufacturers guide. Check the air may assist in this cleaning
sensor and clean as necessary. operation.
Remove any soot deposits from the
burner with a wire brush. Clean the
ports with a degreaser or acetone.
Wipe the inside of the burner tube
clean (cleaning thoroughly with a
degreaser as recommended will
retard future buildup of dirt). Inspect
burner for any damage or
deterioration. If the burner is
damaged or corroded it will need to
be replaced.
Added 2. Heat Exchanger 12M Examine the heat exchanger tubes The heat exchanger should remain
internally and externally for any sign clean unless a problem has
of deterioration. Remove any dust developed due to poor combustion.
and grease deposits. Clean the
inner surfaces of the heat
exchanger with a flue brush and
remove all deposits.
Added 3. Fan 12M Clean the axial fan blades, fan
guard and fan motor to remove all
external dirt. Check the security of
the fan on the motor. Most fan
motors are lubricated for life and do
not require lubricating but check
manufacturers guidelines.
Added 4. Venter Fan 12M Remove any dirt and/or grease that
may have accumulated on the
venter fan motor and its housing.
Most venter fan motors are
lubricated for life and do not require
lubricating but check manufacturers
guidelines.
Added 5. Control valve 12M Clean the exterior of the gas control
valve and check the condition of the
wire connections. Test pressure as
manufacturers instructions.

Page 255 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 6. 12M Check the flue/combustion air

Flue/combustion system for soundness.
air Reseal/replace any parts that are
not sound.
Added 7. Wiring 12M Check all wiring connections.
Check wiring for any signs of
damage. Replace any suspect
wiring with equivalent specification.
Added 8. Controls 12M Check operation of the thermal fan
control and control relay.

Added 9. recommission 12M When the service is complete carry

unit out full commissioning as per
manufacturers commissioning
procedure.

Page 256 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

28-07 GAS FIRED RADIANT HEATERS

Added The frequency will change depending on the amount of dust in the atmosphere.

Carbon Monoxide (CO) is poisonous, life threatening and also causes energy waste. Flames should
be bluish and burning in a stable manner. The fire should be quiet in operation, no excessive noise
should occur when the fire ignites or shuts down.
Consider the installation of a CO detector that complies with BS EN 50291-1:2010 and BS EN
50292:2002.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Vent and Flue. 12M Check ventilation arrangements are
adequate and not blocked. Check
flue termination and that it is
compliant. Inspect and clean as
necessary the burner fresh air duct
(where fitted) and air inlet terminal.
Added 2. Burner, injectors 12M Clean the burner, injectors and the
and pilots pilots. Check burner electrodes for
build up of carbon or cracks.
Check the spark distance and
position of electrodes relative to the
burner head. Check condition of
burner head insert and flame
retention grid and replace if
necessary.
Replace filter unit if contaminated
with dirt. Clean combustion
chamber viewing window.
Added 3. Gas tap and 12M Check shut off. Grease gas tap if it
pipework is stiff to turn. Inspect gas pipework
system, check for leaks, loose
brackets and supports, repair as
necessary, report all findings.
Added 4. Ignition 12M Test the ignition, clean or renew any
parts as necessary. Check any
electrical components; wires should
be properly insulated, connections
clean and sound. Test any spark
gap and reset if necessary.
Added 5. Burner pressure 12M Check gas rate by burner pressure
and adjust governor if required

Page 257 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 6. Controls and 12M Check for satisfactory operation of

wiring local electrical isolation switch.
Check function and operation of all
control switches and temperature
controls. Check the operation of
any flame supervision device, if
fitted. Check that thermostat phial is
correctly located and that
thermostat operates satisfactorily.
Examine and report condition of all
associated wiring, ensure security
of all terminations and check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits. Ensure plant has
adequate earth conductor and
bonding is secure.
Added 7. Reflectors 12M Clean and polish reflectors.

Added 8. Ceramic 12M Clean ceramic plaques. Dust from the atmosphere builds up
plaques on the rear face of the ceramic
plaques and can cause local
overheating and light-back. It may
be removed by a fine jet of
compressed air at a pressure of
about 5.5 bar. This should be
directed first into the holes in the
plaque and then into the venturi and
finally into the holes again.

Care must be taken not to damage

the plaque or dislodge the sealing
material holding it to the burner
body. Some manufacturers
recommend washing the plaques
using a detergent. It may be
necessary to replace damaged or
badly linted plaques. This is best
done on a bench. The new plaque
must be sealed by the material
appropriate to the particular model
which may be metal strips,
fireproof cement or insulating
material.
Added 9. Combustion air 12M Inspect heater`s fan assembly, strip
fan and clean as found necessary.
Check operation, check wiring and
clean casing and blades if possible.
Lubricate bearings in accordance
with manufacturer`s
recommendations using the correct
type of oil they specify.

Page 258 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 10. Suspension 12M Check they are secure.

chains, brackets
etc.
Added 11. Emitter tube 12M Inspect emitter tube and brush any
dust from the exterior of the emitter
tube. Inspect the emitter tube
internally, clean with a vacuum
cleaner as found necessary.

Page 259 of 614

HEAT EXCHANGERS

Page 260 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

29-01 HEAT EXCHANGERS - COILS 29-01 HEAT EXCHANGERS - COILS

Note:- When cleaning ensure that system fans are off to avoid dirt disturbed during cleaning Technical When cleaning ensure that system fans are off to avoid dirt disturbed during cleaning entering into the
entering into the system system
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 5. Coil vent. 6M Check operation, condition of filters
and sight glasses.

Added 6. Pipework 12M Inspect connections, pipes and

supports for damage, loose or
missing fittings. Repair as
necessary.
Added 5. Pipework 12M Inspect connections, pipes and
supports for damage, loose or
missing fittings. Repair as
necessary
Added 5. Flues 12M Service. For detailed information on
maintenance of Flues see Flues
SFG 24-01.
a) external surface 12M Clean coils and comb out fins. Where necessary clean with Technical a) external surface 12M Clean coils by blowing through with Where necessary clean with
air side, appropriate sterilising solution, air side, dry, oxygen free, nitrogen from the appropriate sterilising solution,
especially when coils operated opposite side to the air flow. Comb especially when coils operated
under moist air conditions or act as out fins. Where Nitrogen is used, a under moist air conditions or act as
a dehumidifier. Risk Assessment must be done a dehumidifier. Particularly dirty
prior and suitable training given. coils should be reported to the client
as the filter changing regime may
need to be amended.
a) external surface 12M Clean coils and comb out fins. Where necessary clean with Technical a) external surface 12M Clean coils by blowing through with Where necessary clean with
air side, appropriate sterilising solution. air side, dry, oxygen free, nitrogen from the appropriate sterilising solution.
opposite side to the air flow. Comb Particularly dirty coils should be
out fins. Where Nitrogen is used, a reported to the client as the filter
Risk Assessment must be done changing regime may need to be
prior and suitable training given. amended.
b) water side. 12M Flush out coils to remove sediment. Report to client on any further action Deleted
necessary due to scale or erosion.

3. Coil casing. 12M Inspect for rust and clean and Other 2. Coil casing. 12M Inspect for rust and clean and
repaint as required. repaint as required.

4. Coil mounting 12M Check for tightness and secure if Corroded bolts should be replaced. Other 3. Coil mounting 12M Check for tightness and secure if Corroded bolts should be replaced.
bolts. necessary. bolts. necessary.

5. Operation of 1M Check operation, condition of filters Full details of maintenance Other 4. Operation of 1M Check operation, condition of filters Full details of maintenance
steam traps. and sight glasses. requirements steam services, see steam traps. and sight glasses. requirements steam services, see
PIPEWORK SYSTEMS. Pipework systems SFG 40-11.
5. Operation of 1M Check operation, condition of filters Deleted
steam traps. and sight glasses.

Page 261 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

a) air side, 12M Clean fins and air-side surfaces. Comb fins if appropriate. Where Other a) air side, 12M Clean coils air-side surfaces by Comb fins if appropriate. Where
necessary clean with appropriate blowing through with dry, oxygen necessary clean with appropriate
sterilising solution. free, nitrogen from the opposite sterilising solution. Particularly dirty
side to the air flow. Where Nitrogen coils should be reported to the client
is used, a Risk Assessment must as the filter changing regime may
be done prior and suitable training need to be amended.
given.
4. Gas burners 12M Service. For detailed information on Other 4. Gas burners 12M Service. For detailed information on
and associated maintenance of gas fired heater see and associated maintenance of gas fired heater see
equipment. relevant gas burner. equipment. relevant gas burner see Burners
SFG 07.

Page 262 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

29-02 ELECTRIC/AIR HEATER 29-02 ELECTRIC/AIR HEATER

Note: When cleaning, ensure that system fans are off to avoid dirt disturbed during cleaning Technical When cleaning ensure that system fans are off to avoid dirt disturbed during cleaning entering into the
entering the system. system
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Terminal box: Technical 2. Terminal box:

2. Elements: Technical 3. Elements:

a) within terminal 12M Check insulation resistance of each Replace if below 1 megohm Technical a) within terminal 12M Check insulation resistance of each Replace if below 1 meg ohm
box, element. Check continuity. resistance. Replace if open circuit. box, element. Check continuity. resistance. Replace if open circuit.

3. Casing. 12M Inspect for rust and clean and Technical 4. Casing. 12M Inspect for rust and clean and
repaint as required. repaint as required.

4. Mounting bolts. 12M Check for tightness and secure as Examine casing mounting flanges Technical 5. Mounting 12M Check for tightness and secure as Examine casing mounting flanges
necessary. for air tightness where appropriate. bolts. necessary. for air tightness where appropriate.

5. Thermostats/ 12M Check operation. For detailed maintenance see Technical 6. Thermostats/ 12M Check operation. For detailed maintenance see
controls. relevant section. controls. relevant section Sensors and
switching devices SFG 50
Added 1. air side, 12M Clean coils air-side surfaces by Comb fins if appropriate. Where
blowing through with dry, oxygen necessary clean with appropriate
free, nitrogen from the opposite sterilising solution. Particularly dirty
side to the air flow. Where Nitrogen coils should be reported to the client
is used, a Risk Assessment must as the filter changing regime may
be done prior and suitable training need to be amended.
given.

Page 263 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

29-03 PLATE RECUPERATOR 29-03 PLATE RECUPERATOR

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Internal 6M Check and remove any dirt, inspect Do not use wire brush for dirt Technical 2. Internal 6M Check and remove any dirt, inspect Do not use wire brush for dirt
surfaces. for rust and repaint as necessary. removal, blow off with dry nitrogen surfaces. for rust and repaint as necessary. removal, blow off with dry nitrogen
or compressed air. or compressed air. Where Nitrogen
is used, a Risk Assessment must be
done prior and suitable training
given.
5. Fans. 6M Service and lubricate. Technical 5. Fans. 6M Service and lubricate. For further guidance see Fans SFG
20

9. Filters. 3M Clean or replace as necessary. Filters are fitted on both inlet and legislative 9. Filters. 3M Clean or replace as necessary. Filters are fitted on both inlet and
extract to keep the heat exchangers extract to keep the heat exchangers
clean. clean.

In normal use, air filters do not

present a health and safety hazard.
However used air filters do contain
quantities of dust which, unless
precautions are taken, may expose
maintenance personnel to a
`nuisance dust hazard`, as defined
by the Control of Substances
Hazardous to Health (COSHH )
Regulations. A risk assessment
must be carried out before the work
starts and a method statement
produced. Used filters must be
regarded as Controlled Waste and
appropriate safeguards taken for
their disposal.

Page 264 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

29-04 THERMAL WHEELS - ROTARY HEAT REGENERATORS 29-04 THERMAL WHEELS - ROTARY HEAT REGENERATORS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Bearings. 6M Lubricate according to the 'Sealed for life' bearing should not Other 1. Bearings. 6M Lubricate according to the Sealed for life` bearings should not
manufacturer's instructions. need any maintenance. manufacturer`s instructions. need any maintenance.

Page 265 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

29-05 RUN AROUND HEAT RECOVERY COILS 29-05 RUN AROUND HEAT RECOVERY COILS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Pump. 12M Inspect bearings for wear. Check Frequency should be in accordance Other 1. Pump. 12M Inspect bearings for wear. Check Frequency should be in accordance
flow rates/speed and leak with the manufacturer's instructions. flow rates/speed and leak tightness. with the manufacturer`s instructions.
tightness. Check electrical Observe correct safety procedures Check electrical connections. Observe correct safety procedures
connections. as required under the Electricity at as required under the Electricity at
Work Regulations. Work Regulations. For further
guidance see Pumps SFG 45.
3. Water. 12M Check for leaks. Remedy if possible, if major Other 3. Water. 12M Check for leaks. Remedy if possible, if major
problem, refer to client. problem, refer to client .

4. Operating 12M Check. Confirm pressure vessel operating Technical 4. Operating 12M Check and record. Confirm pressure vessel operating
pressure. conditions. Pressure conditions. A written scheme of
examination may be required for the
system.
5. Coils. 12M Clean with recommended cleaning Other 5. Coils 12M Clean with recommended cleaning
compound and flush with water. compound and flush with water.

6. Air. 12M Check for leaks. Rectify as required providing new Other 6. Air 12M Check for leaks. Rectify as required providing new
seals etc. seals etc.

7. Condensate 12M Inspect for rust, clean and clear any Other 7. Condensate 12M Inspect for rust, clean and clear any
traps. debris. Recoat. Check traps are traps debris. Recoat. Check traps are
filled with water on return to filled with water on return to service.
service.

Page 266 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

29-06 PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS 29-06 PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
14. Check safety 12M Safety valve operation. Technical 14. Check safety 12M Check Safety valve operation.
controls. controls.

Page 267 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

29-07 WATER TO WATER PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS 29-07 WATER TO WATER PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS

Page 268 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

29-08 HEATING CALORIFIERS - MTHW, HTHW or STEAM

Added Most MTHW, HTHW and Steam Calorifiers will be under the control of an Authorised Person . A permit
to Work must be issued by the Authorised Person before any work can commence on a Calorifier

If insulation looks damaged - STOP WORK- this may be Asbestos - Appropriate action must be taken
prior to further works. If the insulation is known or CERTIFIED not to be Asbestos, continue as follows:
-

See SFG 32-01 for further information on temperatures etc.

Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the calorifier, the pre-maintenance procedure
detailed below should be followed:

(a) At the entrance to the Plant room, Stop and Listen for a steam leak (High Pressure steam will be
invisible and only the sound of a leak may be present)

(b) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from
system) including safety.

(c)Inspect calorifier insulation and/or shell for signs of damage.

(d)Inspect all manholes, mounting and joints for signs of leaks.

(e) Report any necessary remedial work where repairs, adjustment or replacement will be required
during routine maintenance.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Check 12M Check, note and report any visible Ensure secondary is full of water
operation, in defects. and circuits are open. If safety
particular safety controls are defective take
controls. equipment out of service.
Added 2. Safety valves. 12M Check for corrosion and manually If calorifier was in use, the
operate. secondary water will be hot and can
be under pressure, so care must be
taken in carrying out this item of the
schedule.
Added 3. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and
pressure sensors, settings, set against Certified
altitude gauges masters.
and thermometers.
Added 4. Auto controls 12M Shut down primary heat source Check safe operation of
and primary side. taking all necessary precautions to temperature controls and high limit
prevent unauthorised use. cut-outs. This may include obtaining
a Permit to Work from an Authorised
Person.
Added 5. Drain 12M Draw off a small quantity of water to If calorifier was in use, the
valve/drain cock remove any sediment. secondary water will be hot and can
on secondary side. be under pressure, so care must be
taken in carrying out this item of the
schedule.

Page 269 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 6. Heating 12M Drain down secondary side, remove The formation of scale reduces heat
surface and manhole covers and inspect for transfer and causes energy
internal surfaces scale formation and corrosion. wastage. Client`s attention should
of shell. be drawn to the presence of
excessive scale which indicates the
need for water treatment. Corrosion
will cause metal failure and leakage.
Remember Waste Disposal
Legislation. If scale is extensive,
refer to client for further instructions.
Added 7. Gaskets. 12M Check gaskets on steam chest for Steam leaks are dangerous to
leakage, replace as necessary. personnel and cause wastage of
energy.
Added 8. Sacrificial 12M Check status. Replace as necessary.
anode.

Added 9. Steam 12M Clean and overhaul steam trap. Faults can lead to steam and energy
trap/sight glass wastage.
(on primary
connections).
Added 10. Strainer on 12M Remove strainer, clean and refit. Blocked strainers reduce
primary pipework. performance.

Added 11. Internal 12M Arrange for an internal inspection to Pressure Systems Safety
Inspection be carried out by a Competent Regulations 2000 will apply.
Person as required by the Written
Scheme of Examination.
Added 12. Primary 12M Test primary heating coil.
heating coil

Added 13. Return to 12M After completion of maintenance, Check that all controls are working
operation. refit all manhole covers and put correctly.
back into operation.
Added 14. Check 12M Repair or renew as necessary. Damaged lagging reduces
insulation for efficiency, wastes heat, and if the
damage. calorifier is in the open air, can
become waterlogged and lead to
hidden corrosion. Asbestos
Regulations may apply.
Added 15. Hydraulic 12M If a pressurised system test to Pressure Systems Safety
pressure test. 110% of working pressure. Regulations 2000 will apply.

Page 270 of 614

HEAT REJECTION SYSTEMS

Page 271 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

30-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 30-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

This section covers those items of plant associated with the removal of heat from the equipment technical This section covers those items of plant associated with the removal of heat from the equipment
producing the cooling. It covers evaporative/wet cooling towers, dry coolers and condensers. Where producing the cooling. It covers evaporative/wet cooling towers, dry coolers and condensers. Where
cooling towers have been, or appear to have been poorly maintained in the past, there is a danger cooling towers have been, or appear to have been poorly maintained in the past, there is a danger
that Legionella bacteria may be present, it is therefore essential that appropriate safety procedures as that Legionella bacteria may be present, it is therefore essential that appropriate safety procedures as
listed in ACOP L8,2001 must be followed. listed inACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) must be followed.
Waterside fouling will vary with the hardness of the water, amount of bleed off and the quantity of
make up. In hard water areas or where heavy air pollution occurs it may be necessary to increase the The cooling system may consist of a cooling tower, evaporative condenser or other cooling element,
maintenance frequency. the recirculating pipework, the heat exchanger, pumps and ancillary items such as supply tanks and
pre-treatment equipment. All of these items should be subject to the management and control system.

Cooling systems and towers should be kept in regular use wherever possible. Where a system is used
intermittently or is required at short notice, it should be run once a week and, at the same time, be
dosed with water treatment chemicals and water quality monitored. The whole system should be run
for long enough to thoroughly distribute treated water. If a system is out of use for a week or longer
(up to a month), in addition to the above, the water should be treated with biocide immediately on
reuse.

If it is out of use for longer than a month and there are continued management/monitoring
arrangements in place, the system should be kept full of treated water which should be checked (for
biocide levels and water quality) and circulated once a week (see also paragraph 135). If it is not
possible to ensure regular monitoring and circulation (for example if a building falls out of use) the
system should be drained and sealed, with a desiccant left in the system to reduce the effects of
corrosion. Full recommissioning will be required before the system can be bought back into reuse.
Cooling systems that do not operate continuously, such as cooling towers that cycle on and off
automatically or those on regular standby duty, require particular attention with regard to the biocide
programme to ensure that effective levels of biocide are maintained at all times .

Waterside fouling will vary with the hardness of the water, amount of bleed off and the quantity of
make up. In hard water areas or where heavy air pollution occurs it may be necessary to increase the
maintenance frequency.

Page 272 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

30-02 COOLING TOWERS - Precautions against Legionnaires disease (legionella 30-02 COOLING TOWERS - Precautions against Legionnaires disease (legionella
pneumophila) pneumophila)
Action to be taken prior to the visit. Technical Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
I. Notify appropriate local and/or water authority/company, prior to discharging water drained from the Approved Code of Practice, L8 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water
cooling tower as the contaminated water could enter sewers. system must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk. Once a risk has been identified and
II. Advise client that cooling tower will be out of action during period of visit. assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or controlling it, precautions implemented and
Note:- Towers that have not been regularly maintained must be treated as HAZARDOUS and must managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status, Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2
not be maintained by personnel who may be susceptible to LEGIONELLA. guidance.

Action to be taken prior to the visit.

I. Notify appropriate local and/or water authority/company, prior to discharging water drained from the
cooling tower as the contaminated water could enter sewers.

II. Advise client that cooling tower will be out of action during period of visit.

Towers that have not been regularly maintained must be treated as HAZARDOUS and must not be
maintained by personnel who may be susceptible to LEGIONELLA.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Initial Safety Ensure Competent fully trained Before starting work on cleaning Legislative Initial Safety Ensure Competent fully trained Before starting work on cleaning
Precautions maintenance personnel read ACOP cooling towers it is essential that Precautions maintenance personnel read ACOP cooling towers it is essential that
L8, 2001. Select personnel who are certain preliminary safety L8, 2000 (www.hse.gov.uk). certain preliminary safety
less susceptible to the disease. precautions are taken. These are precautions are taken. These are
Protecting clothing and positive listed under 'Action'. listed under `Action`.
pressure respirators. Personnel must wear positive
Cooling water Analysis pressure respirators when Personnel must wear positive
contamination is suspected or the pressure respirators when
condition is not known. Note:- contamination is suspected or the
respirator seal may not work with condition is not known. Note:-
beards. respirator seal may not work with
Sample and send to a UKAS beards.
accredited laboratory for total viable
colony count (TVC) Dipslides should Sample and send to a UKAS
be taken weekly. (www.ukas.com) accredited
laboratory for total viable colony
count (TVC) Dipslides should be
taken weekly.

Page 273 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Cleansing and Where cooling towers are situated in Technical Cleansing and Disinfection, cleaning and manual
disinfection rural areas and only in use during disinfection desludging of cooling towers should
procedures the summer months the frequency procedures be undertaken at least twice a year,
of maintenance can be extended to but more frequent cleaning may be
twelve months. necessary depending on local
environmental conditions such as
dirty atmospheres and the
conclusions reached in the risk
assessment. Cooling systems that
have a short operating period may
only need to be cleaned at the
beginning and end of that period. If
on inspection the system shows
signs of a significant build-up of
deposits or slime, then disinfection
and cleaning should
be carried out.
2. Warning 6M Post at approaches to cooling tower It is essential that anyone Other 2. Warning 6M Post at approaches to cooling tower It is essential that anyone
notices. and enclosure. approaching the cooling tower is notices. and enclosure. approaching the cooling tower is
warned and notices must state:- warned and notices must state:-
Restricted area - do not enter. Restricted area - do not enter.
5. Electrical 6M Ensure that all electrical equipment Cooling tower fans and any adjacent Other 5. Electrical 6M Ensure that all electrical equipment Cooling tower fans and any adjacent
equipment. is isolated except pumps. air intake fans must be isolated in equipment. is isolated except pumps. air intake fans must be isolated in
accordance with H&S requirements. accordance with H&S requirements.
Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail. Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail.
9. Disinfection. 6M Add sodium hypochlorite to Any action taken must conform to Other 9. Disinfection. 6M Add sodium hypochlorite to Any action taken must conform to
chlorinate, bring up concentration the requirements of CIBSE TM13 , chlorinate, bring up concentration to the requirements of CIBSE TM13 ,
to either 5 ppm or 30 ppm. (see HSE ACOP l8, 2001 and other H&S either 5 ppm or 30 ppm. (see HSE ACOP l8, 2000 and other H&S
notes) regulations. At 5 ppm the system notes). (www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/co
should be run for at least six hours, shh/index.htm) regulations. At 5
at 30 ppm, 2 hours. See item 10. ppm the system should be run for at
least six hours, at 30 ppm, 2 hours.
See item 10.

Page 274 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

13. All surfaces. 6M All accessible surfaces to be Ensure all scale, rust and other Technical 13. All surfaces. 6M All accessible surfaces to be Accessible areas of the tower and
cleaned with a wire brush. To mineral and organic deposits are cleaned with a wire brush. To its pack should be adequately
remove all deposits thoroughly removed. Any rust areas should be remove all deposits thoroughly washed but cleaning methods that
chemical cleaning may be treated and repainted. chemical cleaning may be create excessive spray, for example
necessary. necessary. high-pressure water jetting, should
be avoided. If this is not possible,
the operation should be carried out
when the building is unoccupied or,
in the case of permanently occupied
buildings, windows in the vicinity
should be closed, air inlets blanked
off and
the area that is being water-jetted
should be tented. The area should
be isolated and consideration
should also be given to other
occupied premises in the immediate
areas as well as members of the
public who may in the vicinity during
cleaning.

Ensure all scale, rust and other

mineral and organic deposits are
removed. Any rust areas should be
treated and repainted.
17. Chlorination. 6M Close drain valves, open water Ensure that chlorination Technical 17. Chlorination. 6M Close drain valves, open water While the maintenance of a
supply, fill system and chlorinate to concentration remains at 5 ppm supply, fill system and chlorinate to continuous minimum residual of 5
5 ppm. Replace pump fuses, switch throughout 'run' period. 5 ppm. Replace pump fuses, mg/l of free chlorine for a minimum
on pumps and run system for six switch on pumps and run system period of 5 hours is considered the
hours. for six hours. The use of a best practice, if the downtime to
biodispersant will enhance the conduct such a lengthy operation is
effectiveness of this chlorination. If not viable, some compromise may
the system volume is greater than be necessary. Under such
5m3, the water should be circumstances it may be acceptable
dechlorinated, drained, flushed and to shorten the pre- and
refilled with fresh water and dosed post-chlorination times and to
with the appropriate start-up level of increase the free chlorine level, e.g.
treatment chemicals, including the 50 mg/l for 1 hour or 25 mg/l for 2
biocides. hours. This should only be done if
the operators are trained in this
process because, at these levels,
there is a greater risk of damaging
the fabric of the system.
19. Re-fill 6M Note:- If chlorine concentration Other 19. Re-fill 6M If chlorine concentration exceeds 2
system. exceeds 2 ppm prior to activating system. ppm prior to activating water
water treatment regime, drain and treatment regime, drain and refill.
refill.
20.Attenuators. 6M Clean, derust and repaint as Other 20. Attenuators. 6M Clean, derust and repaint as
required. required.

Page 275 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

27. Bacterial 6M Take sample for TVC count. Note:- weekly dip slides will indicate Other 27. Bacterial 3M Take sample for TVC count. Weekly dip slides will indicate
checks. bacteria levels. A high bacterial level checks. bacteria levels. A high bacterial level
does not necessarily mean the does not necessarily mean the
Legionella bacteria are present. Legionella bacteria are present.

Bacterial checks should be

undertaken weekly.
Added Tower Hygiene

Added Tower
Maintenance

Added 1. Fans and 1M Check the condition of the fan

Motors motor through temperature or
vibration analysis and compare to
baseline values. Assure that all
bearings are lubricated per the
manufacture`s recommendation.
Check for excessive wear and
secure fastening. Aligning the
motor coupling allows for efficient
torque transfer.
Added 2. Strainers 1W Physically clean screen(s) of all
debris.

Added 3. Drain and 1W Check that drain and overflow are

Overflow clear from blockage.

Added 4. Float Switches 1W Operate switch manually to ensure

proper operation.

Added 5. tower structure 1W Check for excessive vibration in

motors, fans, and pumps. Check for
loose fill, connections, leaks, etc.
Added 6. Water 1W Check that water treatment For Further Guidance see Water
Treatment automatic dosing equipment is treatment SFG 65.
functional.
Added 7. Test water 1W Test for proper concentrations of See `Table 1 Typical on-site
samples (Open dissolved solids, and monitoring checks recommended for
System) microbiological quality of the pond good operating practice` page 36 of
water by undertaking a dip slide L8 3rd Edition 2000.
test. Adjust blowdown and
chemicals as necessary. Record
the result. Undertake additional
water quality tests such as pH,
conductivity and tests for hardness
salts as determined by risk
assessment.

Page 276 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 8. Test water 1M Test for proper concentrations of See `Table 1 Typical on-site
samples (Closed dissolved solids, and monitoring checks recommended for
System) microbiological quality of the pond good operating practice` page 36 of
water by undertaking a dip slide L8 3rd Edition 2000.
test. Adjust blowdown and
chemicals as necessary. Record
the result. Undertake additional
water quality tests such as pH,
conductivity and tests for hardness
salts as determined by risk
assessment.
Added 9. All internal 1M Check internal surfaces for algae,
areas scale, rust and limescale
accumulation.
Added 10. Drift 1M Look for proper positioning and The frequency of the task can vary
eliminators, scale build up. Clean as needed depending on the water quality. The
louvers, tubes and Risk assessment may give greater
fill or lesser frequencies for this task.
Added 11. Sparge Pipe 1M Make sure water is flowing through
nozzles to ensure even distribution
over the fill.
Added 12. Bearings 12M Inspect bearings and drive belts for
wear. Adjust, repair, or replace as
necessary.
Added 13. Motors 12M Undertake annual maintenance.
For further Guidance see Motors
SFG 39-01.

Page 277 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

30-03 DRY COOLERS 30-03 DRY COOLERS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 6. Electrical. 6M Check for satisfactory operation of
local electrical isolation device
stoplock/isolator). Examine and
report condition of all associated
wiring, ensure security of all
terminal connections and check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits. Ensure plant has
adequate earth conductor and
bonding is secure.
Added 7. Insulation. 6M Check condition. Repair and reseal
as necessary.

Added 8. General 6M Clean surfaces and components of Remove any dirt or rubbish from
cleanliness. unit particularly fan impeller and vicinity of plant.
motor casing. Check and clean
surfaces of unit casing, check for
corrosion, repair and treat as found
necessary
Added 9. System 6M Check function and operation of all i.e. Start/stops and capacity
operation. automatic sensors /detectors regulators should be in accordance
(flow/temperature). Check for with externally applied control
correct operation/shut-down of systems if applicable.
plant. Ensure all devices are
returned to their correct settings.
Clean air inlet & discharge grilles.
Check all access doors for fit and
can be made secure. When shut,
ensure for air tight seal.
1. Status. 6M Isolate from electrical and other Isolate electrical supply in Other 1. Status. 6M Isolate from electrical and other Isolate electrical supply in
services. accordance with H&S requirements. services. accordance with H&S
(www.hse.gov.uk) requirements.
2. Fans. 6M See FANS. Technical 2. Fans. 6M Clean fan blades and lubricate if Ensure that the correct oils and/or
required. greases and quantities are used. It
`Sealed for life` bearings should not is particularly important that
be serviced. lubricants of the correct working
See Fans SFG 20. range are used. Oil attracts dust and
as a consequence any excess
should be wiped clear (e.g. fan
blades) see manufacturer`s
instructions.
3. Fins. 6M Deleted

Page 278 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

a) external, 6M Clean by blowing through with Note:- Any discharged refrigerant Technical 3a)Fins - external. 6M Clean by blowing through with dry, Do not use refrigerant for cleaning
compressed air or steam. (CFCs) must be recovered and NOT oxygen free, nitrogen. tubes use dry nitrogen or
released to atmosphere. Only a compressed air. Sterilisation may be
REFCOM or other mandatory required. Where Oxygen Free
scheme provider registered Nitrogen is used, a Risk
engineer, must work on this Assessment must be carried out
equipment. prior to use and suitable training
given.

Any discharged refrigerant must be

recovered and not released to
atmosphere. Any persons working
on these systems must be
registered to an approved Certified
Scheme provider, in accordance
with the "F" Gas and Building
Regulations
b) internal. 6M Blow through with dry, oxygen free, technical 3b) Fins - internal. 6M Blow through with dry, oxygen free, Do not use refrigerant for cleaning
nitrogen. nitrogen. fins use dry nitrogen or compressed
air. Where Oxygen Free Nitrogen is
used, a Risk Assessment must be
carried out prior to use and suitable
training given.

Page 279 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

30-04 ADIABATIC COOLERS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Ultra violet 1M Check system operational, clean
generation unit. quartz glass sleeve if wipers are
fitted.
Added 2. UV System 1M Change. Frequency will depend upon water
Cartridge. quality.

Added 3. Electrical 6M Ensure that all electrical equipment Cooling fans and any adjacent air
equipment. is isolated except pumps. intake fans must be isolated in
accordance with H&S requirements.
Refer to www.hse.gov.uk
(www.hse.gov.uk) for detail.
Added 4. Fans. 6M Clean fan blades and lubricate if Ensure that the correct oils and/or
required. greases and quantities are used. It
`Sealed for life` bearings should not is particularly important that
be serviced. lubricants of the correct working
See Fans SFG 20. range are used. Oil attracts dust and
as a consequence any excess
should be wiped clear (e.g. fan
blades) see manufacturer`s
instructions.
Added 5 Fins - external. 6M Clean by initially blowing through Do not use refrigerant for cleaning
with dry, oxygen free or nitrogen. tubes use dry nitrogen or
All accessible surfaces to be compressed air. Sterilisation may be
cleaned with a propriatry comb. required. Where Oxygen Free
Nitrogen is used, a Risk
It may be necessary to carry out Assessment must be carried out
additional cleaning or descaling to prior to use and suitable training
remove all scale deposits given.
thoroughly. Chemical cleaning may
be necessary. Any discharged refrigerant must be
recovered and not released to
atmosphere. Engineers working on
these systems must belong to an
approved Certified Scheme
provider, in accordance with the "F"
Gas and Building Regulations
Added 6. Water 6M Check that the water distribution
Distribution system is free of dirt and debris. All
nozzles, troughs etc. need to be in
place and clean. In case of
contamination, clean the water
distribution system as per
manufacturer’s instructions.
Replace damaged or missing
nozzles, as well as any nozzles
which cannot be cleaned

Page 280 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 7. General 6M Clean surfaces and components of Remove any dirt or rubbish from
cleanliness. unit particularly fan impeller and vicinity of plant.
motor casing. Check and clean
surfaces of unit casing, check for
corrosion, repair and treat as found
necessary
Added 8. Coil vent. 6M Check operation.

Added 9. Anti-vibration 6M Check - visual condition, - There should be no transfer of

mountings. effectiveness. vibration or visible deterioration.

Added 10 . Electrical. 6M Check for satisfactory operation of

local electrical isolation device
stoplock/isolator). Examine and
report condition of all associated
wiring, ensure security of all
terminal connections and check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits. Ensure plant has
adequate earth conductor and
bonding is secure.
Added 11. Insulation. 6M Check condition. Repair and reseal
as necessary.

Added 12. System 6M Check function and operation of all i.e. Start/stops and capacity
operation. automatic sensors /detectors regulators should be in accordance
(flow/temperature). Check for with externally applied control
correct operation/shut-down of systems if applicable.
plant. Ensure all devices are
returned to their correct settings.
Clean air inlet & discharge grilles.
Check all access doors for fit and
can be made secure. When shut,
ensure for air tight seal.
Added 13. Ultra violet 12M Replace and note date in plant log. Replacement interval will depend
lamp. upon type of lamp, e.g. medium
pressure lamps - six months, low
pressure lamps - twelve months.
Added 14. Electrical 12M Check security of connections and
safety. condition of wiring.

Added 15. Sediment 24M Remove, clean and replace quartz If feed water contains iron or organic
removal pre-filter. glass sleeve or thimble. matter, quartz glass may require
more frequent cleaning.

Page 281 of 614

HIGH VOLTAGE WORKS

Page 282 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

70-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Added Established safety rules should be issued or available to all persons operating or working on electrical
switchgear and control gear. Such persons should be familiar with the method of operation, and with
the safety precautions established for the premises. Instructions for the treatment of persons suffering
from electric shock should be displayed. A notice indicating the action to be taken in the event of fire
should be displayed. In premises subject to the requirements of the Factories Act 1961, a copy of the
relevant statutory regulations is to be displayed and any person working with electrical equipment
should have a copy of these regulations available to him. A diagram of the electrical apparatus and
relevant protection details of the installation should be available. Adequate quantities of safety locks
together with caution notices should be available for immediate use to facilitate safe working and
prevent conductors from being accidently or inadvertently electrically charged when persons are
working thereon. Danger notices to warn of the presence of live conductors should also be available
for immediate use. Essential labels should be legible, prominently displayed, made from durable
material and maintained up-to-date.

Emergency exits should be inspected prior to maintenance work on electrical equipment and should
be kept clear.

Because of the widely varying conditions of operation of individual installations, it is not possible to lay
down precise recommendations for the intervals between maintenance required under all
circumstances. However, the manufacturer should be requested to specify the minimum maintenance
frequency under specified conditions and give guidance on how this may vary under other conditions.
These intervals may vary greatly depending upon the design of the equipment, the duty that it is called
on to perform and the environment in which it is situated.

The frequency of maintenance will depend on a number of factors, the most important being the
conditions under which the equipment operates and the severity of duty. For continuously operating
plant it may be necessary to coordinate routine maintenance with the demands of the production
programme, but where there are regular periods during which the plant is shut down, maintenance
schedules may be arranged to coincide with those periods.

The intervals between maintenance operations may therefore be based on the number of operations
performed or on fixed time intervals, the preferred basis being determined by the electrical,
mechanical and environmental duties imposed. In practice, a
combination of these criteria may be used in the light of service experience with individual
installations. Whilst abnormally frequent operation may necessitate an increase in maintenance
frequency the converse is not necessarily true.

Page 283 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

70-02 HV PACKAGED SUBSTATIONS

Added Please ensure that the introductory section of this task has been read and fully understood especially
in relation to the frequency of tasks being performed.

All works shall be in accordance with the code of practice for Maintenance of electrical switchgear and
control gear for voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 36 kV BS 6626:2010 and HSE keeping
electrical switchgear safe HSG230
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Non-intrusive 6M The general inspection check is A check for any abnormal conditions
visual inspection intended to ensure that the should be carried out immediately
switchgear is not under threat from on entering the substation and if any
the environment in which it is danger is suspected then the
installed. It is intended that this inspection should be aborted.
inspection can be performed with Typical warning signs are:
the switchboard live although care
must be taken only to work on 1) high temperature in switchroom;
accessible sides while the 2) presence of smoke;
equipment is live. 3) smell of ‘hot’ substances (oil,
compound etc.);
Carry out a general operating and 4)audible discharges or arcing;
status check. Listen for any audible 5)smell of ozone;
discharge and check for any 6)signs of leaked oil in vicinity of oil
unusual smells, checks for leakage circuit-breaker tank;
of coolants, lubricants, the status of 7)signs of fresh compound leaks;
all instrumentation, and general 8)distortion and evidence of sooting
tidiness of the switchroom. on enclosures.
Inspect switchroom access and
surrounds (including fence and A limitation-of-access document
external walls if outdoors) check for should be raised for any
signs of trespass and /or non-intrusive visual-inspection
interference. maintenance of the HV switchgear
Check for the presence and and protection system.
legibility of warning notices.
Check fire fighting equipment.
Check signs of water
ingress/dampness in switchroom.
Check that no devices have tripped
and/or no fault passage indicators
are in the alarm condition.
Carry out thermal imaging of all
equipment and look for any local
high-resistant hot spots that may
show.
Should there be any signs of
malfunctioning, report back to the
client.
Added 2. Special tools 6M Check that all special tools and
isolating equipment are serviceable
and in their correct locations.

Page 284 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 3. Switchgear 6M Carry out an external visual The same external inspection
general condition inspection of the switchgear should be carried out on associated
checking the general condition of equipment, such as batteries and
the exposed busbars and air break chargers, control panels and other
switches (where present), check ancillary equipment.
general condition of the switchgear
checking for rust, oil leaks, oil level
gauge etc. Check for compound
leaks from cable boxes, busbar
chambers, band joints and end
caps. Check ammeters, voltmeters,
operation indicators, protection
equipment. Check labelling,
padlocks and key exchange
interlocks.

Page 285 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

70-03 OIL SWITCHGEAR INCLUDING OIL CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND OIL

SWITCHES
Added Please ensure that the introductory section of this task has been read and fully understood especially
in relation to the frequency of tasks being performed.

All works shall be in accordance with the code of practice for Maintenance of electrical switchgear and
control gear for voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 36 kV BS 6626:2010 and HSE keeping
electrical switchgear safe HSG230
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. General 6M The general inspection check is A check for any abnormal conditions
inspection intended to ensure that the should be carried out immediately
switchgear is not under threat from on entering the substation and if any
the environment in which it is danger is suspected then the
installed. It is intended that this inspection should be aborted.
inspection can be performed with Typical warning signs are:
the switchboard live although care
must be taken only to work on 1) high temperature in switchroom;
accessible sides while the 2) presence of smoke;
equipment is live. 3) smell of ‘hot’ substances (oil,
compound etc.);
Carry out an external visual 4)audible discharges or arcing;
inspection of the switchgear 5)smell of ozone;
checking the general condition of 6)signs of leaked oil in vicinity of oil
the exposed busbars and air break circuit-breaker tank;
switches (where present), check 7)signs of fresh compound leaks;
general condition of the switchgear 8)distortion and evidence of sooting
checking for rust, oil leaks, oil level on enclosures.
gauge etc. Check for compound
leaks from cable boxes, busbar A limitation-of-access document
chambers, band joints and end should be raised for any
caps. Check ammeters, voltmeters, non-intrusive visual-inspection
operation indicators, protection maintenance of the HV switchgear
equipment. Check labelling, and protection system.
padlocks and key exchange
interlocks.
Added 2. Ventilation 12M Check ventilated equipment and
any restriction to the airflow
removed. In the case of mechanical
ventilation, the operation of
any airflow interlock should be
checked and corrected if
necessary.
Filters, where appropriate, should
be cleaned or renewed as
necessary.

Page 286 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 3. Protective 12M Check protective relay settings. Any maintenance on relays should
relays inspection for condition, damage be carried out in accordance with
and deterioration. For an the manufacturer’s instructions and
electromechanical type relay this should be incorporated in the
should include checks that: relay maintenance programme which
movement runs freely; magnet should include operational checking
gaps and induction disc are clean; of protective and interlock features.
contacts are not burnt or pitted
(refurbish as necessary); induction
disc resetting time
(electromechanical IDMT relays);
flag mechanisms and reset knobs
operate correctly; front cover glass
and seals are satisfactory; current
transformer shorting contacts
operate satisfactorily
Added 4. Time limit fuses 12M Inspect time limit fuses. Where Such items should not be
possible, actual timing periods dismantled for maintenance or
should be verified against the set overhaul purposes unless this is
values and application recommended in the manufacturer’s
requirements, particularly if the instructions.
timing device has been dismantled
or replaced.
Added 5. Shutters 12M Inspect shutters for correct
operation.

Added 6. Interlocks 12M Inspect interlocks If in doubt concerning the condition

Mechanical elements. All moving of the control wiring insulation it is
parts should be clean, adequately recommended that an insulation
lubricated and be free to move as resistance test be carried out.
intended. Any evidence of wear or
excessive free play should be
investigated and, if necessary,
reference made to the
manufacturer. All fixing devices
should be secure.
Electrical elements. If accessible
inspect control wiring for signs of
damage and check terminations for
tightness.
Added 7. Tank and tank 12M On oil switches an inspection of the
linings tank and tank linings should be
carried out. This is not appropriate
at this frequency for Oil circuit
breakers.
Added 8. Operational 12M Carry out an operational check
check

Added 9. Cleaning 60M Clean as required.

Page 287 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 10. Closing and 60M Check and lubricate circuit-breaker

trip mechanism isolating mechanism

Added 11. Main and 60M Examine main/arcing contacts for

arcing contacts excessive burning/damage
recondition or renew as required,
take account of manufacturer’s
requirements for different contact
construction and materials.
Added 12. Auxiliary 60M Examine for wear (according to the Some auxiliary contacts are not
contacts manufacturer’s handbook) intended to be maintained. Such
and for overheating, misalignment, items should not, therefore, be
failure to disengage correctly dismantled for maintenance or
and other defects, and recondition overhaul purposes.
or renew as required.
Added 13. Secondary 60M Examine secondary wiring and
wiring and fuses fuses. Carry out insulation
resistance test.
Added 14. Insulation test 60M Where practicable, porcelain and
moulded insulation should be
inspected for cracks and other
defects. Bonded and laminated
fibrous insulation and other organic
insulation should be inspected for
signs of tracking, treeing,
delamination and mechanical
damage.
Insulation resistance
measurements between poles and
between poles and earth are the
most suitable for insulation testing
under service conditions.
Added 15. Earth 60M Ensure that earthing connections
connections are mechanically and electrically
sound and that all contact screws
are tight and good contact is
maintained. Particular care should
be taken to reinstate fully all bolts
and screws, together with any
locking devices that might have
been disturbed during the
maintenance operation.

Page 288 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 16. Insulation oil 60M Examine oil. If the oil is badly A representative sample of oil
discoloured or is excessively should be taken and electric
contaminated by carbon particles in strength, water content and acidity
suspension it may require tests which should be carried out in
changing. accordance with BS EN 60422 with
suitable variation for high viscosity
oil. Oil that does not meet the
recommendations given in BS EN
60422 should be replaced with oil
that does. The oil level should be
maintained at the level specified by
the equipment manufacturer.
Added 17. Heaters 60M

Added 18. Devices for arc 60M Examine for cracking or if eroded. On older units some barriers contain
control The free operation of the contactors asbestos.
should be checked. Contacts
should not foul arc chutes or
barriers. The cleaning of barriers
should be carried out accordingly.

Page 289 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

70-04 NON-OIL SWITCHGEAR

Added Please ensure that the introductory section of this task has been read and fully understood especially
in relation to the frequency of tasks being performed.

All works shall be in accordance with the code of practice for Maintenance of electrical switchgear and
controlgear for voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 36 kV BS 6626:2010 and HSE keeping
electrical switchgear safe HSG230
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. General 6M The general inspection check is A check for any abnormal conditions
inspection intended to ensure that the should be carried out immediately
switchgear is not under threat from on entering the substation and if any
the environment in which it is danger is suspected then the
installed. It is intended that this inspection should be aborted.
inspection can be performed with Typical warning signs are:
the switchboard live although care
must be taken only to work on 1) high temperature in switchroom;
accessible sides while the 2) presence of smoke;
equipment is live. 3) smell of ‘hot’ substances (oil,
compound etc.);
Carry out an external visual 4)audible discharges or arcing;
inspection of the switchgear 5)smell of ozone;
checking the general condition of 6)signs of leaked oil in vicinity of oil
the exposed busbars and air break circuit-breaker tank;
switches (where present), check 7)signs of fresh compound leaks;
general condition of the switchgear 8)distortion and evidence of sooting
checking for rust etc. Check for on enclosures.
compound leaks from cable boxes,
busbar chambers, band joints and A limitation-of-access document
end caps. Check ammeters, should be raised for any
voltmeters, operation indicators, non-intrusive visual-inspection
protection equipment. Check maintenance of the HV switchgear
labelling, padlocks and key and protection system.
exchange interlocks.
Added 2. Ventilation 12M Check ventilated equipment and
any restriction to the airflow
removed. In the case of mechanical
ventilation, the operation of
any airflow interlock should be
checked and corrected if
necessary.
Filters, where appropriate, should
be cleaned or renewed as
necessary.

Page 290 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added Sulphur Sulphur hexafluoride switchgear is Sulphur hexafluoride (SF6 ) is listed

hexafluoride designed to be low maintenance. as a fluorinated greenhouse gas in
switchgear - Maintenance using a time-interval European Union Regulation EC
inspection approach, based on manufacturer’s 842/2006 [9] (on certain fluorinated
recommendations, may be applied greenhouse gases), the
to such switchgear. requirements of which are referred
to in the Fluorinated Greenhouse
Gases Regulations 2009. As such,
SF6 is subject to strict requirements
governing its use, which are
intended to prevent and minimize
any release into the atmosphere.
EC Regulation 305/2008 [10], which
is also referred to in the Fluorinated
Greenhouse Gases Regulations
2009, requires individuals who carry
out recovery of SF6 gas from high
voltage switchgear to be
appropriately trained and assessed
and to hold a written qualification
issued by a certification body.
Added 3. General 12M Check the gas pressure gauge
inspection In should be checked, a pungent
addition to item 1. smell indicates gas leakage.
above check
pressure gauge.
Added 4. Mechanisms 60M inspection, adjustment and
lubrication of mechanisms
(including shutters where
appropriate)
Added 5. Contacts 60M Examine of primary isolating
contacts for damage, burning,
corrosion - cleaning and
refurbishing (as necessary)
Added 6. Circuit Breaker 60M Check and lubricate circuit-breaker
isolating isolating mechanism
mechanism
Added 7. Indicators and 60M Inspect interlocks If in doubt concerning the condition
interlocks Mechanical elements. All moving of the control wiring insulation it is
parts should be clean, adequately recommended that an insulation
lubricated and be free to move as resistance test be carried out.
intended. Any evidence of wear or
excessive free play should be
investigated and, if necessary,
reference made to the
manufacturer. All fixing devices
should be secure.
Electrical elements. If accessible
inspect control wiring for signs of
damage and check terminations for
tightness.

Page 291 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 8. Cable 60M Examine inside of cable termination

termination chambers and other chambers as
chambers appropriate, removal of surface
contamination from accessible solid
insulation (where applicable)
Added 9. Secondary 60M Secondary injection testing on
injection test circuit-breaker protection system
(or, if this is not scheduled, carry
out manual trip-test);
Added 10. Auxiliary 60M Examine for wear (according to the Some auxiliary contacts are not
contacts manufacturer’s handbook) intended to be maintained. Such
and for overheating, misalignment, items should not, therefore, be
failure to disengage correctly dismantled for maintenance or
and other defects, and recondition overhaul purposes.
or renew as required.
Added 11. Secondary 60M Examine secondary wiring and
wiring and fuses fuses. Carry out insulation
resistance test.
Added Vacuum Vacuum switchgear is designed to A vacuum interrupter is a sealed unit
Switchgear be low maintenance. Maintenance on which no internal maintenance
using a time-interval approach, can be carried out. Contact wear is
based on manufacturer’s not normally a problem, however
recommendations, may be applied circuit breakers often have a method
to such switchgear. for indicating contact erosion.
The minimum vacuum life of the
vacuum interrupter can be expected
to be stated by the manufacturer as
this is specified in BS EN 62271-1
and is from the date of seal-off not
the date of start of service; however,
experience indicates that the actual
lifetime is well in excess of the
stated minimum value. During this
period, vacuum integrity can be
confirmed by methods
recommended by the manufacturer.
These normally consist of voltage
withstand tests which can confirm
the loss of vacuum but cannot
predict future life expectancy. If a
voltage withstand test confirms loss
of vacuum it is essential that the unit
is replaced.
Added 12. General 12M Carry out general inspection.
inspection - Carry
out item 1. above

Page 292 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 13. Voltage 60M Examine and check voltage Steps should be taken to ensure
Transformer transformer (as required) that a voltage transformer is dead
and isolated and discharged to earth
before it is examined. Where
protective fuses are fitted, particular
care should be taken to ensure
that the voltage transformer is
discharged to earth.
Added 14. Vacuum 60M Check the vacuum integrity by a With vacuum switchgear, X-rays
Integrity test high-voltage pressure test may be generated when the open
contact gap is stressed at
high-voltage. There are no harmful
emissions at normal service voltage
but if a high-voltage pressure test is
carried out with the switchgear in an
open position then X-rays may be
generated. Guidance should be
sought from the manufacturer on
the maximum voltage that can be
applied to ensure that the maximum
level of radiation generated is less
than that permitted for unclassified
workers in the Ionising Radiation
(Sealed Sources) Regulations 1969.
Added 15. Mechanisms 60M inspection, adjustment and
lubrication of mechanisms
(including shutters where
appropriate)
Added 16. Contacts 60M Examine of primary isolating
contacts for damage, burning,
corrosion - cleaning and
refurbishing (as necessary).
Carry out measurement of contact
wear where a measurement
method is available
Added 17. Circuit Breaker 60M Check and lubricate circuit-breaker
isolating isolating mechanism
mechanism
Added 18. Indicators and 60M Inspect interlocks If in doubt concerning the condition
interlocks Mechanical elements. All moving of the control wiring insulation it is
parts should be clean, adequately recommended that an insulation
lubricated and be free to move as resistance test be carried out.
intended. Any evidence of wear or
excessive free play should be
investigated and, if necessary,
reference made to the
manufacturer. All fixing devices
should be secure.
Electrical elements. If accessible
inspect control wiring for signs of
damage and check terminations for
tightness.

Page 293 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 19. Cable 60M Examine inside of cable termination

termination chambers and other chambers as
chambers appropriate, removal of surface
contamination from accessible solid
insulation (where applicable)
Added 20. Secondary 60M Secondary injection testing on
injection test circuit-breaker protection system
(or, if this is not scheduled, carry
out manual trip-test);
Added 21. Auxiliary 60M Examine for wear (according to the Some auxiliary contacts are not
contacts manufacturer’s handbook) intended to be maintained. Such
and for overheating, misalignment, items should not, therefore, be
failure to disengage correctly dismantled for maintenance or
and other defects, and recondition overhaul purposes.
or renew as required.
Added 22. Secondary 60M Examine secondary wiring and
wiring and fuses fuses.

Added Air-Break Maintenance using a time-interval

Switchgear approach, based on manufacturer’s
recommendations, may be applied
to such switchgear.
Added 23. General 12M Carry out general inspection.
inspection - Carry
out item 1. above
Added 24. Contacts 60M Examine main/arcing contacts for
excessive burning/damage
recondition or renew as required,
take account of manufacturer’s
requirements for different contact
construction and materials.
Added 25. Contact 60M check/adjust spring contact force
springs and contact alignment as required

Added 26. Arc chutes 60M Remove, examine and clean the
arc chutes - renew if damaged or
eroded
Added 27. Mechanisms 60M inspection, adjustment and
lubrication of mechanisms
(including shutters where
appropriate)
Added 28. Circuit Breaker 60M Check and lubricate circuit-breaker
isolating isolating mechanism
mechanism

Page 294 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 29. Indicators and 60M Inspect interlocks If in doubt concerning the condition
interlocks Mechanical elements. All moving of the control wiring insulation it is
parts should be clean, adequately recommended that an insulation
lubricated and be free to move as resistance test be carried out.
intended. Any evidence of wear or
excessive free play should be
investigated and, if necessary,
reference made to the
manufacturer. All fixing devices
should be secure.
Electrical elements. If accessible
inspect control wiring for signs of
damage and check terminations for
tightness.
Added 30. Cable 60M Examine inside of cable termination
termination chambers and other chambers as
chambers appropriate, removal of surface
contamination from accessible solid
insulation (where applicable)
Added 31. Secondary 60M Secondary injection testing on
injection test circuit-breaker protection system
(or, if this is not scheduled, carry
out manual trip-test);
Added 32. Auxiliary 60M Examine for wear (according to the Some auxiliary contacts are not
contacts manufacturer’s handbook) intended to be maintained. Such
and for overheating, misalignment, items should not, therefore, be
failure to disengage correctly dismantled for maintenance or
and other defects, and recondition overhaul purposes.
or renew as required.
Added 33. Secondary 60M Examine secondary wiring and
wiring and fuses fuses.

Added 34. Voltage 60M Examine and check voltage Steps should be taken to ensure
Transformer transformer (as required) that a voltage transformer is dead
and isolated and discharged to earth
before it is examined. Where
protective fuses are fitted, particular
care should be taken to ensure
that the voltage transformer is
discharged to earth.

Page 295 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

70-05 VACUUM INDOOR SWITCHGEAR

Added Please ensure that the introductory section of this task has been read and fully understood especially
in relation to the frequency of tasks being performed.

All works shall be in accordance with the code of practice for Maintenance of electrical switchgear and
controlgear for voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 36 kV BS 6626:2010 and HSE keeping
electrical switchgear safe HSG230

If equipment is removed from service, before it is re-used perform the following tests
- Main and Earth circuit resistance
- Power frequency
- Protection system
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. General 6M The general inspection check is A check for any abnormal conditions
inspection intended to ensure that the should be carried out immediately
switchgear is not under threat from on entering the substation and if any
the environment in which it is danger is suspected then the
installed. It is intended that this inspection should be aborted.
inspection can be performed with Typical warning signs are:
the switchboard live although care
must be taken only to work on 1) high temperature in switchroom;
accessible sides while the 2) presence of smoke;
equipment is live. 3) smell of ‘hot’ substances (oil,
compound etc.);
Carry out an external visual 4)audible discharges or arcing;
inspection of the switchgear 5)smell of ozone;
checking the general condition of 6)signs of leaked oil in vicinity of oil
the exposed busbars and air break circuit-breaker tank;
switches (where present), check 7)signs of fresh compound leaks;
general condition of the switchgear 8)distortion and evidence of sooting
checking for rust etc. Check for on enclosures.
compound leaks from cable boxes,
busbar chambers, band joints and A limitation-of-access document
end caps. Check ammeters, should be raised for any
voltmeters, operation indicators, non-intrusive visual-inspection
protection equipment. Check maintenance of the HV switchgear
labelling, padlocks and key and protection system.
exchange interlocks.
Added 2. Ventilation 12M Check ventilated equipment and
any restriction to the airflow
removed. In the case of mechanical
ventilation, the operation of
any airflow interlock should be
checked and corrected if
necessary.
Filters, where appropriate, should
be cleaned or renewed as
necessary.

Page 296 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 3. Housing 120M Check all external fixings, labels

and earth connections are present
and tight. Check inside the MV
cable box, busbar system LV
cabinet and pilot cable box for
heavy deposits of dust, ingress of
water or contamination by animal or
plant life. Clean the units thoroughly
and touch up paint work as
necessary.
Added 4. Protection 120M Check that the protection settings
system are correct on the relay.
perform a primary or secondary
current injection test to prove
that the protection circuit is OK and
that the tripping mechanism
is OK. (Primary injection is the
preferred method as it proves
the CT’s as well, but it will need the
cables removing so may be
inconvenient)
Added 5. Voltage 120M Before the switchgear is isolated The manufacturers life expectancy
Presence Indicator ensure that all three phases are of a VPIS device is between 10 & 20
System [VPIS] indicating correctly. years, therefore the VPIS device
should be replaced at each major
maintenance interval.
Added 6. Voltage 120M Before de-energising the
transformer switchboard measure the
secondary
voltage of the VTs. Check continuity
of VT fuses. For unscreened VTs
clean down the external surface of
the insulation with Isopropanol and
lint free cloths to remove any
excess dust/debris. check the
external surface for signs of partial
discharges.
Added 7. Cable boxes Perform a visual inspection of the
cable termination, looking in
particular for signs of partial
discharges, black or white surface
contamination or over heating. With
Isopropanol alcohol and a lint free
cloth clean down the surface of the
cable termination to remove any
contamination from the surface.
With a vacuum cleaner remove any
excess dust from inside the box
then wipe down the inside surface
of the box with Isopropanol alcohol.
Ensure all seals and fixings are
present. Ensure cable earth is
securely connected back to the
switchgear’s main earth bar.
Page 297 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 8. Busbar 120M perform a visual inspection of the

chamber busbars and busbar boots,
looking in particular for signs of
mechanical damage, partial
discharges or over heating. ensure
that the busbar is assembled
correctly and correctly torqued. with
Isopropanol alcohol and a lint free
cloth clean down the surface of the
busbars and the insulated busbar
boots to remove any contamination
from the surface. with a vacuum
cleaner remove any excess dust
from inside the busbar chamber
then wipe down the inside surface
of the chamber with Isopropanol
alcohol. Ensure all seals and fixings
are present.
Added 9. Vacuum circuit 120M Perform a resistance test across
breakers the closed circuit breaker
contacts. Perform either a 20kV
Accepted or 25kV DC pressure test
across the open contacts. Ensure
that the pas pressure is in the
green zone of the pressure gauge.
Added 10. Cable test 120M Open the cable test points and
points and earth ensure that the moving earth bars
circuits and the fixed contacts are fixed
securely, clean, free of corrosion
and that the contact surfaces are
lubricated. Perform a
resistance/continuity test from the
switchgears main earth bar back to
the substations main earth point.

Page 298 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

70-06 FLUID FILLED TRANSFORMER

Added The frequency of maintenance inspection should be determined
by factors such as transformer size, application and importance of service continuity as experience
dictates. Also, local climatic and atmospheric conditions will influence the inspection schedule.

Inspection and some minor maintenance, such as on paintwork, may be carried out with the
transformer live, however, the policy to be followed in making equipment available for maintenance
should always be that it should be isolated, proved dead where possible and immediately earthed. A
"permit to work" should be provided to ensure safety to personnel and equipment.

The ingress of moisture and dirt into the transformer can cause malfunction and danger. Care should
be taken to prevent such ingress whilst work is in progress, and covers should be replaced as soon as
access to the transformer tank / disconnection chambers / termination boxes is no longer required.
Before final closure of any compartment is effected, a careful inspection should be carried out to make
sure no foreign matter or loose material is present.
Before work is undertaken in any chamber containing high / low voltage conductors, tests using
suitable voltage indicators should be carried out. These should include tests between each phase and
earth to ensure all conductors are dead.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Non-intrusive 6M The general inspection check is A check for any abnormal conditions
visual inspection intended to ensure that the should be carried out immediately
switchgear is not under threat from on entering the substation and if any
the environment in which it is danger is suspected then the
installed. It is intended that this inspection should be aborted.
inspection can be performed with Typical warning signs are:
the switchboard live although care
must be taken only to work on 1) high temperature in switchroom;
accessible sides while the 2) presence of smoke;
equipment is live. 3) smell of ‘hot’ substances (oil,
compound etc.);
Carry out a general operating and 4)audible discharges or arcing;
status check. Listen for any audible 5)smell of ozone;
discharge and check for any 6)signs of leaked oil in vicinity of oil
unusual smells, checks for leakage circuit-breaker tank;
of coolants, lubricants, the status of 7)signs of fresh compound leaks;
all instrumentation, and general 8)distortion and evidence of sooting
tidiness of the switchroom. on enclosures.
Check that no devices have tripped
and/or no fault passage indicators A limitation-of-access document
are in the alarm condition. should be raised for any
Carry out thermal imaging of all non-intrusive visual-inspection
equipment and look for any local maintenance of the HV switchgear
high-resistant hot spots that may and protection system.
show.
Should there be any signs of
malfunctioning, report back to the
client.
Added 2. Silica Gel 6M If appropriate inspect silica gel If the unit indicates that saturation
Dryers dryers to ensure that the desiccant has been reached change the
is still active. desiccant or cartridge as required.
Added 3. Fluid 12M Inspect fluid level.

Page 299 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 4. Paintwork 18M Inspect paintwork condition and A zinc based primer should then be
carry out remedial painting as applied followed
required. by a quick drying top coat of paint.
Added 5. Bolted 18M Torque check all bolted connections Thermal cycling and mechanical
connections and and fixings in accordance with the forces due to load, wind or local
fixings manufacturers settings. vibration and shock can result in
relaxation of gaskets and small oil
leaks. Fixings and fasteners should
therefore be periodically checked.
Added 6. Earth 18M Test earth connection integrity.
Earth loop impedance
measurements may be carried out.
Added 7. Fluid 18M Inspect fluid level and take sample Care should be taken when
for analysis. obtaining a sample as the head of
fluid above the sample valve will
Test dielectric strength, moisture force the fluid out rapidly. An
content & equivalent amount of clean new fluid
gas analysis of insulating fluid. should be added to the transformer
through its bolted filler cap / cover
positioned on top of the transformer
cover

Renewal / change of dielectric fluid

as required and indicated by
manufacturers recommendation.

It is not a usual requirement to take

fluid samples from an hermetically
sealed transformer, as they are
sealed from the environment, as
such preventing ingress of
contamination to the dielectric fluid.
Samples should only be taken to
establish the condition of fluid after
overload or fault and normally by the
manufacturer.
Added 8. Insulation test 18M Where practicable, porcelain and
moulded insulation should be
inspected for cracks and other
defects. Bonded and laminated
fibrous insulation and other organic
insulation should be inspected for
signs of tracking, treeing,
delamination and mechanical
damage.
Insulation resistance
measurements between poles and
between poles and earth are the
most suitable for insulation testing
under service conditions. Test
insulation resistance measurement
by Megger

Page 300 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 9. Dehydrating 18M Where fitted inspect dehydrating

breather breather.

Added 10. Liquid 18M Where fitted inspect and test liquid
temperature temperature indicator.
indicator
Added 11. Winding 18M Where fitted inspect and test
temperature winding temperature indicator.
indicator
Added 12. Pressure relief 18M Where fitted inspect pressure relief No maintenance is necessary.
device device.

Added 13. Gas & Oil 18M Where fitted inspect gas & oil
actuated relay actuated relay.

Added 14. Magnetic liquid 18M Where fitted inspect magnetic liquid
level indicator level indicator.

Added 15. Vacuum / 18M Where fitted inspect vacuum / No maintenance is necessary.
pressure gauge pressure gauge.

Added 16. Off circuit 18M Check off circuit tapping switch
tapping switch operation.

Added 17. Ventilation 18M Carry out ventilation check. Checks The substation ambient temperature
should me made that the ventilation should be checked to ensure it is
provided for the transformer is defined by BS EN 60076 and IEC
sufficient (e.g. substation ventilation 76.
grills are clean and clear of
obstructions).
Added 18. Harmonic load 18M Carry out harmonic load test.

Page 301 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

70-07 CAST RESIN TRANSFORMER

Added Please ensure that the introductory section of this task has been read and fully understood especially
in relation to the frequency of tasks being performed.

All works shall be in accordance with the code of practice for Maintenance of electrical switchgear and
controlgear for voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 36 kV BS 6626:2010 and HSE keeping
electrical switchgear safe HSG230
A check for any abnormal conditions should be carried out immediately on entering the substation and
if any danger is suspected then the inspection should be aborted. Typical warning signs are:

1) high temperature in switchroom;

2) presence of smoke;
3) smell of ‘hot’ substances (oil, compound etc.);
4)audible discharges or arcing;
5)smell of ozone;
6)signs of leaked oil in vicinity of oil circuit-breaker tank;
7)signs of fresh compound leaks;
8)distortion and evidence of sooting on enclosures.

A limitation-of-access document should be raised for any non-intrusive visual-inspection maintenance

of the HV switchgear and protection system.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Non-intrusive 6M
visual inspection The general inspection check is
intended to ensure that the
switchgear is not under threat from
the environment in which it is
installed. It is intended that this
inspection can be performed with
the switchboard live although care
must be taken only to work on
accessible sides while the
equipment is live.

Carry out a general operating and

status check. Listen for any audible
discharge and check for any
unusual smells, checks for leakage
of coolants, lubricants, the status of
all instrumentation, and general
tidiness of the switchroom.
Check that no devices have tripped
and/or no fault passage indicators
are in the alarm condition.
Carry out thermal imaging of all
equipment and look for any local
high-resistant hot spots that may
show.
Should there be any signs of
malfunctioning, report back to the
client.

Page 302 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 2. Paintwork 12M Inspect paintwork condition and A zinc based primer should then be
carry out remedial painting as applied followed
required. by a quick drying top coat of paint.
Added 3. Bolted 12M Torque check all bolted connections Thermal cycling and mechanical
connections and and fixings in accordance with the forces due to load, wind or local
fixings manufacturers settings. vibration and shock can result in
relaxation of gaskets and small oil
leaks. Fixings and fasteners should
therefore be periodically checked.
Added 4. Clean 12M Vacuum clean, and blow places The frequency of cleaning will
which are less accessible, with dry depend on environmental
compressed air or nitrogen. conditions. In case of fast dust
Clean lead or cable supports, tap deposits, increase the yearly
changers, bushings and other frequency, and if necessary filter the
insulating surfaces using brush or air cooling flow.
wiping with lint free cloth. In the case of greasy dust deposits,
use only methylated spirit to clean
the resin surfaces.
Added 5. Insulation 12M Using capacitance bridge
Power Factor Test instrument, check insulation power
factor of:

i) Primary/Secondary and Earth.

ii) Secondary/Primary and Earth.

Record capacitance values,

dissipation factor and insulation
power factor. Compare field test
results to manufacturer`s factory
test results and to previous
maintenance test results.
Added 6. Ratio Test 12M Carry out ratio test of windings in all
tap positions to ensure accuracy to
within 0.001 percent. Compare test
data to factory test results.
Added 7. Insulation 12M Use megger to measure resistance
Resistance between:

i) Primary and Secondary.

ii) Primary/Secondary and Earth.
Iii) Secondary/Primary and Earth.

Compare test results to factory test

data and to previous maintenance
test results.

Page 303 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 8. Core Earth Test 12M Remove earth strap between

laminated core and ground. Megger
test using 250 volt megger (or as
recommended by manufacturer)
between core and ground to ensure
no other grounds exist between
core and ground. Compare values
to factory test values and to
previous maintenance test results.
Reconnect ground strap.

Page 304 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

70-08 RING MAIN UNIT

Added Please ensure that the introductory section of this task has been read and fully understood especially
in relation to the frequency of tasks being performed.

All works shall be in accordance with the code of practice for Maintenance of electrical switchgear and
controlgear for voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 36 kV BS 6626:2010 and HSE keeping
electrical switchgear safe HSG230
Sulphur hexafluoride (SF6 ) is listed as a fluorinated greenhouse gas in European Union Regulation
EC 842/2006 [9] (on certain fluorinated greenhouse gases), the requirements of which are referred to
in the Fluorinated Greenhouse Gases Regulations 2009. As such, SF6 is subject to strict
requirements governing its use, which are intended to prevent and minimize any release into the
atmosphere.
EC Regulation 305/2008 [10], which is also referred to in the Fluorinated Greenhouse Gases
Regulations 2009, requires individuals who carry out recovery of SF6 gas from high voltage
switchgear to be appropriately trained and assessed and to hold a written qualification issued by a
certification body.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Non-intrusive 6M The general inspection check is A check for any abnormal conditions
visual inspection intended to ensure that the should be carried out and if any
switchgear is not under threat from danger is suspected then the
the environment in which it is inspection should be aborted.
installed. It is intended that this Typical warning signs are:
inspection can be performed with
the switchboard live although care 1) high temperature in switchroom;
must be taken only to work on 2) presence of smoke;
accessible sides while the 3) smell of ‘hot’ substances (oil,
equipment is live. compound etc.);
4)audible discharges or arcing;
Carry out a general operating and 5)smell of ozone;
status check. Listen for any audible 6)signs of leaked oil in vicinity of oil
discharge and check for any circuit-breaker tank;
unusual smells, checks for leakage 7)signs of fresh compound leaks;
of coolants, lubricants, the status of 8)distortion and evidence of sooting
all instrumentation, and general on enclosures.
tidiness of the switchroom.
Check that no devices have tripped A limitation-of-access document
and/or no fault passage indicators should be raised for any
are in the alarm condition. non-intrusive visual-inspection
Carry out thermal imaging of all maintenance of the HV switchgear
equipment and look for any local and protection system.
high-resistant hot spots that may
show.
Should there be any signs of
malfunctioning, report back to the
client.

Page 305 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 2. Housing exterior 24M Check all external fixings, labels

and earth connections are present
and tight. Check inside the main
door (if fitted) and pilot cable box
for heavy deposits of dust, ingress
of water or contamination by animal
or plant life. Check condition of the
main door seal.
Where Sulphur hexafluoride [SF6]
gas - Check that the gas indicator is
reading in the green zone [if fitted].
Clean the units thoroughly and
touch up paint work as necessary.
Added 3. Housing interior 60M Open the main and pilot cable box In the event of a Sulphur
door. Where Sulphur hexafluoride hexafluoride [SF6] gas leak contact
[SF6] gas - Check that the gas the manufacturers service team
indicator is in the green zone and immediately.
the protector cap is fitted over the
gas filler valve. For circuit breaker
panels check the electrical
protection system - refer to
manufacturers commissioning
instructions.
Check the operation of the unit and
all mechanical interlocks. Clean the
unit thoroughly.

Page 306 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

70-09 HV SWITCHPANEL
Added Please ensure that the introductory section of this task has been read and fully understood especially
in relation to the frequency of tasks being performed.

All works shall be in accordance with the code of practice for Maintenance of electrical switchgear and
controlgear for voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 36 kV BS 6626:2010 and HSE keeping
electrical switchgear safe HSG230
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Non-intrusive 6M The general inspection check is A check for any abnormal
visual inspection intended to ensure that the conditions should be carried out
switchgear is not under threat from immediately on entering the
the environment in which it is substation and if any danger is
installed. It is intended that this suspected then the inspection
inspection can be performed with should be aborted. Typical warning
the switchboard live although care signs are:
must be taken only to work on
accessible sides while the 1) high temperature in switchroom;
equipment is live. 2) presence of smoke;
3) smell of ‘hot’ substances (oil,
Carry out a general operating and compound etc.);
status check. Listen for any audible 4)audible discharges or arcing;
discharge and check for any 5)smell of ozone;
unusual smells, checks for leakage 6)signs of leaked oil in vicinity of oil
of coolants, lubricants, the status of circuit-breaker tank;
all instrumentation, and general 7)signs of fresh compound leaks;
tidiness of the switchroom. 8)distortion and evidence of sooting
Check that no devices have tripped on enclosures.
and/or no fault passage indicators
are in the alarm condition. A limitation-of-access document
Carry out thermal imaging of all should be raised for any
equipment and look for any local non-intrusive visual-inspection
high-resistant hot spots that may maintenance of the HV switchgear
show. and protection system.
Should there be any signs of
malfunctioning, report back to the
client.
Added 2. Feeder circuit 12M General inspection and operation,
breakers cleaning of insulation if necessary.
Inspection, cleaning and
de-greasing of isolating contacts.
Added 3. Incoming 12M Clean and de-grease the isolator
isolators locks/hooks rotating points and the
external part of shutter. Check that
the cleaned parts rotate correctly
and lubricate in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations.
Check mechanical operation of the
operating mechanism.

Page 307 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 4. Earthing switch 12M Clean earthing switch and

de-greasing the friction points at
roller level and interlock level.
Lubricate friction points in
accordance with manufacturers
recommendations. Check
mechanical operation and function.
Added 5. Earth bar 12M Check earth bar for security and
damage to insulators.

Added 6. Testing 12M Carry out full testing and inspection

in accordance and Safety in
electrical testing at work INDG 354
and EIS 37

Page 308 of 614

HOT & COLD WATER SERVICES

Page 309 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

31-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 31-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Hot and Cold Water Services including Drinking Water Technical Hot and Cold Water Services including Drinking Water
This section covers the maintenance procedures associated with the provision of hot and cold water.
Legionellosis (Legionnaires Disease and Associated Illnesses) This section covers the maintenance procedures associated with the provision of hot and cold water.
Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
Approved Code of Practice, L8,2001 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water Legionellosis (Legionnaires Disease and Associated Illnesses)
system, limitations detailed in ACOP L8,2001 must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk.
Once a risk has been identified and assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
controlling it, precautions implemented and managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status, Approved Code of Practice, L8,2000 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water
Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2 guidance. If you are prosecuted for breach of health & safety law system must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk. Once a risk has been identified and
and it is proved that you did not follow the relevant provisions of the code, you will need to show that assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or controlling it, precautions implemented and
you have complied with the law in some other way or a court will find you at fault. Health and safety managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status, Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2
inspectors seek to secure compliance with the law and may refer to the L8 as illustrating good guidance.
practise. It is therefore important to comply with it.
In healthcare premises, HTM 04 part A & B now supersede the old HTM 2027 and HTM2040 has In healthcare premises HTM 04 part A & B now supersedes the old HTM 2027 and HTM2040 and has
been revised in line with changes to relevant regulations, standards and other guidance and also been revised in line with changes to relevant regulations, standards and other guidance, and also
technical developments including the ACOP L8. For this reason in healthcare establishments HTM 04 technical developments including the ACOP L8. For this reason in healthcare establishments HTM 04
is to be followed. This will automatically satisfy the requirements of L8. is to be followed. This will automatically satisfy the requirements of L8.
The Standard Maintenance Specifications should be adequate for the majority of well engineered low
risk systems outside of healthcare premises conforming to the requirements of ACOP L 8,2001. The Standard Maintenance Specifications should be adequate for the majority of well engineered low
Additional work may be required for less ideal systems and these should be specified as part of the risk systems outside of healthcare premises conforming to the requirements of ACOP L 8,2000.
prevention/control scheme. Additional work may be required for less ideal systems and these should be specified as part of the
The client must ensure that one person of adequate status is appointed as being responsible for prevention/control scheme.
overseeing the assessment and implementation of the precautions. Responsibility and lines of
communication must be properly defined and personnel must be properly trained. The client must ensure that one person of adequate status is appointed as being responsible for
For guidance the following statement is taken from the ACOP L8 overseeing the assessment and implementation of the precautions. Responsibility and lines of
1 This Approved Code of Practice gives practical advice on the requirements of the Health and Safety communication must be properly defined and personnel must be properly trained.
at Work etc Act 1974 (HSWA) and the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations 2002
(COSHH) concerning the risk from exposure to legionella bacteria. In particular it gives guidance on For guidance the following statements are taken from the ACOP L8
sections 2, 3, 4 and a (as amended by the Consumer Protection Act 1987) of HSWA and regulations
6, 7, 8, 9 and 12 of COSHH. The Code also gives guidance on compliance with the relevant pans of 1. This Approved Code of Practice gives practical advice on the requirements of the Health and Safety
the Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999 (MHSWR). at Work etc. Act 1974 (HSWA) and the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations 1999
2 This publication replaces two separate documents: the 1995 Approved Code of Practice and the (COSHH) concerning the risk from exposure to legionella bacteria. In particular it gives guidance on
technical guidance, HSG7O. This has allowed information to be consolidated, with the aim of making sections 2, 3, 4 and (as amended by the Consumer Protection Act 1987) of HSWA and regulations 6,
it easier to read and understand the duties under the law. Since the last revision, the Health and 7, 8, 9 and 12 of COSHH. The Code also gives guidance on compliance with the relevant parts of the
Safety Executive (HSE) and others have funded research to assess the efficacy of new and Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999 (MHSWR).
alternative control strategies. This current document incorporates the findings of that research and
explains how such strategies can be used safely and effectively . 2. This publication replaces two separate documents: the 1995 Approved Code of Practice and the
3 This Code applies to the risk from legionella bacteria (the causative agent of legionellosis including technical guidance, HSG7O. This has allowed information to be consolidated, with the aim of making
Legionnaires’ disease) in circumstances where the Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 applies. it easier to read and understand the duties under the law. Since the last revision, the Health and
4 To comply with their legal duties, employers and those with responsibilities for the control of Safety Executive (HSE) and others have funded research to assess the efficacy of new and
premises must: alternative control strategies. This new document incorporates the findings of that research and
(a) identify and assess sources or risk— this includes checking whether conditions are present which explains how such strategies can be used safely and effectively .
will encourage bacteria to mulitply, e.g is the water temperature between 20—45ºC; there is a means
of creating and disseminating breathable droplets, e.g the aerosol created by a shower or cooling 3. This Code applies to the risk from legionella bacteria (the causative agent of legionellosis including
tower and if there are susceptible people who may he exposed to the contaminated aerosols (see Legionnaires’ disease) in circumstances where the Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974 applies.
paragraphs 23-38);
(b) prepare a scheme for preventing or controlling the risk; 4. To comply with their legal duties, employers and those with responsibilities for the control of
(c) implement, manage and monitor precautions - if control measures are to remain effective, then premises should:
regular monitoring of the systems and the control measures is essential (see paragraphs 61-05).
Monitoring of general bacterial numbers can indicate whether microbiological control is being achieved (a) identify and assess sources or risk— this includes checking whether conditions are present which
(see paragraphs 124-129 and 183-184). Sampling for legionella is another means of checking that a will encourage bacteria to multiply, e.g. is the water temperature between 20—45oC; there is a means
system is under control (see paragraphs 130-l31 and 185-189); of creating and disseminating breathable droplets, e.g. the aerosol created by a shower or cooling
(d) keep records of the precautions; and tower; and if there are susceptible people who may he exposed to the contaminated aerosols (see
Page 310 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

(e) appoint a person to be managerially responsible. paragraphs 23-38);

5 The Code and guidance also set out the responsibilities of suppliers of services such as water
treatment and maintenance as well as the responsibilities of manufacturers, importers, suppliers and (b) prepare a scheme for preventing or controlling the risk;
installers.
The following conditions can all increase the rate of growth of Legionella: (c) implement, manage and monitor precautions - if control measures are to remain effective, then
a) Water temperatures in the range 20-45º C, regular monitoring of the systems and the control measures is essential (see paragraphs 61-05).
b) Presence of sediment, sludge, scale or organic material, Monitoring of general bacterial numbers can indicate whether microbiological control is being achieved
c) Certain non approved construction materials, (see paragraphs 124-129 and 183-184). Sampling for legionella is another means of checking that a
d) Rust system is under control (see paragraphs 130- 131 and 185- 189);
e) Commonly encountered water organisms such as algae, amoeba, slimes and biofilms.
Metering (d) keep records of the precautions; and
Metering of potable water supplies by the Statutory Water Undertakings is being introduced more
widely and is now considered for all new premises. Metering of potable water supplies is becoming (e) appoint a person to be managerially responsible.
more common practice and the need to the maintenance of such meters.
Pressure Systems and Transportable Gas Containers Regulations 1989 5. The Code and guidance also set out the responsibilities of suppliers of services such as water
A written scheme of examination drawn up, by a ‘competent person’, must be in place for all plant and treatment and maintenance as well as the responsibilities of manufacturers, importers, suppliers and
equipment which is subject to these regulations. installers.
Most pressure systems carrying a relevant fluid will require written schemes and regular inspection.
The following conditions can all increase the rate of growth of Legionella:

a) Water temperatures in the range 20-45o C,

b) Presence of sediment, sludge, scale or organic material,

c) Certain non approved construction materials,

d) Rust

e) Commonly encountered water organisms such as algae, amoeba, slimes and biofilms.

Metering

Metering of potable water supplies by the Statutory Water Undertakings is being introduced more
widely and is now required for all new premise and consideration will have to be given to the
maintenance of such meters.

Risk assessment - a site survey of all the water systems should be carried out and should include an
asset register of all associated plant, pumps, strainers and other relevant items. This should include
an up-to-date drawing/diagram showing the layout of the plant or system, including parts temporarily
out of use. The assessment should be reviewed regularly (at least every two years) and, whenever
there is reason to suspect that it is no longer valid. An indication of when to review the assessment
and what needs to be reviewed should be recorded. This may result from, for example:
(a) changes to the water system or its use;
(b) changes to the use of the building in which the water system is installed;
(c) the availability of new information about risks or control measures;
(d) the results of checks indicating that control measures are no longer effective ;
(e) a case of Legionnaires’ disease/legionellosis is associated with the system.

Calorifier maintenance [where appropriate] come under The Pressure Systems Safety Regulations
2000

A written scheme of examination drawn up, by a ‘competent person’, must be in place for all plant and
equipment which is subject to these regulations.

Most pressure systems carrying a relevant fluid will require written schemes and regular inspection.
Page 311 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Most pressure systems carrying a relevant fluid will require written schemes and regular inspection.

Page 312 of 614

HOT WATER SUPPLY

Page 313 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 32-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The provision of hot water entails two important safeguards, namely the avoidance of scalding and the Other The provision of hot water entails two important safeguards, namely the avoidance of scalding and the
prevention of legionellosis or Legionnaires' disease. It is imperative that the client is aware of these prevention of legionellosis or Legionnaires` disease. It is imperative that the client is aware of these
problems and that steps are taken both by the site staff and the maintenance contractor to prevent problems and that steps are taken both by the site staff and the maintenance provider to prevent their
their occurrence. Specific details relating to the risk of Legionellosis are given in the Health and Safety occurrence. Specific details relating to the risk of Legionellosis are given in the Health and Safety
ACOP L8,2001 ,CIBSE publication TM13 2002, HTM 04 Part A & B and the 5 page guidance from the ACOP L8,2000 ,CIBSE publication TM13 2002, HTM 04 Part A & B.
Water Management Society named “How to keep out of court”
Operating Temperature Operating Temperature
ACOP L8,2001 recommends that water services should operate at temperatures that prevent the
proliferation of legionella, that is: ACOP L8,2000 recommends that water services should operate at temperatures that prevent the
a) hot water storage (calorifiers), 60°C, proliferation of legionella, that is:
b) hot water distribution, at least 50°C attainable at the taps within one minute of running, health care
under HTM 04 Part B states 55°C a) hot water storage (calorifiers), 60°C,
c) cold water storage temperature, 20°C or below.
Client's staff should check temperatures monthly as required by ACOP L8,2001 and HTM 04 Part B b) hot water distribution, at least 50°C attainable at the taps within one minute of running, health care
It has been common practice to operate hot water systems in the range 45° to 50°C. At those under HTM 04 Part B states 55°C
temperatures there is little risk of scalding, but there is a risk of legionellosis. The bacteria remains
active up to approximately 50°C and is only effectively killed at temperatures approaching 60°C. c) cold water storage temperature, 20°C or below.
At water temperatures above 50°C there is a risk of scalding, which increases with temperature and
time of contact. In premises used by persons at risk, e.g. old people, sick persons, and children, fail client`s staff should check temperatures monthly as required by ACOP L8,2000 and HTM 04 Part B
safe thermostatically controlled mixing valves must be used. The HSE circular - Controlling Legionella
in Nursing and Residential Care Homes INDG 253, 1997 suggests that temperatures should be It has been common practice to operate hot water systems in the range 45° to 50°C. At those
limited to 41 ± 2°C. This should be checked by client's staff at least monthly. NHS DO8 applies temperatures there is little risk of scalding, but there is a risk of legionellosis. The bacteria remains
Where the water temperatures advocated in ACOP L8, 2001 cannot be maintained, alternative control active up to approximately 50°C and is only effectively killed at temperatures approaching 60°C.
measures will need to be considered. These could include ongoing low level disinfection using
Chlorine Dioxide or Silver Copper Ions. These systems are briefly explained in L8 & HTM 04 part A At water temperatures above 50°C there is a risk of scalding, which increases with temperature and
Chapter 15 page 41 time of contact. In premises used by persons at risk, e.g. old people, sick persons, people with
Distribution Pipework reduced mental capacity, reduced mobility, anyone with sensory impairment and children, fail safe
The pipework system should be free of any points where dirt, slime or sediment may accumulate to thermostatically controlled mixing valves must be used. Department of Health, HTM 04-01 Part A sets
ensure that there are no deposits, which could provide a source of nutriment to sustain the legionella out the safe water temperatures and appropriate delivery devices (TMV`s) over a range of
bacteria. Where this is not possible the system should be continually disinfected as in the previous areas/activities. HS(G)220 Health and safety in care homes - issued 12/01 (file 357) recommends that
paragraph. This also applies where pipe replacement or alterations take place and disinfection where vulnerable people are at risk from scalding during whole body immersion, water temperatures
procedure must be strictly followed. do not exceed 44°C. This should be checked by client`s staff at least monthly. NHS MES (Model
Hot Water Supply Engineering Specification) D 08 applies.
Pressurised Systems
It should be recognised that danger can arise during the maintenance of pressurised systems if steps Where the water temperatures advocated in ACOP L8, 2000 cannot be maintained, alternative control
are not taken to relieve any residual pressure before opening valves, joints or vessels to atmospheric measures will need to be considered. These could include ongoing low level disinfection using
pressure. Chlorine Dioxide or Silver Copper Ions. These systems are briefly explained in L8 & HTM 04 part A.
Air Venting
Air is a poor conductor of heat and it should be eliminated from primary hot water systems using the Distribution Pipework
air vents on the system. These are to be found at the top of the towel rails and in pressurised systems
where automatic air venting valves are provided. It is essential that these are checked and maintained The pipework system should be free of any points where dirt, slime or sediment may accumulate to
at the proper frequencies. Under no circumstances should air be allowed to disturb the system in ensure that there are no deposits, which could provide a source of nutriment to sustain the legionella
domestic services as this will disturb natural biofilm and lead to providing a food source for the bacteria. Where this is not possible the system should be continually disinfected as in the previous
Legionella bacteria. Also towel rails are not permitted on domestic hot water systems. paragraph. This also applies where pipe replacement or alterations take place and disinfection
Allocated times on Legionella control are not accurate as times are dependant on access and procedure must be strictly followed. The pipe work should be well insulated to prevent heat loss
numbers of systems to be checked. The assessment should be detailed enough to give reasonable between calorifier and outlet.
information to estimate times of maintenance.
Hot Water Supply

Pressurised Systems

It should be recognised that danger can arise during the maintenance of pressurised systems if steps
are not taken to relieve any residual pressure before opening valves, joints or vessels to atmospheric
Page 314 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

pressure.

Air Venting
Air is a poor conductor of heat and it should be eliminated from primary hot water systems using the
air vents on the system. These are to be found at the top of the towel rails and in pressurised systems
where automatic air venting valves are provided. It is essential that these are checked and maintained
at the proper frequencies. Under no circumstances should air be allowed to disturb the system in
domestic services as this will disturb natural biofilm and lead to providing a food source for the
Legionella bacteria. Also towel rails are not permitted on domestic hot water systems.

Allocated times on Legionella control are not accurate as times are dependant on access and
numbers of systems to be checked. The assessment should be detailed enough to give reasonable
information to estimate times of maintenance.
Technical

Page 315 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-02 HOT WATER SERVICES general 32-02 HOT WATER SERVICES general
Note: A log book describing these services should be maintained and details entered about the Other A log book describing these services should be maintained and details entered about the various
various maintenance activities and results of all the tests. maintenance activities and results of all the tests.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Cold water 1M Monitor to ensure compliance with Responsibility for this test should be Other 2. Cold water 1M Monitor to ensure compliance with Responsibility for this test should be
temperature (at ACOP L8, 2001 & HTM 04 Part B agreed with client. Advise client if temperature (at ACOP L8, 2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) agreed with client. Advise client if
outlet of cistern or requirements. temperature outside ACOP L8, 2001 outlet of cistern or & HTM 04 Part B requirements. temperature outside ACOP L8, 2000
tank and farthest requirements for any remedial work tank and farthest requirements for any remedial work
outlet from to be put in hand. outlet from to be put in hand.
cistern). cistern).
3. Hot water 1M Monitor to ensure compliance with Responsibility for this test should be Other 3. Hot water 1M Monitor to ensure compliance with Responsibility for this test should be
temperature (at ACOP L8, 2001 requirements. agreed with client. Advise client if temperature (at ACOP L8, 2000 requirements. agreed with client. Advise client if
outlet of calorifier). temperature outside ACOP L8, 2001 outlet of calorifier). temperature outside ACOP L8, 2000
requirements for any remedial work requirements for any remedial work
to be put in hand. to be put in hand.
4. Drain valves. 12M Open to ensure blow down of This is particularly applicable in Other 4. Drain valves. 12M Open to ensure blow down of This is particularly applicable in
collected sediment.To be carried vacant buildings where services are collected sediment. To be carried vacant buildings where services are
out in a safe manner. Requires left running and more frequent out in a safe manner. Requires left running and more frequent
method statement for minimal opening of drain valves is method statement for minimal opening of drain valves is
aerosolation. recommended. aerosolation. recommended.
5. Disinfection. If there is a need to disinfect whole Refer to ACOP L8 part 2 page 48 Other 5. Disinfection. If there is a need to disinfect whole Refer to ACOP L8 part 2.
system, advise client. paragraph 190 system, advise client.

Page 316 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-03 CALORIFIER TYPES 32-03 CALORIFIER TYPES

In the context of Building Services the term calorifier is used to describe a closed vessel with a Other In the context of Building Services the term calorifier is used to describe a closed vessel with a
cylindrical shell fitted with heat transfer surface. The water in the calorifier is heated indirectly by the cylindrical shell fitted with heat transfer surface. The water in the calorifier is heated indirectly by the
tubular primary heater with hot water, steam or electrical immersion heating elements. A calorifier is tubular primary heater with hot water, steam or electrical immersion heating elements. A calorifier is
used for the supply of a hot water service, for central heating purposes and for industrial applications. used for the supply of a hot water service, for central heating purposes and for industrial applications.
ACOP L8 also defines calorifiers in the glossery.
(a) Non-storage, normally used for heating systems ACOP L8 also defines calorifiers in the glossary.
(b) Storage, normally used for hot water supply systems where demand usually varies.
This section covers the maintenance of calorifiers including calorifier mountings and unvented hot (a) Non-storage, normally used for heating systems or where there is low demand for hot water
water systems but is not intended to cover the opening up of calorifiers for statutory insurance
inspection which requires a separate procedure, which may be carried out at the same time as the (b) Storage, normally used for hot water supply systems where demand usually varies.
maintenance.
This section covers the maintenance of calorifiers including calorifier mountings and unvented hot
water systems but is not intended to cover the opening up of calorifiers for statutory insurance
inspection which requires a separate procedure, which may be carried out at the same time as the
maintenance.
Technical

Page 317 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-04 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 32-04 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

In accordance with good practice the operator should carry out a visual inspection of the calorifier at Other In accordance with good practice the operator should carry out a visual inspection of the calorifier at
regular intervals and this should include checking for leaks. regular intervals and this should include checking for leaks.
Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the calorifier, the pre-maintenance procedure
detailed below should be followed: Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the calorifier, the pre-maintenance procedure
(a) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from detailed below should be followed:
system) including safety.
(b) Inspect calorifier insulation and/or shell for signs of damage. (a) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from
(c) Inspect all manholes, mounting, and joints for signs of leaks. system) including safety. This includes obtaining any necessary Permit to Work`s from the Authorised
(d) Report any necessary remedial work where repairs, adjustment or replacement will be required Person.
during routine maintenance.
(e) Check condition of sacrificial anode and replace if necessary. (b) Inspect calorifier insulation and/or shell for signs of damage.
PASTEURISATION
All secondary systems used to provide a hot water service must be chlorinated/pasteurised yearly in (c) Inspect all manholes, mounting, and joints for signs of leaks.
accordance with ACOP L8,2001 and additionally after a period of shutdown.
(d) Report any necessary remedial work where repairs, adjustment or replacement will be required
during routine maintenance.

PASTEURISATION

All secondary systems used to provide a hot water service must be chlorinated/pasteurised yearly in
accordance with ACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) and additionally after a period of shutdown. If a
calorifier or any substantial part of a hot water system is on standby
use or has been taken out of service for longer than 1 week, the water in the calorifier should be
brought up to 60°C for 1 hour before being used; this should be measured with normal circulating
pumps operating and not with the system in a stagnant state.
Technical

Page 318 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-05 CALORIFIERS HEATED BY LTHW OR MTHW 32-05 CALORIFIERS HEATED BY LTHW

Warning – Insulation may contain Asbestos Legislative <B>Warning</B> – Insulation may contain Asbestos
Low temperature hot water systems (LTHW or LPHW) are heating systems operating up to 10 bar
(gauge) and 95°C, medium temperature hot water systems [MTHW] are heating systems operating in Low temperature hot water systems (LTHW or LPHW) are heating systems operating up to 95°C,
the range 95°C-120°C and indirect systems complementary to them.
Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the calorifier, the pre-maintenance procedure Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the calorifier, the pre-maintenance procedure
detailed below should be followed: detailed in 32-04 should be followed:
(a) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from (a) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from
system) including safety. system) including safety.
(b) (b) Inspect calorifier insulation and/or shell for signs of damage. (b) Inspect calorifier insulation and/or shell for signs of damage.
(c) (c) Inspect all manholes, mounting and joints for signs of leaks. (c) Inspect all manholes, mounting and joints for signs of leaks.
(d) Report any necessary remedial work where repairs, adjustment or replacement will be required (d) Report any necessary remedial work where repairs, adjustment or replacement will be required
during routine maintenance. during routine maintenance.
Check condition of sacrificial anode and replace if necessary.
PASTEURISATION
All secondary systems used to provide a hot water service must be pasteurised after a period of PASTEURISATION (Domestic Hot Water Calorifiers)
shutdown or standby over a one week period in accordance with ACOP L 8 2001 and HTM 04 Part A & All secondary systems used to provide a hot water service must be pasteurised after a period of
B. This includes shutdown to inspect calorifiers. shutdown or standby over a one week period in accordance with ACOP L 8 2000 and HTM 04 Part A &
B. This includes shutdown to inspect calorifiers.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operation and 12M Check, note and report any visible Ensure both secondary and primary Technical 1. Operation and 12M Check, note and report any visible Ensure both secondary and primary
safety controls. defects. circuits are full of water and circuits safety controls. defects. Ensure an circuits are full of water and circuits
are open. Anti-stratification pump has been are open.
fitted on the secondary side of the
calorifier and it is operational
2. Safety 12M Check operation of safety. N.B. Temperature settings should be Technical 2. Safety 12M Check operation of safety. If manually operated for test
valves/PRV. in accordance with HSE guidance valves/PRV. purposes leakage could occur after
note ACOP L8, 2001 for Hot Water test.
Services. If manually operated for
test purposes leakage could occur
after test.
3. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and Technical 3. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and N.B. Temperature settings should
pressure sensors, settings; set against Certified pressure sensors, settings; set against Certified be in accordance with HSE
altitude gauges masters, altitude gauges masters, (www.hse.gov.uk) guidance note
and thermometers. and thermometers. ACOP L8, 2000 for Hot Water
Services.
8. Sacrificial 24M Check status. Technical 8. Sacrificial 24M Check status. Replace as necessary
anode anode

9. Put back into Refit all manholes, refill secondary Check operation of all temperature Other 9. Put back into 12M Refit all manholes, refill secondary Check operation of all temperature
operation side. Hydraulic pressure test. Put controls. Carry out item 6 operation side. Hydraulic pressure test. Put controls. Carry out item 3
primary side into operation. primary side into operation.
10. 12M Hold Temperature one hour above Procedure as laid down in HTM 04 Legislative 10. 12M Hold Temperature one hour above Procedure as laid down in ACOP
Pasteurisation. 60°C. prior to reinstatement. Part B Page 23 paragraph 7.74 Pasteurisation. 60°C. prior to reinstatement. L8: 2000, paragraph 154 and HTM
04 Part B.
11. Bursting discs 12M Check condition. Report findings. Deleted

Page 319 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-06 HOT WATER CALORIFIERS HEATED BY STEAM 32-06 HOT WATER CALORIFIERS HEATED BY MTHW, HTHW or STEAM
WARNING - If insulation looks damaged - STOP WORK - this may be Asbestos - Appropriate action Legislative
must be taken prior to further works. If the insulation is known or CERTIFIED not to be Asbestos, Most MTHW, HTHW and Steam Calorifiers will be under the control of an Authorised Person . A permit
continue as follows: - to Work must be issued by the Authorised Person before any work can commence on a Calorifier
Note: In the interests of safety and the prevention of scalding, water temperatures and the operation
of blending valves should be checked at least once a month by the caretaker or operator. <B>WARNING</B> - If insulation looks damaged - STOP WORK- this may be Asbestos - Appropriate
Warning STEAM LEAKS ARE DANGEROUS action must be taken prior to further works. If the insulation is known or CERTIFIED not to be
Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the calorifier, the pre-maintenance procedure Asbestos, continue as follows: -
detailed below should be followed:
(a) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from In the interests of safety and the prevention of scalding, water temperatures and the operation of
system) including safety. blending valves should be checked at least once a month by the caretaker or operator. See SFG
(e) (e) Inspect calorifier insulation and/or shell for signs of damage. 32-01 for further information on temperatures etc.
(f) (f) Inspect all manholes, mounting and joints for signs of leaks.
(g) Report any necessary remedial work where repairs, adjustment or replacement will be required
during routine maintenance. <B>Warning</B> WATER AND STEAM LEAKS ARE DANGEROUS
(h) Check condition of sacrificial anode and replace if necessary.
PASTEURISATION Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the calorifier, the pre-maintenance procedure
All secondary systems used to provide a hot water service must be pasteurised after a period of detailed below should be followed:
shutdown or standby over a one week period in accordance with ACOP L 8,2001 and HTM 04 Part A &
B. This includes shutdown to inspect calorifiers. (a) At the entrance to the Plant room, Stop and Listen for a steam leak (High Pressure steam will be
invisible and only the sound of a leak may be present)

(b) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from
system) including safety.

(c)Inspect calorifier insulation and/or shell for signs of damage.

(d)Inspect all manholes, mounting and joints for signs of leaks.

(e) Report any necessary remedial work where repairs, adjustment or replacement will be required
during routine maintenance.

PASTEURISATION (Domestic Hot Water Calorifiers)

All secondary systems used to provide a hot water service must be pasteurised after a period of
shutdown or standby over a one week period in accordance with ACOP L 8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk)
and HTM 04 Part A & B. This includes shutdown to inspect calorifiers.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
15. Check 12M Repair or renew as necessary. Damaged lagging reduces Other 16. Check 12M Repair or renew as necessary. Damaged lagging reduces
insulation for efficiency, wastes heat, and if the insulation for efficiency, wastes heat, and if the
damage. calorifier is in the open air, can damage. calorifier is in the open air, can
become waterlogged and lead to become waterlogged and lead to
hidden corrosion. Asbestos hidden corrosion. Asbestos
Regulations may apply Regulations may apply.
16. Hydraulic 12M If a pressurised system test to Pressure Regulations 1989 may Legislative 17. Hydraulic 12M If a pressurised system test to Pressure Systems Safety
pressure test. Working pressure x 1.1. apply. (see INDG 261) pressure test. 110% of working pressure. Regulations 2000 will apply.

1. Check 12M Note and report any visible defects. Ensure secondary is full of water Technical 1. Check 12M Check, note and report any visible Ensure secondary is full of water
operation, in and circuits are open. If safety operation, in defects. Ensure an and circuits are open. If safety
particular safety controls are defective take particular safety Anti-stratification pump has been controls are defective take
controls. equipment out of service. controls. fitted on the secondary side of the equipment out of service.
calorifier and it is operational.
Page 320 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

3. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and Temperature settings for Hot Water Technical 3. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and Temperature settings for Hot Water
pressure sensors, settings, set against Certfied Services should be in accordance pressure sensors, settings, set against Certified Services should be in accordance
altitude gauges masters. with HSE ACOP L8, 2001 and HTM altitude gauges masters. with HSE ACOP L8, 2000
and thermometers. 04 Part B. and thermometers. (www.hse.gov.uk)
4. Auto controls 12M Shut down primary heat source Check safe operation of Technical 4. Auto controls 12M Shut down primary heat source Check safe operation of
and primary side. taking all necessary precautions to temperature controls and high limit and primary side. taking all necessary precautions to temperature controls and high limit
prevent unauthorised use. cut-outs. prevent unauthorised use. cut-outs. This may include obtaining
a Permit to Work from an Authorised
Person.
5. Drain 12M Draw off a small quantity of water to N.B. If calorifier was in use, the Technical 5. Drain 12M Draw off a small quantity of water to N.B. If calorifier was in use, the
valve/drain cock remove any sediment. secondary water will be hot, and can valve/drain cock remove any sediment. secondary water will be hot, and can
on secondary side. be under pressure, so care must be on secondary side. be under pressure, so care must be
taken in carrying out this item of the taken in carrying out this item of the
schedule. schedule.
8. Sacrificial 12M Check status Technical 8. Sacrificial 12M Check status. Replace as necessary.
anode. anode.

12. Return to 12M After completion of maintenance, Check that all controls are working Other 13. Return to 12M After completion of maintenance, Check that all controls are working
operation. refit all manhole covers, refill correctly. Carry out item 6 operation. refit all manhole covers, refill correctly. Carry out item 6
secondary side and put primary secondary side and put primary
side back into operation. side back into operation.
13. 12M Hold Temperature one hour above Procedure as laid down in HTM 04 Legislative 14. 12M Hold Temperature one hour above Procedure as laid down in ACOP
Pasteurisation. 60°C. prior to reinstatement. Part B Page 23 paragraph 7.74 Pasteurisation. 60°C. prior to reinstatement. L8: 2000, paragraph 154 and HTM
04 Part B.
14. Bursting discs 24M Check condition. Report findings. Other 15 Bursting discs 24M Check condition. Report findings.
(where fitted). (where fitted).

Added 12 Internal 12M Arrange for an internal inspection to Pressure Systems Safety
Inspection be carried out by a Competent Regulations 2000 will apply.
Person as required by the Written
Scheme of Examination.

Page 321 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-07 HOT WATER SUPPLY CALORIFIERS - including LOAD LEVELLERS 32-07 HOT WATER SUPPLY CALORIFIERS
Added Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the calorifier, the pre-maintenance procedure
detailed in 32-04 should be followed:
(a) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from
system) including safety.
(b) Inspect calorifier insulation and/or shell for signs of damage.
(c) Inspect all manholes, mounting and joints for signs of leaks.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 7. Sacrificial 12M Check status. Replace as necessary.
anode.

1. Operation and 12M Check, note and report any visible Ensure both secondary and primary Legislative 1. Operation and 12M Check, note and report any visible Ensure both secondary and primary
safety controls. defects. circuits are full of water and circuits safety controls. defects. Ensure an circuits are full of water and circuits
are open. Anti-stratification pump has been are open.
fitted on the secondary side of the
calorifier, where it is required and it
is operational and does not run
continuously
2. Safety valves. 12M Check for corrosion and manually N.B. If calorifier was in use, the Other 3. Safety valves. 12M Check for corrosion and manually If calorifier was in use, the
operate. secondary water will be hot and can operate. secondary water will be hot and can
be under pressure, so care must be be under pressure, so care must be
taken in carrying out this item of the taken in carrying out this item of the
schedule. schedule.
3. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and N.B. Temperature settings for Hot Other 4. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and Temperature settings for Hot Water
pressure sensors, settings, set against Certfied Water Services should be in pressure sensors, settings, set against Certified Services should be in accordance
altitude gauges masters. accordance with HSE ACOP altitude gauges masters. with HSE ACOP L8,2000
and thermometers. L8,2001. With direct acting valves and thermometers. (www.hse.gov.uk). With direct
hot water storage temperatures acting valves hot water storage
should not exceed those laid down temperatures should not exceed
in the above guidance notes or those laid down in the above
scalding could occur. guidance notes or scalding could
occur.
4. Auto controls 12M Shut down primary heat source. Check operation of temperature Other 5. Auto controls 12M Shut down primary heat source. Check operation of temperature
and primary side. controls and high limit cut-outs. and primary side. controls and high limit cut-outs.

5. Drain 12M Draw off a small quantity of water to N.B. If calorifier was in use, the Other 6. Drain 12M Draw off a small quantity of water to If calorifier was in use, the
valve/drain cock remove any sediment. secondary water will be hot and can valve/drain cock remove any sediment. secondary water will be hot and can
on secondary side. be under pressure, so care must be on secondary side. be under pressure, so care must be
taken in carrying out this item of the taken in carrying out this item of the
schedule. schedule.
6. Heating 24M Drain down secondary side, The formation of scale reduces heat Other 8. Heating 24M Drain down secondary side, remove The formation of scale reduces heat
surface and remove manhole covers and transfer and causes energy surface and manhole covers and inspect for transfer and causes energy
internal surfaces inspect for scale formation and wastage. In hard water areas scale internal surfaces scale formation and corrosion and wastage. In hard water areas scale
of shell. corrosion and report. can be very difficult to remove if left of shell. report. can be very difficult to remove if left
to build up and more frequent to build up and more frequent
maintenance is recommended. maintenance is recommended.
Corrosion will cause metal failure Corrosion will cause metal failure
and leakage. Remember Waste and leakage.
Disposal Regulations.
7. Bursting discs 24M Check condition. Report findings. Other 9. Bursting discs 24M Check condition. Report findings.
(where fitted). (where fitted).

Page 322 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

8. Put back into Refit all manhole covers, refill Check operation of all temperature Other 10. Put back into Refit all manhole covers, refill Check operation of all temperature
operation secondary side. Put primary side controls operation secondary side. Put primary side controls.
back into operation. back into operation.
Added 2 Storage 1W Check and record the calorifier It is recommended that the hot
Temperature water storage temperature water should be stored at 60oC
(ACOP L8). Where temperatures
are recorded below 60oC, increase
set point to achieve the desired
temperature. If the temperature
cannot be maintained, report to
Client
Added 11. Pasteurisation 12M Hold temperature one hour above Procedure as laid down in ACOP
60°C. prior to reinstatement. L8: 2000 and HTM 04 Part B

Page 323 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-08 CALORIFIER AND HEAT EXCHANGE CONTROLS 32-08 CALORIFIER AND HEAT EXCHANGE CONTROLS
Certain common maintenance procedures should be carried out for all controls. These are: Other Certain common maintenance procedures should be carried out for all controls. These are:
1. All control items, e.g. thermostats and the like, that have switching contacts ensure contacts make 1. All control items, e.g. thermostats and the like, that have switching contacts ensure contacts make
and break easily and that there is no arcing or pitting. and break easily and that there is no arcing or pitting
2. Inspect thermostat phial and capillaries for mechanical damage. 2. Inspect thermostat phial and capillaries for mechanical damage.
3. Inspect thermostat pockets for corrosion and leakage. 3. Inspect thermostat pockets for corrosion and leakage.
4. Ensure immersion thermostats are secure in their pockets (and that the sensor is in contact with the 4. Ensure immersion thermostats are secure in their pockets (and that the sensor is in contact with
end of the pocket). the end of the pocket).
5. Inspect motorised valves for leakage and damage to linkage 5. Inspect motorised valves for leakage and damage to linkage
For more detailed information regarding the maintenance of motorised valves, checking of gland
seals, stroking, etc. refer to relevant section. For more detailed information regarding the maintenance of motorised valves, checking of gland
seals, stroking, etc. refer to relevant section.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. High limit 12M Check operation and confirm set Manual or thermal reset? Other 2. High limit 12M Check operation and confirm set
thermostat (if point. thermostat (if point.
fitted). fitted).
3. Temperature 12M Check operation and confirm set Technical 3. Temperature 12M Check operation and confirm set For guidance on Motorise valves
sensor controller. point(s). sensor controller. point(s). see Valves - automatic control SFG
Motorised valve. Motorised valve. 62.
4. Power fail 12M Check operation. Ensure valve shuts off supply to Technical 4. Power fail 12M Check operation. Ensure valve shuts off supply to
return. Motorised calorifier and does not have let-by. return. Motorised calorifier and does not have let-by.
valve. valve. See Actuators SFG 01-07 and
01-08.
5. Direct acting 12M Check operation and confirm set Technical 5. Direct acting 12M Check operation and confirm set For guidance on Motorise valves
control valve. point. control valve. point. see Valves - automatic control SFG
62.
6.Direct acting 12M Check operation and confirm set Other 6.Direct acting 12M Check operation and confirm set For guidance on Motorise valves
control valve - high point. control valve - high point. see Valves - automatic control SFG
limit. limit. 62.
7. Temperature 12M Check performance. Calibration } Interrogation } by Other 7. Temperature 12M Check performance.
sensor. CONTROLS SPECIALIST. Control sensor.
Controller. adjustment advance Controller.
Motorised valve. Motorised valve.
Power fail return Power fail return
motor. motor.

Page 324 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-09 HOT WATER CYLINDERS 32-09 HOT WATER CYLINDERS

Added Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the cylinder, the pre-maintenance procedure detailed
in 32-04 should be followed:
(a) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from
system) including safety.
(b) Inspect calorifier insulation and/or shell for signs of damage.
(c) Inspect all manholes, mounting and joints for signs of leaks.
(d) Report any necessary remedial work where repairs, adjustment or replacement will be required
during routine maintenance.

PASTEURISATION

All secondary systems used to provide a hot water service must be pasteurised after a period of
shutdown or standby over a one week period in accordance with ACOP L 8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk)
and HTM 04 Part A & B. This includes shutdown to inspect calorifiers.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 11. Temperature 12M Ensure that the temperature sensor
sensor has a good surface to surface
contact with the cylinder.
1. Cylinder. 12M Inspect visible seams and bosses Report adverse findings. Other 2. Cylinder. 12M Inspect visible seams and bosses Report adverse findings.
for leaks or signs of corrosion. for leaks or signs of corrosion.

2. Connections. 12M Check connecting pipe unions for If found, drain down, clean and Other 3. Connections. 12M Check connecting pipe unions for If found, drain down, clean and
leaks. remake joint. leaks. remake joint.

3. Insulation. 12M Inspect for deterioration. Refer to client if repairs or renewal Other 4. Insulation. 12M Inspect for deterioration. Refer to client if repairs or renewal
required. required.

4. Immersion 12M Check operation and examine for Client's attention should be drawn to Other 5. Immersion 12M Check operation and examine for client`s attention should be drawn to
heater. scale on element. the presence of excessive scale, heater. scale on element. the presence of excessive scale,
which indicates the need for water which indicates the need for water
treatment. treatment.
5. Cold water 12M Inspect seams and bosses for Report adverse findings. Other 6. Cold water 12M Inspect seams and bosses for Report adverse findings.
storage cistern (if leaks. storage cistern (if leaks.
combination combination
cylinder). cylinder).
6. Float operated 12M Check operation and adjust water Re-washer or replace if necessary. Other 7. Float operated 12M Check operation and adjust water Re-washer or replace if necessary.
valve and float (if level to maximum storage level. Replace if necessary. valve and float (if level to maximum storage level. Replace if necessary.
combination Check float for leakage and combination Check float for leakage and
cylinder). security. cylinder). security.
7. Water 12M Check water outlet temperature N.B. Temperature setting for Hot Other 9. Water 12M Check water outlet temperature and Temperature setting for Hot Water
temperature. and operation of auto-temperature Water Services should be in temperature. operation of auto-temperature Services should be in accordance
controls. accordance with HSE ACOP L8, controls. with HSE ACOP L8, 2000
2001. (www.hse.gov.uk) and HTM 04-01
Part A.

Page 325 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 1 Storage 1W Check and record the calorifier It is recommended that the hot
Temperature water storage temperature water should be stored at 60oC
(ACOP L8). Where temperatures
are recorded below 60oC, increase
set point to achieve the desired
temperature. If the temperature
cannot be maintained, report to
Client
Added 8. Pasteurisation 12M Hold Temperature one hour above Procedure as laid down in ACOP
60°C. prior to reinstatement. L8: 2000 and HTM 04 Part B

8. Integral Cold 6M Inspect cold water storage, clean See STORAGE - COLD WATER for Other 10. Integral Cold 6M Inspect cold water storage, clean as See STORAGE TANKS - COLD
Water Storage (if as necessary. detailed maintenance schedule of Water Storage (if necessary. WATER STORAGE TANKS AND
combination cisterns. Where these units are combination CISTERNS (SFG 56-02) for detailed
cylinder) used infrequently or low usage the cylinder) maintenance schedule of cisterns.
cold water storage is likely to rise Where these units are used
above 20ºC therefore promoting the infrequently or low usage the cold
liklyhood of Legionella poliferaton. water storage is likely to rise above
For this reason integral cisterns 20oC therefore promoting the
should be kept clean and conform to likelihood of Legionella proliferation.
the Water Supply (Water Fittings) For this reason integral cisterns
Regulations 1999.HTM 04 for health should be kept clean and conform to
care recommends that these units the Water Supply (Water Fittings)
are not used. Regulations 1999. HTM 04 for
health care recommends that these
units are not used.

Page 326 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-10 UNVENTED HOT WATER SYSTEMS 32-10 UNVENTED HOT WATER SYSTEMS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Discharge 12M Examine discharge pipes, ensure Discharge pipe should be visible Other 2. Discharge 12M Examine discharge pipes, ensure Discharge pipe should be visible
pipework. that air gap is clear and that there and in a safe place. It should be of pipework. that air gap is clear and that there is and in a safe place. It should be of
is no blockage in the pipes. metal and connected to the tundish. no blockage in the pipes. metal and connected to the tun dish.
3. Expansion 3M Manually operate. Check that the valve seats Other 3. Expansion 3M Manually operate. Check that the valve seats
relief valve. satisfactorily, water flow ceased on relief valve. satisfactorily, water flow ceased on
valve closure and water runs valve closure and water runs
through tundish and discharge through tun dish and discharge
pipes. pipes.
5. High limit 6M Check operation. Should be non self-setting. Thermal Other 5. High limit 6M Check operation. Should be non self-setting. Thermal
thermostat. cut out should be 85b0C. thermostat. cut out should be 85°C.

6. Control 12M Check temperature setting. N.B. Temperature settings for Hot Technical 6. Control 12M Check temperature setting. Temperature settings for Hot Water
thermostat. Water Services should be in thermostat. Services should be in accordance
accordance with HSE ACOP L8, with HSE ACOP L8, 2000
2001. (www.hse.gov.uk) and HTM 04-01
Part A.
7. Diaphragm 12M Check pressure. See EXPANSION VESSELS . Other 7. Diaphragm 12M Check pressure. See Hot water supply - expansion
expansion tank. expansion tank. vessels SFG 32-12.

8. Motorised 12M Check operation. Ensure no water flows through Technical 8. Motorised 12M Check operation. Ensure no water flows through
valve (if fitted). valves during shut down part of the valve (if fitted). valves during shut down part of the
cycle. cycle. For further guidance see
Valves - automatic control SFG 62.

Page 327 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-11 THERMAL STORAGE CYLINDER (individual dwellings for DHWS) 32-11 THERMAL STORAGE CYLINDER (individual dwellings for DHWS)
Added PASTEURISATION

All secondary systems used to provide a hot water service must be pasteurised after a period of
shutdown or standby over a one week period in accordance with ACOP L 8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk)
and HTM 04 Part A & B. This includes shutdown to inspect calorifiers.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 10. Temperature 12M Ensure that the temperature sensor
sensor has a good surface to surface
contact with the cylinder.
1. Cylinder. 12M Inspect visible seams and bosses Report adverse findings. Other 2. Cylinder. 12M All secondary systems used to Report adverse findings.
for leaks or signs of corrosion. provide a hot water service must be
pasteurised after a period of
shutdown or standby over a one
week period in accordance with
ACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk)
and HTM 04 Part A & B. This
includes shutdown to inspect
calorifiers.
2. Connections. 12M Check connecting pipe unions for If found, drain down, clean and Other 3. Connections. 12M Check connecting pipe unions for If found, drain down, clean and
leaks. remake joint. leaks. remake joint.

3. Insulation. 12M Inspect for deterioration. Refer to client if repairs or renewal Other 4. Insulation. 12M Inspect for deterioration. Refer to client if repairs or renewal
required. required.

4. Immersion 12M Check operation and examine for Clients attention should be drawn to Other 5. Immersion 12M Check operation and examine for clients attention should be drawn to
heater. scale on element. the presence of excessive scale heater. scale on element. the presence of excessive scale
which indicates the need for water which indicates the need for water
treatment. treatment.
5. Feed and 12M Inspect seams and bosses for Report adverse findings. Technical 6. Feed and 12M Inspect seams and bosses for Report adverse findings. Ensure
expansion cistern leaks. expansion cistern leaks. tanks meet the requirements of
(if fitted). (if fitted). ACOP L8:2000 regarding
cleanliness, lids, screens etc.
6. Float operated 12M Check operation and adjust water Re-washer or replace if necessary. Other 7. Float operated 12M Check operation and adjust water Re-washer or replace if necessary.
valve and float (if level to minimum make up level. Water level adjustments should only valve and float (if level to minimum make up level. Water level adjustments should only
fitted). Check float for leakage. be carried out when the heating fitted). Check float for leakage. be carried out when the heating
system and cylinder are cold. system and cylinder are cold.
Replace if necessary. Replace if necessary.
7. Domestic hot 12M Check operation. Check water N.B. Temperature settings for Hot Technical 9. Domestic hot 12M Check operation. Check water N.B. Temperature settings for Hot
water thermostatic outlet temperature and operation of Water Services should be in water thermostatic outlet temperature and operation of Water Services should be in
blender. auto-temperature controls. accordance with HSE ACOP L8, blender. auto-temperature controls. accordance with HSE ACOP L8,
2001. 2001 (www.hse.gov.uk) and HTM
04-01 Part A.
Added 1 Storage 1W Check and record the calorifier It is recommended that the hot
Temperature water storage temperature water should be stored at 60oC
(ACOP L8). Where temperatures
are recorded below 60oC, increase
set point to achieve the desired
temperature. If the temperature
cannot be maintained, report to
Client

Page 328 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 8. Pasteurisation 12M Hold Temperature one hour above Procedure as laid down in ACOP
60°C. prior to reinstatement. L8: 2000, paragraph 154 and HTM
04 Part B.

Page 329 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-12 EXPANSION VESSELS 32-12 EXPANSION VESSELS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Drain 1W Discharge by flushing. In most installations the vessel will Other 3. Drain 1W Discharge by flushing. In most installations the vessel will
be a source of contamination by be a source of contamination by
acting as a deadleg. acting as a dead leg.
1. Diaphragm 3M Check. Ensure air cushion pressure is Technical 1. Diaphragm 3M Check. Ensure gas cushion pressure is
expansion tank/s. correct, if necessary top up, expansion tank/s. correct, if necessary top up,
preferably with oxygen free nitrogen. preferably with oxygen free nitrogen.
Remove diaphragm from shell, Remove diaphragm from shell,
check and report on condition of check and report on condition of
both. Ensure cushion pressure is both. Ensure cushion pressure is
correct when re-commissioned. correct when re-commissioned.

A risk Assesment must be done

prior to its use, suitable training
must also be given prior.

Page 330 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-13 DIRECT FIRED WATER HEATERS 32-13 DIRECT FIRED WATER HEATERS
Heater generation may be by electricity, light oil pressure jet burners, forced draught but usually Technical Heater generation may be by electricity, light oil pressure jet burners, forced draught but usually
atmospheric gas burners. For specific maintenance instructions on heat generator see appropriate atmospheric gas burners. For specific maintenance instructions on heat generator see appropriate
Burner Section. Boilers - heat generators SFG 05.
WARNING: To avoid the possible risk of scalding, Thermostatic Mixing Valves (TMV’s) must be
considered in line with a risk assessment where vulnerable persons are likely to use the outlets. All Special note:
other outlets not blended should have hot water warning signs. Client should carry out monthly checks
of the outlet temperature where blended. Certain heaters called `Energy saver water heaters` will have an electrically operated damper in the
flue to reduce ventilation losses through the heater. The operation sequence is when the thermostat
calls for more heat the damper opens, changing the contacts on a microswitch. This then provides
power to the heat generation equipment.

<B>WARNING</B>: To avoid the possible risk of scalding, Thermostatic Mixing Valves (TMV’s) must
be considered in line with a risk assessment where vulnerable persons are likely to use the outlets. All
other outlets not blended should have hot water warning signs. client should carry out monthly checks
of the outlet temperature where blended.

Department of Health, HTM 04-01 Part A sets out the safe water temperatures and appropriate
delivery devices (TMV`s) over a range of areas/activities.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Heat 12M Remove and carry out necessary See HEAT GENERATORS for Technical 1. Heat 12M Remove and carry out necessary See Boilers - heat generators SFG
generation maintenance. maintenance. generation maintenance. 05 for maintenance.
equipment. equipment.
7. Smoke test. 12M Carry out and smoke test on flue. See under FLUES. Technical 7. Smoke test. 12M Carry out and smoke test on flue. See under Flues SFG 24-01.

1. Isolation. 12M Turn off, isolate and remove heat See BURNER section maintenance. Technical 1. Isolation. 12M Turn off, isolate and remove heat
generator. Where applicable, generator. Where applicable,
switch off electricity and remove switch off electricity and remove
fuses. Turn off water supply. fuses. Turn off water supply.
8. Pasteurisation. 12M Hold Temperature one hour above Procedure as laid down in HTM 04 Technical 8. Pasteurisation. 12M Hold Temperature one hour above Procedure as laid down in ACOP
60°C. prior to reinstatement. Part B Page 23 paragraph 7.74 60°C. prior to reinstatement. L8: 2000, paragraph 154 and HTM
04 Part B.

Page 331 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-14 INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS 32-14 INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS (non drinks type)
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Water 12M Check water outlet temperature N.B. Temperature settings should be Other 2. Water 12M Check water outlet temperature and N.B. Temperature settings should be
temperature. and operation of auto-temperature in accordance with ACOP L8, 2001 temperature. operation of auto-temperature in accordance with ACOP L8, 2000
controls. for Hot Water Services, i.e. 60°C. controls. (www.hse.gov.uk) for Hot Water
Beware of scalding, consider TMV’s. Services, i.e. 60°C.

Page 332 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-15 PACKAGED ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS-cistern type 32-15 PACKAGED ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS-cistern type (non drinks)
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. General. N.B. The exact maintenance Other 1. General. The exact maintenance procedure
procedure will depend upon the will depend upon the make and
make and configuration as most configuration as most packaged
packaged units have different units have different design
design arrangements. arrangements.
2. Operating 12M Check, if unit out of service ask If electrically defective, ensure Technical 2. Operating 12M Check, if unit out of service ask If electrically defective, ensure
status. client for reasons. equipment is left disconnected and status. client for reasons. equipment is left disconnected and
isolated. Ensure supply is cut off at isolated. Ensure water supply is
spur to avoid deadlegs. isolated at spur to avoid deadlegs.
4. Water 12M Measure temperature, check N.B. Temperature settings should be Other 4. Water 12M Measure temperature, check Temperature settings should be in
temperature against thermostat settings. Adjust in accordance with ACOP L8, 2001 temperature against thermostat settings. Adjust accordance with ACOP L8, 2000
controls. thermostat as necessary. for Hot Water Services i.e. 60°C. controls. thermostat as necessary. (www.hse.gov.uk) for Hot Water
Beware of scalding, consider TMV’s Services i.e. 60°C.
8. Integral cold 6M Inspect cold water storage, clean Where these units are used Other 8. Integral cold 6M Inspect cold water storage, clean as Where these units are used
storage as necessary. infrequently or low usage the cold storage necessary. infrequently or low usage the cold
water storage is likely to rise above water storage is likely to rise above
20°C therefore promoting the 20°C therefore promoting the
liklyhood of Legionella poliferaton. likelihood of Legionella proliferation.
For this reason integral cisterns For this reason integral cisterns
should be kept clean and conform to should be kept clean and conform to
the Water Supply (Water Fittings) the Water Supply (Water Fittings)
Regulations 1999. Regulations 1999.

Page 333 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

32-16 VENTED HOT WATER SYSTEMS

Added It is recommended that the hot water should be stored at 60oC (ACOP L8). Where temperatures are
recorded below 60oC, increase set point to achieve the desired temperature. If the temperature
cannot be maintained, report to Client
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Temperature 3M Manually operate.
relief valve.

Added 2. High limit 6M Check operation. Should be non self-setting. Thermal

thermostat. cut out should be 85°C.

Added 3. Complete unit. 12M Examine water storage vessel, Check for any signs of corrosion
pipework and fittings. and water leaks. Reseal pipework
joints if necessary.
Added 4. Discharge 12M Examine discharge pipes, ensure Discharge pipe should be visible
pipework. that air gap is clear and that there is and in a safe place. It should be of
no blockage in the pipes. metal and connected to the tun dish.
Added 5. Control 12M Check temperature setting. Temperature settings for Hot Water
thermostat. Services should be in accordance
with HSE ACOP L8, 2000
(www.hse.gov.uk) and HTM 04-01
Part A.
Added 6. Motorised 12M Check operation. Ensure no water flows through
valve (if fitted). valves during shut down part of the
cycle. For further guidance see
Valves - automatic control SFG 62.
Added 7. In-line strainer. 12M Inspect and clean as required.

Added 8. Back flow 12M Check operation and ensure that The operation can be checked by
prevention device. non-return valve is seating properly. observing any changes in the
upstream level of a vessel
preceding the device when the
incoming supply is isolated.
Added 9. Electrical 12M Check for scale on element. Client`s attention should be drawn
element. to presence of excessive scale
which indicates a possible need for
water treatment or water
conditioning.

Page 334 of 614

HUMIDIFIERS INCLUDING DISINFECTION PROCEDURES

Page 335 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

33-01 HUMIDIFIER - Cold water evaporator, drum type 33-01 HUMIDIFIER - Cold water evaporator, drum type
Any action taken must conform to HSE requirements, The control of Legionella bacteria in water Technical Any action taken must conform to HSE requirements, the control of Legionella bacteria in water
systems – ACOP L8,2001 and HEVAC code of best practice - 1. systems – ACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) and HEVAC Association code of best practice 4
Note: In hard water areas more frequent maintenance may be required. commissioning and planned maintenance.

Persons responsible for maintenance should record who the competent persons responsible for
maintenance are, tests and results, routine maintenance, cleaning and disinfection dates, as per the
HSE’s Code of Practice L8.

In hard water areas more frequent maintenance may be required.

All monitoring and maintenance activity should be recorded in a log, particularly that relating to
Legionella monitoring and control.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Status. 3M Isolate electrically and hydraulically. Note: electrical isolation should Other 1. Status. 3M Isolate electrically and hydraulically. Electrical isolation should meet
meet HSAWA requirements. HSAWA (www.hse.gov.uk)
requirements.
2. Rotor filter 12M Closely inspect. Replace filter pads Report condition. If filter pads need Technical 2. Rotor filter 3M Closely inspect. Replace filter pads Report condition. If filter pads need
pads. as necessary. On reassembly use replacement it is necessary to first pads. as necessary. On reassembly use replacement it is necessary to first
new gaskets where necessary. clean the rotor. new gaskets where necessary. clean the rotor.
9. Motor gear 12M Change oil. See also MOTORS Other 9. Motor gear 12M Change oil. See also Motors SFG 29-01
box. box.

11. Return to 12M Check operation. Ensure compliance with HSC ACOP Other 11. Return to 12M Check operation. Ensure compliance with HSC
service. L8, 2001. service. ACOP L8, 2000 (www.hse.gov.uk).

Page 336 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

33-02 HUMIDIFIER - Direct steam injection type. 33-02 HUMIDIFIER - Direct steam injection type.
Note:- When in operation, there is intermittent live steam injected from manifold within. DO NOT Technical Any action taken must conform to HSE requirements, The control of Legionella bacteria in water
ATTEMPT TO SERVICE WITHOUT ISOLATING STEAM AND ELECTRICITY SUPPLIES FIRST. systems – ACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) and HEVAC Association code of best practice 4
commissioning and planned maintenance.

Persons responsible for maintenance should record who the competent persons responsible for
maintenance are, tests and results, routine maintenance, cleaning and disinfection dates, as per the
HSE’s Code of Practice L8.

Note:- When in operation, there is intermittent live steam injected from manifold within. DO NOT
ATTEMPT TO SERVICE WITHOUT ISOLATING STEAM AND ELECTRICITY SUPPLIES FIRST.

If the system has been out of operation for more than 3 months then the system should undertake a
yearly maintenance and then be subject to a re-commission.

All monitoring and maintenance activity should be recorded in a log, particularly that relating to
Legionella monitoring and control.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 2. System 1M Check any flange bolts for tightness
and adjust as required. Check all
gland seals adjust as required.
Visually inspect all pipe work and
joints for leaks.
Added 15. Valves 12M Inspect all valves for wear or scale Graphite packaging is subject to
deposits. Worn or damaged parts wear. It is therefore recommended
should be replaced as well as the to replace such items.
gland seal packaging. Check for
complete isolation and free
movement.
Added 18. Switch off 12M Check the function of the switch-off
devices devices, e.g. the max hygrostat.

1. Status. 3M Isolate electrically. Note: electrical isolation should Other 1. Status. 3M Isolate electrically. Electrical isolation should meet
meet HSAWA requirements. HSAWA (www.hse.gov.uk)
requirements.
2.Removal of 3M Clean and flush out. Note: If automatic time controlled Other 3.Removal of 3M Clean and flush out the steam If automatic time controlled flush out
deposits. flush out valve is fitted, check deposits. cylinder. valve is fitted, check correct
correct operation by overriding operation by overriding timer. It
timer. It may be necessary from time may be necessary from time to time
to time to adjust between automatic to adjust between automatic flushing
flushing depending upon depending upon humidification
humidification requirements which requirements which can vary with
can vary with the weather the weather conditions.
conditions.
3. Ball valve. 3M Check operation. Clean and renew Technical 4. Ball valve. 3M Check operation. Clean and renew See Valves SFG 61
washer. washer.

4. Water level. 3M Check level in gauge glass Other 5. Water level. 3M Check level in gauge glass
corresponds with indicator plate. corresponds with indicator plate.

Page 337 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

5. Humidistat. 3M Check operation, clean if Use a sling hydrometer to check Other 6. Humidistat. 3M Check operation, clean if Use a hand held hydrometer to
necessary. accuracy of operation. necessary. For Further Guidance check accuracy of operation.
see Sensors and Switching Devices
SFG 50-04 and 50-05
6. Misting sprays. 3M Observe spray pattern, clean if Clean with compressed air. Do not Other 7. Misting sprays. 3M Observe spray pattern, clean if Clean with compressed air. Do not
necessary. use wire or pointed objects as these necessary. use wire or pointed objects as these
will enlarge the orifices and lead to a will enlarge the orifices and lead to a
poor misting pattern. poor misting pattern.
7. Control and 3M Check for correct functioning. Other 8. Control and 3M Check for correct functioning.
indicator lights. indicator lights.

8. Steam traps. 3M Check operation condition of filters Ensure condensate drain is clear. Other 9. Steam traps. 3M Check operation condition of filters Ensure condensate drain is clear.
and sight glasses. and sight glasses.

8. Steam traps. 3M Check operation condition of filters Deleted

and sight glasses.

9. Steam 3M Check. Other 10. Steam 3M Check.

pressure. pressure.

10. Strainer 3M Check strainer on steam supply. Technical 11. Strainer 3M Check strainer on steam supply
(where fitted). (where fitted). clean or replace as necessary.

11.Water supply. 12M Turn off at ball valve and empty via Technical 12.Water supply. 12M Turn off at ball valve and empty via
drain cock. drain cock. Disconnect the water
supply and remove the fill valve
from the humidifier. Remove the
inlet strainer. Clean the fill valve
and inlet strainer using the same
solution as used to clean the steam
cylinder.
12. Steam 12M Remove out casing lid baffles. Ensure that any sludge or scale Technical 13. Steam 12M Remove out casing lid baffles. Ensure that any sludge or scale
chamber. Remove any scale either physically deposits are removed from the chamber. Remove any scale either physically deposits are removed from the
or by using suitable chemical bottom of the steaming chamber. or by using suitable chemical bottom of the steaming chamber.
descaling agent. Additional access may be provided descaling agent. If the electrodes Additional access may be provided
on the side of the vessel to facilitate are deteriorated, replace the steam on the side of the vessel to facilitate
cleaning. Waste Disposal cylinder rather than cleaning. Waste Disposal
Regulations may apply cleaning it. Regulations may apply.
13. Feed water 12M Check that it is clear. Other 14. Feed water 12M Check that it is clear.
line. line.

14. Re-assembly. 12M Ensure all joint faces are clean and Technical 16. Re-assembly. 12M Ensure all joint faces are clean and
re-assemble using new gaskets. re-assemble using new gaskets. If
the unit does not restart and go to
normal operation, then the
electrodes may be too badly
deteriorated to be reused and the
cylinder must be replaced.

Page 338 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

15. 12M Put back into service and check Technical 17. 12M Put back into service and check
Re-commission. water level in gauge glass Re-commission. water level in gauge glass
corresponds with indicator plate, corresponds with indicator plate,
ball valve operates correctly, ball valve operates correctly,
controls and indicator lights controls and indicator lights function
function properly. properly.

Page 339 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

33-03 ELECTRODE BOILER HUMIDIFIER 33-03 ELECTRODE BOILER HUMIDIFIER

Note: In hard water areas maintenance may require to be carried out more frequently. If output is Technical In hard water areas maintenance may require to be carried out more frequently. If output is decreased
decreased due to heavy scaling renewal of the cylinder will be required, refer to client. due to heavy scaling renewal of the cylinder will be required, refer to client.
BEWARE High water conductivity in the boiler circulated water can damage the boiler cylinder vessel,
only work within the boiler manufacturers values of conductivity. Persons responsible for maintenance should record who the competent persons responsible for
Any action taken should conform to the HSE requirements, The control of Legionella bacteria in maintenance are, tests and results, routine maintenance, cleaning and disinfection dates, as per the
water systems – ACOP L8,2001 and HEVAC code of best practice - 1 HSE’s Code of Practice L8.

High water conductivity in the boiler circulated water can damage the boiler cylinder vessel, only work
within the boiler manufacturers values of conductivity.

Any action taken should conform to the HSE requirements, The control of Legionella bacteria in water
systems – ACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) and HEVAC Association code of best practice 4
commissioning and planned maintenance.

All monitoring and maintenance activity should be recorded in a log, particularly that relating to
Legionella monitoring and control.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Status. 3M Check and isolate both water and Note:- electrical isolation should Technical 1. Status. 3M Check and isolate both water and Electrical isolation should meet
electricity supplies. meet HSAWA safety requirements. electricity supplies. HSAWA (www.hse.gov.uk) safety
requirements.
2. Steam 3M Check all electrical connections on Technical 2. Steam 3M Check all electrical connections on
cylinder. the cylinder for soundness and cylinder. the cylinder for soundness and
correct any defects. correct any defects. If the
electrodes are deteriorated, replace
the steam cylinder.
3. Cylinder 3M As per manufacturer's instructions. Cylinder exchange times will vary - Technical 3. Cylinder 3M As per manufacturer`s instructions. Cylinder exchange times will vary -
exchange. hard water areas 3 months. Soft exchange. hard water areas 3 months. Soft
water areas 12 months. water areas 12 months.
The procedure for changing a
cylinder can be found in the
manufacturer’s manual, but also if
the cylinder is to be re-used check
that the electrodes have not rotated
within the cylinder and check that
the seal or “O” ring is still in place.
6. Feed valve. 12M Clean strainer. Always replace the strainer after Technical 6. Feed valve. 12M Clean strainer. Disconnect the Always replace the strainer after
cleaning to prevent material lodging water supply and remove the fill cleaning to prevent material lodging
in the valve. valve from the humidifier. Remove in the valve.
the inlet strainer. Clean the fill valve
and inlet strainer using the same
solution as used to clean the steam
cylinder

Page 340 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

33-04 HUMIDIFIERS- Compressed air type 33-04 HUMIDIFIERS- Compressed air type
Note - this schedule should be read in conjunction with those on air compressors and pressure Legislative This schedule should be read in conjunction with those on air compressors and pressure Regulations
Regulations may apply. may apply.
Any action taken should conform to the HSE, The control of Legionella bacteria in water systems – Any action taken should conform to the HSE, The control of Legionella bacteria in water systems –
ACOP L8,2001 and HEVAC code of best practice - 1 ACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) and HEVAC Association code of best practice 4 commissioning and
planned maintenance.

Systems that generate an aerosol must be tested for Legionella every six months. In certain
applications, such as food retailers, it is recommended the same water is also tested for E.Coli and
coliform bacteria.

Where systems do not incorporate some of the design features outlined above, or where ambient
temperatures exceed 20°C, or where the risk of aerosol inhalation or infection is greater, more regular
sampling will be required. These might be using Dipslides for TVC, or more frequent testing for
Legionella.

Persons responsible for maintenance should record who the competent persons responsible for
maintenance are, water sampling frequency, tests and results, routine maintenance, cleaning and
disinfection dates and details, as per the HSC’s Code of Practice L8.

All monitoring and maintenance activity should be recorded in a log, particularly that relating to
Legionella monitoring and control.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Airline 1M Check (visually)inlet and outlet
components compressed air and water supply
pressures, visual inspection of the
compressed air filter to check on air
quality, and visual inspection of the
sprays.
Added 6. Water line 6M Water line components in the
components control panel are subject to greater
wear and tear particularly in hard
water areas, and sediment filter
elements prior to the control panel
should be changed.
Added 6. Airline 12M Airline components in the control
components panel, such as pressure regulators,
pressure switches and solenoid
valves, will require annual
inspection and cleaning. According
to compressed air quality, air filters
immediately prior to the control
panel will need cleaning or
replacement between six months
and a year.
Added 7. UV lamps (if 12M Change UV lamps Weekly inspection of UV-lamp
fitted) operation is recommended,
although many compressed air
systems using this technology
incorporate failsafe systems to shut
down the humidifier in the event of
reduced effectiveness or failure.

Page 341 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

1. Status. 3M Isolate electrically and hydraulically. Note: electrical isolation should Other 2. Status. 3M inspection of the compressed air Electrical isolation should meet
meet HSAWA requirements. filter to check on air quality, and HSAWA (www.hse.gov.uk)
visual inspection of the sprays. requirements.
2. Nozzles. 3M Clean dust and debris from outside It is advisable to remove the air caps Other 3. Nozzles. 3M Clean dust and debris from outside It is advisable to remove the air
of nozzles. annually to clean thoroughly. Take of nozzles. caps annually to clean thoroughly.
care not to damage the protective Take care not to damage the
PTFE coating. protective PTFE coating.
3. 'Y' strainer. 3M Inspect and replace strainer Other 4. `Y` strainer. 3M Inspect and replace strainer screen.
screen.

4. Water 12M Check condition and carry out Items which may need periodic Other 5. Water 12M Check condition and carry out Items which may need periodic
pressure regulator. maintenance in accordance with maintenance include:- 2-way air pressure regulator. maintenance in accordance with maintenance include:- 2-way air
the manufacturer's instructions. solenoid valve, 3-way water the manufacturer`s instructions. solenoid valve, 3-way water
solenoid valve, air pressure solenoid valve, air pressure
regulator. regulator.

Page 342 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

33-05 HUMIDIFIERS- Ultra sonic 33-05 HUMIDIFIERS- Ultra sonic

Any action taken must conform to the HSE requiements, The control of Legionella bacteria in water Legislative Any action taken must conform to the HSE requirements, The control of Legionella bacteria in water
systems – ACOP L8,2001 and HEVAC code of best practice - 1 systems – ACOP L8,2008 (www.hse.gov.uk) and HEVAC Association code of best practice 4
commissioning and planned maintenance.

Systems that generate an aerosol must be tested for Legionella every six months. In certain
applications, such as food retailers, it is recommended the same water is also tested for E.Coli and
coliform bacteria.

Where systems do not incorporate some of the design features outlined above, or where ambient
temperatures exceed 20°C, or where the risk of aerosol inhalation or infection is greater, more regular
sampling will be required. These might be using Dipslides for TVC, or more frequent testing for
Legionella.

Persons responsible for maintenance should record who the competent persons responsible for
maintenance are, water sampling frequency, tests and results, routine maintenance, cleaning and
disinfection dates and details, as per the HSC’s Code of Practice L8.

All monitoring and maintenance activity should be recorded in a log, particularly that relating to
Legionella monitoring and control.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Status. 6M Isolate electrically and hydraulically. Note:- electrical isolation must meet Technical 1. Status. 3M Isolate electrically and hydraulically. Electrical isolation must meet
HSAWA requirements. HSAWA (www.hse.gov.uk)
requirements.
2. Water tank. 6M Clean out and refill. Technical 2. Water tank. 1M Clean out and refill. Unlike the humidifiers that boil
water, water droplets can contain
any impurities that are in the
reservoir, including minerals from
hard water (which then forms a
difficult to remove white dust on
nearby objects and furniture), and
pathogens growing in a stagnant
water tank.
3.Ultra sonic 6M Clean carefully with soft Technical 3.Ultra sonic 3M Clean carefully with soft
diaphragms. non-scratch cloth. diaphragms. non-scratch cloth.

5. SEDIMENT 1M Remove as necessary from top of Operators must wear correctly Other 5. Sediment 1M Remove as necessary from top of Waste disposal regulations apply.
REMOVAL. reservoir. graded masks. WASTE DISPOSAL removal. reservoir.
REGULATIONS APPLY.
Added 6. UVC lamps 12M Change lamps UVC lamps in general have a life of
approximately 8,000 hours, however
due to the nature of their
construction; the
degradation in output accelerates
towards the end of its useful life.
Added 7. Automatic 12M Check that the alarm system (both
shutdown and audible and visual)works when the
alarm system automatic shutdown system
operates. Check that the equipment
shuts down correctly and drains the
water reservoir.

Page 343 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

33-06 HUMIDIFIERS- Resistance heater type 33-06 HUMIDIFIERS- Resistance heater type
In hard water areas more frequent maintenance may be required Technical In hard water areas more frequent maintenance may be required
Any action taken should conform to the HSE requirements, The control of Legionella bacteria in
water systems – ACOP L8,2001 and HEVAC code of best practice - 1 Any action taken should conform to the HSE requirements, The control of Legionella bacteria in water
systems – ACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) and HEVAC Association code of best practice 4
commissioning and planned maintenance.

Persons responsible for maintenance should record who the competent persons responsible for
maintenance are, water sampling frequency, tests and results, routine maintenance, cleaning and
disinfection dates and details, as per the HSC’s Code of Practice L8.

All monitoring and maintenance activity should be recorded in a log, particularly that relating to
Legionella monitoring and control.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Status. 12M Isolate electrically and hydraulically. Note:- electrical isolation must meet Other 1. Status. 12M Isolate electrically and hydraulically. Electrical isolation must meet
HSAWA requirements. HSAWA (www.hse.gov.uk)
requirements.
2. Water boiling 12M Drain. Technical 2. Water boiling 12M Drain. Check all electrical
chamber. chamber. connections on the cylinder for
soundness and correct any defects
4. Scale 12M Change as necessary. Technical 4. Scale 12M Change as necessary. Waste disposal regulations apply.
collecting bag collecting bag
(where fitted). (where fitted).

Page 344 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

33-07 HUMIDIFIER - Disinfection procedures 33-07 HUMIDIFIER - Disinfection procedures

All actions should conform with HSE requirements, L8 ACOP and HEVAC code of best practice - 1 Technical All actions should conform with HSE requirements, L8 ACOP and HEVAC Association code of best
practice 4 commissioning and planned maintenance.

Before chemical disinfection is carried out it is essential that the system is clean and it is important to
ensure that all parts of the system are disinfected, not just those which are readily accessible.

Building occupants should be warned that the water is heavily chlorinated. If tanks and calorifiers are
heavily contaminated by organic materials, the system should be disinfected before cleaning to
reduce risks to cleaning staff and also after cleaning. It may be necessary to add chemical dispersants
to remove organic fouling from pipework etc. and chemical descaling may also be necessary. Where
possible, cleaning methods should not create an aerosol.

Persons responsible for maintenance should record who the competent persons responsible for
maintenance are, water sampling frequency, tests and results, routine maintenance, cleaning and
disinfection dates and details, as per the HSC’s Code of Practice L8.

All monitoring and maintenance activity should be recorded in a log, particularly that relating to
Legionella monitoring and control.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. System. 6M Isolate electrically and hydraulically, Isolation of electrical supply should Other 1. System. 6M Isolate electrically and hydraulically, Isolation of electrical supply should
if not already isolated. be in accordance with HSAWA if not already isolated. be in accordance with HSAWA
requirements. (www.hse.gov.uk) requirements.
2.Loose debris. 6M Allow humidity water to drain, Technical 2.Loose debris. 6M Allow humidity water to drain, Waste disposal regulations apply.
remove solid debris with 'wet and remove solid debris with `wet and
dry' vacuum cleaner. dry` vacuum cleaner.
4. Disinfection. 6M Refill system with clean fresh water, Ensure drain valve closed during Other 4. Disinfection. 6M Refill system with clean fresh water, Ensure drain valve closed during
disinfect system with addition of refill. Note:- Free chlorine is rapidly disinfect system with addition of refill. Free chlorine is rapidly
sodium hypochlorite solution to absorbed by organic matter and sodium hypochlorite solution to absorbed by organic matter and
achieve free residual chlorine partially lost when the chlorinated achieve free residual chlorine partially lost when the chlorinated
reserve of 50 mg/l, maintain water cascades through the infill reserve of 50 mg/l, maintain water cascades through the infill
circulation for one hour ensuring matter, thus further additions of circulation for one hour ensuring matter, thus further additions of
the level does not drop below 30 sodium hypochlorite may be the level does not drop below 30 sodium hypochlorite may be
mg/l after one hour. required to maintain the free mg/l after one hour. required to maintain the free
chlorine reserve at 50mg/litre. chlorine reserve at 50mg/litre.
5. Return to 6M Drain and thoroughly flush the Particular attention is required if Other 5. Return to 6M Drain and thoroughly flush the Particular attention is required if
service. sump and operate the pumps for a water used for disinfection is of a service. sump and operate the pumps for a water used for disinfection is of a
further 15 minutes. Drain sump, high pH (over 7.3pH) as this will further 15 minutes. Drain sump, test high pH (over 7.3pH) as this will
test to ensure that residual chlorine reduce the effective chlorine. If to ensure that residual chlorine has reduce the effective chlorine. If
has dropped to below 0.5 mg/l. using other chemicals for dropped to below 0.5 mg/l. Refill using other chemicals for
Refill sump if unit to be put back disinfection, ensure they are WRAS sump if unit to be put back into disinfection, ensure they are WRAS
into service immediately. approved and suppliers method is service immediately. approved and suppliers method is
followed. All disinfections must be followed. All disinfections must be
supported by a detailed disinfection supported by a detailed disinfection
certificate. NB Chlorine is corrosive certificate. Chlorine is corrosive at
at high levels and other less high levels and other less
aggressive chemicals that are not aggressive chemicals that are not
pH dependant should be pH dependant should be
considered. considered.

Page 345 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

33-08 SPRAY HUMIDIFIERS

Added Systems that generate an aerosol must be tested for Legionella every six months. In certain
applications, such as food retailers, it is recommended the same water is also tested for E.Coli and
coliform bacteria.

Where ambient temperatures exceed 20°C, or where the risk of aerosol inhalation or infection is
greater, more regular sampling will be required. These might be using dipslides for TVC, or more
frequent testing for Legionella.

Persons responsible for maintenance should record who the competent persons responsible for
maintenance are, water sampling frequency, tests and results, routine maintenance, cleaning and
disinfection dates and details, as per the HSC’s Code of Practice L8.

In hard water areas maintenance may require to be carried out more frequently. If output is decreased
due to heavy scaling renewal of the cylinder will be required, refer to client.

Any action taken should conform to the HSE requirements, The control of Legionella bacteria in water
systems – ACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) and HEVAC Association code of best practice for
commissioning and planned maintenance.

All monitoring and maintenance activity should be recorded in a log, particularly that relating to
Legionella monitoring and control.

Frequency will change depending on the level of contamination and should be subject to local risk
assessment.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Non-Chemical 1W Confirm the operation of
water treatment non-chemical water
treatment (if present).
Added 1. Status 6M Isolate electrically and hydraulically, Isolation of electrical supply should
if not already isolated. be in accordance with HSAWA
(www.hse.gov.uk) requirements.
Added 2. Humidifier 6M Clean and disinfect spray Humidifiers and air washers -
humidifiers/air atomising humidifiers and
washers and make-up tanks spray-type air washers may use
including all water from reservoirs or tanks where
wetted surfaces, descaling as the water temperature exceeds
necessary. 20°C. Unless they are regularly
cleaned and maintained, they can
become heavily contaminated,
especially in industrial
environments. The risk can be
prevented by using humidifiers
which do not create a spray, i.e.
steam humidifiers. ‘Portable’ or
‘room’ humidifiers of the type that
have a water
supply that is sprayed or atomised
into the room are not
recommended for use in NHS
premises.

Page 346 of 614

ICE MAKING MACHINES

Page 347 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

34-01 ICE MAKING MACHINES 34-01 ICE MAKING MACHINES

Added Cleaning and maintenance of ice machines and storage units is essential in preventing contamination
of ice or equipment. Where possible always follow manufacturer’s instructions for maintenance and
cleaning. A regular cleaning schedule should be established and cleaning and maintenance records
maintained. The client should inspect the interior of the machine twice a week for build up of mould or
other contaminants, and clean accordingly.

The water supply to this equipment should be taken from a potable supply via a double check valve to
prevent backflow. Check that the water supply is taken upstream of a regularly used outlet with the
minimum of intervening pipe-run, that is, less than 3 m. The supply should not be softened.
Additionally, it should be established that the usage is sufficient to avoid deterioration in water quality ,
for example that the inlet water temperature does not exceed 20°C.
The Automatic Vending Association of Britain (AVAB) codes of practice should be followed regarding
hygiene and water quality and hygienic operation of vending machines.

Disconnect ice machines before planned water disruptions.

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Condition. 12M Empty, check for damage and Report to client if remedial work Other 1. Condition. 12M Disconnect the unit from the power Some ice storage units require
clean and disinfect. required. supply. Remove and discard ice appropriate sanitation and should
from the bin or storage unit and be done so in accordance with
allow to warm to room temperature. manufacturers recommendations.
Inspect for rodent or insect Report to client if remedial work
infestations behind and under the required.
unit and treat as required. Clean
the ice storage bin with fresh water
and detergent or as recommended
by the manufacturer. Rinse with
clean fresh water. Allow all surfaces
to dry before returning to service.
2. Door seals (if 12M Check condition, refurbish or Poorly fitting door seals can lead to Technical 2. Door seals (if 12M Check door gaskets and seals for Poorly fitting door seals can lead to
fitted). replace as necessary. either ice melting or fusion of ice fitted). evidence of leakage or dripping into either ice melting or fusion of ice
pieces and energy wastage. the storage bin. Refurbish or pieces and energy wastage.
replace as necessary.
5. Controls. 12M Check action. For details see relevant section Technical 5. Controls. 12M Check action. For details see relevant section
CONTROLS. Control panels and controllers SFG
14.
6. Drains. 12M Check for blockage, clear if Technical 6. Drains. 12M Check for blockage, clear if Ensure there are proper air gaps
necessary and disinfect. necessary and disinfect. where the condensate lines meet
the waste lines.
7. Refrigeration 12M Check operation. For more detailed maintenance Technical 7. Refrigeration 12M Check operation. For more detailed maintenance
unit. procedures, see CHILLERS. unit. procedures, see Chillers SFG 09.

Added 9. Ice Scoop 12M Ensure the ice scoop and scoop Scoop should be kept on a chain
receptacle are also cleaned with short enough not to reach the floor.
neutral detergent and water and The scoop should be kept on a
dried on a regular basis or as clean hard surface or dedicated
specified by the manufacturer receptacle and not in the storage
bin.

Page 348 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 10. System check 12M Check temperature of inlet water Record temperature in logbook.
temperature. Ice should not be allowed to
Ensure that the warm exhaust is stagnate in an ice-making machine’s
not impinging directly on taps, pipes storage bin, but should be changed
or hoses supplying the cold water. frequently.

Page 349 of 614

INSULATION

Page 350 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

35-01 INSULATION 35-01 THERMAL INSULATION

WARNING: Insulation may contain asbestos. If Asbestos is suspected or you are unsure of the Other <B>WARNING</B>: Insulation may contain asbestos. If Asbestos is suspected or you are unsure of
material - STOP WORK - Broken Insulation is dangerous and if in doubt do not start work and inform the material - STOP WORK. Broken Insulation is dangerous and if in doubt do not start work and
your supervisor and client. Work MUST NOT re-start until a Certifcate for safe working is recieved. inform your supervisor and client. Work MUST NOT re-start until a Certificate for safe working is
received. Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail.

Damaged and missing insulation can allow the surface temperature of equipment and pipework to
exceed Dew Point - thus allowing condensation to occur and in sub-zero process ice build up to occur.
Potentially this could result in slippery surfaces, cosmetic damage and fungal infestation or rotting of
susceptible materials.

When an insulating material, becomes wet, the air enclosures fill with water and, because water is a
better conductor than air, the conductivity of the material increases.
The thickness of Thermal insulation should be in accordance with BS 5422:2009
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 4. Insulation 12M Re-install any valve, flange or
Jackets similar fittings boxes / insulation
jackets that have been removed
and left off. Report any of these
missing.
Added 5. Cladding 12M Check all cladding to make sure it
has not been damaged / dented
[especially near step over points].
repair any damage or report if
unable to repair
1. Pipe lagging. 12M Check for dampness and broken Broken and damp insulation Technical 1. Pipe lagging. 12M Check for dampness and broken Broken and damp insulation wastes
condition washers energy and should be condition. Report on condition of all energy and should be repaired as
repaired as soon as possible. insulation and coverings, paying soon as possible.
particular attention to integrity of
any vapour seals.
2. Boiler lagging. 12M Check for broken condition and Technical 2. Boiler lagging. 12M Check for broken condition and
repair if necessary. repair if necessary. Report on
condition of all insulation and
coverings, paying particular
attention to integrity of any vapour
seals.

Page 351 of 614

LIGHTING

Page 352 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

36-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 36-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The design and installation of lighting systems should be in accordance with the CIBSE Code for Other Luminaires are usually placed high up in a building and consequently are not easily accessible. A risk
Interior Lighting and to ensure that the design conditions are maintained, regular maintenance is assessment and method statement should be carried out. Access by stepladders is not
necessary. Failure to carry out that maintenance will lead to reduced lighting levels, lower efficiency recommended.
and energy wastage. It must be stressed that lighting is often a significant cause of energy wastage
through illuminations, poor controls and not using modern energy saving lamps. The design and installation of lighting systems should be in accordance with the CIBSE Code for
The maintenance of lighting installations covers four main sectors, these are:- Interior Lighting and to ensure that the design conditions are maintained, regular maintenance is
Local wiring and cabling, i.e. at entry and/or exit of fitting or control. necessary. Failure to carry out that maintenance will lead to reduced lighting levels, lower efficiency
Fittings including luminaries. and energy wastage.
Lamps
Controls Maintenance routines can improve lighting efficiency by using a regular programme of cleaning for
Normally for wiring and cabling little maintenance is required unless alterations or temporary lighting diffusers and by replacing luminaires as they become less efficient with age . There may also
arrangements have been made. For luminaires and fittings the cleanliness of the environment is an be advantages in replacing older type tubular fluorescent lamps with modern, improved efficiency
important factor dictating the frequency of cleaning, dirty fittings and tubes cause loss of light with the units with an equivalent lighting output. In a dirty environment more frequent cleaning will be
consequent effect on the efficiency of the work station and the accuracy of the work being carried out . necessary.
In a dirty environment frequent cleaning may be necessary.
In the case of lamps, bulbs or luminaires the manufacturers quote a rated life. The rated life is the The maintenance of lighting installations covers four main sectors, these are:-
best average of life for a manufactured batch.
There is also another factor which may dictate replacement frequency and that is accessibility. Often it A) Local wiring and cabling, i.e. at entry and/or exit of fitting or control. B) Fittings including luminaries.
is cost effective to replace lamps on a regular basis based on the recommended life of the lamps . C) Lamps D) Controls
Clearly in certain situations such as a shop or hospital or where access is very difficult a regular
replacement schedule may be the most sensible option and this should be agreed with the client. Normally for wiring and cabling little maintenance is required unless alterations or temporary
The environmental factors of the disposal of items must be considered together with the type of arrangements have been made. For luminaires and fittings the cleanliness of the environment is an
replacement used. important factor dictating the frequency of cleaning in a dirty environment frequent cleaning may be
necessary. Dirty reflectors, diffusers, lamps and tubes cause loss of light with the consequent effect
on the ‘task’ for which the luminaire was initially installed and the accuracy of the ‘task’ being carried
out. Most lamps should be changed at the end of their useful life which is usually before they fail.
While continuing to consume the same power as when new, a lamp’s output may decline by 50% or
more before it fails. Aim to replace SON and metal halide lamps as soon as they fail. The lamp igniter
will continue to try to restart the failed lamp. This can use more energy than if the lamp was working
normally and, in addition, puts strain on the ballast, causing it to fail in extreme cases.

Manufacturers quote a rated life for Lamps and Tubes.. The rated life is the best average of life for a
manufactured batch.

A note should be made where lamps with different colour temperatures are used in different parts of a
building to avoid a combination of colours in the same room. It is equally important to ensure that
lamps / tubes are replaced with like for like types of the correct colour rendition.

There is also another factor which may dictate replacement frequency and that is accessibility. Often it
is cost effective to replace lamps on a regular basis based on the recommended life of the lamps .
Clearly in certain situations such as retail store or hospital or where access is very difficult a regular
replacement schedule may be the most sensible option and this should be agreed with the service
provider.

The environmental factors of the disposal of items must be considered together with the type of
replacement used. Fluorescent tubes and other mercury containing discharge lamps together with low
and high pressure sodium lamps waste are now classified as hazardous under the Hazardous Waste
Regulations 2005. These regulations came into force 16th July 2005 in England and Wales replacing
the Special Waste Regulations 1996.

See Hazardous area (electrics) SFG 27 for any lighting works in explosive areas or where intrinsically
safe fittings are installed.

Page 353 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

36-02 LIGHTING-SWITCHES-INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL 36-02 LIGHTING-SWITCHES-INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4.Solar operated 12M Clean detector surface. Other 4.Solar operated 12M Clean detector surface. Check:
switches (external Check:switching function, switches (external switching function,
and internal). and internal).
6.Automatic 12M Check operation and time settings. Adjustments for BST should be Other 6.Automatic 6M Check operation and time settings. Adjustments for BST should be
switching controls made by the client on the switching controls made by the service provider on the
(e.g. timers). appropriate dates. For external (e.g. timers). appropriate dates. For external
lighting regular adjustments should lighting regular adjustments should
be made to compensate for be made to compensate for
changes in daylight hours. This will changes in daylight hours.
reduce energy wastage.

Page 354 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

36-03 LIGHTING FITTINGS including LUMINAIRES general 36-03 LIGHTING FITTINGS including LUMINAIRES general
Added Please see Lighting SFG 36-01 introductory procedures before commencing.

Wear cotton gloves on highly reflective luminaire diffusers and when changing tungsten capsule
lamps.

See Hazardous area (electrics) SFG 27 for any lighting works in explosive areas or where intrinsically
safe fittings are installed.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Cleanliness. 12M Clean fittings where necessary. Frequency of cleaning will depend Technical 1.Cleanliness. 12M Check each lamp for build-up of Frequency of cleaning will depend
on environment, in dirty areas more dust and dirt, clean as required. on environment, in dirty areas more
frequent cleaning may be frequent cleaning may be
necessary. Contract should state necessary.
whether this is part of the
maintenance contract.
2.Lamps 12M Check for failed lamps or signs of Tungsten filament lamps are Other 2.Lamps 12M Check for failed lamps or signs of
a)tungsten deterioration.Replace as required. inefficient with regard to energy use a)tungsten deterioration. Replace as required.
filament, and could be replaced with more filament,
efficient lamp types.
b)fluorescent, 12M Clean and replace any failed or Care should be taken in handling as Technical b)fluorescent, 12M Check for failed or flickering lamps Care should be taken in handling as
suspect lamps. broken glass from broken or signs of deterioration. Replace broken glass from broken
tubes/lamps can be as required tubes/lamps can be dangerous.
dangerous.Disposal of tubes/lamps Disposal of tubes/lamps should be
should be in accordance with H&S in accordance with H&S
and Environmental regulations. (www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/co
shh/index.htm) and Environmental
regulations.
8.Switches. 12M Check operation. Replace if faulty. Technical 8.Switches and 12M Check operation of all switches. Replace if faulty.
control contactors Check function and operation of
any lighting control contactors;
ensure that lamp circuits operate at
correct times, both for normal
operation and for extended on/off
periods.

Page 355 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

36-04 EXTERNAL LIGHTING including ILLUMINATED SIGNS 36-04 EXTERNAL LIGHTING including ILLUMINATED SIGNS
WARNING : Equipment may operate at voltages above 415 and extra precautions should be Added Please see Lighting SFG 36-01 introductory procedures before commencing.
taken.
Wear cotton gloves on highly reflective luminaire diffusers and when changing tungsten capsule
lamps.

See Hazardous area (electrics) SFG 27 for any lighting works in explosive areas or where intrinsically
safe fittings are installed.

<B>WARNING</B> : Equipment may operate at voltages above 415v.

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added External Fittings

Added 1. General 6M Clean and check: For physical Frequency of cleaning will depend
damage. Signs of water ingress or on environment, in dirty areas more
condensation, if present check frequent cleaning may be
seals and report toclient. necessary.
Check mounting
brackets/supports/columns etc., for
corrosion, damage and security,
report all findings
Added 2. Lamps 12M Check for failed or flickering lamps Care should be taken in handling as
or signs of deterioration. Replace broken glass from broken
as required tubes/lamps can be dangerous.
Disposal of tubes/lamps should be
in accordance with H&S and
Environmental regulations.
Added 3. Cable 12M Check externally for security and Renew or re-fix as necessary.
connections signs of arcing or overheating.

Added 4. Lamp control 12M Check operation and compatibility

gear. with lamp.

Added 5. Switches and 12M Check operation of all switches. Replace if faulty.
control contactors Check function and operation of
any lighting control contactors;
ensure that lamp circuits operate at
correct times, both for normal
operation and for extended on/off
periods
Added 6. Electrical wiring. 12M Check integrity and report to client if
renewal necessary

Added 7. Earth continuity 6M Check and remedy if necessary.

Added Signage

Page 356 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

1.Condition. 6M Clean and check:For physical On plastic surfaces avoid a build up Technical 1.Condition. 6M Clean and check: For physical On plastic surfaces avoid a build up
damage. Signs of water ingress or of static which will re-attract dirt. damage. Signs of water ingress or of static which will re-attract dirt.
condensation, if present check Cleaning materials should be condensation, if present check Cleaning materials should be
seals and report to client. compatible with sign fabric.If seals and report to client. compatible with sign fabric. If
evidence of need for re-painting evidence of need for re-painting
observed, notify client. observed, notify client.
4.Lamps or tubes. 12M Check for failed or blackened tubes Replacement procedures should be Technical 4.Lamps or tubes. 12M Check for failed or blackened tubes Replacement procedures should be
or lamps. Replace as necessary. agreed with the client as or lamps. Replace as necessary. agreed with the client as
recommended life can vary with type recommended life can vary with
of luminaire. Tube or lamp colour type of luminaire. Tube or lamp
should conform with original colour colour should conform with original
specification. Disposal of tubes colour specification. Disposal of
should be in accordance with H&S tubes should be in accordance with
and Environmental regulations. H&S
(www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/co
shh/index.htm) and Environmental
regulations.
6.Control gear. 12M Check for correct operation. Replacement equipment should be Technical 6.Control gear. 12M Check for correct operation. Replacement equipment should be
compatible with that removed. compatible with that removed.
Replacement cold cathode Replacement cold cathode
transformers should be re-calibrated transformers should be re-calibrated
to the design mA output. to the design mA output.

Page 357 of 614

LIGHTING- EMERGENCY

Page 358 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

37-01 EMERGENCY LIGHTING self contained 37-01 EMERGENCY LIGHTING self contained
Emergency lighting levels in existing installations may have to be upgraded to comply with current Technical To be carried out in accordance with BS EN 50172:2004 / BS 5266 Part 8: 2004. All tests shall be
legislation. logged as section 6 of that document.
In addition to the tasks shown below;
The emergency lighting record logbook or monitoring system should be checked in order that
recorded faults may be rectified. All emergency and escape lighting systems should be inspected
daily.
In particular, it should be ensured that:
a) every lamp is lit if the system is maintained;
b) the control panel for any central battery system or generator
indicates normal operation; This is a visual inspection of indicators to identify that the system is in a
ready condition and does not require a test of operation.
c) any fault found is logged and the appropriate action(s) taken.

Because of the possibility of a failure of the normal lighting supply occurring shortly after a period of
testing of the emergency lighting system or during the subsequent recharge period, all full duration
tests shall wherever possible be undertaken preceding time of low risk to allow for battery recharge.
Alternatively, suitable temporary arrangements shall be made until the batteries have been recharged.

The following minimum inspections and tests shall be carried out at the intervals recommended below.
The regulating authority may require specific tests.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Testing. 1M To be carried out monthly in Client s operators should be trained Technical 1.Test - Monthly 1M If automatic testing devices are The period of simulated failure
accordance with BS 5266:Part 1: to carry out monthly tasks. used, the results of the short should be sufficient for the purpose
2005. All tests shall be logged as duration tests shall be recorded. of this clause whilst minimising
per Appendix C of BS 5266. damage to the
Switch on in the emergency mode system components e.g. lamps.
each luminaire and each internally
illuminated exit sign from its battery Any luminaires or exit signs that do
by simulation of a failure of the not function correctly should be
supply to the normal lighting for a repaired or replaced.
period sufficient to ensure that each
lamp is illuminated. Responsibility for monthly check
should be agreed with the client.
During this period, all luminaires
and signs shall be checked to
ensure that they are present, clean
and functioning correctly.

At the end of this test period, the

supply to the normal lighting should
be restored and any indicator lamp
or device checked to ensure that it
is showing that the normal supply
has been restored.
2.Operation. 1M Check operation, if failure is If fault is not with lamp check that Deleted
suspected replace lamp. the mains LED is on with the mains
supply restored, if not, report to
client. Responsibility for monthly
check should be agreed with the
client.

Page 359 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

3.Battery. 12M Check condition and date of Normal life expectancy is five years. Other 3.Battery. 12M Check condition and date of Normal life expectancy is five years.
expected life. Renew if necessary. Batteries must be disposed of in expected life. Renew if necessary. Batteries must be disposed of in
accordance with H&S and accordance with H&S and
Environmental Regulations. Environmental Regulations.
6M Test for one hour. If luminaire rated for duration of one Technical 2. Test - Annually 12M If automatic testing devices are Any luminaires or exit signs that do
hour, test used, the results of the full rated not function correctly should be
duration test shall be recorded. repaired or replaced.

For all other systems the monthly The once per year test is for the full
inspection shall be carried out and duration of the battery.
the following additional tests made:

each luminaire and internally

illuminated sign shall be tested as
per item 1 above [monthly] but for
its full rated duration
in accordance with the
manufacturer`s information;

The supply of the normal lighting

shall be restored and any indicator
lamp or device checked to ensure
that it is showing that normal supply
has been restored. The charging
arrangements should be checked
for proper functioning;

The date of the test and its results

shall be recorded in the system
logbook
12M Test for three hours. The once per year test is for the full Deleted
duration of

Page 360 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

37-02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING externally powered 37-02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING externally powered
Emergency lighting levels in existing installations may have to be upgraded to comply with current Technical To be carried out in accordance with BS EN 50172:2004 / BS 5266 Part 8: 2004. All tests shall be
legislation; the COSHH Regulations must also be followed - refer to www.hse.gov.uk for details. logged as section 6 of that document.
In addition to the tasks shown below;
The emergency lighting record logbook or monitoring system should be checked in order that
recorded faults may be rectified. All emergency and escape lighting systems should be inspected
daily.
In particular, it should be ensured that:
a) every lamp is lit if the system is maintained;
b) the control panel for any central battery system or generator
indicates normal operation; This is a visual inspection of indicators to identify that the system is in a
ready condition and does not require a test of operation.
c) any fault found is logged and the appropriate action(s) taken.

Because of the possibility of a failure of the normal lighting supply occurring shortly after a period of
testing of the emergency lighting system or during the subsequent recharge period, all full duration
tests shall wherever possible be undertaken preceding time of low risk to allow for battery recharge.
Alternatively, suitable temporary arrangements shall be made until the batteries have been recharged.

The following minimum inspections and tests shall be carried out at the intervals recommended below.
The regulating authority may require specific tests.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
6M Energise from battery for period of If the system is rated for one hour, Technical 2) TEST - 12M If automatic testing devices are Any luminaires or exit signs that do
one hour. duration of test simulating failure Annually used, the results of the full rated not function correctly should be
should be fifteen minutes. duration test shall be recorded. repaired or replaced.

For all other systems the monthly The once per year test is for the full
inspection shall be carried out and duration of the battery.
the following additional tests made:

each luminaire and internally

illuminated sign shall be tested as
per item 1 above [monthly] but for
its full rated duration
in accordance with the
manufacturer`s information;

The supply of the normal lighting

shall be restored and any indicator
lamp or device checked to ensure
that it is showing that normal supply
has been restored. The charging
arrangements should be checked
for proper functioning;

The date of the test and its results

shall be recorded in the system
logbook.

Generator - In addition to the above

for generating sets, refer to the
requirement of ISO 8528-12

Page 361 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

12M Test for one hour. The once per year test is for the full Deleted
duration of the battery and is best
carried out when there is least risk
to persons in the building i.e. late on
Friday.
1.Testing. 1M To be carried out monthly is Client s operators should be trained Technical 1.Test - Monthly 1M If automatic testing devices are The period of simulated failure
accordance with BS 5266:Part 1: to carry out monthly tasks. used, the results of the short should be sufficient for the purpose
2005. All tests shall be logged as duration tests shall be recorded. of this clause whilst minimising
per Appendix C of BS 5266. damage to the
Switch on in the emergency mode system components e.g. lamps.
each luminaire and each internally
illuminated exit sign from its battery Any luminaires or exit signs that do
by simulation of a failure of the not function correctly should be
supply to the normal lighting for a repaired or replaced.
period sufficient to ensure that each
lamp is illuminated. Responsibility for monthly check
should be agreed with the client
During this period, all luminaires
and signs shall be checked to
ensure that they are present, clean
and functioning correctly.

At the end of this test period, the

supply to the normal lighting should
be restored and any indicator lamp
or device checked to ensure that it
is showing that the normal supply
has been restored.

Central battery system - In addition

to the above for central battery
systems, the correct operation of
system monitors shall be checked.

Generator - In addition to the above

for generating sets, refer to the
requirement of ISO 8528-12.
2.Operation. 6M Energise from battery for period of If the system is rated for one hour, Deleted
one hour. duration of test simulating failure
should be fifteen minutes.
3.Battery. 6M Ensure terminals are clean and Follow manufacturer s instructions Technical 3.Battery. 6M Ensure terminals are clean and Follow manufacturer s instructions
check electrolyte level. Check at all times and advise client if check electrolyte level. Check at all times and advise client if
condition of battery case(s). battery replacement is required. condition of battery case(s). battery replacement is required
In accordance with the
manufacturer’s requirements the
inspection should include a check
of;
voltage setting on the charger; cell
or monobloc battery voltages;
specific gravity (SG) and electrolyte
level, if appropriate; cleanliness,
leakage; tightness of connectors, if
required; ventilation; vent plugs or
valves; battery temperature.

Page 362 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-04 CHILLED WATER-CONDENSER WATER PIPE SYSTEMS

Page 363 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-05 CONDENSER - CHILLED WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS

Page 364 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-06 PRESSURISATION UNITS - CHILLED WATER

Page 365 of 614

LIGHTNING PROTECTION

Page 366 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

38-01 LIGHTNING CONDUCTOR AND EARTH 38-01 LIGHTNING CONDUCTOR AND EARTH
(Does not cover lightning strike prevention.) Technical All inspection, testing and documentation shall be carried out in strict accordance with BS EN 62305-
1 to 4 inclusive:2006
The inspection comprises checking the technical documentation, visual inspections and test
measurements. The object of the inspection is to verify that
– the Lightning electromagnetic pulse protection measures system (LPMS) complies with the design,
– the Lightning electromagnetic pulse protection measures system (LPMS) is capable of performing
its design function,
– any newly added protection measure is integrated correctly into the Lightning electromagnetic pulse
protection measures system (LPMS) .

Inspections shall be made; Periodically, after any alteration of components relevant to the system
and possibly after a lightning flash to the structure (e.g. where indicated by a lightning flash counter, or
where an eyewitness account of a flash to the structure is provided, or where there is visual evidence
of lightning-related damage to the structure).

The frequency of the periodical inspections shall be determined with consideration to

– the local environment, such as corrosive soils and corrosive atmospheric conditions,
– the type of protection measures employed.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Conductor tape 12M Inspect roof and plant connections, Look for evidence of corrosion in the Technical 1.Conductor tape 13M A visual inspection shall be carried Look for evidence of corrosion in the
fastenings and vertical joint connectors and earth material, this is more likely to occur fastenings and out to verify that; material, this is more likely to occur
joints. termination positions. Ensure that where there is contact between two joints. A) there are no loose connections where there is contact between two
conductor tapes are secured firmly dissimilar metals or where the nor any accidental breaks in dissimilar metals or where the
to the structure and all joints atmosphere has the potential for a conductors and joints, B) no part of atmosphere has the potential for a
including those to structural and high degree of chemical pollution. If the system has been weakened high degree of chemical pollution. If
service steelwork are mechanically renewal required, report to client. due to corrosion, especially at renewal required, report as
and electrically sound. ground level, C) bonding neccessary
conductors and cable shields are
intact, D) there are no additions or
alterations which require further
protection measures, E) there is no
indication of damage to the SPDs
[surge protection device] and their
fuses or disconnectors, F)
appropriate line routings are
maintained, G) safety distances to
the spatial shields are maintained
2.Earth 12M Test resistance to earth. Advise client if the whole of the Other 3.Earth 13M Test resistance to earth Advise client if the whole of the
terminations. lighting protection system has a terminations. lighting protection system has a
resistance to earth over 10 ohms. resistance to earth over 10 ohms.
Record details and copy to client. Record details and copy as
neccessary.

Page 367 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

3. Lightning Record details and copy to client. Technical 4. Documentation 13M The inspector shall prepare a After inspection, all defects noted
strike. After evidence of lightning strike the and report report, which shall be attached to shall be corrected without delay. If
complete procedure for inspection the technical documentation and necessary, the technical
and testing should be carried out as the previous inspection reports. The documentation shall be updated
soon as possible to ascertain the inspection report shall contain
condition of the system. information covering
– the general status of the LPMS,
– any deviation(s) from the
technical documentation,
– the result of any measurements
performed
Added 2. Electrical 13M For those parts of an earthing
continuity tests system and bonding network which
are not visible for inspection,
measurements of electrical
continuity should be performed

Page 368 of 614

MOTORS

Page 369 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

39-01 MOTORS- DRIVE ELEMENTS 39-01 MOTORS- DRIVE ELEMENTS

Note: Before carrying out any work, check status and isolate in accordance with HASAWA and Other Note: Before carrying out any work, check status and isolate in accordance with HASAWA
Electricity at Work requirements. This may require the engineer to follow a permit to work system. (www.hse.gov.uk) and Electricity at Work requirements. This may require the engineer to follow a
Dual motor systems should be treated as one. permit to work system. Dual motor systems should be treated as one.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Motor casing. 3M Check ventilating louvres are clear. See also MOTORS. Other 2. Motor casing. 3M Check ventilating louvers are clear.

8. Variable speed 12M Refer to manufacturer. Faults and any special maintenance Other 8. Variable speed 12M Refer to manufacturer. Faults and any special maintenance
drives and other requirements should be referred to drives and other requirements should be referred to
solid state the manufacturer as specialised solid state the manufacturer as specialised
controls. skills are needed to deal with this controls. skills are needed to deal with this
type of equipment. See type of equipment. See Controllers
CONTROLLERS Speed controllers. SFG 14-15 speed controllers.

Page 370 of 614

PIPEWORK SYSTEMS

Page 371 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-01 PIPEWORK SYSTEMS - General 40-01 PIPEWORK SYSTEMS - General

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Supports. 12M Check and tighten as necessary. Loose supports can lead to undue Other 2. Supports and 12M Check and tighten as necessary.
strain on pipework. Brackets

2. Valves and 12M Check operation. Valves should be N.B. Carefully note the number of Technical 3. Valves and 12M Check operation. Valves should be N.B. Carefully note the number of
stopcocks (where fully closed and then fully opened. turns to fully close, so that valve can stopcocks (where fully closed and then fully opened. turns to fully close, so that valve can
normally open) Lubricate as necessary. be reset to its original position. If normally open) Lubricate as necessary. be reset to its original position. If
operation of valve stiff, repeat operation of valve stiff, repeat
operation until clear and then return operation until clear and then return
valve to its original position. valve to its original position.
3. Regulating 12M Do not adjust unless alterations or If alterations to the pipework have Other 4. Regulating 12M Do not adjust unless alterations or If alterations to the pipework have
valves. additions to pipework have been been made it will be necessary to valves. additions to pipework have been been made it will be necessary to
made. recommission the system. made. recommission the system.
4. Double 12M Check operation. Settings should not be altered, but Other 5. Double 12M Check operation. Settings should not be altered, but
regulating valves. they can be used for regulation. regulating valves. they can be used for regulation.

5. Glands. 12M Rectify any leakages. For severe leakage, immediate Technical 6. Glands. 12M Check all valves within pipework For severe leakage, immediate
emergency action will be necessary. run for gland leakage, where emergency action will be necessary.
For regulating valve see action 3 possible at time of inspection adjust
above. or repack as required. Ensure
packing is the correct size and
material in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations
6. Anchor points 12M Check for security of fittings. Other 12. Anchor points 12M Check for security of fittings.
and guide and guide
assemblies. assemblies.
Added 1. General 12M Check all pipework for signs of
leaks, if possible repair and stem
leak
Added 7. Expansion 12M Check condition and alignment of Report any defects.
bellows expansion bellows /compensators.

Added 8. Sensors, 12M Ensure all pipeline mounted

gauges, detectors detectors/sensors and gauges are
in good repair
Added 9. Hit Hazards 12M Inspect pipework run and where it
runs across or parallel to a
personnel access route. Highlight
any low points where heads could
be hit with the appropriate hazard
tape or paint
Added 10. ID tags 12M Check identification tags are
provided for all pipeline mounted
equipment, valves etc.
Added 11. Insulation 12M Report on condition of all insulation See Insulation SFG35-01.
and coverings, paying particular
attention to integrity of any vapour
seals

Page 372 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-03 PIPEWORK SYSTEMS-TRACE HEATING 40-03 PIPEWORK SYSTEMS-TRACE HEATING

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
5. Controls. 12M Check functioning of controls. For more detailed maintenance of Technical 5. Controls. 12M Check functioning of controls. For more detailed maintenance see
thermostats, frost protection etc., thermostats, frost protection etc.
see relevant section.

Page 373 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-07 PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENT – COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 40-07 PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENT – COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS
For efficient operation of air operated control equipment such as control valves , relays and actuators a Other There are specific statutory requirements for the examination and maintenance of pressure systems
supply of clean dry, oil free compressed air is essential. Pipelines should be adequately sized to including air receivers (Users should be familiar with the statutory requirements applying to
minimise pressure loss and checked regularly for leakage as this can result in mal-operation and compressed air systems and air receivers. These are principally contained in the Pressure Systems
energy wastage. and Transportable Gas Containers Regulations 1989. Additional recommendations are given in the
It should be noted that air receivers operating above 0.5 bar gauge pressure are subject to mandatory Approved Code of practice safety of pressure systems.). In addition to the specific requirements,
periodical certification and no work should be carried out on an uncertified vessel and the client general requirements are set out in Section 2(2)(a) of the HSW Act and PUWER:
informed of the position.
To comply with the Pressure Systems and Transportable Gas Containers Regulations 1989, a written There are many ways in which compressed air can be dangerous, for example:
scheme of examination is required to be provided for the periodic examination of the whole system. 1. it can enter body orifices such as the mouth, ears and anus, causing severe and often fatal injuries:
The written scheme must be drawn up by a ‘competent person’. Refer also to HSG39 Compressor Air 2. at high pressure it can penetrate the skin;
Safety. 3. particles or oil carried in an air jet can damage the eyes;
Regular maintenance of the instrument air compressor is essential and particular attention should be oil-coke deposits in a system can spontaneously ignite and cause an explosion;
paid to the performance of the air drier and oil separator. 4. vessels containing compressed air, even at comparatively low pressure, can explode violently once
their integrity is lost; and
5. dirty or `wet` air car, lead to corrosion and blocked valves which may make the system unsafe.

It should be noted that air receivers operating above 0.5 bar gauge pressure are subject to mandatory
periodical certification and no work should be carried out on an uncertified vessel and the client
informed of the position

Before any pressurised components are dismantled they should be effectively isolated from all
pressure sources and completely vented to atmosphere. Precautions should also be taken to guard
against the possibility of injury through sudden release of trapped springs.

When components, especially valves, are found to be worn and service kits of seals are used to
rebuild them, care should be taken to check thoroughly the function of the rebuilt valve before placing
it in the equipment. Incorrect seal replacement can completely alter the valve`s function and if
replaced in the equipment could present a serious hazard
Technical

Page 374 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-08 AIR COMPRESSORS 40-08 AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS

WARNING - Where Nitrogen is used, a Risk Assessment must be done prior and suitable training Technical <B>WARNING</B> – All maintenance work, other than routine checks to filters designed for cleaning
given. The breathing of Oxygen free Nitrogen can be fatal, ensure any discharge can not endanger in-service, should be undertaken only when the compressor has been stopped, disconnected and
others. locked off from the power supply and all internal pressure dissipated . Other precautions may also be
necessary: for example, the compressor may have to be scotched to prevent movement of the
It should be noted that to ensure dry, clean and oil free air, there are a number of daily and weekly mechanism.
tasks which the plant operator must carry out as part of his duties. These include condensate Under no circumstances should flammable liquids by used for cleaning. Appropriate safety
drainage, pressure drop checks across filters, oil contamination checks and audible leaks. precautions should be taken against any toxic vapours liberated during usage of any cleaning or
degreasing liquids.

It should be noted that to ensure dry, clean and oil free air, there are a number of daily and weekly
tasks which the plant operator must carry out as part of his duties. These include condensate
drainage, pressure drop checks across filters, oil contamination checks and audible leaks.

The major hazard associated with compressors is over pressurisation, which may arise from:
(a) a blocked outlet or some other restriction to flow:
(b) failure of automatic controls combined with low air consumption;
(c) compressor malfunction, e.g. over speeding;
(d) an external fire near the pressure system: and
(e) overheating and the build-up of carbonaceous deposits, both of which can lead to fires or
explosions. Although they are rare, fires and explosions can also occur as a result of oil or oil vapour
being ignited in the pressure system.

Where receiver is fitted with automatic condensate drain valve, check for correct operation. Where
manual valves are provided, drain condensate.

Dirty or `wet` air can cause a system to fail e.g. by causing fine particles of debris to agglomerate,
blocking safety related valves
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Cooling Water. 1D The cooling water should be
visually checked to make sure that
it is circulating properly by
observing the flow outlet or flow
indicator
Added 2. Oil level. 1D The level of the oil in the crank
chamber should be checked using
a dipstick, level gauge or other
device. Any excessive usage of
lubricating oil should be
investigated
Added 3. Oil pressure 1D Oil pressure should be checked

Added 4. Oil feed 1D Check oil feed to the cylinders to

make sure that it is adequate but
not excessive. Oil consumption
should be recorded, as excessive
consumption can often lead to
explosions downstream of the
compressor

Page 375 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 5. Air pressure & 1D Check and record the outlet air
temperature pressure and temperature.

Added 6. General 1D Check the compressor performance

by listening for any unusual noises
during running.
Added 7. Defects 1D Defects found should be rectified
and a record kept

Added 8. Air receiver 1D Any accumulation of oil and water

should be drained from the air
receiver, the intercooler, the
aftercooler and main supply pipes.
Added 9. Safety valves 1W Safety valves (where design allows)
should be checked by easing them
by hand.
Added 10. Air filter. 1M Inspect air filter, clean/replace as The condition of the inlet air filters
found necessary. should be checked and thoroughly
cleaned or replaced. The interval
between successive replacements
will be determined by local
circumstances but is, to a certain
extent, controlled by the capacity of
the filter and the cleanliness of the
atmosphere in the vicinity.
Where oil wetted viscous filters are
used, spare units should be
provided and excess oil should be
drained from the filter units for at
least four to eight hours before the
units are replaced, except where the
manufacturer advises otherwise
Added 14b Oil 12M Drain and change the lubricating oil
using recommended lubricating oil

Added 20a 6M Where oil coke deposits are liable The period between inspections can
Delivery Ports and to occur, check the delivery ports be modified in the light of
pipework and pipework. Clean as required experience gained from operating a
particular installation
Added 24. VALVES 12M Check condition of the valves. After each 2000 hours of running or
[various] Inspect and clean the annually (whichever is the sooner)
non-return/unloader valve
assembly.
Remove and inspect the crankcase
breather valve
Added 25. cooler section 12M Clean the intercooler and After each 2000 hours of running or
aftercooler sections. annually (whichever is the sooner)

Added 26. Radiator 12M the radiator should be drained and After each 2000 hours of running or
washed out annually (whichever is the sooner)

Page 376 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 27. Air Receiver 24M Prepare for and assist with Frequency will be set by Insurance
insurance inspection. inspector
The air receiver should be
thoroughly cleaned and examined
internally.
1. Capacity Test. 12M Pump up receiver from zero Any marked difference from the Other 11. Capacity 12M Pump up receiver from zero Any marked difference from the
atmospheric pressure to working manufacturers specification may Test. atmospheric pressure to working manufacturers specification may
pressure and note time taken. indicate leakage or compressor pressure and note time taken. indicate leakage or compressor
faults. faults.
2. General 12M Check the following: condition of Check for tightness of glands and Technical 12. General 12M Check the following: condition of Check for tightness of glands and
Conditions. guards, interstage cooler drains, seats. Conditions. guards, inter-stage cooler drains, seats.
bearers and holding down bolts, bearers and holding down bolts,
hand operated valves, moisture hand operated valves, moisture
traps. traps. Clean down all external
surfaces.
Inspect air receiver; check all
valves, seals etc., operate correctly
3. Status. 12M Switch off and isolate electricity. Note: Electrical isolation should be Other 13. Status. 12M Electrical Check for satisfactory Note: Electrical isolation should be
carried out according to the operation of local electrical isolation carried out according to the
HSAWA. Where receivers are device (stoplock/isolator HSAWA (www.hse.gov.uk). Where
subject to Statutory Tests and receivers are subject to Statutory
Examinations for purposes of Tests and Examinations for
insurance, major overhauls should purposes of insurance, major
coincide with such tests and overhauls should coincide with such
examinations.Any recommendations tests and examinations. Any
made by the Insurance Inspector recommendations made by the
must be completed before the Insurance Inspector must be
receiver is returned to service. completed before the receiver is
returned to service.
4. Oil. 12M Note level and change using Technical 14a. Oil. 3M Check the quality of oil in the crank 600 hours or 3M (whichever is the
recommended lubricating oil. case and, according to the sooner)
manufacturer`s recommendations.
replace if necessary
5. Belt and Drive. 12M Check tension and condition of Ensure spare belts are available. Technical 15. Belts, Guards 12M Check condition, tension and Ensure spare belts are available.
belts and drives and Drive. alignment of drive belts and pulleys.
Renew drive belts as necessary.
Check drive guard is in good repair
and securely fixed, providing
correct cover of all moving parts.
Change lubricant in motor bearings
6. Condensate 12M Check condensate drainage system Note: This should be checked daily Other 16. Condensate 12M Check condensate drainage system This should be checked daily as part
removal. and clean as necessary. as part of the normal in house removal. and clean as necessary. of the normal in house maintenance
maintenance procedures. The procedures. The condition of the
condition of the condensate is an condensate is an indication of the
indication of the condition of the condition of the compressor.
compressor. Waste Disposal
Regulations apply.

Page 377 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

7. Pressure relief 12M Operate and check valve for Technical 17. Pressure relief 12M Test safety valve and where fitted,
valve. condition, operation, setting and valve and LP relief valve.
leak tightness. Adjust if necessary. protective devices The condition of protective devices
should be checked and tested to
determine that they operate
correctly.
Fusible pellets or complete plugs
should be replaced
8. Air filter. 12M Clean. Poor condition can indicate main air Deleted
intake problems.

9. Electrical 12M Check and tighten all connections. For associated equipment, see Technical 18. Electrical 12M Examine and report condition of all for associated equipment see;
connections. Check condition of wiring and MOTORS, PUMPS, FANS. associated wiring, ensure security Motors SFG 39-01
insulation. of all terminal connections and Pumps SFG 45-01
check for satisfactory condition of Fans SFG 20-01
any flexible cables/conduits. Ensure
plant has adequate earth conductor
and bonding is secure. Take and
log motor current and compare with
nameplate details.
10. Gauges. 12M Check operation. Defective gauges should be Other 19. Gauges. 12M Check operation. Defective gauges should be
reported with a recommendation reported with a recommendation
that they be replaced. that they be replaced.
11. Pipes and 12M Check external condition and leak With soldered or brazed joints, Technical 20b. Pipes and 12M In the case of oil lubricated With soldered or brazed joints,
connections. tightness. Tighten connections as these may have to be remade. To connections. compressors, the delivery valves, these may have to be remade. To
necessary. prevent internal scaling use dry, ports and all the pipework, vessels prevent internal scaling use dry,
oxygen free nitrogen (OFN) during and fittings between the delivery oxygen free nitrogen (OFN) during
the jointing process. WARNING - port and that point in the system the jointing process.
The breathing of Nitrogen can be at which the air temperature can be
fatal, a Risk Assesment must be confidently expected to be below
done prior to its use, suitable 80`C. should be inspected. Any
training must also be given prior. carbonaceous deposit should be
effectively removed;
Check external condition and leak
tightness. Tighten connections as
necessary.
12. Controls. 12M Check operation of pressure Technical 21. Controls. 12M Check that the regulating system
switches and auto change over operates correctly Check operation
solenoids. of pressure switches and auto
change over solenoids. Check and
log settings of high limit pressure
switch (es)
13. Offloaders, 12M Check operation. Other 22. Offloaders, 12M Check operation.
mechanical and mechanical and
electrical. electrical.
14. Main air 12M Check air source for possible If air quality affected by location of Other 23. Main air 12M Check air source for possible If air quality affected by location of
intake air quality. contamination and dangerous intake, report to client. Repositioning intake air quality. contamination and dangerous intake, report to client.
gases. may be necessary. gases. Repositioning may be necessary.

Page 378 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-09 AIR COMPRESSORS Compressed air dryers 40-09 AIR COMPRESSORS Compressed air dryers
Added The chambers of air dryers are pressure vessels and should conform with PD 5500:2009
“Specifications for unfired fusion- welded pressure vessels” or to a standard providing equal integrity.
If means are provided for isolating the dryer (and it is good practice to provide means of isolation for
all equipment), either the chambers should be constructed to withstand the maximum pressure that
can be generated by the compressor or a suitable pressure reducing valve and a safety valve should
be fitted to prevent the safe working pressure of the chambers from being exceeded.

Where there is no means of isolating the dryer from a suitable safety valve, e.g. on the receiver, and
where non-return valves are fitted to the dryer outlet (to protect it from stored energy in the system),
no safety valves are needed.

Maintenance operations should only be conducted when the system has been shut down, isolated
and fully depressurised. All connections must be undone with care, paying particular attention to the
areas that become pressurised. Do not modify or adjust control settings. Check all connections for
leakage and secure seating. Ensure all loose parts are removed or secured to the dryer before
operation.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Electrical 12M Check condition and contacts. Other 2. Electrical 12M Check condition.
wiring and Make good as necessary. wiring and
conduits. conduits.
2. Cleaning. 3M WARNING - The breathing of Items:- Insert casing-felt Other 2. Cleaning. 3M A risk Assessment must be done Items:- Insert casing-felt
Nitrogen can be fatal, a Risk pads-perforated and training given prior to use. pads-perforated
Assessment must be done and discs-spring-gauzes-strainers-cotton discs-spring-gauzes-strainers-cotton
training given prior to use. wool- U pin-external wool- U pin-external
Where applicable, dismantle and casing-desiccant as directed. Where applicable, dismantle and casing-desiccant as directed.
clean with dry oxygen free nitrogen. clean with dry oxygen free nitrogen.
Examine, test, refit or renew items Examine, test, refit or renew items
listed under notes. listed under notes.
c) )Water Deleted
absorption type
continued
4. Re-activation 3M Time change-over period. Compare with manufacturer s Other 4. Re-activation 3M Time change-over period. Compare with manufacturer`s
drying time. recommendation. drying time. recommendation.

c) Compressed air Note: The Pressure Systems and Other e) Compressed air Note: The Pressure Systems and
network Transportable Gas Containers network Transportable Gas Containers
distribution Regulations will apply to the distribution Regulations will apply to the
complete system. complete system.

Page 379 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-10 FUEL SUPPLY FOR LOW PRESSURE GAS (LPG) OR OIL 40-10 PIPEWORK FOR LOW PRESSURE NATURAL GAS, LIQUEFIED
PETROLEUM GAS (LPG) OR OIL
Added The following tasks are to be carried out to all pipework within the designated area

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes

Added 1b) Pipework 12M Visible oil feed pipes should be Some Regional requirements mean
Oil inspected annually. Check for some systems should be pressure
leaks. Check sleeves and physical tested every 5 years where there
soundness. Check all ends are are joints in the system or every 10
suitably plugged/capped. years where there are no joints. In
environmentally sensitive areas an
Ensure the fill point drip-tray is alternative is to have a ‘pipe within a
clean, free of water, debris and oil pipe’ system incorporating a leak
before and after any oil delivery. detection and alarm system
Added 2 b) Valves 12M Check for soundness and leakage.
Oil
Check all fire valves for cut off in
the event of a fire alarm, fire or
overheating
1. Pipework. 12M Check for leaks. Check sleeves and Technical 1a. Pipework - 12M Pipework, flanges and fittings LPG pipework may, under certain
physical soundness. Check all ends LPG should be inspected for corrosion conditions, deteriorate and could
are suitably plugged/capped. and damage. Particular care should eventually leak. Such a leak may
be paid to pipework where it passes result in a fire or explosion if the
through supports and LPG accumulates and an ignition
walls. Pipework supports should be source is present.
checked to ensure that they are
secure and in satisfactory condition. Do not forget hidden pipework
Thermal insulation should be where access is provided.
inspected for damage. Suspect
areas should be removed to allow Gas detection instruments having a
inspection of the pipe. scale that can detect to less than
10% of the lower explosive limit of
Gas detector tests should be the gas in air in the pipework should
carried out in areas where gas can be used.
accumulate and linger, e.g.
enclosed spaces, ducts and voids Check lists should be used as an
and around the pipework entry to aid to ensuring that inspection and
buildings. Gas detector tests may tests have been carried out in
also be carried out on joints and accordance with the strategy.
over known routes of underground
pipework. The competent person should
review the outcome of the
Leak detection fluid may be used to inspection and make
check exposed joints for leakage. recommendations for changes to
the strategy as required.
Soundness and leakage tests may
be carried out as specified in BS
5482 part 1 or LPGA Code of
Practice 1 part 1 or Code of
Practice 22 as appropriate

Page 380 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2. Valves 12M Check for soundness and leakage. See also VALVES in relevant Technical 2 a) Valves LPG 12M Check for soundness and leakage. See also Valves SFG 61
section. Emergency control valves should
be checked for accessibility and
operation

Page 381 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-11 STEAM SERVICES 40-11 STEAM SERVICES

WARNING - A Risk Assessment is required, before work starts, if Asbestos is thought to be present Technical The following tasks are to be carried out to all pipework within the designated area.
STOP WORK, close off the area. Work can NOT re-start until until a Certified Safe to work Certificate
is recieved. If Asbestos is found, follow the Regulations.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Hangers and 12M Check for breakages or damage. Undetected broken hangers can Other 2. Hangers and 12M Check for breakages or damage. Undetected broken hangers can
supports. lead to undue strain on pipes and supports. lead to undue strain on pipes and
possible breakage or sagging which possible breakage or sagging which
can lead to waterlogging. can lead to waterlogging.
2. Valves and 12M Check for leakage, replace packing Where insulated, check valve boxes technical 3. Valves, steam 12M Check all valves within pipework Wisps of steam escaping soon lead
flanges. if necessary. for sign of dampness - there is valves and run for gland leakage where to bigger leaks which cause scoring
usually a small drainage hole at the flanges. possible at time of inspection adjust of stems and flanges leading to
bottom of the flange or valve box. or repack as required. Ensure early replacement
Unchecked leakage wastes energy packing is the correct size and
and causes pipe corrosion. material in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations.

Take all valves (excluding

regulating valves) through total
travel and return to correct position
3. Insulation. 1M Check for damage and loss of Damage is often caused by ladders, Other 4. Insulation. 1M Check for damage and loss of Damage is often caused by ladders,
protection. Renew if necessary. feet or emergency repairs - in open protection. Renew if necessary. feet or emergency repairs - in open
air insulation can become air insulation can become
waterlogged and ineffective. N.B. waterlogged and ineffective.
Asbestos Regulations may apply. Asbestos Regulations may apply.
See Insulation SFG35-01.
4. Valves on 12M Check operation. If not working can lead to Other 5. Valves on 12M Check operation. If not working can lead to
drain legs of waterlogging of steam mains, slow drain legs of waterlogging of steam mains, slow
mains. start ups and overloading of steam mains. start ups and overloading of steam
traps and poor heat transfer. traps and poor heat transfer.
5. Operation of 1M Check operation, condition of filters Faults can lead to steam wastage, Other 6. Operation of 1M Inspect steam trap sets, ensure Faults can lead to steam wastage,
steam traps. and sight glasses. excessive condensate, poor heat steam traps. correct function and operation, excessive condensate, poor heat
transfer in associated equipment check isolating valves shut off, transfer in associated equipment
and energy wastage. clean trap set strainers. and energy wastage.
6. Vents on 12M Check operation. Presence of air in steam reduces Other 7. Vents on 12M Check operation. Presence of air in steam reduces
steam lines. efficiency of heat exchangers. steam lines. efficiency of heat exchangers.

7. Steam valves. 12M Renew packing on stems and Wisps of steam escaping soon lead Deleted
flanges where necessary. to bigger leaks which cause scoring
of stems and flanges leading to
early replacement.
8. Condensate 1M Check for pressure of continuous Condensate if uncontaminated is Other 8. Condensate 1M Check for pressure of continuous Condensate if uncontaminated is
services. discharge of steam. If present valuable and should not be allowed services. discharge of steam. If present valuable and should not be allowed
check steam trips. to run to waste but should be check steam trips. to run to waste but should be
returned to the boiler if economical returned to the boiler if economical
to do so. Where this is not possible to do so. Where this is not possible
or is contaminated, it must be taken or is contaminated, it must be taken
to a foul drain or soakaway. to a foul drain or soakaway.
Added 1 General 3M Check all pipework for signs of Do not forget hidden pipework
leaks, if possible repair and stem where access is provided.
leak

Page 382 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 10. Pressure 12M Check PRD valve(s) for correct

reducing devices function and operation, log
upstream and downstream
pressures.
Added 11. Expansion 12M Check condition and alignment of Report any defects.
bellows expansion bellows /compensators.

Added 12. Sensors, 12M Ensure all pipeline mounted

gauges, detectors detectors/sensors and gauges are
in good repair
Added 13. Hit Hazards 12M Inspect pipework run and where it
runs across or parallel to a
personnel access route. Highlight
any low points where heads could
be hit with the appropriate hazard
tape or paint
Added 14. ID tags 12M Check identification tags are
provided for all pipeline mounted
equipment, valves etc.

Page 383 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-12 FLASH STEAM VESSEL

Added
If insulation looks damaged - stop work- this may be asbestos - appropriate action must be taken prior
to further works. If the insulation is known or certified not to be asbestos, continue as follows: -

Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance on the flash steam vessel, the pre-maintenance
procedure detailed below should be followed:

(a) At the entrance to the Plant room, stop and listen for a steam leak (high pressure steam will be
invisible and only the sound of a leak may be present)

(b) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from
system) including safety.

Before starting maintenance be sure that the equipment is not pressurised or hot.
If any of the socket connections are not being used, they must be closed with an appropriate carbon
steel plug.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Vessel and 12M Inspect for any leaks. The estimated lifetime under
pipework satisfactory working conditions is 5
connections years ; after this period it is
recommended a wall thickness
examination is carried out using
appropriate inspection equipment.
Poor quality water or corrosive fluids
will reduce this period.
Added 2. Check 12M Repair or renew as necessary. Damaged lagging reduces
insulation for efficiency, wastes heat, and if the
damage. vessel is in the open air, can
become waterlogged and lead to
hidden corrosion. Asbestos
regulations may apply.
Added 3. Safety valve

Added i. Safety valve - 3M Check by raising gagging lever to Check that discharge is to free
Operational status. discharge steam or air. Release space or if piped, that pipe outlet is
gagging lever to reseat. Check for not directed to personnel. Check
dirt or damage. with insurance company for
frequency of mandatory checks.
Added ii. Safety valve - 12M Strip down, overhaul and then The competent person may require
Inspection rebuild to comply with the additional testing on completion of
competent persons requirements the rebuild.
under the pressure regulations and
the written scheme of examination.
Added 4. Bursting discs 12M Check condition, report. The competent person should be
(if fitted). contacted for the routine
replacement frequency for the
bursting discs.

Page 384 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 5. Isolating
valve(s)

Added i. Operational 3M Check by rotating hand wheel

status. sufficiently to ensure freedom of
movement. When fully open, close
valve 1/2 turn to ensure valve does
not jam.
Added ii. Gland leakage. 3M Ensure correct packing material is After installation or replacement
used for the fluid in the pipeline check for gland leakage daily for
one week. Early signs of slight
leaks are due to `bedding in` or
drying out and are usually cured by
tightening of gland nuts.
Continuous leakage can lead to
erosion or corrosion of the valve
stem.
Added 3. Overall 12M Inspect for external deterioration Leakage from end flanges can be
condition. due to leaks at end flanges or due to pipe strains, poor joints or
aggressive environment. pipe supports.
Added 6. Float &
thermostatic
steam trap
Added i) test 3M Test that steam trap is working Test methods include listening
devices, optical sight glasses,
temperature monitoring, and
ultrasonic techniques.
Added ii) Cleaning 12M Clean , ensure float is not leaking
and check seat of trap. If damaged
renew seat.

Page 385 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-13 EMERGENCY SOLENOID FUEL VALVES

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Emergency 3M Check operation and function of
Solenoid Fuel emergency shut-off valves. Ensure
Valves 100% shut-off. Check valve
operation at each emergency
shut-off device (knock-off,
electro-thermal link, fire detector
etc.).
Ensure valve(s) is reset after
maintenance.

Page 386 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-15 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES

Added Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added Steam pressure The written scheme of examination
reducing valves may require the valves to be
stripped down, overhauled and then
rebuilt to comply with the Competent
Persons requirements under the
Pressure Regulation. If this is the
case it would make the task red.
Added 1. General 3M Check unit operates without undue
operation noise or vibration.

Added 2. Pipework 3M Check all pipework supports are

secure.

Added 3. Strainer and 3M Remove, examine and clean

steam traps upstream strainer. Check operation
of all steam traps
Added 4. Main valve 12M Isolate and reduce pressure to The actual maintenance
seat and valve zero. Remove screen and clean, requirements may vary with the type
head. clean gasket faces and renew of valve and the manufacturer`s
gasket. instructions should be followed
carefully.
Added 5. Pilot valve 12M Isolate and reduce air pressure to The dimension of the plunger gap is
chamber zero. Check dimensions of plunger critical and it may be necessary to
assembly. gap and adjust if necessary. grind or machine the top of the
plunger.
Added 6. Pilot and main 12M Thoroughly clean upper and lower When refitting diaphragms make
diaphragms. diaphragm chambers, ensure sure that they are replaced the
contact faces are clean and same way round as when they were
reassemble. removed.

Page 387 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-16 WATER BUFFER/SURGE TANKS

Added In the context of Building Services the term surge or buffer tank is used to describe a closed vessel
which is used to increase the volume of LTHW or Chilled Water in a system and may be designed in
accordance with the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

This section covers the maintenance of the buffer tanks including mountings but is not intended to
cover the opening up of tanks for statutory insurance inspection (where required) which requires a
separate procedure, which may be carried out at the same time as the maintenance.

In accordance with good practice the operator should carry out a visual inspection of the buffer tank at
regular intervals and this should include checking for leaks.

Prior to carrying out the planned maintenance of the buffer tank , the pre-maintenance procedure be
followed:
(a) Check equipment operating status (i.e. whether in operation or not in use, whether isolated from
system) including safety.
(b) Inspect buffer tank insulation and/or shell for signs of damage.
(c) Inspect all manholes, mounting and joints for signs of leaks.
(d) Report any necessary remedial work where repairs, adjustment or replacement will be required
during routine maintenance.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Air Vents 1M Where fitted check the operation of If buffer tank was in use, the water
the automatic air vent. Where may be hot and can be under
Manual vents are fitted open until pressure, so care must be taken in
water is seen then close the vent carrying out this item of the
schedule.
Added 2. Drain 6M Draw off a small quantity of water to If buffer tank was in use, the water
valve/drain cock remove any sediment. may be hot and can be under
pressure, so care must be taken in
carrying out this item of the
schedule.
Added 3. Thermostats, 12M Check for correct operation and
pressure sensors, settings, set against Certified
altitude gauges masters.
and thermometers.
Added 4. internal 12M Isolate the buffer tank from the Replace as necessary.
surfaces of shell system, drain down , remove
and sacrificial manhole covers and inspect for The calorifier will have to be drained
anode. scale formation and and opened up before the anode
corrosion.Where fitted, Check can be inspected, therefore it
status cannot be a pre-maintenance check
Added 5. Put back into 12M Refit all manhole covers, refill and
operation vent off air as required

Page 388 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

40-17 WATER MAINS - above ground

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Water Mains 6M Check external water main for signs
of leaks, damage or deterioration of
pipework and supports.
Added 2. Valves 6M Rotate isolation valves through one
complete turn to detect leakage via
valve spindle stuffing box . When
fully open, close valve 1/2 turn to
ensure valve does not jam.
Added 3. Insulation 6M Ensure valves and pipework are Report any problems to the client.
properly protected / insulated.

Added 4. Filter 6M Remove and clean water main inlet

filter.

Added 5. Manhole Covers 12M Ensure manhole covers are in Report any problems to the client.
position and are free from
mechanical damage.

Page 389 of 614

PNEUMATICS

Page 390 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

41-01 PNEUMATIC RELAYS 41-01 PNEUMATIC RELAYS

Electric to pneumatic, pneumatic to electric and pneumatic to pneumatic. Technical Electric to pneumatic, pneumatic to electric and pneumatic to pneumatic.

Before any pressurised components are dismantled they should be effectively isolated from all
pressure sources and completely vented to atmosphere. Precautions should also be taken to guard
against the possibility of injury through sudden release of trapped springs.

If relays are found to be worn and service kits of seals are used to rebuild them, care should be taken
to check thoroughly the function of the rebuilt relay before placing it in the equipment. Incorrect seal
replacement can completely alter the function and if replaced in the equipment, could present a
serious hazard
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Input signal(s). 6M Check. Other 1. Input signal(s). 6M Check.

2. Output 6M Check. By CONTROLS SPECIALIST Other 2. Output 6M Check.

signal(s). signal(s).

3. Operation. 6M Check for correct relationship Other 3. Operation. 6M Check for correct relationship
between input and output signals. between input and output signals.

Page 391 of 614

PORTABLE EQUIPMENT

Page 392 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

42-01 PORTABLE EQUIPMENT PAT TESTING 42-01 PORTABLE APPLIANCE TESTING (PAT)
It is a requirement of the Electricity at Work Act 1989 (Regulation 4(2)) that portable electrical technical It is a requirement from April 1st 1990 the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989, in particular
equipment must be tested regularly (PAT testing) and records kept and equipment identified and Regulation 4(2), that "all systems shall be maintained so as to prevent, so far as is reasonably
marked accordingly. See also ECA document, ref. P119204. Dependant on location the frequency practicable, danger" . Portable electrical equipment must be tested regularly ( PAT testing) and records
may be increased to 24m or more. kept and equipment identified and marked accordingly. See also ECA document, A GUIDE ON HOW
TO INSPECT AND TEST PORTABLE APPLIANCES SAFELY AND EFFECTIVELY.

The term `portable appliance` can be considered to be an appliance that is intended to be moved
while in operation or an appliance which can easily be moved from one place to another while
connected to the supply, e.g. vacuum cleaner, drill, hair dryer.

The intervals between both inspection and testing can be determined initially by assessing the risk
(the likelihood of danger arising), and will vary with the type of equipment, usage, and the nature of
the environment in which it is used. Also, the age of the equipment and previous test results need to
be considered. The frequency of inspection can be determined by experience and will generally be
more frequent than testing. More onerous conditions will demand more frequent inspection and testing
while less onerous conditions (and good inspection and test results) can lead to a reduced frequency.

The examples below follows the recommendations given in the IEE`s Code of Practice for In-Service
Inspection of Electrical Equipment and can be used until sufficient experience is built up to establish
what is appropriate to the circumstances.
1) Equipment hire external visual inspection – before and after return, full inspection & electrical
testing – before issue [unless earlier inspection indicates immediate testing is necessary.]
2Construction external visual inspection – before initial use and then 1 month, full inspection &
electrical testing – 3 months [unless earlier inspection indicates immediate testing is necessary.]
3) Industrial external visual inspection – before initial use and then 1 to 3 months, full inspection &
electrical testing – 6 – 12 months [unless earlier inspection indicates immediate testing is necessary.]
4) Commercial / Office external visual inspection – 6 months - 2 years, full inspection & electrical
testing – 6 months – 4 years [unless earlier inspection indicates immediate testing is necessary.]
5) Premises used by the public e.g. Hotels external visual inspection – 6 months - 2 years, full
inspection & electrical testing – 12 months – 4 years [unless earlier inspection indicates immediate
testing is necessary.]
6) Schools external visual inspection – 4 months – 1 year, full inspection & electrical testing – before
issue 12 months – 4 years [unless earlier inspection indicates immediate testing is necessary.]

N.B. For full details of tests to be carried out reference should be made to the IEE`S Code of Practice
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Plug tops. 12M Examine for: cracks, loose Note: Details must be entered on Technical 1) Mains Lead 0M a) visual inspection Pass condition: two layers of
terminals, reverse polarity, the portable appliance test register. (b) mains plug for cracks, loose insulation; BS colours; no damage;
tightness of cord grip, correct fuse, Where plug tops are accessible by terminals, reverse polarity, correctly connected; cable clamp
earthing and bonding, loose tops, children, the use of shrouds on the tightness of cord grip, correct fuse, gripped to sheath; correct fuse fitted
any other defect. plug top pins is mandatory. Note earthing and bonding, loose tops,
and report the use of any extension any other defect Where plug tops are accessible by
leads or multi-way adapters. Client . children, the use of shrouds on the
should be encouraged to make plug top pins is mandatory. Note
monthly checks. and report the use of any extension
leads or multi-way adapters. Client
should be encouraged to make
monthly checks.

Page 393 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2. Cables. 12M Examine flexible cables for wear, If replacement necessary, report to Technical 2a) Detachable 0M (a) visual inspection of equipment Pass condition
fraying braids and brittle insulation. client. mains lead male connector BS type or equivalent
Check colour coding.
(b) attempt to open socket without Unopenable
tool
no movement
(c) attempt to pull socket cable from
female connector as per BS 4491

(d) polarity of 3-pin units

3. Detachable 12M Check electrical condition and Technical 2b) 0M (a) inspection of grommet Pass condition
mains lead. security of attachment. grommet/clamp cable insulation protected
around mains lead (b) sharp pull on cable
no appreciable movement
(c) rotation of cable
no rotation
4. On-off switch. 12M Inspect and check action. Technical 4) Conducting 0M Pass condition
Case (a) visual inspection correct operation; no damage

b) resistance of earth connections earth resistance 0.1 ohms and

between plug and equipment. resistance of supply cable. Earth
resistance 0.5 ohms for luminaires
(c) high voltage insulation 500V dc including resistance of the supply
minimum test cable

Insulation resistance of 0.5 M ohms

for
a Class 1 appliance and 1.0 M ohms
for
a class II appliance
5. Insulating 12M Inspect and check for damage. If double insulated, makers mark Technical 5) Insulating case 0M visual inspection Pass condition
case. should be visible, if in doubt carry maker`s double insulation mark
out flash test. Note: All double visible; case undamaged
insulated equipment must be tested
at least once every four years. If double insulated, makers mark
should be visible, if in doubt carry
out flash test. Note: All double
insulated equipment must be tested
at least once every four years
6. Accessible 12M Inspect and check rating. Technical 6) Accessible fuse 0M Pass condition
fuse holders. holders
visual inspection no damage removal of carrier does
not permit live [Live at more than
50V in use] part to be touched
7. Exposed 12M Check condition, for outputs greater Short circuit currents should be less Technical 7. Exposed 0M Check condition, for outputs greater Short circuit currents should be less
output than 50V test short circuit current. than 5mA, if greater than 5mA, output than 50V test short circuit current. than 5mA, if greater than 5mA,
connections. equipment must be labelled connections. equipment must be labelled
Unsuitable for use by children where Unsuitable for use by children where
GS23 of the Electricity at Work GS23 of the Electricity at Work
Regulations 1989 applies. Regulations
Added Equipment Hire

Page 394 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added a). external visual 0M Frequency: before and after return

inspection

Added b). full inspection 0M Unless earlier inspection indicates Frequency: before issue
& electrical testing immediate testing is necessary.

Added Construction

Added a). external visual 0M Frequency: before initial use and

inspection then 1 month

Added b). full inspection 3M Unless earlier inspection indicates

& electrical testing immediate testing is necessary.

Added Industrial

Added a). external visual 0M Frequency: before initial use and

inspection then 1 to 3 months

Added b). full inspection 0M Unless earlier inspection indicates Frequency: 6M-12M
& electrical testing immediate testing is necessary.

Added Commercial

Added a). external visual 0M Frequency: 6 months - 2 years

inspection

Added b). full inspection 0M Unless earlier inspection indicates Frequency: 6 months – 4 years
& electrical testing immediate testing is necessary.

Added Premises used by

public e.g. hotels

Added a). external visual 0M Frequency: 6 months - 2 years

inspection

Added b). full inspection 0M Unless earlier inspection indicates Frequency: 12 months – 4 years
& electrical testing immediate testing is necessary.

Added Schools

Added a). external visual 0M Frequency: 4 months – 1 year

inspection

Added b). full inspection 0M Unless earlier inspection indicates Frequency: before issue 12 months
& electrical testing immediate testing is necessary. – 4 years

Page 395 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added Testing For full details of tests to be carried For frequencies see examples
out reference should be made to above
the IEE`S Code of Practice
Added 3) Mains on/off 0M (a) visual inspection Pass condition
switch either 4 or correct operation; no damage
5, and 6
Added 8) Labels 0M After each item of equipment is
tested mark it individually indicating
if it has passed or failed, the date of
the test and the date of the next
re-test
Added 9) Log sheet 0M The details of the tests and results It is of paramount importance that a
shall be recorded onto a log sheet, record of maintenance, including
suitable for recording the test results, is maintained
information obtained from the test throughout the life of each item of
and inspection carried out on that equipment. The provision of these
item of equipment. records will demonstrate that testing
Check to ensure that the details has been carried out to an adequate
entered on the test label, fixed to standard, and any difference
the equipment, tally with those between subsequent tests can be
entered on the log sheet. noted. Should these tests show a
deterioration in any part of the
equipment, remedial action is
necessary to ensure that danger
does not arise.

Page 396 of 614

POWER GENERATORS

Page 397 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

43-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 43-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Many premises have standby power generation equipment to provide back up in the event of Other
incoming power failures and there has been a tendency to 'fit and forget' with the result that the Many premises have standby power generation equipment to provide back up in the event of
equipment may fail to operate just when it is needed. Regular maintenance and testing is therefore incoming power failures and there has been a tendency to `fit and forget` with the result that the
essential and should form part of any maintenance schedule. These units comprise a mechanical equipment may fail to operate just when it is needed. These units comprise a mechanical prime
prime mover, usually an oil or gas powered internal combustion engine, an electrical generator with mover, usually an oil or gas powered internal combustion engine, an electrical generator with
associated equipment and may include mains synchronisation. This specification covers primarily the associated equipment and may include mains synchronisation. This specification covers primarily the
electricity generation and control equipment and except for simple tasks, the maintenance of the electricity generation and control equipment and except for simple tasks, the maintenance of the
prime mover should be carried out by specialist contractors. prime mover should be carried out by specialist contractors.
A similar position arises with small scale combined heat and power units which are being introduced to
many sites, here the equipment can be divided into three sections, the prime mover, electrical A similar position arises with small scale combined heat and power units which are being introduced to
generation and heat recovery. This section covers the electrical generation equipment and the many sites, here the equipment can be divided into three sections, the prime mover, electrical
equipment used for utilising the recovered heat is covered within HEAT EMITTERS. Again the prime generation and heat recovery. This section covers the electrical generation equipment and the
mover should be maintained by specialist firms. equipment used for utilising the recovered heat is covered within Heat emitters SFG28. Again the
prime mover should be maintained by specialist firms.

Generating plant, in particular the engine system requires regular attention to ensure reliability,
optimum performance and long life. All maintenance procedures should be fully in accordance with
the generator set operating and maintenance instructions. A maintenance log book should be
established upon accepting the plant after commissioning. This should include a full record of
hours-run readings and a summary of all servicing and repairs carried out, together with fuel and
lubricating oil consumption totals.

Whatever the mode of operation, the generating plant must operate when called upon to do so.
Failure of the battery starting system will prevent the generator set starting and hence this needs
regular and frequent checking. Periodic maintenance recommendations from the supplier will normally
cover routine checks on a frequent basis (possibly after 100 hours of use or at monthly intervals)
depending upon various operating factors. More detailed maintenance, including replacement of items
such as lubricants, filters, belts and coolant, can be expected every, say, 500 hours. Major
maintenance activities are required typically after 5000 hours. This may involve a complete strip-down
of the engine, and inspection and replacement of worn or defective parts

Page 398 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

43-02 POWER GENERATION--STAND-BY GENERATOR 43-02 POWER GENERATION--STAND-BY GENERATOR

Frequent running and testing of stand-by power generation equipment is essential to ensure Other Frequent running and testing of stand-by power generation equipment is essential to ensure
immediate availability at time of need. It is recommended that plant should be run on load for a immediate availability at time of need. It is recommended that plant should be run on load for a
minimum of four hours on a regular basis, or as required by Client.. minimum of four hours on a regular basis, or as required by client.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 10. Drive Belts 6M Check belts for slackness,
alignment or wear, adjust as
necessary.
Added 11. Battery 6M Check condition of battery charger,
Charger inspect for damage. Open and
check on condition of wiring and
transformer insulation. Check on all
electrical connections, clean or
blow out. Test operation of any
ON/OFF or selector switches, test
accuracy of meters. Inspect or
renew if damaged any flying leads,
terminals or clips. Take insulation
and earth impedance test.
Added 12. Anti freeze 6M Add anti-freeze to cooling system or
check specific gravity as applicable

Added 13. Fuel Filter 6M Change the fuel filter element and
clean the filter bowl.

Added 14. Air intake 6M Check that air intake grilles on

grilles - alternator alternator are clean and
unobstructed. Remove cover from
non-drive and remove any fluff or
dirt that may have accumulated
around diode plates and exciter
assembly.
Added 15 a) Electrical 6M Check all electrical connections for
security. Examine brush gear in the
dynamo and starter and clean
commutator, renew brushes as
necessary.
Check operation of low oil and high
coolant shutdown switches

Page 399 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 15 b) Electrical 12M Open all composite control panels

and associated switchgear. Clean
out interior of all panels. Inspect all
wiring for condition. Inspect all
terminations for security and
overheating. Visually check that an
efficient earth is being maintained.
Open, inspect and clean any
changeover switches on emergency
supply system. Check overloads
are functional and are set to correct
value. Ensure fuses of correct size
and type are fitted. Examine all
contacts for arcing and pitting,
dress or replace contacts as
applicable. Lightly lubricate all
contact faces with pure petroleum
jelly. Check relays for correct
function, replace any defective
components. Examine
switch-blades in isolators, ensure
they are free to move. Lubricate
pivots lightly with grease, ensuring
no grease comes into contact with
a conducting surface. Check for
smooth operation and that switches
are clearly marked. Before carrying
out the following test disconnect L.
V. circuits, i. e. rotating rectifier
diodes and A. V. R. circuits etc.
Carry out the following test:- a.
Insulation Resistance Test on
alternator and wiring. A figure of 1
megohm or above is acceptable. b.
Earth Loop Impedance Test on
alternator frame. Supply voltage =
Maximum allowed 3 X rating of
Fuse in amps, impedance in ohms
Added 16. Operation and 6M Check engine starter and solenoid
auto-change for good strong operation.
facility (where
applicable). Check operation and starting
sequence.
Added 17. Instruments 6M Check that instruments are
functioning correctly and that glass
is clean.
Added 18. Fuel transfer 12M Check operation
pump

1.Condition. 6M Visually inspect for oil leaks, loose These checks should be carried out Technical 1. General 1M Visually inspect for oil leaks, loose These checks should be carried out
guards etc. Check: coolant level, oil monthly by client's operators. guards etc. Check: coolant level, oil monthly by client`s operators.
level, level,

Page 400 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2.Drive belts. 6M Check fan and alternator drive belts Technical 2. Oil 1M Check oil in sump using the dipstick Ensure correct grade and type of oil
for wear, tension and alignment. and top up oil if necessary used in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations
3.Shut down 6M Check operation of low oil and high Technical 3. Oil Filter and oil 6M Change oil filter elements and clean Ensure correct grade and type of oil
switches. coolant shutdown switches. oil filter bowls. Drain the sump and used in accordance with
refill with fresh clean oil. Check manufacturers recommendations
operation of sump heater.
4.Low water 6M Check operation. Technical 4. Coolant 1M Check water level in the radiator, pH (acidity) and S.G. (specific
switch. top up if necessary. Check gravity) should be checked regularly
operation of low water switch by the operator.
5.Coolant. 6M Check coolant level. pH (acidity) and S.G. (specific Technical 5. Fuel tank 1M Check that fuel tank is full Top up as required
gravity) should be checked regularly
by the operator.
6.Injector pump 12M Check wear and tightness. Technical 6. General 1M Run engine and check that oil Where practicable, generator should
drive belts. pressure is correct, if not trace and be started under mains failure
repair fault. Check the electrical conditions.
output on the generator control
panel. Examine for any leaks of Run generator on load for 6 hours
coolant, fuel or lubricating oil, rectify per month. Test run should be at
as necessary least 50% load for a minimum of 2 -
4 hours
7.Operation and 12M Check operation and starting Technical 7. Starter battery 1M Check starter batteries are fully Charge batteries as necessary (in
auto-change sequence. charged. Top up with distilled water accordance with instructions in
facility (where as necessary. Inspect cells ensure operating log). Top up electrolyte
applicable). that vent holes in filter caps are using pure distilled water, ensure
clear. Check that conducting bars that cells are gassing freely whilst
and cable connections are clean charging. Charge batteries to 1250
and tight, any trace of verdigras to s. g. and 2. 1 volts per cell, or
be cleaned off and connections to otherwise as specified. Re-check
be coated with petroleum jelly. Take specific gravity.
random test or specific gravity and a. Electrolyte should be kept to 12
cell voltage. mm above plates, only pure distilled
water to be used for this purpose. b.
A battery should be fully discharged Topping up should be carried out
and re-charged every six months. before charging to ensure good
mixing. c. Ventilation holes in filter
caps must be kept clean. d. A lead
acid battery is fully charged when s.
g. is 1250 and all cells are at 2. 4
volts. The battery cells should not
be allowed to fall below 1150 s. g. or
1. 8 volts. e. When the charging rate
is in doubt, a long slow charge is
better than a short sharp one
8.Sump heater. 12M Check operation. Technical 8. Breather and air 6M Examine and clean if necessary
cleaners

Page 401 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

9.Fuel transfer 12M Check operation. Technical 9. Bearings and 6M Lightly grease the water pump
pump. moving parts bearings and the clutch and power
take off bearings (if fitted).

Check all moving parts for smooth

operation, lubricate any pivoting
spindles as necessary.
.
Added 19 Load Bank 24M Carry out a load test of the Load Bank Testing – It should be
Testing generator including a 110% reviewed and decided why do this
overload and 50% drop test type of testing and what are its
benefits, versus the risks of not
doing this type of testing.
1) Can the facility`s critical load be
taken off line or placed onto a
generator backup in order to have
this type of testing performed?
2) Where will the load banks be
staged? What type of heat will be
generated and how will the added
heat affect the building? When
doing large system tests there will
be a large amount of heat
generated and that can affect
sprinkler systems if the load banks
are staged inside of the building.
3) Are doors going to have load
bank cables ran through them so
that the doors can not be locked or
used for normal use, this may
require extra security personnel
during testing?
In addition, on some older systems
it can make perfect sense to do a
system test with load banks in order
to re-calibrate the system and the
modules. On some of these older
systems that use calibration
potentiometers, these
potentiometers can drift out of
calibration over the years and by
performing a recalibration it will
insure that the system is operating
at peak performance

Page 402 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

43-03 BATTERIES - LEAD ACID - unsealed 43-03 BATTERIES - LEAD ACID - unsealed
Caution: Lead acid batteries give off inflammable gases which can be explosive in confined spaces Legislative Caution: Lead acid batteries give off inflammable gases which can be explosive in confined spaces
therefore battery spaces must be well ventilated. Extinguish all naked lights before entering and no therefore battery spaces must be well ventilated. Extinguish all naked lights before entering and no
smoking; PPE will be required. Refer to the COSHH Regulations for details - www.hse.gov.uk smoking; PPE will be required. Refer to the COSHH Regulations for details - www.hse.gov.uk

Note This section is based on the requirements of the Code of Practice BS 6133 and all tools used for Safety requirements for secondary batteries and battery installations BS EN 50272-2:2001 and BS EN
maintenance must be insulated. 50272-1:2010 Safer Batteries
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Cells. 12M Test and record specific gravity of Cells should normally be checked Legislative 1. Cells. 1M Test and record specific gravity of Cells should normally be checked
electrolyte and top up if necessary. on a monthly basis.Cell and electrolyte and top up if necessary. on a monthly basis. Cell and
connector covers should be Check cell or monobloc battery connector covers should be
replaced immediately work is voltages replaced immediately work is
completed. completed.
5.Ventilation. 12M Check that ventilation of battery Report to client if remedial action is Other 5.Ventilation. 12M Check that ventilation of battery Report to client if remedial action is
space is adequate. required. space is adequate, working and required.
clear of blockages etc.
Added 7. Battery charger 1M Check voltage setting on the
charger

Added 8. Vent plugs or 6M Check

valves

Added 9. Battery 6M Check temperature of battery

Added 10. General 1M Check for cleanliness and leakage

Page 403 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

43-04 BATTERY CHARGING EQUIPMENT 43-04 BATTERY CHARGING EQUIPMENT

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Condition. 12M Check all external and internal dust All ventilation holes and slots should Other 1. Condition. 12M Check all external and internal dust All ventilation holes and slots should
from the equipment. Check be clear to prevent overheating. from the equipment. Check be clear to prevent overheating.
paintwork for damage or corrosion, Cause of corrosion should be paintwork for damage or corrosion, Cause of corrosion should be
clean and repaint as determined. clean and repaint as necessary. determined.
necessary.Check security of door Check security of door fastenings
fastenings and lock. and lock.

Page 404 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

43-05 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES 43-05 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES

Because of the vital nature of uniterruptible power supplies the frequency of maintenance should be Technical
agreed with the client, a minimum frequency of at least six months is recommended. It is emphasised Because of the vital nature of uninterruptible power supplies the frequency of maintenance should be
that this is specialist equipment which should be maintained strictly in accordance with the agreed with the client, a minimum frequency of at least six months is recommended. It is emphasised
manufacturer's instructions that this is specialist equipment which should be maintained strictly in accordance with the
As this equipment is for use in emergencies, check with client that it is safe to proceed with manufacturer`s instruction
maintenance.
As this equipment is for use in emergencies, check with client that it is safe to proceed with
maintenance.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Cubicle. 6M Check condition and clean, check All dirt and foreign bodies should be Technical 1. Cubicle. 6M Check condition and clean, check All dirt and foreign bodies should be
integrity of doors and panels, removed. integrity of doors and panels, removed.
including locks, Check for ease of including locks, Check for ease of
operation of switches, isolators and operation of switches, isolators and
circuit breakers, Check condition of circuit breakers. Check condition of
contractors see POWER contactors see Power supplies
SUPPLIES. SFG44.
5. Rectifier. 6M Switch on and check:Battery trickle Check and record calibration of all Other 5. Rectifier. 6M Switch on and check: Battery trickle Check and record calibration of all
charge voltage,Battery charge meters on the equipment. charge voltage, Battery charge meters on the equipment.
voltage level. voltage level.
8. Inverter. 6M Switch on and check the Inverter Compare with voltages recorded on Other 8. Inverter. 6M Switch on and check the Inverter Compare with voltages recorded on
Control Unit control voltage. When test certificate.Record the results Control Unit control voltage. When test certificate. Record the results
operating correctly, check and and report any significant operating correctly, check and and report any significant
record the output voltage and differences. Check and record the record the output voltage and differences. Check and record the
frequency. calibration of all meters. frequency. calibration of all meters.
a) lead acid, 6M Check condition. See POWER GENERATION Technical a) lead acid, 6M Check condition. See Power generation batteries
BATTERIES. SFG 43-03.

b) other types. 6M Check condition and report to client Batteries should be disposed of only Other b) other types. 6M Check condition and report to client Batteries should be disposed of only
if replacement is required. in accordance with H&S and if replacement is required. in accordance with H&S and
Environmental Regulations Environmental
recommendations. (www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/co
shh/index.htm) Regulations
recommendations.

Page 405 of 614

POWER SUPPLIES

Page 406 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

44-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 44-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The section on Power Supplies covers all those aspects of providing power to the point of use and Other This section on Power Supplies covers all those aspects of providing power to the point of use and
includes switchgear, cables and outlets operating at 415 volts and below. Areas needing particular includes switchgear, cables and outlets operating at 415 volts and below. Areas needing particular
attention are contacts, starters, phase loading, maximum demand control and power factor correction attention are contacts, starters, phase loading, maximum demand control and power factor correction
equipment. The latter two are particularly relevant in terms of energy saving and controlling electricity equipment. The latter two are particularly relevant in terms of energy saving and controlling electricity
costs where a client is on a maximum demand tariff. costs where a client is on a maximum demand tariff.
Unbalanced loading of phases often occurs where the site electricians make or alter connections to Unbalanced loading of phases often occurs where the site electricians make or alter connections to
plant and equipment using the nearest available power source. Unbalanced currents lead to plant and equipment using the nearest available power source. Unbalanced currents lead to
overheating of conductors, energy wastage and in extreme cases can be the cause of fires. overheating of conductors, energy wastage and in extreme cases can be the cause of fires.
Dirty, pitted or worn contacts can lead to overheating of starters, equipment failure, and cause Dirty, pitted or worn contacts can lead to overheating of starters, equipment failure, and cause
interference on communications equipment. Lack of attention may result in fusing together of the interference on communications equipment. Lack of attention may result in fusing together of the
contacts which could prevent a shut down in an emergency. contacts which could prevent a shut down in an emergency.
Specialist advice and contractors should be sought for supplies above 415 Volts. Specialist advice and service providers should be sought for supplies above 415 Volts.

Check arc shields for the presence of asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any
equipment, if suspected STOP WORK. Take actions in accordance with the Asbestos Regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.

Page 407 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

44-02 MAIN SWITCH PANEL AT SUPPLY INTAKE 44-02 MAIN SWITCH PANEL AT SUPPLY INTAKE
Added The frequencies for the tasks given below are guideline only and shall be individually assessed per
site. Suitable isolation to be undertaken prior to commencement of work.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. General 3M Carry out a visual inspection and Check arc shields for the presence
operational check. check for; of asbestos containing material
a) All contacts, fuse bridges, phase prior to dismantling any equipment,
barriers etc. for signs of if suspected STOP WORK. Take
arcing/burning where accessible actions in accordance with the
without interrupting the supply. Asbestos Regulations.
b) Time clocks, timing relays etc.,
are at correct time/setting. Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
c) Where provided, all indicator
lamps are working, replace lamps
as required.
d) Check that all trunking, conduit
cable gland terminations are
secure, adjust accordingly.
e) Check all indicator gauges and
meters, check for cracked
glass/covers, replace as found.
f) Check correctness of labelling.
g) Check enclosures for holes and
damage.
Added 4. Panel Doors 12M Check all door and cover gaskets.
Inspect door hinges and locks.
Lightly lubricate as found
necessary. Ensure all doors and
access panels can be securely
closed and locked.
Added 11. Earth Bars 12M Check all connections and bonding
to earth bars. Check earth bars and
insulators for security
Added 13. Main 24M Check all connections using Must be on normal load
Connections infra-red equipment [thermal
imaging].
1.Panel exterior. 12M Check for physical or mechanical Other 3.Panel exterior. 12M Check for physical or mechanical
damage. Touch up paintwork after damage. Touch up paintwork after
removing signs of corrosion. removing signs of corrosion.
2.Busbars. 12M Check for visible signs of Technical 5.Busbars. 12M Check for visible signs of
overheating, loose connections etc. overheating, loose connections etc.
Check interior of busbar
compartments clean out dust and
dirt
2.Busbars. 12M Check for visible signs of Deleted
overheating, loose connections etc.

3.Phase balance 12M Check and report if phases are Unbalanced phases and Other 6.Phase balance 12M Check and report if phases are Unbalanced phases and
and loading. unbalanced or overloaded. overloading can lead to over-heating and loading. unbalanced or overloaded. overloading can lead to over-heating
of switchgear and cabling. of switchgear and cabling.

Page 408 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

4.i)Main ACB. 12M Check switching mechanism, Clean and lubricate as necessary. Technical 7.i)Main ACB. 12M Check switching mechanism, Clean and lubricate as necessary.
Check operation of incomer circuit
breakers, both manually and where
possible by simulating a fault via an
injection device
4.ii) Main fuse 12M Check switching mechanism, Technical 7.ii) Main fuse 12M Check switching mechanism, As per manufacturers
switch. switch. Service, clean and lubricate recommendations

4.iii) Main MCCB. 12M Check cable and busbar Use torque spanner to panel Technical 7.iii) Main MCCB. 12M Check cable and busbar Use torque spanner to panel
connections. manufacturer's settings. Check connections. manufacturer`s settings. Check
electrical impedance with approved electrical impedance with approved
test instrument. test instrument. Check operation of
incomer circuit breakers, both
manually and where possible by
simulating a fault via an injection
device
4.iv) Main isolator. 12M Check switching mechanism. Report any variation. Technical 7.iv) Main isolator. 12M Check switching mechanism. As per manufacturers
Service, clean and lubricate recommendations. Report any
variation.
5.Instrumentation For specialised maintenance of Other 8.Instrumentation 12M For specialised maintenance of
instrumentation see CONTROL instrumentation see Control panels
PANELS. SFG 14.
6. Insulated 12M Ensure that they are in place and Other 9. Insulated 12M Ensure that they are in place and
phase barriers. free from contamination. phase barriers. free from contamination.

7. Cabling 12M Check all neutral, earth and Other 10. Cabling 12M Check all neutral, earth and
terminations. auxiliary connections and terminations. auxiliary connections and
terminations. terminations.
8. General. 12M Check for presence of moisture. Report to client if significant. Technical 12. General. 12M Check for presence of moisture. Report to the client if significant.
Remove any build up of dirt or Remove any build up of dirt or other
other contaminants. Check that contaminants. Check that
appropriate labels and warning appropriate labels and warning
notices are clean and in place. notices are clean and in place.
Look for obvious signs of
malfunction, such as overheating,
unusual odours, discolouration and
noise
Added 2. General - 12M Check using thermal imaging and
Thermal imaging inspect for signs of hot spots and
overheating.

Page 409 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

44-05 POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT (PDU) 44-05 POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT (PDU)
Caution: 1. Before commencing any maintenance work on PDUs read the notes in the Introduction Other Caution: 1. Before commencing any maintenance work on PDUs read the notes in the Introduction
2. Work must only be carried out by Competent persons section SFG 44-01.
3. All work must be subject to risk assessment and formal method statements
4. Prior to testing, ensure to isolate voltage sensitive equipment.
2. Work must only be carried out by Competent persons

3. All work must be subject to risk assessment and formal method statements

4. Prior to testing, ensure to isolate voltage sensitive equipment.

The frequencies for the tasks given below are guideline only and shall be individually assessed per
site. Suitable isolation to be undertaken prior to commencement of work.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 2. General - 12M Check using thermal imaging and
Thermal imaging inspect for signs of hot spots and
overheating.
2.Mains 12M Check for correct operation and Other 3.Mains 12M Check for correct operation and
isolator(Door interlock. isolator(Door interlock.
isolator) isolator)
3.Busbars. 12M Check for visible signs of Other 4.Busbars. 12M Check for visible signs of
overheating, loose connections etc. overheating, loose connections etc.

4.Insulating 12M Check that insulating barriers are in Other 5.Insulating 12M Check that insulating barriers are in
barriers. place, particularly over incoming barriers. place, particularly over incoming
terminals. terminals.
5.Power 12M Check contactor for correct Damaged contacts should be Other 6.Power 12M Check contactor for correct Damaged contacts should be
contactors. mechanical and electrical redressed or replaced as necessary. contactors. mechanical and electrical redressed or replaced as necessary.
operation.strip and clean interior. Use approved contact lubricant as operation. Strip and clean interior. Use approved contact lubricant as
Inspect and clean magnetic pole recommended by manufacturer. Inspect and clean magnetic pole recommended by manufacturer.
faces. Check moving contacts for Use approved contact lubricant if faces. Check moving contacts for Use approved contact lubricant if
wear or 'pitting'. Check coil for over- recommended by the manufacturer. wear or `pitting`. Check coil for recommended by the manufacturer.
heating or insulation breakdown. On re-assembly check all electrical over- heating or insulation On re-assembly check all electrical
Clean out arc chutes. connections. breakdown. Clean out arc chutes. connections.
6.Starters, Frequency of maintenance will vary Other 7.Starters, Frequency of maintenance will vary
depending on starting depending on starting
duty/frequency of unit but in no duty/frequency of unit but in no
circumstances should it exceed circumstances should it exceed
twelve months. twelve months.
-star delta,-two See relevant sections. Technical -star delta,-two 12M See relevant sections in Starters
speed-dual wound, speed-dual SFG 54.
-two speed-pole wound, -two
change, speed-pole
-reversing, -auto change,
transformer. -reversing, -auto
transformer.
7.Thermal 12M Inspect for signs of Replace if necessary after having Other 8.Thermal 12M Inspect for signs of overheating, Replace if necessary after having
overloads. overheating,Check electrical established the cause and rectify it. overloads. Check electrical connections for established the cause and rectify it.
connections for tightness and tightness and security,
security,

Page 410 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

8.Magnetic 12M Inspect for signs of overheating. Use only manufacturer's Other 9.Magnetic 12M Inspect for signs of overheating. Use only manufacturer`s
overloads. Check electrical connections for recommended fresh oil. Select overloads. Check electrical connections for recommended fresh oil. Select
tightness and security. Check oil correct dashpot drain hole if tightness and security. Check oil correct dashpot drain hole if
levels in dashpots, if cloudy or necessary. Adjust if necessary to levels in dashpots, if cloudy or necessary. Adjust if necessary to
sludge has formed, clean out give correct protection for connected sludge has formed, clean out give correct protection for connected
dashpot with solvent and refill. load. dashpot with solvent and refill. load.
Check 'time' delay mechanism. Check `time` delay mechanism.
Operate 'test' facility to ensure Operate `test` facility to ensure
switchgear de-energises in a clean switchgear de-energises in a clean
and positive operation. Inspect trip and positive operation. Inspect trip
settings. settings.
9.Panel wiring. 12M Inspect for signs of overheating or Other 10.Panel wiring. 12M Inspect for signs of overheating or
burn marks. Replace any suspect burn marks. Replace any suspect
conductors. Check all connections, conductors. Check all connections,
terminations, earth cables and links terminations, earth cables and links
for security and tightness. Ensure for security and tightness. Ensure
cable connections are tight and cable connections are tight and
correctly terminated. Check that the correctly terminated. Check that the
panel is correctly bonded to earth. panel is correctly bonded to earth.
10.Fuses and/or 12M Check for damage. Check for Ensure spare fuses are not 'blown', Other 11.Fuses and/or 12M Check for damage. Check for Ensure spare fuses are not `blown`,
miniature circuit correct rating. Check tightness of replace with correct rating schedule, miniature circuit correct rating. Check tightness of replace with correct rating schedule,
breakers (MCB). fuse link connections. Check free if necessary. Renew where breakers (MCB). fuse link connections. Check free if necessary. Renew where
operation of MCB mechanisms. necessary. operation of MCB mechanisms. necessary.
Check for evidence of overheating. Check for evidence of overheating.
11.General. 12M Check for presence of moisture. Report to client if significant. Other 12.General. 12M Check for presence of moisture. Report to the client if significant.
Remove any build up of dust or any Remove any build up of dust or any
other contamination. other contamination.
12.Instrumentation 12M Check for accuracy and correct Compare with Certified test Other 13.Instrumentation 12M Check for accuracy and correct Compare with Certified test
. a) operation. Check for operation. Test instrument applied to same circuit. . a) operation. Check for operation. Test instrument applied to same circuit.
ammeters and for operation. Replace as necessary ammeters and for operation. Replace as necessary
voltmeters, voltmeters,
b) selector b) selector
switches, switches,

Page 411 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

44-06 EARTHING 44-06 EARTHING

Added Danger can arise when removing a conductor connected to earth unless suitable precautions are
taken
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Earth electrodes. 12M Check: Integrity of conductor. Record details and compare with Legislative 1.Earth electrodes. 12M Check: Integrity of conductor. Record details and compare with
Associated connections. Condition earlier records as any deterioration Associated connections. Condition earlier records as any deterioration
of electrode and soil. may be gradual. Resistivity of of electrode and soil. may be gradual. Resistivity of
Test in Accordance with method in electrode may be affected by electrode may be affected by
BS7430:1991. corrosion, damage or soil condition. Test in Accordance with method in corrosion, damage or soil condition.
See BS7671 the IEE wiring BS
regulations. (www.bsi-global.com)7430:1998. See BS7671 the IEE
(www.iee.org.uk) wiring regulations.
2.Residual current 3M Test using test button. Responsibility for this check should Legislative 2.Residual current 3M Test using test button. Responsibility for this check should
devices (RCD)(to be agreed with the client. devices (RCD) be agreed with the client.
BS 4293)

Page 412 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

44-07 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS 44-07 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

Note: It is essential to maintain the integrity of cabinets and panels against the ingress of dust and Technical Confirm details of any pre agreed disruption to electrical supplies.
vermin, the latter can cause severe damage to cables and thus create a fire hazard.
It is essential to maintain the integrity of enclosures against the ingress of dust and vermin, the latter
can cause severe damage to cables and thus create a fire hazard.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2.Cable insulation. 12M Check condition and inspect for If possible identify cause of Other 3.Cable insulation. 12M Check condition and inspect for If possible identify cause of
signs of overheating. overheating and report. signs of overheating. overheating and report.

3. Fuse carriers 12M Check for damage,Check rating(s), Ensure fuses are not Technical 4. Fuse carriers 12M Check for damage, Check rating(s), Ensure fuses are not `blown`. Any
and MCBs Check free operation of MCB 'blown'.Replace with correct rating and MCBs Check free operation of MCB fuses that are blown should be
mechanisms, as per schedule if necessary. mechanisms, replaced with correct rating as per
schedule
4. Circuit charts. 12M Check for accuracy of descriptions. Other 5. Circuit charts. 12M Check for accuracy of descriptions.
Ensure labels are securely fixed to Ensure labels are securely fixed to
exterior of door. exterior of door.
5. Cable 12M Check all phase, neutral and earth Other 6. Cable 12M Check all phase, neutral and earth
terminations. connections and termination. terminations. connections and termination.

6.Conduit and 12M Check for tightness. Other 7.Conduit and 12M Check for tightness.
cable gland cable gland
terminations. terminations.
7. RCDs. 3M Check operation via test button. Responsibility for this check should Other 8. RCDs. 3M Check operation via test button. Responsibility for this check should
be agreed with the client. be agreed with the client.

Added 2. General 12M Locally isolate incoming electrical

supply. Open cover panels / access
doors. Check for signs of
overheating, unusual odours and
noises during operation. Remove
any build up of dirt and dust on
insulating components. Clean
equipment generally.

After all works [listed below]

completed securely refix cover
panels / access doors

Page 413 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

44-08 RING MAIN and SUB CIRCUITS 44-08 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION - GENERALLY
Added Carry out all work and provide all services required to all areas specified. Routine inspection work
includes inspection of installations generally in accordance with 17th Edition of IEE Regulations. Refer
to requirements of BS7671:2008. Testing should be carried out in the following sequence to the
relevant items: Continuity of protective conductors, main and supplementary bonding. Continuity of
ring final circuits. Insulation resistance. Site applied insulation. Protection by separation of circuit.
Protection by barriers or enclosures provided during erection. Insulation of non conducting floor and
walls. Polarity. Earth electrode resistance. Earth fault loop impedance. Operation or residual current
devices (RCD). Electrical testing should be carried out by a competent qualified electrician fully versed
in the system installed. The incoming supply to distribution switch boards must be isolated by locking
off LV circuit breakers, fuse switches and supplies from other distribution switchboards as detailed on
record drawings, as determined on site by the provider and as instructed by the client before any work
commences.

Installation should be checked with suitable, reliable test equipment. Precautions must be taken to
ensure tripped circuit devices cannot be accidentally closed, by either padlocking in the `OFF` position
or withdrawing the device as applicable. Where incoming supplies have been isolated, certain
auxiliary / control supplies may be `LIVE` due to external sources, e. g. Battery units.

It is essential that results from installation testing are recorded and the records are maintained and
updated annually.

Any electrical systems found to deviate from regulatory recommendation should be identified and
appropriate repair action taken.

Frequency shown is a guideline, actual frequencies will vary according to the type of installation, type
and use of building and the findings of any previous inspection.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Polarity and 12M Check. Carry out checks in accordance with Added 1. Small Power 12M Small Power Circuits/Outlets
continuity. IEE regulations. Circuits/Outlets Examine all small power outlets
within designated are, check for
damage and ensure any
disconnection switches operate
correctly, isolating electrical supply.
Check operation of RCD-protected
socket outlets by utilising Test
Button, reset RCD following Test.
2.Sockets. 12M Test action and polarity of socket Ensure shutters are functioning Deleted
outlets. Damaged socket outlets correctly.
must be replaced.
3.Earthing. 12M Check arrangements and test. Carry out checks in accordance with Deleted
IEE regulations.

4.Insulation 12M Check. Deleted

resistance.

Spur outlets Deleted

1.Condition. 12M Check for physical damage. Deleted

Page 414 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2.Fuse rating. 12M If fused, check rating. Deleted

Page 415 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

44-10 ISOLATORS/STARTERS/FUSESWITCHES
Added The frequencies for the tasks given below are guideline only and shall be individually assessed per
site. Suitable isolation to be undertaken prior to commencement of work.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. General 3M Carry out a visual inspection and Check arc shields for the presence
operational check. check for; of asbestos containing material
a) All contacts, fuse bridges, phase prior to dismantling any equipment,
barriers etc. for signs of if suspected STOP WORK. Take
arcing/burning where accessible actions in accordance with the
without interrupting the supply. Asbestos Regulations.
b) Check that all trunking, conduit
cable gland terminations are Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
secure, adjust accordingly.
c) Check correctness of labelling.
d) Check enclosures for holes and
damage.
e) Check enclosures and confirm IP
rating is suitable for location.
f) Check for correctness of labeling.
Added 2. General - 12M Check using thermal imaging and
Thermal imaging inspect for signs of hot spots and
overheating.
Added 3. Isolating 12M Check switching mechanism. As per manufacturers
mechanism Service, clean and lubricate recommendations. Report any
variation.
Added 4. Fault handling 12M Check equipment to confirm fault
handling capabilities

Added 5. General - 12M Check interior of device, clean out

internal dust and dirt

Page 416 of 614

PUMPS

Page 417 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-01 PUMPS - General 45-01 PUMPS - General

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Noise, 6M Check, rectify if possible and Technical 1. Noise, 6M Check, rectify if possible and report.
vibration and report. vibration and Check all holding down bolts,
overheating. overheating. tighten if required.
Check casing for physical or
mechanical damage. Touch up
paintwork after removing signs of
corrosion
2. Lubrication. 6M Lubricate bearings and motors. Technical 2. Lubrication. 6M Lubricate bearings and motors. Use only oil / grease that is in
Where suitable lubrication points accordance with manufacturers
are provided – do not lubricate recommendations
bearings and motors that are fitted
with ‘sealed for life’ varieties. Seek
advice from manufacturer if in
doubt.
3. Drives, pulleys, 6M Check and adjust where necessary. Technical 3. Drives, 6M On belt driven pumps - Inspect and
AV mounts and pulleys, belts, AV adjust as required. Replace belts if
drive couplings. mounts and drive condition warrants it. Ensure motor
couplings. and drive and pulley are correctly
aligned
7. Electrical 12M Check. Technical 7. Electrical 12M Check motor electrical terminals
connections. and tighten as required.
Check electrical connections.
Check and record full load running
current and compare with
nameplate details .
Check function & operation of local
isolation device (stoplock/isolator).
Examine and report condition of all
associated wiring, ensure security
of all terminal connections and
check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits.
Ensure plant has adequate earth
conductor and bonding is secure.
8. Motor vent 12M Clear. Under certain conditions e.g. a dusty Other 8. Motor vent 12M Clear. Under certain conditions e.g. a
slots. environment, more frequent slots. dusty environment, more frequent
cleaning may be required. (See also cleaning may be required.See also
MOTORS) Motors SFG 39.
9. Drive guards. 12M Check and rectify security. Technical 9. Drive guards. 12M Check they are in place and
secure.

Added 10. Valves 12M Check operation. Tighten glands or See Valves SFG61.
Isolation, repack if necessary
regulation and
non-return valves
Added 11. Drain and 12M Check for blockage, clean
tundish (where
fitted)

Page 418 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 12. Pump 12M Check and Record

Pressures

Page 419 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-02 CIRCULATING PUMPS-general 45-02 CIRCULATING PUMPS-general

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 13. Drive guards. 3M Check they are in place and secure
(where fitted

1. Casings. 3M Inspect and clean as required. Technical 1. Noise, 3M Check, rectify if possible and report.
vibration and Check all holding down bolts,
overheating. tighten if required.
Check casing for physical or
mechanical damage. Touch up
paintwork after removing signs of
corrosion
2. Bearings and 3M Inspect for wear, lubricate bearings Report if defective. Technical 2. Bearings and 3M Inspect for wear, lubricate bearings Use only oil / grease that is in
glands. and motors, repack glands as glands. and motors, repack glands as accordance with manufacturers
required. required. Where suitable lubrication recommendations
points are provided – do not Report if defective.
lubricate bearings and motors that
are fitted with ‘sealed for life’
varieties. Seek advice from
manufacturer if in doubt
7. Motor electrical 3M Inspect and tighten as required. (See also MOTORS.) Technical 7. Electrical. 3M Check function & operation of local See also Motors SFG 39.
terminals. isolation device (stoplock/isolator).
Examine and report condition of all
associated wiring, ensure security
of all terminal connections and
check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits.
Ensure plant has adequate earth
conductor and bonding is secure.
Take and log motor current and
compare with nameplate details .
9. Pulley(s). 3M Check and realign if necessary. Technical 9. Pulley(s) if 3M Check and realign if necessary.
Fitted.

10. Isolation, 3M Check operation. Tighten glands or Technical 10. Valves 3M Check operation. Tighten glands or See Valves SFG61.
regulation and repack if necessary. Isolation, repack if necessary.
non-return valves. regulation and
non-return valves
12. Anti-vibration 3M Check and clean. Generally report any defects to Other 12. Anti-vibration 3M Check and clean. Generally report any defects to the
mounts. client. mounts. client.

Page 420 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-03 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 45-03 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Casing. 3M Inspect for external condition and Technical 1. Casing general 3M Inspect for external condition and
signs of leaks. - Noise, vibration signs of leaks. Check casing for
and overheating physical or mechanical damage.
Touch up paintwork after removing
signs of corrosion.
Check all holding down bolts,
tighten if required.
Check, rectify if possible and report
2. Glands and 3M Check external condition and leak If there are signs of leaks, tighten Other 4. Glands and 3M Check external condition and leak If there are signs of leaks, tighten
mechanical seals. rate. nuts or repack gland. Caution - do mechanical seals. rate. nuts or repack gland. Caution - do
not over tighten. not over tighten.
3.Valves, cocks 3M Check externally for leaks. Rotate spindles and handwheels to Other 5.Valves, cocks 3M Check externally for leaks. Rotate spindles and handwheels to
and drains. check freedom of operation, and drains. check freedom of operation,
examine drains for signs of gland examine drains for signs of gland
leakage. leakage. See Valves SFG61.
4. Strainers and 3M Check external condition and Check self priming action where Other 6. Strainers and 3M Check external condition and Check self priming action where
exhausters. freedom of flow. fitted. exhausters. freedom of flow. fitted.

5. Belt drives. 3M Check for condition and alignment. Correct tensioning where necessary. Technical 7. Belt drives. 3M Check for condition and alignment. Correct tensioning where necessary.
Replace belts if condition warrants
it.
6. Couplings, 3M Inspect and rectify any faults. Other 8. Couplings, 3M Inspect and rectify any faults.
pulleys, guards pulleys, guards
and holding down and holding down
bolts. bolts.
7. Isolation of 3M Remove circuit supply fuses. For safety reasons pump should be Other 2. Isolation of 3M Remove circuit supply fuses. For safety reasons pump should be
pump from isolated before commencing work. pump from isolated before commencing work.
electrical and electrical and
mechanical power. mechanical power.
8. Pump. 3M Drain down and where applicable, Parts to be tested and adjusted Other 9. Pump. 3M Drain down and where applicable, Parts to be tested and adjusted
strip, test and adjust parts listed in include: glands and packing, gland strip, test and adjust parts listed in include: glands and packing, gland
'notes' column. Lubricate and compression springs, lantern rings, `notes` column. Lubricate and compression springs, lantern rings,
grease. seals, throwers, couplings, rubber grease. seals, throwers, couplings, rubber
sleeves and pins, nuts and spring sleeves and pins, nuts and spring
washers. washers.
9. Reassembly. 3M Test functionally. Other 10. Reassembly. 3M Test functionally.

Added 3. Electrical 3M Examine and report condition of all

associated wiring, ensure security
of all terminal connections and
check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits.
Ensure plant has adequate earth
conductor and bonding is secure.
Take and log motor current and
compare with nameplate details

Page 421 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 11. Drain and 3M Check for blockage, clean

tundish (where
fitted)
Added 12. Pump 3M Check and Record
Pressures

Page 422 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-04 PRESSURISATION PUMPS 45-04 PRESSURISATION PUMPS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 7. Valves 3M Check externally for leaks Rotate spindles and handwheels to
Isolation, check freedom of operation,
regulation and examine drains for signs of gland
non-return valves leakage.

See Valves SFG61.

Added 8. Electrical 3M Examine and report condition of all
associated wiring, ensure security
of all terminal connections and
check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits.
Ensure plant has adequate earth
conductor and bonding is secure.
Take and log motor current and
compare with nameplate details
Added 13. Pump 3M Check and record
Pressures

1. Pump base 3M Ensure pump base is level and Check that anti-vibration mountings Technical 1. Casing general 3M Ensure pump base is level and Check that anti-vibration mountings
and connections. pipework not strained. are satisfactory and vibration is not - Noise, vibration pipework not strained. Check are satisfactory and vibration is not
being transferred to the pipework. and overheating. casing for physical or mechanical being transferred to the pipework.
damage. Touch up paintwork after
removing signs of corrosion.
Check all holding down bolts,
tighten if required.
Check, rectify if possible and report
2. Strainer 3M Clean. Technical 2. Strainer 3M Inspect and clean as required
elements. elements.

4. Motors and 3M Oil or grease where external Use recommended grade of Other 4. Motors and 3M Oil or grease where external Use recommended grade of
bearings. nipples or lubricators are fitted. lubricant. Motor should be bearings. nipples or lubricators are fitted. lubricant. Motor should be
overhauled annually, see MOTORS. overhauled annually. See also
Motors SFG 39.
7. Control and 3M Inspect and check. These include low water level Other 9. Control and 3M Inspect and check. These include low water level
safety switches. cut-out switches, high and low safety switches. cut-out switches, high and low
pressure sensing switches, pressure sensing switches,
electrodes, connector caps and electrodes, connector caps and
contacts. Report any defects to contacts. Report any defects to the
client. client.
8. Control, 3M Test for correct operation and Report any defects to client. Other 10. Control, 3M Test for correct operation and Report any defects to the client.
pressure relief and rectify any faults. pressure relief and rectify any faults.
reducing valves, reducing valves,
air vents, purgers air vents, purgers
and constant flow and constant flow
regulators regulators
9. Diaphragm 3M Inspect. Ensure diaphragms are sound and Technical 11. Diaphragm 3M Inspect. Inspect where possible Ensure diaphragms are sound and
expansion tanks. air cushion pressure is correct. expansion tanks. air cushion pressure is correct.

Page 423 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

10.Test run 3M Carry out adjustments to ensure Check operation of all automatic Other 12.Test run 3M Carry out adjustments to ensure Check operation of all automatic
pressure booster satisfactory operation. controls and change-over switches. pressure booster satisfactory operation. controls and change-over switches.
sets, pressurising sets, pressurising
units, and filling units, and filling
pump. pump.

Page 424 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-05 ROTARY HAND PUMPS 45-05 ROTARY HAND PUMPS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Fixings and 12M Check security and leak tightness. Technical 1. Casing, fixings 12M Check security and leak tightness.
hoses. Remedy any faults. and hoses Remedy any faults. Check casing
for physical or mechanical damage.
Touch up paintwork after removing
signs of corrosion.

Page 425 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-06 SECONDARY HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS 45-06 SECONDARY HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Casing. 6M Inspect and clean as required. Technical 1. Casing general 6M Inspect and clean as required.
- Noise, vibration Check casing for physical or
and overheating mechanical damage. Touch up
paintwork after removing signs of
corrosion.
Check, rectify if possible and report
2. Bearings, 6M Inspect for wear, lubricate bearings Report if defective. Technical 2. Bearings, 6M Inspect for wear, lubricate bearings Use only oil / grease that is in
glands and seals. and motors, repack glands as glands and seals. and motors, repack glands as accordance with manufacturers
required. required. Where suitable lubrication recommendations. Report if
points are provided – do not defective.
lubricate bearings and motors that
are fitted with ‘sealed for life’
varieties. Seek advice from
manufacturer if in doubt.
3. Bolts, pulleys, 6M Inspect and adjust as required. Ensure motor and drive and pulley Other 3. Bolts, pulleys, 6M Inspect and adjust as required. Ensure motor and drive and pulley
couplings and Replace belts if condition warrants are correctly aligned. (See also couplings and Replace belts if condition warrants are correctly aligned. See also
belts (where it. MOTORS belts (where it. Motors SFG 39.
fitted). fitted).
6. Isolation, 6M Check operation. Tighten glands or Other 6. Isolation, 6M Check operation. Tighten glands or See Valves SFG61.
regulation and repack if necessary. regulation and repack if necessary.
non-return valves. non-return valves.
8. Anti-vibration 12M Check and clean. Generally report any defects to Other 8. Anti-vibration 12M Check and clean. Generally report any defects to the
mounts. client. mounts. client.

10. Full load 12M Check and record. Technical 10. Electrical 12M Examine and report condition of all
running current. associated wiring, ensure security
of all terminal connections and
check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits.
Ensure plant has adequate earth
conductor and bonding is secure.
Take and log motor current and
compare with nameplate details

Page 426 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-07 SEWAGE OR DRAINAGE PUMPS SUBMERSIBLE 45-07 SEWAGE OR DRAINAGE PUMPS SUBMERSIBLE
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Pump motor/s. 6M Check insulation value of motor For detailed maintenance schedule Technical 2. Pump motor/s. 6M Check insulation value of motor For detailed maintenance schedule
windings. see MOTORS. Advise client if windings. see also Motors SFG 39. Advise the
further investigation is required. client if further investigation is
required
2. Pump/s. 6M Check pumping performance of all Visual observation of changing Technical 3. Pump/s. 6M Check pumping performance of all Visual observation of changing
pumps. Withdraw pump from pit, levels satisfactory. Clean and report pumps. Check impeller for wear levels satisfactory. Clean and report
check impeller for wear and as necessary. Renew if necessary. and blockages. Check seal as necessary. Renew if necessary.
blockages. Check seal chamber oil. chamber oil. Drain sample of oil
from pump and check for moisture,
replenish/replace as required.
Check pump mountings
3. Valves. 6M Check satisfactory operation of all See relevant section for more Other 5. Valves. 6M Check satisfactory operation of all See relevant section for more
isolating and non-return valves. detailed information on the isolating and non-return valves. detailed information on the
maintenance of valves. maintenance of valves. See SFG61
VALVES
4. Controls 6M Inspect and check. Report any defects to client. Technical 6. Controls 6M Inspect and check. Check operation Report any defects to the client.
(operational). (operational). of float/level switch controls

5. Building 6M Simulate every function to ensure Reset after test, ensure that alarm Other 7. Building 6M Simulate every function to ensure Reset after test, ensure that alarm
management satisfactory operation. and operational information is management satisfactory operation. and operational information is
system controls. transmitted to delegated terminal. system controls. transmitted to delegated terminal.
For more detailed information about For more detailed information about
the maintenance of BMS see the maintenance see relevant
relevant section. section BMS SFG 6.
Added 1. Casing general 6M Isolate pump(s) and withdraw form
- Noise, vibration sump. Visually inspect pump for
and overheating physical or mechanical damage.
Check pump intake is clear and
unobstructed. Clean pump casing
as required. Touch up paintwork
after removing signs of corrosion.

Check, rectify if possible and report

Page 427 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 4. Electrical 6M Remove motor terminal covers,

check connections for tightness and
terminal block for damage or
dampness. Open starter and check
condition of wiring and contacts,
clean and blow out. Ensure that
overload devices are operational
and set for correct loading. Carry
out the following tests to all pumps
and record results:-a. Insulation
resistance test on wiring and
motors. b. Earth loop impedance
test on case or frame of units. c.
Load test on motors (start and run
current). Compare results with
manufacturers specification.
Check that power leads at motors
are undamaged and are securely
held.
Added 8. Return pump to 6M Check sump is free of debris, clean
service as required.
Replace pump(s) and check
operation before closing sump

Page 428 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-08 SEWAGE and DRAINAGE PUMPS: DRYWELL 45-08 SEWAGE and DRAINAGE PUMPS: DRYWELL
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 3. Casing general 6M Isolate pump(s) and withdraw form
- Noise, vibration sump. Visually inspect pump for
and overheating physical or mechanical damage.
Check pump intake is clear and
unobstructed. Clean pump casing
as required. Touch up paintwork
after removing signs of corrosion.

Check, rectify if possible and report

1. Drywell. 6M Check for seepage, if necessary Report any excessive seepage to Other 1. Drywell. 6M Check for seepage, if necessary Report any excessive seepage to
pump out. client. pump out. the client.

2. Drywell high 6M Check for correct operation. If defective, report to client as soon Other 2. Drywell high 6M Check for correct operation. If defective, report to the client as
level alarm. as possible. level alarm. soon as possible.

3. Valves. 6M Check for satisfactory operation of See relevant section for more Other 4. Valves. 6M Check for satisfactory operation of See relevant section for more
all isolating and non-return valves. detailed information on the all isolating and non-return valves. detailed information on Valves
maintenance of valves. SFG61.
4. Pump(s). 6M Carry out maintenance. See PUMPS- GENERAL. Technical 5. Pump(s). 6M Check pumping performance of all See Pumps - general SFG45
pumps. Check impeller for wear
and blockages. Check seal
chamber oil. Drain sample of oil
from pump and check for moisture,
replenish/replace as required.
5. Pump 6M Check insulation value of motor For detailed maintenance schedule Technical 6. Electrical and 6M Check pump mountings. Remove For detailed maintenance schedule
motor(s). windings. see - MOTORS. Advise client if Pump motor(s). motor terminal covers, check see Motors SFG 39. Advise the
further investigation is required. connections for tightness and client if further investigation is
terminal block for damage or required
dampness. Open starter and check
condition of wiring and contacts,
clean and blow out. Ensure that
overload devices are operational
and set for correct loading. Carry
out the following tests to all pumps
and record results:-a. Insulation
resistance test
on wiring and motors. b. Earth loop
impedance test on case or frame of
units. c. Load test on motors (start
and run current). Compare results
with manufacturers specification.
Check that power leads at motors
are undamaged and are securely
held.
6. Level or 6M Check settings and test Report any defects to client. Other 7. Level or 6M Check settings and test Report any defects to the client.
pressure controls. functionally. pressure controls. functionally.

Page 429 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

7. Building 6M Simulate every function to ensure Reset after test, ensure that alarm Other 8. Building 6M Simulate every function to ensure Reset after test, ensure that alarm
management satisfactory operation. and operational information is management satisfactory operation. and operational information is
system controls. transmitted to delegated terminal. system controls. transmitted to delegated terminal.
For more detailed information about For more detailed information about
the maintenance of BMS , see the maintenance see relevant
relevant section. section BMS SFG 6.

Page 430 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-09 SEWAGE PUMPS: COMPRESSED AIR 45-09 SEWAGE PUMPS: COMPRESSED AIR
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Air 6M Carry out maintenance, if For detailed maintenance schedule Technical 1. Air 6M Carry out maintenance, if For detailed maintenance schedule
compressors. necessary pump out. see PIPEWORK SYSTEMS. compressors. necessary pump out. see Pipework systems SFG 40-08

2. Air receivers. 6M Carry out inspection and Note: The Pressure Systems and Technical 2. Air receivers. 6M Carry out inspection and The Pressure Systems Safety
maintenance. Transportable Gas Containers maintenance. Regulations 2000 apply.
Regulations 1989 apply.
3. Valves. 6M Check for satisfactory operation of See VALVES for more detailed Technical 3. Valves. 6M Check for satisfactory operation of See relevant section for more
all isolating and non-return valves. information about the maintenance all isolating and non-return valves. detailed information on Valves
of valves. SFG61.
6. Controls 6M Check settings and test Report any defects to client. Other 6. Controls 6M Check settings and test Report any defects to the client.
(operational). functionally. (operational). functionally.

Page 431 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-10 SUMP PUMPS: EXTENDED SHAFT 45-10 SUMP PUMPS: EXTENDED SHAFT
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Motor. 12M Check insulation value of windings, For detailed maintenance schedule, Technical 2. Electrical and 12M Remove motor terminal covers, For detailed maintenance schedule
clean ventilation slots and lubricate. see MOTORS. Pump motor(s) check connections for tightness and see also Motors SFG 39. Advise the
terminal block for damage or client if further investigation is
dampness. Open starter and check required
condition of wiring and contacts,
clean and blow out. Ensure that
overload devices are operational
and set for correct loading. Carry
out the following tests to all pumps
and record results:-a. Insulation
resistance test on wiring and
motors. b. Earth loop impedance
test on case or frame of units. c.
Load test on motors (start and run
current). Compare results with
manufacturers specification. Check
that power leads at motors are
undamaged and are securely held.

Check insulation value of windings,

clean ventilation slots and lubricate.
2. Grease points 3M Lubricate all bearings. Note and report any excessive Other 3. Grease points 3M Check, rectify if possible and report Note and report any excessive
for extension bearing noise. for extension bearing noise.
shaft. shaft.
3. Pump/s. 3M Check pumping performance of all Visual observation of changing Technical 4. Pump/s. 3M Check pumping performance of all Visual observation of changing
pumps. Withdraw pump from pit, levels satisfactory. Clean and report pumps. Check impeller for wear levels satisfactory. Clean and report
check impeller for wear and condition as necessary. and blockages. Check seal condition as necessary.
blockages. chamber oil. Drain sample of oil
from pump and check for moisture,
replenish/replace as required.
Check pump mountings
4. Valves. 6M Check satisfactory operation of all Technical 5. Valves. 6M Check satisfactory operation of all See relevant section for more
isolating and non-return valves. isolating and non-return valves. detailed information on Valves
SFG61.
5. Controls 6M Inspect and check. Report any defects to client. Technical 6. Controls 6M Inspect and check. Check operation Report any defects to the client.
(operational). (operational). of float/level switch controls

6. Building 6M Simulate every function to ensure Reset after test, ensure that alarm Other 8. Building 6M Simulate every function to ensure Reset after test, ensure that alarm
management satisfactory operation. and operational information is management satisfactory operation. and operational information is
system controls. transmitted to delegated terminal. system controls. transmitted to delegated terminal.
For more detailed information about For more detailed information about
maintenance see BMS Section. the maintenance see relevant
section BMS SFG 6.

Page 432 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 1. Casing general 12M Isolate pump(s) and withdraw form

- Noise, vibration sump. Visually inspect pump for
and overheating physical or mechanical damage.
Check pump intake is clear and
unobstructed. Clean pump casing
as required. Touch up paintwork
after removing signs of corrosion.

Check, rectify if possible and report.

Added 7. Return pump to 6M Check sump is free of debris, clean
service as required.
Replace pump(s) and check
operation before closing sump

Page 433 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-12 WATER PUMPING PRESSURE BOOSTING SETS 45-12 WATER PUMPING PRESSURE BOOSTING SETS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 5. Electrical 12M Check condition of local isolator,
open and clean if required. Remove
motor terminal covers, check
connections for tightness and
terminal block for damage or
dampness. Open starter and check
condition of wiring and contacts,
clean and blow out. Ensure that
overload devices are operational
and set for correct loading. Carry
out the following tests to all pumps
and record results:-a. Insulation
resistance test on wiring and
motors. b. Earth loop impedance
test on case or frame of units. c.
Load test on motors (start and run
current). Compare results with
manufacturers specification.
Check that power leads at motors
are undamaged and are securely
held
Added 12. Valves 3M Check operation. Tighten glands or See relevant section for more
repack if necessary. detailed information on Valves
SFG61.
1. Pump base 3M Ensure pump base is level and Check that anti-vibration mountings Technical 1. Casing general 3M Ensure pump base is level and Check that anti-vibration mountings
and connections. pipework not strained. are satisfactory and vibration is not - Noise, vibration pipework not strained. Check are satisfactory and vibration is not
being transferred to pipework. and overheating. casing for physical or mechanical being transferred to pipework.
damage. Touch up paintwork after
removing signs of corrosion.
Check all holding down bolts,
tighten if required.
Check, rectify if possible and report
2. Strainer 3M Clean. Technical 2. Strainer 3M Inspect and clean as required
elements. elements.

4. Motors and 3M Oil or grease where external Use recommenced grade of Other 4. Motors and 3M Oil or grease where external Use recommenced grade of
bearings. nipples or lubricators are fitted. lubricant. Motor should be bearings. nipples or lubricators are fitted. lubricant. Motor should be
overhauled annually, see MOTOR. overhauled annually. See also
Motors SFG 39.
5. Drain holes, 3M Clean and ensure that all Technical 6. Drain holes, 3M Clean and ensure that all blockages
pipes and tank. blockages are cleaned. pipes and tank. are cleaned. Check water level in
break tank.
6. Guards and 3M Check for security and safety. Adjust if necessary. Other 7. Guards and 3M Check for security and safety. Adjust if necessary.
shields shields

7. Control and 3M Inspect and check. These include low water level Other 8. Control and 3M Inspect and check. These include low water level
safety switches. cut-out switches, high and low safety switches. cut-out switches, high and low
pressure sensing switches, pressure sensing switches,
electrodes, connector caps and electrodes, connector caps and
contacts. Report any defects to contacts. Report any defects to the
client . client.
Page 434 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

8. Control, 3M Test for correct operation and Report any defects to client . Other 9. Control, 3M Test for correct operation and Report any defects to the client.
pressure relief and rectify any faults. pressure relief and rectify any faults.
reducing valves & reducing valves &
constant flow constant flow
regulators. regulators.
9. Hydraulic 3M Inspect and check gas cushion Ensure diaphragms are sound. Use Other 10. Hydraulic 3M Inspect and check gas cushion Ensure diaphragms are sound. Use
accumulator (if pressure and adjust as necessary. oxygen free nitrogen for topping up accumulator (if pressure and adjust as necessary. oxygen free nitrogen for topping up
fitted). pressure as necessary. fitted). pressure as necessary. Ensure any
discharge can not endanger others.
10.Test pressure 3M Run and carry out adjustments to Check operation of all automatic Technical 11.Test pressure 3M Run and carry out adjustments to Check operation of all automatic
booster sets. ensure satisfactory operation. controls and change-over switches. booster sets. ensure satisfactory operation. controls and change-over switches.
Ensure any discharge of Oxygen
free Nitrogen can not endanger
others.
11. Building 3M Simulate every function to ensure Reset after test, ensure that alarm Other 13. Building 3M Simulate every function to ensure Reset after test, ensure that alarm
management satisfactory operation. and operational information is management satisfactory operation. and operational information is
system controls. transmitted to delegated terminal. system controls. transmitted to delegated terminal.
See BMS. See Building management systems
SFG 06.

Page 435 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

45-13 OGDEN STEAM PUMP

Added Check for asbestos containing material prior to dismantling any equipment, if suspected STOP
WORK, close off the area. Take actions in accordance with the asbestos regulations.

Refer to www.hse.gov.uk.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Operation check 12M Carry out operation check in
accordance with manufacturers
instructions.
Added 2. Vent and drain 12M Ensure all drain lines and vent
lines pipes are clear.

Added 3. Pump 12M Strip, clean and overhaul pump, Refer to manufacturer`s hand book
check inlet, outlet and exhaust before stripping down unit.
valves and seats. Inspect float and
fulcrum pin assembly, check for
wear/damage, renew as required.
Added 4. Steam traps 12M Examine interconnecting pipework
and pipework. and steam trap/strainer assemblies,
check for correct operation,
clean/replace
strainer baskets as required.

Page 436 of 614

REFRIGERANT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

Page 437 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

46-01 REFRIGERANT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 46-01 REFRIGERANT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

Added Personnel carrying out leak checking, gas recovery or other refrigerant handling activities such as
plant installation and maintenance must have a suitable refrigerant handling qualification. These
works are covered under EC Regulation 842/2006, Fluorinated Greenhouse Gases Regulations 2009
(FGG Regulations 2009)

Check for leaks should be part of the routine servicing. “Checked for leakage” means that the Joints,
valves including stems, seals, including seals on replaceable driers and filters, parts of the system
subject to vibration, connections to safety or operational devices of the equipment or system is
examined for leakage using direct or indirect measuring methods, focusing on those parts of the
equipment or system most likely to leak. The frequency of testing depends on refrigerant charge and
system type.

Systems containing: <3 kg no leak test required, 3 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30 kg to 300
kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.
Hermetically sealed systems: <6 kg no leak test required, 6 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30
kg to 300 kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.

These applications must also be checked for leakage within one month after a leak has been repaired
to ensure that the repair has been effective.

Plants with more than 300 kg must be fitted with a leakage detection system, which is defined as: “a
calibrated mechanical, electrical or electronic device for detecting leakage of refrigerants which, on
detection, alerts the operator”. The detection system must be checked at least once a year to ensure
proper functioning in line with manufacturers’ recommendations .

For any plant fitted with a leakage detection system (including those below the mandatory 300 kg
threshold), the frequency of leak checking can be halved, although an annual check remains the
minimum frequency.

ALWAYS UPDATE RECORDS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Leaks. Check for leaks should be part of
the routine servicing by plant
attendants.

Where a system has a refrigerant

charge greater than 300kg, an
automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations
Added A) Normal 0M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
systems: leak of refrigerant should be dealt
<3 kg with immediately.
Added B) 3 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
Added C) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.

Page 438 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added D) >300 kg 3M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any

leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
Added E) Hermetically 0M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
sealed systems: leak of refrigerant should be dealt
<6 kg with immediately.
Added F) 6 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
Added G) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
Added H) >300 kg 3M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
1. Sight 3M Check operation and cleanliness. Sight glasses, which should be fitted Other 2. Sight 3M Check operation and cleanliness. Sight glasses, which should be fitted
glass(es). Test for refrigerant leaks. on any system, indicate refrigerant glass(es). Test for refrigerant leaks. on any system, indicate refrigerant
level and the presence of moisture. level and the presence of moisture.
Faults which may be observed are:- Faults which may be observed are:-
a) bubbles in sight glass indicating a a) bubbles in sight glass indicating a
shortage of refrigerant or a shortage of refrigerant or a
restriction in the liquid line, b) a restriction in the liquid line, b) a
change in the colour of the moisture change in the colour of the moisture
monitor from green to yellow monitor from green to yellow
indicates the presence of moisture indicates the presence of moisture
in the system. in the system.
2. Superheat 3M Check operation following the a) measure temperature of the Other 3. Superheat 3M Check operation following the a) measure temperature of the
setting of sequence outlined in the 'notes' suction line at the point where the setting of sequence outlined in the `notes` suction line at the point where the
thermostatic column. To adjust, remove valve TEV bulb is clamped. b) read gauge thermostatic column. To adjust, remove valve TEV bulb is clamped. b) read gauge
expansion valve cap at base of valve, turn adjusting pressure at compressor suction expansion valve cap at base of valve, turn adjusting pressure at compressor suction
(TEV) stem counter clockwise to lower the valve, c) add estimated pressure (TEV) stem counter clockwise to lower the valve, c) add estimated pressure
superheat or clockwise to increase drop between bulb location and superheat or clockwise to increase drop between bulb location and
the superheat. CAUTION: Only suction valve. d) convert the sum of the superheat. CAUTION: Only suction valve. d) convert the sum of
make one turn of the stem at a the pressures to the equivalent make one turn of the stem at a the pressures to the equivalent
time. temperature and subtract this from time. temperature and subtract this from
the actual suction line temperature. the actual suction line temperature.
This difference is the superheat. This difference is the superheat. It
Note:- It can take thirty minutes for a can take thirty minutes for a new
new balance to be achieved. Record balance to be achieved. Record new
new setting, it should be between 8 setting, it should be between 8 &
and 10ºC. 10oC.
3. Oil separators. 12M Inspect:- External condition of shell. Many small units are sealed and the Other 4. Oil separators. 12M Inspect:- External condition of shell. Many small units are sealed and the
Leak tightness of connections. sight glass is on the oil separator. Leak tightness of connections. sight glass is on the oil separator.
Operation of valves and drains. Operation of valves and drains.
Operation of float valves. Operation of float valves.
4. Glycol 3M Check, if low, restore to A fall in concentration may be the Other 5. Glycol 3M Check, if low, restore to A fall in concentration may be the
concentration. recommended concentration. result of leakage and pipework concentration. recommended concentration. result of leakage and pipework
should be checked. should be checked.
4. Glycol 3M Check, if low, restore to Other 6. Glycol 3M Check, if low, restore to
concentration. recommended concentration. concentration. recommended concentration.

Page 439 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

5. High and low 12M Check on operation of pressure Apply correct pressure or vacuum Other 7. High and low 12M Check on operation of pressure Apply correct pressure or vacuum
pressure switches. switch contacts and re-adjust to reading to coincide with pressure pressure switches. switch contacts and re-adjust to reading to coincide with pressure
correct operating pressures as switch operating limits, note correct operating pressures as switch operating limits, note
necessary. On completion of tests - pressure or vacuum reading at necessary. On completion of tests - pressure or vacuum reading at
disconnect air pressure or vacuum which pressure switch contacts disconnect air pressure or vacuum which pressure switch contacts
equipment and alarm test set - make on both upper and lower equipment and alarm test set - make on both upper and lower
remake electrical supply and alarm limits. Pressure switch isolation remake electrical supply and alarm limits. Pressure switch isolation
cables - test functionally - return to valves to be opened, where fitted. cables - test functionally - return to valves to be opened, where fitted.
service. service.
6. Insulation. 3M Check:- External condition. It cannot be stressed too heavily Other 8. Insulation. 3M Check external condition. It cannot be stressed too heavily
Soundness of vapour barrier and/or that ingress of water vapour has Soundness of vapour barrier and/or that ingress of water vapour has to
waterproof finish. Condition of to be minimised otherwise efficiency waterproof finish. Condition of be minimised otherwise efficiency
flange and valve boxes including will be reduced and energy wasted. flange and valve boxes including will be reduced and energy wasted.
internal linings and fasteners. Pay particular attention to seals internal linings and fasteners. Pay particular attention to seals
round hangers and supports. Look round hangers and supports. Look
for damage due to leaks. Check for damage due to leaks. Check
paintwork and identification bands. paintwork and identification bands.

Page 440 of 614

ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS

Page 441 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

47-01 ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS unitary rev. cycle heat pump terminal units with 47-01 ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS
elec. htg. and rev. valve
Note: If unit is ceiling mounted cover office equipment immediately below any area of work . Technical Room air conditioners [unitary reverse cycle heat pump terminal units with electrical heating and
reversing valve]

Personnel carrying out leak checking, gas recovery or other refrigerant handling activities such as
plant installation and maintenance must have a suitable refrigerant handling qualification. These
works are covered under EC Regulation 842/2006, Fluorinated Greenhouse Gases Regulations 2009
(FGG Regulations 2009)

Check for leaks should be part of the routine servicing. “Checked for leakage” means that the Joints,
valves including stems, seals, including seals on replaceable driers and filters, parts of the system
subject to vibration, connections to safety or operational devices of the equipment or system is
examined for leakage using direct or indirect measuring methods, focusing on those parts of the
equipment or system most likely to leak. The frequency of testing depends on refrigerant charge and
system type.

Systems containing: <3 kg no leak test required, 3 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30 kg to 300
kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.
Hermetically sealed systems: <6 kg no leak test required, 6 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30
kg to 300 kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.

These applications must also be checked for leakage within one month after a leak has been repaired
to ensure that the repair has been effective.

Plants with more than 300 kg must be fitted with a leakage detection system, which is defined as: “a
calibrated mechanical, electrical or electronic device for detecting leakage of refrigerants which, on
detection, alerts the operator”. The detection system must be checked at least once a year to ensure
proper functioning in line with manufacturers’ recommendations .

For any plant fitted with a leakage detection system (including those below the mandatory 300 kg
threshold), the frequency of leak checking can be halved, although an annual check remains the
minimum frequency.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Status. 6M Isolate electrically. Note: Isolation of electrical Other 1. Status. 6M Isolate electrically. Note: Isolation of electrical
equipment should be carried out in equipment should be carried out in
accordance with HSAWA accordance with HSAWA
requirements. (www.hse.gov.uk) requirements.
2. 6M Remove air entry filter, inspect coil Remainder of unit should be Technical 2. 6M Remove air entry filter, inspect coil Remainder of unit should be
Heating/cooling for dirt and clean as required. cleaned annually. Heating/cooling for dirt and clean as required. cleaned annually.
coil. coil. Comb any area of fins that are
damaged
7. Refrigeration 6M Check for leaks. Indicated by oil smears at joints. Technical 7. Refrigeration 6M Check for leaks. For more details Indicated by oil smears at joints.
circuit. circuit. on checking for leaks see above

10. Controls. 6M Return to standard settings. Technical 10. Controls. 6M Return to standard settings. Check On any hand held controllers check
date and times. battery and replace as required. All
batteries should be disposed of only
in accordance with H&S and
Environmental requirements.

Page 442 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 12. Leaks. Check for leaks should be part of

the routine servicing.

Where a system has a refrigerant

charge greater than 300kg, an
automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations
Added A) Normal 0M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
systems: leak of refrigerant should be dealt
<3 kg with immediately.
Added B) 3 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
Added C) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
Added D) >300 kg 3M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
Added E) Hermetically 0M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
sealed systems: leak of refrigerant should be dealt
<6 kg with immediately.
Added F) 6 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
Added G) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.
Added H) >300 kg 3M Check for refrigerant leaks. Any
leak of refrigerant should be dealt
with immediately.

Page 443 of 614

SANITARY AND WASTE WATER PLUMBING

Page 444 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

48-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 48-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

This section covers all aspects of the disposal of waste water and it is essential that both contractor Other This section covers all aspects of the disposal of waste water and it is essential that both service
and client ensure that all actions and practices conform with the Health and Safety at Work Act provider and client ensure that all actions and practices conform with the Health and Safety at Work
(HASAWA) and Environmental regulations. Certain activities may be covered by more than one Act (HASAWA (www.hse.gov.uk)) and Environmental regulations. Certain activities may be covered by
specialist function and in these areas it is essential that the responsibilities for particular tasks are more than one specialist function and in these areas it is essential that the responsibilities for
identified and allocated. particular tasks are identified and allocated.
Note HSE Documents - INDG197 and 198.
Weil's Disease (Leptospirosis) HSE Documents - INDG197 and 198.
This reportable disease is carried by rats and can be passed on to humans hence strict
precautions must be taken to prevent infection. Attention is drawn to the need to carry out a risk Weil`s Disease (Leptospirosis)
assessment and produce a method statement for operators and maintenance personnel to use. PPE
may be necessary. This reportable disease is carried by rats and can be passed on to humans hence strict precautions
Dangerous Gases must be taken to prevent infection. Attention is drawn to the need to carry out a risk assessment and
Special care is needed when entering pits and other below ground chambers to ensure that they are produce a method statement for operators and maintenance personnel to use.
properly ventilated and free from harmful gases.
Under Food Hygiene Regulations it is essential that operatives and maintenance personnel do Dangerous Gases
not work on clean water systems if they have been in contact with waste water or sewage.
Hospitals and similar facilities may call for specialist services, which should be identified and agreed Special care is needed when entering pits and other below ground chambers to ensure that they are
with the client. properly ventilated and free from harmful gases.
Staff training must be up to date.
Under Food Hygiene Regulations it is essential that operatives and maintenance personnel do not
work on clean water systems if they have been in contact with waste water or sewage.

Hospitals and similar facilities may call for specialist services, which should be identified and agreed
with the client.

Staff training must be up to date.

Page 445 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

48-02 MACERATORS 48-02 MACERATORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Condition. 12M Check: Condition of body and If there is evidence of severe wear Other 1. Condition. 12M Check: Condition of body and If there is evidence of severe wear
attrition blades. Bearings. For on the attrition blades, advise client attrition blades. Bearings. For on the attrition blades, advise the
blockage and clear. Operation. of need for replacement. If there has blockage and clear. Operation. client of need for replacement. If
been abuse or signs of jamming, by there has been abuse or signs of
for instance foreign objects, bearing jamming, by for instance foreign
wear or distortion may be evident. objects, bearing wear or distortion
may be evident.
2. Electrical 12M Check for tightness. Technical 2. Electrical 12M Examine and report condition of all
connections. associated wiring, ensure security
of all terminal connections and
check for satisfactory condition of
any flexible cables /conduits. 2.
Check for adequate earth
conductor and bonding is secure. 3.
Check for satisfactory operation of
local electrical isolation device. 4.
Carry out Earth
Continuity/Insulation Resistance
Tests

Page 446 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

48-03 INTERCEPTORS - Petrol and Oil 48-03 INTERCEPTORS - Petrol and Oil
Note: Petrol filling stations are outside the scope of this specification. Where entry into confined Legislative Petrol filling stations are outside the scope of this specification.Where entry into confined spaces is
spaces is necessary, compliance with HSE Guidance note L101 Safe work in confined spaces 1997 necessary, compliance with (www.hse.gov.uk) Guidance note L101 Safe work in confined spaces
and INDG 258 Work in confined spaces - is required. Staff training must be up to date. 1997 Approved code of practice, regulations and guidance 2nd edition (2009) and INDG 258 Work in
confined spaces - is required. Staff training must be up to date.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Petrol interceptors. 12M Check and report any significant Take care not to inhale any fumes. Other 1. Condition of 12M Check and report any significant
1. Condition of deterioration. tankage. deterioration.
tankage.
2. Water. 12M Clean surface and remove any Any liquid or solids removed during Other 2. Water. 12M Clean surface and remove any Any liquid or solids removed during
floating solids. Any surface the cleaning process must be floating solids. Any surface the cleaning process must be
contamination by oily substances to disposed of in accordance with H & contamination by oily substances to disposed of in accordance with H &
be removed by vacuum separately S and Environmental and water be removed by vacuum separately S
from sedimentary solids. byelaw regulations. from sedimentary solids. (www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/co
shh/index.htm) and Environmental
and water byelaw regulations.
Added Petrol interceptors.

Page 447 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

48-04 INTERCEPTORS - blowdown and sumps 48-04 INTERCEPTORS - blowdown and sumps
Note: This subject comes within the scope of the HSE Guidance Notes PM60, L101 and PM5. Great Legislative This subject comes within the scope of the HSE Guidance Notes PM60, L101 and PM5. Great care
care must be taken when entering brick or concrete drainage pits because of the possible presence of must be taken when entering brick or concrete drainage pits because of the possible presence of
harmful gases. They must be vented to ensure the chamber cannot be pressurised over 0.1 bar g. harmful gases. They must be vented to ensure the chamber cannot be pressurised over 0.1 bar g.
(1.5 psig). Where entry into confined spaces is necessary, compliance with HSE Guidance note L101 (1.5 psig). Where entry into confined spaces is necessary, compliance with (www.hse.gov.uk)
Safe Work in confined spaces 1997 and INDG 258 Work in confined spaces - is required. Staff Guidance note L101 Safe Work in confined spaces 1997 Approved code of practice, regulations and
training must be up to date. guidance 2nd edition (2009) and INDG 258 Work in confined spaces - is required. Staff training must
be up to date.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Blow down pits 1. 12M ISOLATE FROM BOILER. Drain This work must only be carried out Technical Blow down pits 12M At every thorough examination of This work must only be carried out
Cleaning. and thoroughly clean out. by a competent person and the associated steam boilers, or at by a competent person and
appropriate safety precautions must 1. Cleaning. such intervals determined by the appropriate safety precautions must
be observed. The work may be competent person, the blowdown be observed. The work may be
carried out at the same time as the pit should be positively isolated (i.e. carried out at the same time as the
boiler inspection. double shut-off or by blank flange) boiler inspection.
from the boiler(s) for examination
purposes. The electrical supply to
the automated intermittent
blowdown should be locked off and
, where fitted, any compressed-air
system should be isolated and
de-pressurised. The pit should then
be drained, thoroughly cleaned out
and examined. If the quality of the
boiler feedwater is poor, the
blowdown pit may require draining
and/or cleaning more often
3. Vent pipe and 12M Check condition and ensure there If replacement or repair necessary, Other 3. Vent pipe and 12M Check condition and ensure there If replacement or repair necessary,
silencer (if fitted). is no blockage. advise client. silencer (if fitted). is no blockage. advise the client.

Blow down tanks Note: these are pressure vessels Other Blow down tanks These are pressure vessels and as
and as such come within the scope such come within the scope of the
of the Pressure Systems and Pressure Systems and
Transportable Gas Containers Transportable Gas Containers
Regulations 2000 . See also HSE Regulations 2000 . See also HSE
document L101. document L101.

Page 448 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

1. Cleaning. 12M ISOLATE FROM BOILER. Drain This work must only be carried out Technical 1. Cleaning. 12M At every thorough examination of This work must only be carried out
and thoroughly clean out. by a competent person and the associated steam boilers, or at by a competent person and
appropriate safety precautions must such intervals determined by the appropriate safety precautions must
be observed. The work is normally competent person, the blowdown be observed. The work is normally
carried out at the same time as the tank should be positively isolated carried out at the same time as the
boiler inspection. (i.e. double shut-off or by blank boiler inspection.
flange) from the boiler(s) for
examination purposes. The
electrical supply to the automated
intermittent blowdown should be
locked off and , where fitted, any
compressed-air system should be
isolated and de-pressurised. The
tank should then be drained,
thoroughly cleaned out and
examined. If the quality of the boiler
feedwater is poor, the blowdown
tank may require draining and/or
cleaning more often

Page 449 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

48-05 SANITARY, WASTE WATER PLUMBING and DRAINS 48-05 SANITARY, WASTE WATER PLUMBING and DRAINS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Waste water 6M Check cleanliness and ensure traps Where remedial work is required Other Waste water 6M Check cleanliness and ensure traps Where remedial work is required
pipework and etc. run free. advise client. pipework and etc. run free. advise the client.
traps. 1. traps. 1.
Condition. Condition.
Kitchen grease 1M Inspect and remove any It is recommended that client should Other Kitchen grease 1M Inspect and remove any It is recommended that the client
traps accumulated grease and other ensure that his staff are familiar with traps accumulated grease and other should ensure that his staff are
residues. these traps and clean them at least residues. familiar with these traps and clean
once per month and more frequently them at least once per month and
if accumulations are severe. more frequently if accumulations are
severe.
Sanitary fittings 1. 6M Inspect and clean, ensure grids on Technical Sanitary fittings 1. 6M Check for leaks and damage.
Urinals. waste are clear and outlet(s) run Urinals. Check water level in cistern, adjust
freely. float valve as necessary, check for
satisfactory cistern fill time. Check
water action around bowl rim.
Check security of all fixings and
brackets. Check function and
operation of urinal water saver unit,
ensure for correct operation/cycle
and water flow. Where dosing
system provided, check solenoid,
battery unit and operation of dosing
system generally.
2. Water closets. 6M Check condition and ensure correct It is recommended that client should Technical 2. Water closets. 6M Check for leaks and damage.
flushing and free outlet. ensure that his staff are familiar with Check tightness of seat and flap,
these traps and clean them at least flush and check water action
once per month and more frequently around bowl rim. Check water level
if accumulations are severe. in cistern, adjust float valve as
necessary. Check for satisfactory
cistern fill time. Check security of all
fixings and brackets.
3. Cisterns. 6M Check operation and if necessary If water is running continuously Other 4. Cisterns. 6M Check operation and if necessary If water is running continuously
replace washer on intake float check diaphragm on siphon and replace washer on intake float check diaphragm on siphon and
valve. replace if necessary. valve. replace if necessary.
4. Automatic 6M Check operation. If controls are faulty refer to the Other 5. Automatic 6M Check operation. If controls are faulty refer to the
controls and manufacturer's maintenance controls and manufacturer`s maintenance
sensors. instructions. sensors. instructions.
Soil stacks 1. 6M Check that there are no External examination should Legislative Soil stacks 6M Check that there are no External examination should
Obstructions. obstructions. conform to BSEN 752 - 4 1. Obstructions. obstructions. conform to BS EN 752:2008

Drainage 1. 6M Check grates and clear of any Advise client if any replacements Other Drainage 6M Check grates and clear of any Advise the client if any
Surface water deposits and water flows freely. are necessary. 1. Surface water deposits and water flows freely. replacements are necessary.
drains. Clear any sediments from grate drains. Clear any sediments from grate
sumps. Check condition of junction sumps. Check condition of junction
and access covers. and access covers. For Rainwater
downpipes and gutters see SFG
48-07

Page 450 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2. Waste water Check that drains are free from any If cleaning is required this should be Technical 2. Waste water 0M Carry out general inspection of all If cleaning is required this should be
drains. obstructions and that any covers agreed with client. drains. designated drainage systems, this agreed with the client.
are in place and sealed. If cleaning should include: A). Check all waste
required ensure that H & S and and rainwater discharge pipes. B).
Environmental requirements are Clean any silt build up from traps.
followed. C). Remove inspection covers,
provide warning signs. Clean
cover(s) and frame(s). D). Observe
drainage flow in inspection
chamber and state of inspection
chamber. E). Replace cover,
cleaning out lifting keyholes, grease
and secure as necessary. F). Flush
out all drainage channels and
gulley’s.
Refer to both Environmental and
COSHH Regulations -
www.hse.gov.uk
Added 3. Sinks / Basins 6M Check basins/sinks for leaks and
damage. 2. Check traps and
overflows are free from
obstructions/soap build up etc. 3.
Check operation of taps, ensure
plug and chain are secure

Page 451 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

48-06 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES 48-06 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. General. Air admittance valves which are Other 1. General. Air admittance valves which are
manufactured in accordance with an manufactured in accordance with an
Agrement certificate issued by Agreement certificate issued by
Board of Agrement do not normally Board of Agreement
require maintenance. (www.bbacerts.co.uk) do not
normally require maintenance.
2. Inspection. 12M Visually inspect externally for Report to client if remedial work is Other 2. Inspection. 12M Visually inspect externally for Report to the client if remedial work
mechanical damage or vandalism. required. In the event of accidental mechanical damage or vandalism. is required. In the event of
damage or vandalism the cover can accidental damage or vandalism the
be removed and the damaged cover can be removed and the
components or the complete damaged components or the
assembly replaced. complete assembly replaced.

Page 452 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

48-08 SANITARY AND WASTE WATER PLUMBING - WATER SAVING DEVICES 48-08 SANITARY AND WASTE WATER PLUMBING - WATER SAVING DEVICES
and METERS and METERS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Hydraulic 6M Check operation and carry out Technical 2. Hydraulic 6M Check function and operation of
flushing control. maintenance procedures in flushing control. water saver unit, ensure correct
accordance with the manufacturer's operation/cycle and water flow.
instructions. Check for correct water action
3. Detection 6M Check operation. For more detailed maintenance Technical 3. Detection 6M Check operation. Check security of For more detailed maintenance
devices. instructions, see SENSORS. devices. all fixings and brackets instructions, see Sensors SFG 50.

6. Cistern. 6M Check warning pipe is Technical 6. Cistern. 6M Check warning pipe is

unobstructed. unobstructed. Check water level in
cistern, adjust float valve as
necessary, check for satisfactory
cistern fill time
7. Battery (where 6M Check remaining life, change as Replace battery according to Other 8. Battery (where 6M Check remaining life, change as Replace battery according to
fitted). necessary. manufacturer's recommendations. fitted). necessary. manufacturer`s recommendations.
All batteries should be disposed of All batteries should be disposed of
only in accordance with H&S and only in accordance with H&S and
Environmental requirements. Environmental requirements.
Meters 1. 6M Check condition. Supply meter is normally the Technical Meters 6M Check condition. Record readings Supply meter is normally the
Installation responsibility of the water 1. Installation in logbook responsibility of the water
undertaking and should be undertaking and should be
maintained by them. maintained by them.
Added 7. Dosing system 6M Where dosing system provided,
(where fitted) check solenoid, battery unit and
operation of dosing system
generally.

Page 453 of 614

SECURITY SYSTEMS

Page 454 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

49-01 SECURITY SYSTEMS-INTRUDER ALARMS 49-01 SECURITY SYSTEMS-INTRUDER ALARMS

For security reasons when the client elects to have the maintenance carried out by the building Other For security reasons when the client elects to have the maintenance carried out by the building
services contractor, it is suggested that the client should carry out items 1-4 at least once every three services, service provider, it is suggested that the client should carry out items 1-4 at least once every
months to ensure that the system integrity is maintained. Close circuit television (CCTV equipment), three months to ensure that the system integrity is maintained. Close circuit television (CCTV
which is usually linked into intruder alarm systems is normally maintained by specialist contractors. equipment), which is usually linked into intruder alarm systems is normally maintained by specialist
service providers.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 8. Control Panel Check control panel internally,
check all control devices, fuse
bridges, phase barriers etc. for
signs of arcing/burning. Check all
indication lamps are working,
replace any defective lamps. Check
panel door(s) can be securely
locked and that door isolation
device is operative.
1.System integrity. 12M Carry out external examination of Any evidence of tampering or Technical 1.System integrity. 12M Carry out external examination of Any evidence of tampering or
installation. damage should be recorded and installation including any external damage should be recorded and
reported to the client. items including beacons and bells. reported to the client.
2.Sensors and 12M Carry out operational check. If Confirm correct operation and Technical 2.Sensors and 12M Carry out operational check. Test Confirm correct operation and
contacts. outdoors check beam systems are sensitivity, where appropriate check contacts. each intruder detector for correct sensitivity, where appropriate check
not impaired by vegetation or other spatial configuration for volumetric operation and function. Check that spatial configuration for volumetric
obstacles. devices. no obstacles have been moved devices.
which could impair a detectors
‘view’.
External devices - check beam
systems are not impaired by
vegetation or other obstacles.
3.Alarm signals. 12M Check response to signal. Technical 3.Alarm signals. 12M Check response to signal at control
panel. Reset alarm points after test.

4.Sensor covers, 12M Check security,Check internally for Clean internal components with soft Technical 4.Sensor covers, 12M Examine and report condition of all Clean internal components with soft
terminal boxes and signs of overheating, ingress of brush and remove any dirt or terminal boxes associated wiring, ensure security brush and remove any dirt or fluff.
fixings. dust and moisture. fluff.When replacing covers check and fixings. of all terminal connections and When replacing covers check
operation of any tamper switches check for satisfactory condition of operation of any tamper switches
which may be fitted. any flexible cables/conduits. Check which may be fitted.
internally for signs of overheating,
ingress of dust and moisture.
7.Batteries Technical 7.Batteries 12M Check function and state of battery
charger. Check battery terminals
connections. Check that the
inter-cell connections are secure
and clean. Check state of charge.
a) sealed lead 36M Replace Batteries must be disposed of only Other a) sealed lead 36M Replace Batteries must be disposed of only
acid, b) sealed in accordance with H&S and acid, b) sealed in accordance with H&S and
nickel-cadmium. Environmental Regulations. nickel-cadmium. Environmental (www.hse.gov.uk)
Regulations.

Page 455 of 614

SENSORS AND SWITCHING DEVICES

Page 456 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-01 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 50-01 PRE-MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This procedure applies to all types of sensors, thermostats and requires that all safety precautions Other This procedure applies to all types of sensors, thermostats and requires that all safety precautions
and safe working practices be observed. and safe working practices be observed.
1. Check security of mountings.
2. Inspect for physical damage. 1. Check security of mountings.
3. Check for cleanliness. Obscuration of sensors with dust can reduce sensitivity and effect the signal .
4. Check termination for tightness and corrosion - a) Electric cable,b) Pneumatic pipework. 2. Inspect for physical damage.
5. Check cable/pipework locally for fixing and condition.
6. Verify correct location and installation as per manufacturer 's instructions and check for any 3. Check for cleanliness. Obscuration of sensors with dust can reduce sensitivity and effect the signal .
extraneous influences.
7. Note settings prior to commencing maintenance. 4. Check termination for tightness and corrosion - a) Electric cable, b) Pneumatic pipework.
8. Check for element deterioration.
Pneumatics. Particular attention should be paid to the quality of the instrument air. Check for 5. Check cable/pipework locally for fixing and condition.
contamination by dirt, oil or water.
10. All sensors should be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Verify correct location and installation as per manufacturer `s instructions and check for any
11. Special sensors such as are used for glycol concentration, detection of smoke and gas, together extraneous influences.
with sensors used in water treatment may require specialist attention.
When cleaning or working in ducts it is essential that all sensors should be with withdrawn 7. Note settings prior to commencing maintenance.
from the duct to prevent damage. Care should also be taken to prevent any damage to linkages or
other control devices. 8. Check for element deterioration.

9. Pneumatics. Particular attention should be paid to the quality of the instrument air. Check for
contamination by dirt, oil or water.

10. All sensors should be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer`s recommendations.

11. Special sensors such as are used for glycol concentration, detection of smoke and gas, together
with sensors used in water treatment may require specialist attention.

When cleaning or working in ducts it is essential that all sensors should be with withdrawn from the
duct to prevent damage. Care should also be taken to prevent any damage to linkages or other
control devices.

Page 457 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-02 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SENSORS - static and differential 50-02 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SENSORS - static and differential
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Operation. 6M Check for correct operation. Check contact condition if a Other 3. Operation. 6M Check for correct operation. Check contact condition if a
pressure switch. Refer to pressure switch. Refer to
manufacturer s recommended manufacturer`s recommended
inspection procedures. inspection procedures.
4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument. Refer to manufacturers Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument Refer to manufacturers
recommended calibration and reset as required recommended calibration
procedures. procedures.

Page 458 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-03 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SENSORS 50-03 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SENSORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Sampling 12M Check for any obstruction. Technical 1. Sampling 12M Check for any obstruction. Also Report any abnormal findings to the
ensure the sensor is away from any client.
other form of heat source (radiator,
kettle photocopier) which may affect
temperature readings
4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as required

Outside This should be on North Facing Report if not. Other Outside

temperature surface or mechanical shaded if temperature This should be on North Facing Report if not.
sensor not, but away from heat sources. sensor surface or mechanical shaded if
not, but away from heat sources.
4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as required

4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as required

4.Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 4.Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as required

3. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Refer to manufacturer's Technical 3. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument Refer to manufacturer`s
recommended calibration and reset as required recommended calibration
procedures. procedures.

Page 459 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-04 RELATIVE HUMIDITY SENSORS 50-04 RELATIVE HUMIDITY SENSORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Sampling 6M Check for any obstruction Technical 1. Sampling 6M Check for any obstruction. Also Report any abnormal findings to the
ensure the sensor is away from any client.
other source of humidity (kettle,
washing machine etc.) which may
affect humidity readings
4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as necessary

4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as necessary

4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as necessary

Page 460 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-05 ABSOLUTE HUMIDITY SENSORS 50-05 ABSOLUTE HUMIDITY SENSORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
5. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 5. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as necessary

5.Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 5.Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as necessary

Page 461 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-07 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSORS 50-07 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as necessary

4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument
and reset as necessary

Page 462 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-08 VELOCITY SENSORS 50-08 VELOCITY SENSORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Refer to manufacturer's Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument Refer to manufacturer`s
recommended calibration and reset as necessary recommended calibration
procedures. procedures.

Page 463 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-09 OCCUPANCY and LIGHT SENSORS 50-09 OCCUPANCY and LIGHT SENSORS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Location. 12M Check that sensor is not affected Technical 3. Location. 12M Check that sensor is not affected by
by extraneous effects. extraneous effects (i.e. shadows
from trees etc.)
4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certfied instrument. Refer to manufacturer's Technical 4. Calibration. 12M Check against Certified instrument Refer to manufacturer`s
recommended calibration and reset as necessary recommended calibration
procedures. procedures.

Page 464 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-10 SMOKE DETECTORS 50-10 SMOKE DETECTORS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Cleanliness. 12M Check sensing device and where Refer to the manufacturer's Technical 1. Cleanliness. 12M Check sensing device and where Special attention should be paid to
appropriate sampling system for instructions for cleaning procedures. appropriate sampling system for areas that have had any building
cleanliness and possible cleanliness and possible works carried out to ensure smoke
obstructions. obstructions. heads have not been left `bagged
off` or there covers left in place. In
addition where areas have been
subject to any dusty conditions the
heads should be cleaned.
Refer to the manufacturer`s
instructions for cleaning procedures.
2. Operation. 12M Test for correct response and Refer to manufacturer's instructions Technical 2. Operation. 12M Test for correct response and Refer to manufacturer`s instructions
operation. for recommended testing operation. for recommended testing
procedures. Some type of sensor procedures. Some type of sensor
have a finite life cycle and need to have a finite life cycle and need to
be replaced at intervals specified by be replaced at intervals specified by
the manufacturer. Certain devices the manufacturer. Certain devices
such as ionisation detectors have no such as ionisation detectors have no
serviceable components and should serviceable components and should
not be exposed as a radioactive risk not be exposed as a radioactive risk
may occur. Always refer to may occur. Always refer to
manufacturer's instructions and manufacturer`s instructions and
follow all recommended safety follow all recommended safety
procedures. procedures. For further guidance on
testing Smoke Detectors see Fire
alarm systems SFG 22-01 and be
carried out in accordance with BS
5839 part 1:2008

Page 465 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

50-11 GAS DETECTOR SENSORS 50-11 GAS DETECTOR SENSORS

Note:- Gas detectors are specialist devices and are often designed to detect a specific gas or family of technical Gas detectors are specialist devices and are often designed to detect a specific gas or family of
gases, e.g. propane or butane, it is essential to refer to the manufacturer's instructions before gases, e.g. propane or butane, it is essential to refer to the manufacturer`s instructions before
commencing any maintenance work on them. commencing any maintenance work on them.

Detailed guidance is provided for the maintenance of Gas Detectors in an explosive Atmosphere by
BS EN 60079-29-2:2007
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Operation. 12M Test for correct response and Refer to manufacturer's instructions Technical 2. Operation. 12M Test for correct response and For Further Guidance See Fire
operation. for recommended testing operation. alarm systems SFG 22-01.
procedures.
Added Carbon Monoxide
Sensors

Added Flammable Gases It is assumed that the operational Before any work is undertaken on
and Oxygen staff will undertaken the routine and sensor in a hazardous area,
Sensors visual inspections of the installation. ensure the notes in Hazardous
Before proceeding with any areas (electrics) SFG 27 are read
maintenance task, the operative is and fully understood. Ensure all
to check the faults log for any necessary local Permit to Work
outstanding faults conditions. procedures are fully complied with.

Fixed gas detectors should be

included in the plant maintenance
schedule. The performance of most
detectors deteriorates with time, the
rate depending on the type of
sensor and the operating
conditions, for example a dusty,
corrosive or damp environment.
These factors will affect the
frequency of inspection,
maintenance and calibration

Repair or maintenance of fixed

apparatus (whether incorporating
single-point sensors, open path
sensors, a combination of these,
or sampling systems) should be
carried out under a control led
procedure. Defective apparatus
should be removed for repair in
a workshop outside the area being
protected. If a replacement
apparatus cannot be provided
immediately, then transport table
apparatus should be used as a
temporary substitute

Page 466 of 614

SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS

Page 467 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

71-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Added Exposure to sewage or its products may result in a number of illnesses. These include:

1) Gastroenteritis, characterised by cramping stomach pains, diarrhoea and vomiting;

2) Weil’s disease, a flu-like illness with persistent and severe headache, transmitted by rat urine.
Damage to liver, kidneys and blood may occur and the condition can be fatal;
3) Hepatitis, characterised by inflammation of the liver, and jaundice;
4) Occupational asthma, resulting in attacks of breathlessness, chest tightness and wheezing, and
produced by the inhalation of living or dead organisms;
5) Infection of skin or eyes; and/or
6) Rarely, allergic alveolitis (inflammation of the lung) with fever, breathlessness, dry cough, and
aching muscles and joints.

If you contract the symptoms described after coming into contact with sewage, report to your doctor
immediately and advise him/her of the circumstances.

The bacteria can enter your body through cuts and scratches and through the lining of the mouth and
throat and eyes.

After having worked in sewage or anything contaminated with sewage, wash your hands and forearms
thoroughly with soap and water. If your clothes or boots are contaminated with sewage, wash
thoroughly after handling them.

Take immediate action to wash thoroughly any cut, scratch or abrasion of the skin immediately. Apply
antiseptic to the wound, cover with cotton wool or gauze, and protect with a waterproof plaster.

Do not handle food, drink or smoking materials without first washing your hands.

Sewage gases are potentially explosives and toxic. Do not enter any of the below ground
compartments of the sewage treatment plant.

Before carrying out any maintenance work, the equipment MUST be electrically isolated at the fuse
box from which the blower power supply is derived.

Do not leave covers open for any longer than necessary. Temporary barriers and warning signs
should be erected around any open covers or manways as appropriate.

Page 468 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

71-02 SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS - package systems

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1) Air Blowers 1W Check the operation of the
blower(s).

Added 2) Diffusers 1M Check the operation of the diffusers

(bubbles rising in the Biological
zone).
Added 3) Recycle Flow 1M Check the recycle flow into the inlet
zone. Look at the liquor being
returned, it should run clear by the
end of its cycle.
Added 4) Stilling Zones 1M Check the inlet and outlet stilling
zones are clear of debris( remove
any obstructions ).
Added 5) Air Blowers 1M Check the blower ventilation is
un-obstructed.

Added 6) Filter Media 1M Check the biomass growth on the The odour in the plant should be
filter media. The biomass should be `earthy`. here should not be a
a light brown colour, not white or noticeable `rotten eggs` smell.
grey.
Added 7) Effluent 1M Check the final effluent. If this is
cloudy or contains many
suspended articles, then the humus
tank is likely to require desludging.
Added 8) Pre-settlement 12M Inspect sludge level and remove This frequency could be increased
Tank sludge when the level is reached as to 6M depending on usage and type
dictated by the manufacturers of system.
recommendations.
Added 9) Cabling, wiring 12M Check all connections are tight and
and control panel that the cable is in good condition.
Check electrical door isolating
switch for correct operation. Check
cabinet door locks for correct
operation. Clean any dust/debris
away from the inside of the cabinet
with soft brush.
Added 10) Inlet Pump 12M The inlet pump must be serviced Make sure that the pump works by
and cleaned. checking that it pumps water into
the treatment chamber.
Added 11) Overflow Alarm 12M Clean and check for correct
operation.

Page 469 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 12) Air Blowers 12M The air blowers must be inspected The filters must be open and easy
and their condition noted. The filters to blow air through after cleaning.
at the top of the air blowers must be
removed and cleaned. Check that
air bubbles surface evenly
throughout the system. Be aware of
abnormal noises. Replace the
filters if they cannot be cleaned
effectively.
Added 13) Biofilm 12M The biofilm coating on the bioblock When the system is performing
media must be inspected to ensure properly the bioblock media should
there is a healthy level of biomass not need to be routinely cleaned. A
on the media. The aeration system healthy level of biofilm on the media
and diffusers must be inspected is beneficial to increase the
and the dissolved oxygen content available surface area and there
measured and recorded. The should be sufficient aeration coming
bioblock media should be evenly from the diffusers to prevent
aerated. It is normal that the excessive biofilm building up.
intensity of the air bubbles differs However, if the media does need to
from one side of the system to be cleaned the level of aeration can
another. be increased. In severe problem
situations, the water level can be
reduced and the bioblock cleaned
with a pressure washer or the
bioblock media can be removed
cleaned and replaced.
Added 14) Controls 12M Check that the controller is
operating properly and that alarm is
triggered by loss of power to the air
blowers and pump and by high
water in the pump tank.
Added 15) Water 12M Inspect the system outlet to make
dispersal sure that it is flowing freely and
unimpeded from debris or
vegetation. Record any likely future
restrictions to the water outlet or
possible threats.

Page 470 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

71-03 SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS - EXTENDED AERATION AND OXIDATION

DITCH SYSTEMS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. General 1D Make general observation to ensure
proper operation of equipment.

Added 2. Clarifier 1D Remove floating sludge on clarifier

if present and clean clarifier weir.

Added 3. Test & Records 1D Check dissolved oxygen readings A simple cone test using an Imhoff
for unusual values. Perform simple cone may be carried out every day,
cone test to give sludge but these results must be used with
settleability; and record hours of caution and will only show up
operation of individual processes. sudden changes in sludge
characteristics.
Added 4. Sludge return 1W Adjust sludge return rate and air
rate injection rate as necessary.

Added 5. Pumps and 1W Alternate duty/standby

Motors motors/pumps.

Added 6. Oxygen probes 1W Clean and calibrate dissolved

oxygen probes.

Added 7. Tests 1W Carry out chemical tests as Sludge Volume Index (S.V.I.) - the
appropriate (COD, phosphates importance of the SVI test needs to
etc.). be stressed as it gives valuable
Carry out Sludge Volume Index information on sludge settleability
(S.V.I.) test. and it indicates if sludge needs to
be wasted.
Added 8. Aerators / 1M Inspect aerators/blowers and
blowers maintain as necessary.

Added 9. Sludge return 1M Inspect and maintain inflow and

pumps sludge return pumps.

Added 10. Electrics 1M Inspect and maintain electrical

equipment.

Added Rotating Biological In general, RBCs and percolating

Contactors & filter systems require less operation
Percolating Filters and maintenance hours per week
than extended-aeration systems.
Added 11. General 1D Examine blockage by rags etc., if
system has no screening.
Make general inspection of system
operation noting any noises from
mechanical plant.
Added 12. Screens 1D Rake screens, if applicable.

Page 471 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 13. Clarifier 1D Remove floating sludge from final

clarifiers surface.

Added 14. Biofilm 1W Examine and record biofilm

appearance (colour and thickness),
grey/black could indicate lack of
oxygen, beige/brown indicates
carbonaceous oxidation- reddish
brown indicates nitrification.
Added 15. Distributor 1W Clean distributor openings (in
Openings percolating filter systems).

Added 16. Sludge 1W Return sludge from clarifier to

primary settlement tank.

Added 17. Percolating 1W Examine surface of percolating filter

Filter for ponding.

Added 18. Bearings 1W Grease all bearings.

Added 19. Tests 1W Carry out chemical tests as

appropriate (BOD, COD,
phosphates etc.).
Added 20. Bearings Inspect shaft and bearings in RBC
system.

Added 21. Motors Check oil levels in motors.

Added 22. Sludge return 1M Inspect and maintain inflow and

pumps sludge return pumps.

Added 23. Electrics 1M Inspect and maintain electrical

equipment.

Page 472 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added Sequencing Batch These incorporate all phases of the

Reactors treatment process in one reactor
and are operated on a cyclical
basis, often incorporating several
cycles in oiie day. The phases are
operated in the following sequence:
filtration; aeration; settlement;
decanting They are high technology
systems and are generally only
used above 100 population
equivalent. Equipment includes,
pumps, aeration plant
(compressor/blower or mechanical
aerators), decanting equipment and
sludge draw off plant. Although they
are high technology systems, they
do not require sludge return and as
such their operation is simpler than
extended-aeration systems.
Added 24. General 1D Make general observation to ensure
proper operation of equipment.

Added 25. Test & 1D Perform simple cone test to give A simple cone test using an Imhoff
Records sludge settleability; and record cone may be carried out every day,
hours of operation of individual but these results must be used with
processes. caution and will only show up
sudden changes in sludge
characteristics.
Added 26. Blowers Check oil level of blowers if
applicable and top up if required.

Added 27. Bearings 1W Grease all bearings

Added 28. Pumps and 1W Alternate duty/standby

Motors motors/pumps.

Added 29. Tests 1W Carry out chemical tests as

appropriate (COD, phosphates
etc.).
Carry out S.V.I. test
Added 30. Cycle times 1M adjust cycle times to optimise
performance

Added 31. Electrics 1M Inspect and maintain electrical

equipment.

Added 32. Sludge 1M waste sludge as necessary.

(generally when MLSS exceeds
4500-5000, mg/l).

Page 473 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added Constructed There are two types of constructed

Wetlands wetlands; horizontal flow and
vertical flow wetlands. The
horizontal flow wetlands can be
subdivided into two categories:

a) free water surface wetlands

(FWS)
b) subsurface flow system wetlands
(SFS).
Added 33. General 1W Examine distribution pipes and
channels for blockages (especially
in secondary wetlands).
Added 34. Testing 1W Carry out chemical tests as
appropriate

Added 35. System 1M Clean out all distribution

openings/notches, lower adjustable
outlet level to flush out pipes; and
desludge primary/septic tank as
necessary (for secondary
wetlands).

Page 474 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

71-04 DRAINAGE FIELDS

Added BS 6297:2007+A1:2008 gives recommendations and guidance on the design and installation of
drainage fields and infiltration systems for use in wastewater treatment. BS 6297 is applicable to
systems for handling discharges from domestic and commercial sources from single households and
upwards. These sources are typically septic tanks and package treatment plants.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1) Inspection 1M Inspect drainage field to check that Particular care should be taken to
it is not water logged and that avoid compaction or disturbance of
effluent is not backing up into the the area over and around the
upstream system. drainage field.

Page 475 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

71-05 SETTLEMENT TANKS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Weirs, screens, 1M Clean all weirs and baffles of any Frequency of these tasks will be set
grit channels and blockages or potential blockages. following local risk assessment and
storm tanks. Solids should be removed from depending on any extreme weather
screens, grit channels and storm condition.
tanks.
Added 2. Sludge records 1M Record sludge levels Records should be maintained of
the sludge levels in the tanks to
allow optimisation of desludging
operations and to avoid overflow of
sludges into biological zones where
treatment efficiencies can be
affected.
Added 3. Pumps 6M Maintain all system pumps in
accordance with Pumps SFG 45
sections 07, 08 and 09.

Page 476 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

71-06 SEPERATOR SYSTEMS

Added Grease, light liquids and oils can cause difficulty in a wastewater treatment system . Among other
problems, grease can, coat biofilms so that they are not able to function properly. Great care should
be taken to ensure that grease and oil do not enter the system, as these contaminants may cover the
biofilm and severely limit the movement of oxygen and substrate into the biofilm.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Grease 1M Grease separators should be The frequency of inspection,
separators inspected, emptied and cleaned emptying and cleaning should be
regularly. Attention is drawn to the determined with regard to the
need to comply grease and sludge storage capacity
with national or local regulations for of the separator and in accordance
the disposal of waste. with operational experience. Unless
otherwise specified, separators
For further information please refer should be emptied, cleaned and
to BS EN 1825-2:2004 refilled with clean water at least
once a month and, preferably, every
two weeks.
Added Light liquid The maintenance shall be carried
separators e.g. oil out in accordance with the
and petrol manufacturers instructions.

The cleaning and maintenance

records shall be kept and made
available to the authorities upon
request and shall contain remarks
on specific events (e.g. repairs,
accidents).

For further information please refer

to BS EN 858 -2:2003
Added 2. Sludge trap 6M Determination of sludge volume.

Added 3. Separator 6M Measure the thickness of light Emptying is recommended when

liquids. Check the operation of the one half of the sludge volume or 80
automatic closure device. Check % of the storage capacity of the
the coalescing devices for separator is reached.
permeability, if the water levels in
front and behind the coalescing
device show significant difference.
Check the function of the warning
device.
Added 4. Sampling Shaft 6M Clean the drain channel. Light liquid and sludge shall be
removed as required. Before putting
in service sludge trap and separator
should be re-filled with fresh water.

Page 477 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 5. General 60M Empty separator system and check The frequency of 5 years is a
inspection for tightness of the system, maximum and depends upon local
structural condition, internal risk assessment.
coatings [if present], condition of
inbuilt parts, state of electrical
devices and installations and
checking of adjustment of
automatic closure device, e.g.
floating bodies.

Page 478 of 614

SHOWERS

Page 479 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

51-01 SHOWERS 51-01 SHOWERS

Note: Frequency of maintenance will depend upon use and the quality of the water and should be Technical Legionellosis (Legionnaires Disease and Associated Illnesses)
agreed with the client.
Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
Approved Code of Practice, L8,2000 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water
system must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk. Once a risk has been identified and
assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or controlling it, precautions implemented and
managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status, Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2
guidance.

The client must ensure that one person of adequate status is appointed as being responsible for
overseeing the assessment and implementation of the precautions. Responsibility and lines of
communication must be properly defined and personnel must be properly trained.

Before carrying out the following procedures, consideration should be given to removing infrequently
used showers. If they are removed, the redundant supply pipework should be cut back, as far as
possible, to a common supply, for example to the recirculating pipework or the pipework supplying a
more frequently used upstream fitting.

Where it is difficult to carry out weekly flushing, the stagnant and potentially contaminated water from
within the shower and associated dead-leg needs to be purged to drain before the appliance is used.
It is important that this procedure is carried out with minimum production of aerosols, e.g. additional
piping may be used to purge contaminated water to drain.

Frequency of maintenance will depend upon use and the quality of the water and should be agreed
with the client.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 3. Internal 3M Check internal surfaces for cracks Generally, the day to day cleaning
Surfaces; tiles and in the tiles or grouting. Check all of the internal surfaces should be
silicone joints silicone joints and seals. Rake out undertaken by the clients staff.
damaged grout or silicone and Cracks or chips in the surfaces can
repair as necessary. be a breeding ground for bacteria.
Valves See - VALVES. Technical Valves and See Valves SFG 06
Thermostatic
mixing valves
1. Outlet sprays. 3M Remove, clean spray heads. Check Take care not to damage spray Technical 1. Outlet sprays. 3M Dismantle, clean spray heads and Take care not to damage spray
adjustable sprays (if fitted). outlet holes. More often in hard descale spray heads. Check outlet holes. More often in hard
water areas adjustable sprays (if fitted). water areas
Quarterly or as necessary
2. Body jets. 3M Remove, clean spray heads. Adjust More often in hard water areas Technical 2. Body jets. 3M Dismantle, clean jet heads and More often in hard water areas
water flow rates. descale body jets. Adjust water flow
rates. Quarterly or as necessary
3. Flexible hoses. 3M Remove, clean. Check joints and Report to client if replacement Technical 3. Flexible hoses. 3M Dismantle, clean. And descale Report to client if replacement
flexible covering for damage. recommended. More often in hard hoses. Check joints and flexible recommended. More often in hard
water areas covering for damage. Quarterly or water areas
as necessary

Page 480 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

51-02 SHOWERS BOOSTER PUMPS 51-02 SHOWERS BOOSTER PUMPS

Note: Frequency of maintenance will depend upon use and the quality of the water and should be Technical Legionellosis (Legionnaires Disease and Associated Illnesses)
agreed with the client.
Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
Approved Code of Practice, L8,2000 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water
system must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk. Once a risk has been identified and
assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or controlling it, precautions implemented and
managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status, Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2
guidance.

The client must ensure that one person of adequate status is appointed as being responsible for
overseeing the assessment and implementation of the precautions. Responsibility and lines of
communication must be properly defined and personnel must be properly trained.

Before carrying out the following procedures, consideration should be given to removing infrequently
used showers. If they are removed, the redundant supply pipework should be cut back, as far as
possible, to a common supply, for example to the recirculating pipework or the pipework supplying a
more frequently used upstream fitting.

Where it is difficult to carry out weekly flushing, the stagnant and potentially contaminated water from
within the shower and associated dead-leg needs to be purged to drain before the appliance is used.
It is important that this procedure is carried out with minimum production of aerosols, e.g. additional
piping may be used to purge contaminated water to drain.

Frequency of maintenance will depend upon use and the quality of the water and should be agreed
with the client.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Motor electrical 12M Inspect and tighten if required. Technical 2. Electrical. 12M Check condition of local isolator,
terminals. open and clean if required. Remove
motor terminal covers, check
connections for tightness and
terminal block for damage or
dampness. Carry out the following
tests to all pumps and record
results:-a. Insulation resistance test
on wiring and motors. b. Earth loop
impedance test on case or frame of
units. c. Load test on motors (start
and run current). Compare results
with manufacturer’s specification.
Check that power lead at motor are
undamaged and are securely held.
3. Motor. 12M Clean and check. See MOTORS. Technical 3. Motor. 12M Clean and check. See Motors SFG39

7. Water filters. 6M Remove and clean/replace. Or as manufacturers specification Technical 7. Water filters. 6M Remove, clean and descale. Or as manufacturers specification
Replace as necessary.

Page 481 of 614

SMOKE EXTRACT

Page 482 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

52-02 SMOKE RELIEF - and/or natural fire ventilators 52-02 SMOKE RELIEF - Natural smoke and heat exhaust ventilators
Frequency of maintenance and testing for smoke relief ventilators should conform to BS EN Other Maintenance and testing for smoke relief ventilators should conform to BS (www.bsi-global.com) EN
12101-2:2003 Smoke and heat control systems and should be in accordance with local 12101-2:2003 Smoke and heat control systems and should be in accordance with local authority
authority requirements. requirements.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Fixing and 12M Check condition and clean off any In very dirty or aggressive Technical 1. Fixing and 12M Check condition and clean all dirt In very dirty or aggressive
weathering. dirt with stiff (not wire) brush from environments, more frequent weathering. from internal and external environments, more frequent
internal and external weathering attention may be necessary. weathering channels and surfaces attention may be necessary.
channels. of the ventilator (take precautions to
prevent inhalation of bird droppings
- COSHH Regulations) with stiff
(not wire) brush.
2. Louvres/flaps 12M Clean bearings and lubricate as Technical 2. Louvers/flaps 12M Clean bearings and lubricate as Only use lubricant as recommended
or dampers. necessary. or dampers. necessary. by manufacturer

4. Operating 12M Check action. Report to client if repairs or Technical 4. Operating 12M Check action for smooth operation Only use lubricant as recommended
mechanism. replacement required. mechanism. and to ensure they open and close by manufacturer. Report to client if
correctly. Lubricate all linkages in repairs or replacement required.
accordance with manufacturers
recommendations.
5. Smoke vents. 1W Check condition and test weekly Client to advise if weekly tests are to Other 5. Smoke vents. 1W Check condition and test weekly Client to advise if weekly tests are to
and record as required by BS 7346, be included within maintenance and record as required by BS 7346, be included within maintenance
and the Fire Precautions contract. Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) contract.
(Workplace) Regulations Order 2005 and the Fire Precaution
1997. Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for (Work force) Regulation 1997.
detail. Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for detail.

Page 483 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

52-03 SMOKE RELIEF - Powered fire ventilators 52-03 SMOKE RELIEF - Powered smoke and heat exhaust ventilators
Added Frequency of maintenance and testing for smoke relief ventilators should conform to BS EN
12101-3:2002 Smoke and heat control systems and should be in accordance with local authority
requirements.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 10. Operating 12M Check action for smooth operation Only use lubricant as recommended
mechanism. and to ensure they open and close by manufacturer. Report to client if
correctly. Lubricate all linkages in repairs or replacement required.
accordance with manufacturers
recommendations
Added 11. Louvers/flaps 12M Clean bearings and lubricate as Only use lubricant as recommended
or dampers. necessary. by manufacturer

Added 12. Compressor Carry out tasks as directed in The client should carry out this task
(where applicable) relevant section. as part of their fire alarm testing
once every week to ensure that the
Check rails are clear of any system integrity is maintained.
obstruction so that the curtain will
drop into place when required. See Pipework systems SFG40-08
1. Electricity 12M Isolate in accordance with HSAWA Note: Ensure clients is aware that Other 1. Electricity 12M Isolate in accordance with HSAWA Ensure client is aware that system
supply. safety requirements. Refer to system or part of system is supply. safety requirements. Refer to or part of system is inoperative
www.hse.gov.uk for detail. inoperative during execution of www.hse.gov.uk for detail. during execution of maintenance.
maintenance.
2. Filters. 12M See FILTERS. Technical 2. Filters. 12M See Filters SFG21

3. Fixings 12M Clean fixing and weathering and Use brush for dirt removal. Other 3. Fixing and 12M Check condition and clean all dirt Use brush for dirt removal.
clean off all dirt from external weathering. from internal and external
surfaces of ventilator. weathering channels and surfaces
of the ventilator (take precautions to
prevent inhalation of bird droppings
- COSHH Regulations) with stiff
(not wire) brush.
4. Fan impeller of 12M Clean impeller and rotor and check It is important to check for correct Other 4. Fan impeller of 12M Clean impeller and rotor and check It is important to check for correct
motor. ease of rotation and correct clearance between fan shrouds and motor. ease of rotation and correct clearance between fan shrouds and
direction of rotation. impeller.(See also MOTORS) direction of rotation. impeller.(See also Motors SFG39)
8. Test and run. 1W Test weekly and record same as Note: Client is to advise whether Other 8. Test and run. 1W Test weekly and record same as Ensure client is aware that system
required by BS 7346. weekly test is to form part of the required by BS 7346. or part of system is inoperative
maintenance contract. during execution of maintenance.
9. Controls. 12M Check action. See CONTROLS for detailed Technical 9. Controls. 12M Check action. See Control panel and controllers
maintenance. SFG 14 for detailed maintenance.

Page 484 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

52-04 SMOKE CURTAINS 52-04 SMOKE CURTAINS

Added Frequency of maintenance and testing for smoke relief ventilators should conform to BS EN
12101-1:2005 Smoke and heat control systems and should be in accordance with local authority
requirements.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
b) guide rails 12M Check rails are clear of any Technical b) guide rails 12M Check rails are clear of any The client should carry out this task
(where fitted) obstruction. (where fitted) obstruction so that the curtain will as part of their fire alarm testing
drop into place when required. once every week to ensure that the
system integrity is maintained.
3. Compressor See relevant section. Technical 3. Compressor Carry out tasks as directed in See Pipework systems SFG40-08
(where applicable) (where applicable) relevant section.

Page 485 of 614

SOLAR PANELS

Page 486 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

53-01 SOLAR HOT WATER PANELS and similar COLLECTING DEVICES 53-01 SOLAR HOT WATER PANELS and similar COLLECTING DEVICES
Added Working at heights should be in strict accordance with the Work at Height Regulations 2005

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes

Plate type 6M Clean and report condition if Frequency will depend on location Technical Plate type 6M Check condition and clean all dirt Frequency will depend on location
collectors 1. Glass cracked. A safe method of gaining and local atmospheric condition. Dirt collectors from surfaces of the unit (take and local atmospheric condition.
cover plate. height may be required; staff are to causes loss of collector efficiency. 1. Glass cover precautions to prevent inhalation of Dirt causes loss of collector
be fully trained. Cracked glass should be replaced. plate. bird droppings - COSHH efficiency. Cracked glass should be
Regulations) with stiff (not wire) replaced.
brush. report condition if cracked
A safe method of gaining height
may be required; operatives are to
be fully trained.
Vacuum tube type 6M Clean and report condition if Frequency will depend on location Technical Vacuum tube type 6M Check condition and clean all dirt Frequency will depend on location
1. Tubes. cracked. and local atmospheric condition. Dirt 1. Tubes. from surfaces of the tubes (take and local atmospheric condition.
causes loss of collector efficiency. precautions to prevent inhalation of Dirt causes loss of collector
Cracked tubes should be replaced. bird droppings - COSHH efficiency. Cracked tubes should be
Regulations) with stiff (not wire) replaced.
brush. report condition if cracked.

A safe method of gaining height

may be required; operatives are to
be fully trained.
2. Reflectors. 6M Clean and report condition if Frequency will depend on location Other 2. Reflectors. 6M A safe method of gaining height Frequency will depend on location
cracked. and local atmospheric condition. Dirt may be required; operatives are to and local atmospheric condition.
causes loss of collector efficiency. be fully trained. Dirt causes loss of collector
Care should be taken to avoid efficiency. Care should be taken to
damaging the reflector surface. avoid damaging the reflector
surface.
Added 6. Anti-freeze 36M Replace anti-freeze solution.
solution.

Added 6. Anti-freeze 36M Replace anti-freeze solution.

solution.

Page 487 of 614

SPLIT SYSTEMS INCLUDING HEAT PUMPS

Page 488 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

54-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 54-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Unit type air coolers, generally known as unit type air conditioners are stand alone pieces of Technical Unit type air coolers, generally known as unit type air conditioners are stand alone pieces of
equipment, the bulk of the equipment being factory assembled, sometimes needing only an electrical equipment, the bulk of the equipment being factory assembled, sometimes needing only an electrical
supply and in some instances water/drainage connections to make them work. Size can vary between supply and in some instances water/drainage connections to make them work. Size can vary between
2 and 100kW of cooling. It follows that such units will contain some or all of the elements covered in 2 and 100kW of cooling. It follows that such units will contain some or all of the elements covered in
other sections of this specification and when maintenance is carried out reference should be made to other sections of this specification and when maintenance is carried out reference should be made to
the appropriate section(s). It may be efficient for small units to be serviced at a central workshop . the appropriate section(s). It may be efficient for small one piece free standing units to be serviced at
This unit can be divided into two main categories namely:- a central workshop.
a) one piece Units can be divided into two main categories namely:-
b) split two piece a) one piece
They are variously known as cassettes, wall or window, ducted or portable, multi-splits, console b) split two piece
through wall, or free standing. They are variously known as cassettes, ceiling, ceiling suspended, wall or window mounted, side
With the split systems pipework is necessary on site to connect the room unit to the condenser unit blow, ducted, portable, multi-splits, console through wall, or free standing.
together with charging up and commissioning. Increased maintenance may be required with these With the split systems pipework is necessary on site to connect the room unit to the condenser unit
compact units because of the density of the components. together with charging up and commissioning. Increased maintenance may be required with these
compact units because of the density of the components.
Where there is a requiements to connect or dis-connect refrigerant lines, including snap connections, Where there is a requirement to connect or disconnect refrigerant lines, including snap connections,
the law demands that only a REFOM or other mandatory scheme provider registered engineer is must have a suitable refrigerant handling qualification and the F Gas regulations demands that only
permitted to do this work. an engineer who is in possession of full F-gas certification is permitted to carry these works out.

The only difference between a Heat pump and a Split Air conditioning unit is that a heat pump has a Check for leaks should be part of the routine servicing. “Checked for leakage” means that the Joints,
reversing valve to switch the unit from cooling mode to heating mode. The reversing valve changes valves including stems, seals, including seals on replaceable driers and filters, parts of the system
the direction of refrigeration flow, making the outdoor condenser the evaporator and the indoor unit subject to vibration, connections to safety or operational devices of the equipment or system is
the condenser. The outdoor unit needs frost protection to switch back over when the condenser examined for leakage using direct or indirect measuring methods, focusing on those parts of the
freezes. equipment or system most likely to leak. The frequency of testing depends on refrigerant charge and
system type.
Where Oxygen Free Nitrogen is used, a Risk Assessment must be carried out prior to use.
Systems containing: <3 kg no leak test required, 3 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30 kg to 300
kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.
Hermetically sealed systems: <6 kg no leak test required, 6 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30
kg to 300 kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.

These applications must also be checked for leakage within one month after a leak has been repaired
to ensure that the repair has been effective.

Plants with more than 300 kg must be fitted with a leakage detection system, which is defined as: “a
calibrated mechanical, electrical or electronic device for detecting leakage of refrigerants which, on
detection, alerts the operator”. The detection system must be checked at least once a year to ensure
proper functioning in line with manufacturers’ recommendations .

For any plant fitted with a leakage detection system (including those below the mandatory 300 kg
threshold), the frequency of leak checking can be halved, although an annual check remains the
minimum frequency.

The only difference between a heat pump and a split air conditioning unit is that a heat pump has a
reversing valve to switch the unit from cooling mode to heating mode. The reversing valve changes
the direction of refrigeration flow, making the outdoor condenser the evaporator and the indoor unit
the condenser. The outdoor unit needs frost protection to switch back over when the condenser
freezes.

Where Oxygen Free Nitrogen is used, a Risk Assessment must be carried out prior to use and
suitable training given.

Page 489 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

54-02 SPLIT SYSTEMS – air-cooled with direct expansion evaporator (DX), with 54-02 DX SPLIT SYSTEMS - with gas, electric or hot water heaters
gas, hot water or elec. htrs
These are primarily two units with either integral or remote air-cooled condensers working with direct Technical These are primarily two units with either integral or remote air-cooled condensers working with direct
expansion coolers, primarily for room air conditioning applications. The frequency of servicing or expansion coolers, primarily for room air conditioning applications. The frequency of servicing or
cleaning will depend upon the working environment and the amount of usage. cleaning will depend upon the working environment and the amount of usage.

Service providers working on these systems must be registered to an approved Certified Scheme
provider, in accordance with the "F" Gas and Building Regulations

Check for leaks should be part of the routine servicing. “Checked for leakage” means that the Joints,
valves including stems, seals, including seals on replaceable driers and filters, parts of the system
subject to vibration, connections to safety or operational devices of the equipment or system is
examined for leakage using direct or indirect measuring methods, focusing on those parts of the
equipment or system most likely to leak. The frequency of testing depends on refrigerant charge and
system type.

Systems containing: <3 kg no leak test required, 3 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30 kg to 300
kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.
Hermetically sealed systems: <6 kg no leak test required, 6 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30
kg to 300 kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.

These applications must also be checked for leakage within one month after a leak has been repaired
to ensure that the repair has been effective.

Plants with more than 300 kg must be fitted with a leakage detection system, which is defined as: “a
calibrated mechanical, electrical or electronic device for detecting leakage of refrigerants which, on
detection, alerts the operator”. The detection system must be checked at least once a year to ensure
proper functioning in line with manufacturers’ recommendations .

For any plant fitted with a leakage detection system (including those below the mandatory 300 kg
threshold), the frequency of leak checking can be halved, although an annual check remains the
minimum frequency.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Refrigerant. Technical 3. Refrigerant. Service providers must registered
to an approved Certified Scheme
provider, in accordance with the "F"
Gas and Building Regulations.
a) charge. 6M Check level in receiver and/or liquid Note: Any shortfall or frequent Other a) charge. 6M Check level in receiver and/or liquid Any shortfall or frequent topping up
line sight glass. topping up may indicate leakage line sight glass. may indicate leakage and must be
and must be reported to client. reported to the client.
b) leaks 6M Test accessible parts of system. Pay particular attention to bolted Deleted
and flare connected joints, sight
glass glands and any pressure relief
valve vent to atmosphere. Note:
any removed refrigerant (CFC)
must be recovered and not
released to atmosphere.
Only a REFCOM, or other
mandatory scheme
provider registered engineer must
work on this equipment.

Page 490 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

4. Condenser and 6M Check for damage and/or dust Do not use CFC’s (refrigerant) for Technical 4. Condenser and 6M Check for damage and/or dust Do not use refrigerant for cleaning
evaporator fins. accumulation. Clean as necessary. cleaning tubes use dry nitrogen or evaporator fins. accumulation. Clean and comb coil tubes use dry nitrogen or
compressed air. Sterilisation may be fins, vacuum unit internally. compressed air. Sterilisation may be
required. A Risk Assessment is required. Where Oxygen Free
required prior to using Nitrogen. Nitrogen is used, a Risk
Assessment must be carried out
prior to use and suitable training
given.
5. Fans and 6M Check bearings and lubricate as Where appropriate check drive belts Technical 6. Fans and 6M Check bearings and lubricate as Where appropriate check drive belts
motors and necessary. Inspect and check on for condition and tension. Adjust or motors and necessary. Inspect and check on for condition and tension. Adjust or
damper drive fan guard covers and inspection replace as necessary. Ensure that damper drive fan guard covers and inspection replace as necessary. Ensure that
motors (if fitted). plates. all bolts, screws etc. are in place motors (if fitted). plates. all bolts, screws etc. are in place
and tight. (See also MOTORS) and tight. See also Motors SFG39.
6. Evaporator and 6M Check and clean. Check Sterilisation may be required. Technical 7. Evaporator 6M Check, flush and clean. Check Sterilisation of drip tray and drain
drains, dip tray condensate drain is clear and [Indoor],drains, condensate drain is clear and may be required.
and pump. clean. drip tray and clean. Check operation of
pump. condensate pump (if fitted)
7. Compressor 6M Check for correct operation. Check Compressor unload on start should Technical 8. Compressor 6M Check for correct operation. Check Compressor unload on start should
capacity control motor current against reduce and increase capacity on capacity control motor current against reduce and increase capacity on
and unloaded start commissioning data. demand. and unloaded start commissioning data or nameplate. demand.
valves (if fitted). valves (if fitted).
8. Refrigerant 6M Check for vibration and rectify any All pipework joints should be brazed Technical 9. Refrigerant 6M Check entire refrigerant pipework All pipework joints should be brazed
pipework. loose or inadequate support/fixing. or welded. To prevent internal pipework. run. Ensure pipes are secure. or welded. To prevent internal
scaling use dry, oxygen free scaling use dry, oxygen free
nitrogen (OFN) during the jointing nitrogen (OFN) during the jointing
process. A Risk Assessment must process. A Risk Assessment must
be done prior to using Nitrogen. be done prior to using Nitrogen.
9. Filters. 6M Check condition and replace as Technical 10. Filters. 6M Check condition and replace as Frequency to be determined
necessary. necessary. depending on conditions. It is
however important to clean the filter
prior to it becoming clogged. This
can affect the energy efficiency of
the unit by as much as 10% and can
also allow dirt to become clogged
into the evaporator coil.
10. Insulation. 6M Check condition. Repair and reseal Other 11. Insulation. 6M Check condition. Repair and reseal
as necessary. as necessary.

11. General 6M Clean surfaces of compressor and Remove any dirt or rubbish from Technical 12. General 6M Clean surfaces of compressor and Remove any dirt or rubbish from
cleanliness. components of condensing unit. vicinity of plant. cleanliness. components of condensing unit vicinity of plant.
particularly fan impeller and motor
casing. Check and clean surfaces
of unit casing, check for corrosion,
repair and treat as found necessary

Page 491 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

12. Electrical. 6M Check for damage to flexible If main fuse carrier connections to Technical 13. Electrical. 6M Check for satisfactory operation of If main fuse carrier connections to
conduits. Tighten all terminal compressors show any discoloration local electrical isolation device compressors show any discoloration
connections. Isolate local control they must be changed. stoplock/isolator). Examine and they must be changed.
panel and inspect for signs of report condition of all associated
overheating. Check integrity of wiring, ensure security of all
electrical insulation. terminal connections and check for
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits. Ensure plant has
adequate earth conductor and
bonding is secure.
13. System 6M Confirm that it is in accordance with i.e. Start/stops and capacity Technical 14. System 6M Check function and operation of all i.e. Start/stops and capacity
operation. design parameters. regulators should be in accordance operation. automatic sensors /detectors regulators should be in accordance
with externally applied control (flow/temperature). Check for with externally applied control
systems if applicable. correct operation/shut-down of systems if applicable.
plant. Ensure all devices are
returned to their correct settings.
Clean air inlet & discharge grilles.
Check all access doors for fit and
can be made secure. When shut,
ensure for air tight seal. Check that
unit is maintaining space conditions
1. Gas Fired. 6M See relevant BURNER section. Technical 1. Gas Fired. 6M See relevant Burner SFG 07
section.

2. Hot water 6M See relevant HEAT EMITTER Technical 2. Hot water 6M See relevant Heat emitter SFG 28
supply. section. Check for leaks. Check supply. section. Check for leaks. Check
anti-freeze protection on heating anti-freeze protection on heating
coil. coil.
Added 5. Condenser – 6M Check all nuts, (including holding
general down bolts) bolts, setscrews, etc.
for security. Check any drip tray for
blockage/leaks etc. Remove any
debris and clean.
Added b) leaks 6M Check refrigerant Charge, Check for leaks should be part of
recharge/report as found the routine servicing by plant
necessary. Check Joints, valves attendants.
including stems, seals, including
seals on replaceable driers and Any removed refrigerant (CFC) must
filters, parts of the system subject be recovered and not released to
to vibration, connections to safety atmosphere.
or operational devices of the
equipment or system. Examine for Where a system has a refrigerant
leakage using direct or indirect charge greater than 300kg, an
measuring methods. automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations
Added A) Normal 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<3 kg dealt with immediately.
Added B) 3 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.

Page 492 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added C) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.

Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added D) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added E) Hermetically 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
sealed systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<6 kg dealt with immediately.
Added F) 6 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added G) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added H) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.

Page 493 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

54-03 SPLIT SYSTEMS/ HEATPUMPS – air-cooled with direct expansion 54-03 SPLIT SYSTEMS/ HEATPUMPS – air-cooled with direct expansion
evaporator (DX) evaporator (DX)
Added Engineers working on these systems must belong to an approved Certified Scheme provider, in
accordance with the "F" Gas and Building Regulations

Check for leaks should be part of the routine servicing. “Checked for leakage” means that the Joints,
valves including stems, seals, including seals on replaceable driers and filters, parts of the system
subject to vibration, connections to safety or operational devices of the equipment or system is
examined for leakage using direct or indirect measuring methods, focusing on those parts of the
equipment or system most likely to leak. The frequency of testing depends on refrigerant charge and
system type.

Systems containing: <3 kg no leak test required, 3 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30 kg to 300
kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.
Hermetically sealed systems: <6 kg no leak test required, 6 kg to 30 kg annual leak test required, 30
kg to 300 kg half yearly leak test required and >300 kg quarterly leak test required.

These applications must also be checked for leakage within one month after a leak has been repaired
to ensure that the repair has been effective.

Plants with more than 300 kg must be fitted with a leakage detection system, which is defined as: “a
calibrated mechanical, electrical or electronic device for detecting leakage of refrigerants which, on
detection, alerts the operator”. The detection system must be checked at least once a year to ensure
proper functioning in line with manufacturers’ recommendations .

For any plant fitted with a leakage detection system (including those below the mandatory 300 kg
threshold), the frequency of leak checking can be halved, although an annual check remains the
minimum frequency.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added A) Normal 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<3 kg dealt with immediately.
Added B) 3 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added C) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added D) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added E) Hermetically 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
sealed systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<6 kg dealt with immediately.
Added F) 6 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added G) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.

Page 494 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added H) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.

Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added 5. Condenser – 6M Check all nuts, (including holding
general down bolts) bolts, setscrews, etc.
for security. Check any drip tray for
blockage/leaks etc. Remove any
debris and clean.
3. Refrigerant. Technical 3. Refrigerant. Service providers must registered
to an approved Certified Scheme
provider, in accordance with the "F"
Gas and Building Regulations.
a) charge. 6M Check level in receiver and/or liquid Note: Any shortfall or frequent Other a) charge. 6M Check level in receiver and/or liquid Any shortfall or frequent topping up
line sight glass. topping up may indicate leakage line sight glass. may indicate leakage and must be
and must be reported to client. reported to the client.
b) leaks 6M Test accessible parts of system. Pay particular attention to bolted Technical b) leaks 6M Check refrigerant Charge, Check for leaks should be part of
and flare connected joints, sight recharge/report as found the routine servicing by plant
glass glands and any pressure relief necessary. Check Joints, valves attendants.
valve vent to atmosphere. Note: any including stems, seals, including
removed refrigerant (CFC) must be seals on replaceable driers and Any removed refrigerant (CFC) must
recovered and not released to filters, parts of the system subject be recovered and not released to
atmosphere. Only a REFCOM or to vibration, connections to safety atmosphere.
other mandatory scheme or operational devices of the
provider registered engineer must equipment or system. Examine for Where a system has a refrigerant
work on this equipment. leakage using direct or indirect charge greater than 300kg, an
measuring methods. automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations
4.Condenser and 6M Check for damage and/or dust Do not use CFC s (refrigerant) for Technical 4.Condenser and 6M Check for damage and/or dust Do not use refrigerant for cleaning
evaporator fins. accumulation. Clean as necessary. cleaning tubes use dry nitrogen or evaporator fins. accumulation. Clean and comb coil tubes use dry nitrogen or
compressed air. Sterilisation may be fins, vacuum unit internally compressed air. Sterilisation may be
required. A Risk Assessment must required. Where Oxygen Free
be done prior to use. Nitrogen is used, a Risk
Assessment must be carried out
prior to use and suitable training
given.
5. Fans and 6M Check bearings and lubricate as Where appropriate check drive belts Other 6. Fans and 6M Check bearings and lubricate as Where appropriate check drive belts
motors and necessary. Inspect and check on for condition and tension. Adjust or motors and necessary. Inspect and check on for condition and tension. Adjust or
damper drive fan guard covers and inspection replace as necessary. Ensure that damper drive fan guard covers and inspection replace as necessary. Ensure that
motors (if fitted). plates. all bolts, screws etc. are in place motors (if fitted). plates. all bolts, screws etc. are in place
and tight. and tight.
6. Evaporator 6M Check and clean. Check Sterilisation may be required. Technical 7. Evaporator 6M Check, flush and clean. Check Sterilisation of drip tray and drain
and drains, dip condensate drain is clear and and drains, drip condensate drain is clear and may be required
tray and pump. clean. tray and pump. clean. Check operation of
condensate pump (if fitted).
7. Compressor 6M Check for correct operation. Check Compressor unload on start should Technical 8. Compressor 6M Check for correct operation. Check Compressor unload on start should
capacity control motor current against reduce and increase capacity on capacity control motor current against reduce and increase capacity on
and unloaded start commissioning data. demand. and unloaded start commissioning data or nameplate. demand.
valves (if fitted). valves (if fitted).

Page 495 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

8. Refrigerant 6M Check for vibration and rectify any All pipework joints should be brazed Technical 9. Refrigerant 6M Check entire refrigerant pipework All pipework joints should be brazed
pipework. loose or inadequate support/fixing. or welded. To prevent internal pipework. run. Ensure pipes are secure, not or welded. To prevent internal
scaling use dry, oxygen free, sagging is in good repair. scaling use dry, oxygen free,
nitrogen (OFN) during the jointing nitrogen (OFN) during the jointing
process. A Risk Assessment must process. A Risk Assessment must
be done prior to use. be done prior to use.
9. Filters. 6M Check condition and replace as Technical 10. Filters. 6M Check condition and replace as Frequency to be determined
necessary. necessary. depending on conditions. It is
however important to clean the filter
prior to it becoming clogged. This
can affect the energy efficiency of
the unit by as much as 10% and can
also allow dirt to become clogged
into the evaporator coil.
10. Insulation. 6M Check condition. Repair and reseal Technical 11. Insulation. 6M Check condition. Repair and reseal
as necessary. as necessary.

11. General 6M Clean surfaces of compressor and Remove any dirt or rubbish from Technical 12. General 6M Clean surfaces of compressor and Remove any dirt or rubbish from
cleanliness. components of condensing unit. vicinity of plant. cleanliness. components of condensing unit vicinity of plant.
particularly fan impeller and motor
casing. Check and clean surfaces
of unit casing, check for corrosion,
repair and treat as found
necessary.
12. Electrical. 6M Check for damage to flexible If main fuse carrier connections to Technical 13. Electrical. 6M Check for satisfactory operation of If main fuse carrier connections to
conduits. Tighten all terminal compressors show any discoloration local electrical isolation device compressors show any discoloration
connections. Isolate local control they must be changed. Pay stoplock/isolator). Examine and they must be changed. Pay
panel and inspect for signs of particular attention to contactors and report condition of all associated particular attention to contactors and
overheating. Check integrity of terminals including all thermistor wiring, ensure security of all terminals including all thermistor
electrical insulation. controls in compressor terminal box. terminal connections and check for controls in compressor terminal box.
satisfactory condition of any flexible
cables/conduits. Ensure plant has
adequate earth conductor and
bonding is secure.
13. System 6M Confirm that it is in accordance with i.e. Start/stops and capacity Technical 14. System 6M Check function and operation of all i.e. Start/stops and capacity
operation. design parameters. regulators should be in accordance operation. automatic sensors /detectors regulators should be in accordance
with externally applied control (flow/temperature). Check for with externally applied control
systems if applicable. correct operation/shut-down of systems if applicable.
plant. Ensure all devices are
returned to their correct settings.
Clean air inlet & discharge grilles.
Check all access doors for fit and
can be made secure. When shut,
ensure for air tight seal. Check that
unit is maintaining space
conditions.
14. Gas Fired. 6M See relevant BURNER section. Technical 15. Gas Fired. 6M See relevant Burner SFG 07
section.

15. Hot water 6M See relevant HEAT EMITTER Technical 16. Hot water 6M See relevant Heat emitter SFG 28
supply. section. Check for leaks. Check supply. section. Check for leaks. Check
anti-freeze protection on heating anti-freeze protection on heating
coil. coil.

Page 496 of 614

STARTERS

Page 497 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

55-01 DRIVE ELEMENTS - STARTERS 55-01 DRIVE ELEMENTS - STARTERS

Note: Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance Other Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance with
with HASAWA and Electricity at Work Act requirements. HASAWA and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989 requirements.

Page 498 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

55-02 STARTERS - Star Delta 55-02 STARTERS - Star Delta

Added Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance with
HASAWA and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989 requirements.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See CONTROL PANELS . Technical 1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See Control panels and controllers
as per power contactors. as per power contactors. SFG 14

3.Start up 12M Check for correct sequence from 'Star' first then 'Delta' mode. Other 3.Start up 12M Check for correct sequence from Star` first then `Delta` mode.
sequence. start up. Inspect check and adjust sequence. start up. Inspect check and adjust
setting of timer to match character setting of timer to match character
of the connected load. of the connected load.

Page 499 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

55-03 STARTERS -Two speed - Dual wound 55-03 STARTERS -Two speed - Dual wound
Added Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance with
HASAWA and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See CONTROL PANELS. Technical 1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See Control panels and controllers
as per power contactors. as per power contactors. SFG 14

4.Overloads. 12M Check both high and low overloads. Deleted

Page 500 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

55-04 STARTERS - Two speed - Pole change 55-04 STARTERS - Two speed - Pole change
Added Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance with
HASAWA and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989 requirements.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See CONTROL PANELS. Technical 1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See Control panels and controllers
as per power contactors. as per power contactors. SFG 14

Page 501 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

55-05 STARTERS - Reversing 55-05 STARTERS - Reversing

Added Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance with
HASAWA and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See CONTROL PANELS. Technical 1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See Control panels and controllers
as per power contactors. as per power contactors. SFG 14

Page 502 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

55-06 STARTERS - Auto-transformer 55-06 STARTERS - Auto-transformer

Added Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance with
HASAWA and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See CONTROL PANELS. Technical 1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See Control panels and controllers
as per power contactors. as per power contactors. SFG 14

Page 503 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

55-07 STARTERS - Quick transition, electric heater 55-07 STARTERS - Quick transition, electric heater
Added Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance with
HASAWA and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See CONTROL PANELS. Technical 1.Switchgear. 12M Carry out maintenance procedures See Control panels and controllers
as per power contactors. as per power contactors. SFG 14

Electric Heater 12M Check. Technical Electric Heater 12M Check.

Type 1. Electrical Type
connections. 1. Electrical
connections.

Page 504 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

55-08 STARTERS electrolyte type 55-08 STARTERS electrolyte type

Added Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance with
HASAWA and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989

Page 505 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

55-09 STARTERS-AIR BREAK AND CONTACTORS 55-09 STARTERS-AIR BREAK AND CONTACTORS
Before carrying out any work on control panel isolate mains supply at the distribution board. Technical Before carrying out any work on control panel isolate mains supply at the distribution board.

Before carrying out any work on electrical equipment, check status and isolate in accordance with
HASAWA and the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
b)oil dashpot, 12M If oil is cloudy or sludge has Technical b)oil dashpot, 12M If oil is cloudy or sludge has Refill with oil in accordance with
formed, clean out dashpot with formed, clean out dashpot with manufacturers recommendations
solvent and refill. solvent and refill.
12. Fuses (if 12M Check for correct rating and type. e.g. rewirable fuses have not been Technical 12. Fuses (if 12M Check for correct rating and type. e.g. check that re-wirable fuses
fitted). installed in the carriers designed for fitted). have not been installed in the
cartridge fuses. carriers designed for cartridge
fuses.
b)after return to 12M Check that any meters and pilot Technical b)after return to 12M Check that any meters and
service. lights fitted function correctly. service. indicator lights fitted function
correctly.

Page 506 of 614

STORAGE TANKS

Page 507 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

56-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 56-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Whilst legionella bacteria are most active in the temperature range 20°C to 45°C, occasions can occur Technical Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
where growth is promoted even in cold water systems. This can arise where the local temperature is Approved Code of Practice, L8,2000 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water
raised by: system must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk. Once a risk has been identified and
a) heat build up due to solar gain or the proximity to hot water services, or assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or controlling it, precautions implemented and
b) the storage capacity is far greater than is necessary. In general terms the storage capacity should managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status, Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2
not exceed one day's usage guidance.
c) seasonal variations. In the summertime it is not unusual to have incoming mains supplies
exceeding 20°C. When this occurs the systems should be reassessed with the likely outcome of The client must ensure that one person of adequate status is appointed as being responsible for
increasing regular flushing to these outlets in a safe manner with minimal aerosolation. overseeing the assessment and implementation of the precautions. Responsibility and lines of
Cleanliness of the system is of primary importance to ensure that the legionella bacteria do not have communication must be properly defined and personnel must be properly trained.
any nutrients for growth and survival. Such nutrients can come from vegetable, animal and even
mineral substances and it is for this reason that storage cisterns must be free from rust, dust, slime, Guidance note L101 Safe work in confined spaces 1997. Approved code of practice, regulations and
mould, fungi and such items as dead birds, rats, mice, insects etc. and that non metallic materials guidance 2nd edition (2009).
satisfy the requirements of BS 6920. Lists of materials approved by the water industry (WRAS) are
published in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory (see Standards List). All new and replacement Whilst legionella bacteria are most active in the temperature range 20°C to 45°C, occasions can occur
water fittings must satisfy Water Supply (water fittings) Regulations 1999 requirements and be listed in where growth is promoted even in cold water systems. This can arise where the local temperature is
the WRAS directory. (WRAS Simple Steps to Approval) raised by:
Cleansing of tanks, cisterns and associated pipe work must be followed by full disinfection in
accordance with the procedures laid down in BS 6700 Rev 2006 and as per chemical a) heat build up due to solar gain or the proximity to hot water services, or
manufacturers specification.
Cisterns must have close fitting lids, which should not be of timber or other porous materials. Lids b) the storage capacity is far greater than is necessary. In general terms the storage capacity should
must have vent pipes of adequate cross section to prevent suction developing on water draw off . All not exceed one day`s usage
vent pipes and overflows must be fitted with close mesh to prevent the ingress of foreign matter.
These must be checked annually and cleaned if necessary. c) seasonal variations. In the summertime it is not unusual to have incoming mains supplies
The pipe-work system must be free of any points where pockets of dirt, slime or sediment can build exceeding 20°C. When this occurs the systems should be reassessed with the likely outcome of
up. increasing regular flushing to these outlets in a safe manner with minimal aerosolation.
The need for full disinfection of Cisterns and associated down services is outlined in HSE's L8 part 2
Guidance page 48 paragraph 190. Cleanliness of the system is of primary importance to ensure that the legionella bacteria do not have
any nutrients for growth and survival. Such nutrients can come from vegetable, animal and even
WARNING: Subject to age, there are still many items lagged with Asbestos, if uncertain - STOP mineral substances and it is for this reason that storage cisterns must be free from rust, dust, slime,
WORK. A Certified Test Result MUST be obtained prior to consideration to proceed . mould, fungi and such items as dead birds, rats, mice, insects etc. and that non metallic materials
satisfy the requirements of BS (www.bsi-global.com) 6920. Lists of materials approved by the water
industry (WRAS (www.wras.co.uk)) are published in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory (see
Standards List). All new and replacement water fittings must satisfy Water Supply (water fittings)
Regulations 1999 requirements and be listed in the WRAS directory. (WRAS Simple Steps to
Approval)

Cleansing of tanks, cisterns and associated pipe work must be followed by full disinfection in
accordance with the procedures laid down in BS 6700 Rev 2006 [partially superseded by BS EN
806-4:2010] and as per chemical manufacturers specification.

Cisterns must have close fitting lids, which should not be of timber or other porous materials. Lids
must have vent pipes of adequate cross section to prevent suction developing on water draw off . All
vent pipes and overflows must be fitted with close mesh to prevent the ingress of foreign matter.
These must be checked annually and cleaned if necessary.

The pipe-work system must be free of any points where pockets of dirt, slime or sediment can build
up.

The need for full disinfection of Cisterns and associated down services is outlined in HSE`s L8
Guidance page 53 paragraph 190.

<B>WARNING</B>: Subject to age, there are still many items lagged with Asbestos, if uncertain -
Page 508 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

STOP WORK. A Certified Test Result MUST be obtained prior to consideration to proceed .

Page 509 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

56-02 COLD WATER STORAGE TANKS and CISTERNS 56-02 COLD WATER STORAGE TANKS and CISTERNS
Note: Cisterns operate at atmospheric pressure whereas tanks are sealed vessels operating at Technical Approved Code of Practice- Legionnaires disease: The control of legionella bacteria in water systems:
pressures above atmospheric. Approved Code of Practice, L8,2000 sets out certain statutory requirements. In particular each water
system must be identified and assessed for legionellosis risk. Once a risk has been identified and
assessed a scheme must be prepared for preventing or controlling it, precautions implemented and
managed records kept. The L8 has a special legal status, Part 1 being regulatory and Part 2
guidance.

The client must ensure that one person of adequate status is appointed as being responsible for
overseeing the assessment and implementation of the precautions. Responsibility and lines of
communication must be properly defined and personnel must be properly trained.

Guidance note L101 Safe work in confined spaces 1997. Approved code of practice, regulations and
guidance 2nd edition (2009).

Whilst legionella bacteria are most active in the temperature range 20°C to 45°C, occasions can occur
where growth is promoted even in cold water systems. This can arise where the local temperature is
raised by:

a) heat build up due to solar gain or the proximity to hot water services, or

b) the storage capacity is far greater than is necessary. In general terms the storage capacity should
not exceed one day`s usage

c) seasonal variations. In the summertime it is not unusual to have incoming mains supplies
exceeding 20°C. When this occurs the systems should be reassessed with the likely outcome of
increasing regular flushing to these outlets in a safe manner with minimal aerosolation.

Cleanliness of the system is of primary importance to ensure that the legionella bacteria do not have
any nutrients for growth and survival. Such nutrients can come from vegetable, animal and even
mineral substances and it is for this reason that storage cisterns must be free from rust, dust, slime,
mould, fungi and such items as dead birds, rats, mice, insects etc. and that non metallic materials
satisfy the requirements of BS (http://www.bsi-global.com) 6920. Lists of materials approved by the
water industry (WRAS ) are published in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory (see Standards
List). All new and replacement water fittings must satisfy Water Supply (water fittings) Regulations
1999 requirements and be listed in the WRAS directory. WRAS Simple Steps to Approval

Cleansing of tanks, cisterns and associated pipe work must be followed by full disinfection in
accordance with the procedures laid down in BS 6700 Rev 2006 [partially superseded by BS EN
806-4:2010] and as per chemical manufacturers specification.

Cisterns must have close fitting lids, which should not be of timber or other porous materials. Lids
must have vent pipes of adequate cross section to prevent suction developing on water draw off . All
vent pipes and overflows must be fitted with close mesh to prevent the ingress of foreign matter.
These must be checked annually and cleaned if necessary.

The pipe-work system must be free of any points where pockets of dirt, slime or sediment can build
up.

The need for full disinfection of Cisterns and associated down services is outlined in HSE`s L8
Guidance page 53 paragraph 190.

<B>WARNING</B>: Subject to age, there are still many items lagged with Asbestos, if uncertain -
STOP WORK. A Certified Test Result MUST be obtained prior to consideration to proceed .
Page 510 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes

Added 1. General 3M Check for adequate water level and
where provided, check tank warning
pipe for signs of discharge. Inspect
tank for evidence of leaks and
corrosion.
Added 14. Earthing and 12M Where pipework, fittings or
bonding appliances are to be replaced,
continuity of earthing and
equipotential bonding shall be
maintained. Where pipework has
been used for earthing, alternative
earthing arrangements shall be
made in accordance with BS 7430
by a competent person. Where
there is no evidence of main
equipotential bonding, which may
be required, the installer should
inform the responsible person that
any bonding should be checked
and remedied where necessary by
a competent person.
1. Float operated 3M Check operation, water level and Technical 2. Float operated 3M Check operation, water level and
ball valve shut off. Replace washer if ball valve shut off. Replace washer and / or
necessary. Check float for leakage defective parts if necessary. Check
and security. float for leakage and security.
2. Level control 6M Check for scale deposits, clean as For specialist maintenance of level Technical 3. Level control 6M Check for scale deposits, clean as For specialist maintenance of level
switches (if fitted). necessary and check operation. control switches see LEVEL switches (if fitted). necessary and check function and control switches see Level switches
SWITCHES. operation of level switches, by SFG 58.
simulating water level condition,
ensure correct operation of
associated plant
3. Cistern or tank 6M Check for leaks and any structural Ensure that any brackets, etc. Other 4. Cistern or tank 6M Check for leaks and any structural Ensure that any brackets, etc.
body. weaknesses. supporting the tank are firmly fixed. body. weaknesses. supporting the tank are firmly fixed.

4. Valves 6M Check valve stems are free to turn. Ensure that any insulation or trace Technical 5. Valves 6M Note settings of tank valves Ensure that any insulation or trace
heating cable removed during (excluding DRV`s). Check, rotate heating cable removed during
inspection is replaced or frost handwheel sufficiently to indicate inspection is replaced or frost
damage could ensue. that wedge is not seized in closed damage could ensue.
position nor jammed in open
position. If normally open, close See Valves SFG 61
valve and reopen. When fully open,
close valve 1/2 turn to ensure valve
does not jam.
5. Air vents and 6M Check for blockage and condition. Clean when necessary. Report if Technical 6. Air vents and 6M Check tank air vents are clean and Clean when necessary. Report if
overflow screens. replacement needed. overflow screens. unobstructed, where filters are replacement needed.
provided remove clean and/or
replace as found necessary.
6. Insulation. 6M Check condition, replace if Look for any damp patches, if Other 7. Insulation. 6M Check condition, replace if Look for any damp patches, if
necessary. necessary removing insulation to necessary. necessary removing insulation to
find cause. find cause.

Page 511 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

7. Manlid and 12M Check condition of seals. If lid has been removed for Technical 8. Manlid and 12M Check condition of seals. If lid has been removed for
access covers. inspection purposes ensure seals access covers. Check Lids, inspection cover(s) etc. inspection purposes ensure seals
are effective. can be correctly located and made are effective.
secure.
8. Cistern or 12M Inspect and report cleanliness and Check overflow and warning pipes Technical 9. Cistern or 12M All cold water storage cisterns and Check overflow and warning pipes
tanks. condition. The use of a matrix to are unobstructed, sized correctly tanks. cold feed cisterns must be are unobstructed, sized correctly
substantiate reasons for cleaning and that the ends are conspicuous examined at least annually, paying and that the ends are conspicuous
and continuity between inspecting and well above the flood over level particular attention to the presence and well above the flood over level
personel would be advantageous. of a gully and conform to the water of foreign objects, biological of a gully and conform to the water
regulations. If any remedial work material and excessive corrosion. regulations. If any remedial work
needs to be carried out, advise On completion of the examinations, needs to be carried out, advise
client. If painting is required any the cisterns should be cleaned, if client. If painting is required any
paint should be non-toxic and WRC required, and any remedial work paint should be non-toxic and WRC
Water Byelaws Scheme/Water carried out. Before the cisterns and Water Byelaws Scheme/Water
Supply (water fittings) Regulations system are put back into use, they Supply (water fittings) Regulations
1999 WRAS approved. should be disinfected in accordance 1999 WRAS approved.
with the procedure detailed in
Chapter 17 of Part A. SEE HTM 04 Part A chapter 17 All
cisterns should be internally cleaned
Carry out full biological testing of to remove all visible dirt and debris.
water and report. Cisterns and distributing pipework
should be drained, filled with fresh
Check atmosphere within tank prior water
to entry. and then drained completely. The
cisterns should then be refilled and
the supply servicing valves closed.
On re-fitting it is normal practice to
add high doses of sodium
hypochlorite to the water in the
cisterns, for example to give a
calculated chlorine concentration of
50 ± 10 mg/L (ppm) in the water,
and leave the water to stand for one
hour. Whatever disinfection method
is used, the concentration should be
adjusted if necessary. The use of a
high dose ensures an adequate
residual concentration to allow
proper disinfection of the
downstream services. Each tap or
fitting should then be opened,
progressively away from the
cisterns, and water discharged until
the disinfectant is detected. Each
tap or fitting should then be closed,
and the cistern and pipes left
charged for a further hour. The
tap(s) furthermost from the cisterns
should be opened, and the level of
disinfectant in the water discharged
from the taps measured. If the
levels set are not achieved, the
disinfection process should be
repeated.

Page 512 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

9. Temperature 6M Check and record in logbook for Ensure temperature at ball valve is Technical 10. Temperature 6M Check and record in logbook for Ensure temperature at ball valve is
Monitoring. water hygiene the incoming feed to <3°C of the incoming supply to the Monitoring. water hygiene the incoming feed to <3°C of the incoming supply to the
the cistern storage at the ball valve building and similarly storage is the cistern storage at the ball valve building and similarly storage is
and remote from the ball valve (that <3°C from ballvalve. and remote from the ball valve (that <3°C from ball valve. Note
is farthest away from the incoming is farthest away from the incoming maximum temperatures recorded by
supply within the cistern) once in supply within the cistern) once in fixed max/min thermometers where
the summer and once in the winter. the summer and once in the winter. fitted
10. Tanking. 12M Ensure drains are clear, check Check thoroughly for potential Other 11. Tanking. 12M Ensure drains are clear, check Check thoroughly for potential
condition. leakage. Report to client. condition. leakage. Report to client.

11. Associated 12M Check condition and rectify any Examine for corrosion, leaks and Other 12. Associated 12M Check condition and rectify any Examine for corrosion, leaks and
pipework. faults. security of fittings and attachments. pipework. faults. security of fittings and attachments.

12. Generally. 12M Check that all items of equipment Report to client where remedial Other 13. Generally. 12M Check that all items of equipment Report to client where remedial
comply with Legislation and action is required. comply with Legislation and action is required.
guidance (L8), HTM 04 (NHS), guidance (L8), HTM 04 (NHS),
WRAS the Water Supply (water WRAS the Water Supply (water
fittings) Regulations 1999 fittings) Regulations 1999

Page 513 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

56-03 ICE STORAGE SYSTEMS 56-03 ICE STORAGE SYSTEMS

Further guidance available from the National Health Service Document HTM 04 – Part B (Chapter 8 Technical Further guidance available CIBSE TM 18
paragraph 8.8 to 8.13) Air conditioning systems incorporating ice storage can need less general maintenance than
conventional systems. However, they normally have heat exchangers and some additional
instrumentation (flow meters etc.) and controls requiring maintenance. The tasks below should be
supplemented by those given from the specific manufacturer / supplier of the store and the complexity
of the particular system.

Care should be taken to prevent a control malfunction that would allow a total ‘freeze solid’ condition
to occur at the ice store. Primary to secondary heat exchangers should be thoroughly tested
especially in respect of low-temperature protection of secondary circuits.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Brine quality. 3M Check Specific Gravity. If checks show continual need for Technical Secondary coolant
topping up brine Specific Gravity, circuit
examine system for leaks.
2. System 6M Check operation. Technical 1. Glycol / Brine 1M Check percentage of glycol Correct as necessary. If checks
pressurisation unit concentration concentration in circuit. show continual need for topping up
(if used). Specific Gravity, examine system for
leaks.
3. Tank shut off 6M Check operation. Technical 2. Valves 6M Check operation of all isolating and See Valves SFG 61 and 62
unit (if fitted). control valves

Added 3. Coolant flow 6M Check and log flow rates and

rates pressure drops at appropriate loads
and conditions and check against
commissioning data
Added 4. Circulating 6M Check operation of pumps. Take account of density of the
pumps secondary coolant.
See Pumps SFG 45
Added 5. Flow and return 6M Check that the flow and return
temperatures temperatures across the ice store
are being achieved in both ice
charge and discharge modes.
Added 6. Set points 3M Check control set points for correct
values and operation.

Added Ice Store

Added 1. Water level 6M Check correct level of water in

storage container

Added 2. Inventory device 6M Check ice inventory device is

correctly calibrated and operating to
ensure correct glycol concentration
levels.
Added 1. BMS 6M Check that all temperatures, Check sensors for any not working.
pressures, flow rates etc., are being
received.
Added 2. Insulation and 6M Check all insulation is in place. Check to ensure the full record of
vapour barrier operating conditions over a period of
time is being saved.
Page 514 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 3. System 6M Check operation. Should any pipework be removed

pressurisation unit during and maintenance or repairs
(if used). ensure that it is reinstated paying
special attention to the quality of the
vapour sealing. The system will
need to be dried out prior to being
reinsulated to avoid sealing in
moisture which could corrode
pipework.
Added 4. Tank shut off 6M Check operation.
unit (if fitted).

Page 515 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

56-05 STORAGE TANKS - OIL 56-05 STORAGE TANKS - OIL

Added The Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) (England) Regulations 2001 set minimum standards. They do
not change other legislation under which it is an offence to cause water pollution . Variations in local
conditions may mean more stringent standards are needed to prevent pollution.
If there is a spill, immediate action must be taken to stop the oil getting into any drains or
watercourses. Soak up the spilt oil with the contents of the spill kit in accordance with the risk
assessment. Don’t hose the spillage down or use any detergents to try to get rid of it. Notify the
Environment Agency by calling their Emergency Hotline on 0800 80 70 60.
If oil soaks into the ground, the soil soaked in oil should be removed, by a specialist company. Store
any materials that are soaked in oil in containers that won’t let the oil run away until it can be correctly
and legally disposed of.

In addition to the tasks there are daily and weekly operational tasks to be carried out including visual
checks of the oil tanks, pipework and bund. Please also see the section below [bund 3 monthly] which
refers to the removal of rain water. This must be done every time there has been heavy rainfall.

Refer to the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) Regulations. Staff to be Competent
and fully trained in COSHH. Risk Assessment / Method Statement requirements must be carried out
before the work starts and a method statement produced. Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for details.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added Bulk Oil Storage If there is a spill, immediate action
[Heavy and must be taken to stop the oil getting
Medium Oils] into any drains or watercourses.
Soak up the spilt oil with the
contents of the spill kit in
accordance with the risk
assessment. Don’t hose the
spillage down or use any
detergents to try to get rid of it.
Notify the Environment Agency by
calling their Emergency Hotline on
0800 80 70 60.
Added Outflow heater(s) 3M Refer to the Control of Substances
Hazardous to Health (COSHH)
Regulations. Staff to be Competent
and fully trained in COSHH. Risk
Assessment / Method Statement
requirements must be carried out
before the work starts and a
method statement produced. Refer
to www.hse.gov.uk for details.
Added Oil log 3M Check and log oil level. Log also
any inspections, any repair work on
the tanks and who’s done the
works.
Added Contents Gauge 3M Dip tank to ensure gauge is
working.

Page 516 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added Valves and 3M Check valves are locked or have

pipework there hand wheels removed [
vandalism / theft]. Pipework should
be checked for leaks, corrosion,
missing brackets etc. Check any
trace heating and insulation is in
place and working where
appropriate.
Added Valves and 12M Note settings of valves and take
pipework through total travel, returning to
correct settings. Lock or remove
hand wheel as appropriate.
Pipework should be checked for
leaks, corrosion, missing brackets
etc.
Added Notices 3M Check that the notice showing the
product type, tank capacity and,
where appropriate, tank number is
clearly visible – clean or replace as
necessary. Check all notices are
clearly visible warning that all
valves must be locked when not in
use.
Added Bund 3M Bunds should be inspected Checked visually by the operator at
regularly for signs of damage, e.g. least weekly or after any heavy
missing bricks in walls and water in rainfall.
the bund. Inspect closely where any
draw off / feed lines pass through Open bund - check the bund after
the bund wall to ensure it remains heavy rainfall. If there’s no rainwater
fully sealed to retain oil. in the bund, it might not be sealed
Check that any trigger guns and properly and you should have it
hoses are being kept within the inspected and repaired. Where rain
bund or the secure cabinet, which water has collected in the bund, it
should be locked shut when not in will reduce the amount of oil it can
use contain. To remove accumulated
rainwater, use a manually operated
pump or by bailing from the sump.

Any accumulated water, oil or debris

should be removed
and disposed of in line with waste
management legislation. In all cases
where wastes are removed, as the
waste producer you are obliged
under Waste management, the Duty
of Care, a code of practice (revised
1996) to describe the waste
accurately and dispose of it
properly.

Guidance on the disposal of

condensate and bund water. Joint
OFTEC/WaterUK/Environment
Agency/ SEPA publication.
Page 517 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added Bund 12M A more detailed annual check by a

trained operator, e.g. in the OFTEC
registered scheme.
Added Overfill prevention 3M Check that the device sounds the
devices alarm / shows the visual warning or
automatically stops the delivery –
whatever applies.
Added Fill points 3M Check that the lockable fill cap and
chain are in place and work. Clean
the fill point drip tray.
Added Tank 60M 60M Bulk Oil Storage [Heavy Oil]
Clean tank externally, derust and
paint, as found necessary. Place
No Smoking Signs, drain tank,
open manholes and vent tank.
Refer to Permit to Work and safe
Systems of Work before entering
tank, internally inspect, clean and
repair as found necessary. Report
condition before placing tank back
on-line. After maintenance
inspection, close all manholes and
covers, recharged tank and check
for leaks. Clean down exterior of
outdoor tanks and repaint with
bituminous paint. Inspect condition
of any fixed ladders, handrails and
catwalks. Check all fixings for
security
Added Daily (small) oil All tasks and frequencies are the
storage same as for Bulk Oil Storage
[Heavy and Medium Oils] above
without the task for out flow
heaters.
1. Tank. 12M Check condition and note any Report to client. Technical 1. Tank, bund 3M Look for leakage and spillage from Report to client.
corrosion. and surronding the tank resulting from filling or
area failure of tank soundness.
2. Filter. 12M Replace if dirty and investigate Technical 2. Strainer 3M
cause. basket(s)

3. Balloon Vent. 12M Check condition of wire mesh. Other 3. Balloon Vent. 3M In addition to the tasks there are
daily and weekly operational tasks
to be carried out including visual
checks of the oil tanks, pipework
and bund. Please also see the
section below [bund 3 monthly]
which refers to the removal of rain
water. This must be done every
time there has been heavy rainfall.
4. Sludge valve. 12M Check for leaks. If opened Waste Disposal Technical 4. Sludge valve / 3M Check operation and freedom of If opened Waste Disposal
Regulations apply. cocks. movement. Moving parts should be Regulations apply.
lightly oiler or greased.

Page 518 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

56-06 UNDERGROUND OIL STORAGE TANKS

Added The Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) (England) Regulations 2001 and Groundwater Protection Code:
Petrol stations and other fuel dispensing facilities involving underground storage tanks set minimum
standards. They do not change other legislation under which it is an offence to cause water pollution .
Variations in local conditions may mean more stringent standards are needed to prevent pollution .
If there is a spill, immediate action must be taken to stop the oil getting into any drains or
watercourses. Soak up the spilt oil with the contents of the spill kit in accordance with the risk
assessment. Don’t hose the spillage down or use any detergents to try to get rid of it. Notify the
Environment Agency by calling their Emergency Hotline on 0800 80 70 60.

If oil soaks into the ground, the soil soaked in oil should be removed, by a specialist company. Store
any materials that are soaked in oil in containers that won’t let the oil run away until it can be correctly
and legally disposed of.

In addition to the tasks there are daily and weekly operational tasks to be carried out including visual
checks of the oil tanks, pipework .

Refer to the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) Regulations. Staff to be Competent
and fully trained in COSHH. Risk Assessment / Method Statement requirements must be carried out
before the work starts and a method statement produced. Refer to www.hse.gov.uk for details.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Tank, bund 3M Look for leakage and spillage from Report to client.
and surronding the tank resulting from filling or
area failure of tank soundness.
Added 2. Strainer 3M Remove and clean.
basket(s)

Added 3. Balloon Vent. 3M Ensure that the vent is clear and

free from obstruction.

Added 4. Sludge valve / 3M Check operation and freedom of If opened Waste Disposal
cocks. movement. Moving parts should be Regulations apply.
lightly oiler or greased.
Added 5. Outflow 3M Ensure that all electrical If opened Waste Disposal
heater(s) connections remain clean, tight and Regulations apply.
dry.
Check for liquid leakage around
bolt-to-tank joint and element
sheaths.
When a drain connection is
provided loosen drain valve and
check for sludge build-up. If this is
excessive, isolate heater and drain
off quantity of sludge.
Added 6. Oil log 3M Check and log oil level. Log also
any inspections, any repair work on
the tanks and who’s done the
works.
Added 7. Contents Gauge 3M Dip tank to ensure gauge is working
and accurate

Page 519 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 8. Water detection 3M Use a suitable paste on the dip Remove water and increase
stick / line and check for water. frequency of checks to ensure there
is no leakage into the tank.
Added 9. Valves and 3M Check valves are locked or have
pipework there hand wheels removed [
vandalism / theft]. Pipework should
be checked for leaks, corrosion,
missing brackets etc. Check any
trace heating and insulation is in
place and working where
appropriate.
Added 10. Valves and 12M Note settings of valves and take
pipework through total travel, returning to
correct settings. Lock or remove
hand wheel as appropriate.
Pipework should be checked for
leaks, corrosion, missing brackets
etc.
Added 11. Notices 3M Check that the notice showing the
product type, tank capacity and,
where appropriate, tank number is
clearly visible – clean or replace as
necessary. Check all notices are
clearly visible warning that all
valves must be locked when not in
use.
Added 12. Overfill 3M Check that the device sounds the
prevention devices alarm / shows the visual warning or
automatically stops the delivery –
whatever applies.
Added 13. Fill points 3M Check that the lockable fill cap and
chain are in place and work. Clean
the fill point drip tray.
Added 14. Leakage 3M Check that the system is operating In addition to this tasks there are
detection correctly as per manufacturers daily and weekly operational tasks
guidelines. to be carried out to check leakage
detection.
Added 15. Cathodic
protection devices

Added i) Sacrificial anode 36M Check condition and record results This must be checked within 6
months of any new installation or
repair to the sacrificial anode
system. The results of the last two
tests must be retained on site.
Added ii) Impressed 2M Check condition and record results The results of the last three tests
current must be retained on site.

Page 520 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 16. Soil condition 12M Check soil conditions in terms of Usually the corrosion of buried steel
checks moisture content, electrical occurs as a result of electrochemical
conductivity, pH, sulphide reactions with constituents of the
concentration and chloride enclosing soils. In order to assess
concentration. the risk of corrosion failure, it is
necessary to ascertain soil
conditions such as moisture content,
electrical conductivity, pH, sulphide
concentration and chloride
concentration. This data, once
collected, can be analysed using a
standard method to determine the
probability of a leak caused by
corrosion, both at present and in the
future. Assessment of corrosion
probability will help to decide if
urgent action is required, e.g. the
fitting of cathodic protection, tank
lining or the replacement of a tank.

Page 521 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

56-07 STORAGE SILO - wood chip / pellets

Added There are several hazards in entering and working in a silo. The main hazards include difficult access
and egress, which makes entrapment, escape and rescue more problematic; being engulfed in a free
flowing material if the chips/pellets have blocked and
bridged; the accumulation of vapours, gases or fumes; and the lack of ventilation. Some of these
hazards may be introduced into the silo by the nature of the maintenance work (e.g. welding work
or cleaning work with solvents) or by incoming services.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Silos and 12M Chip silos and storage rooms Chip reception pits should be
storage rooms should be cleaned out at the end of equipped with a ladder (set
each heating season, to avoid into the wall) to facilitate entry and
accumulation of dust, bacteria and egress.
fungi.
Added 2. Burn back 12M Check the burn back control device
control is in place and that the sensor / wax
seal is operational. Check that the
water supply pressure is correct
[normally in excess of 1 bar].
Added 3. Rubber mat 12M In case of bulk-blown pellet
deliveries - check that the rubber
mat is in place and that there is at
least a 20mm air gap from a wall
opposite the inlet to the store.

Page 522 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

56-08 STORAGE SILO - COAL

Added The burning of coal is a complex operation involving the storage, handling of solid material, together
with the handling. Coal is abrasive and the wear and tear on mechanical plant considerable, hence
regular maintenance is vital to ensure continuous working and a clean environment.

A risk assessment and method statement must be undertaken before entering any confined space
such as a hopper / silo to ensure that there is adequate ventilation and an absence of any fumes or
flue gases.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Status. 12M Empty and check internal and If there are signs of deterioration
external coatings. consult the manufacturer.

Page 523 of 614

SWIMMING POOLS

Page 524 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

57-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 57-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

There are two major aspects of swimming pool maintenance, water cleanliness, quality and Technical There are two major aspects of swimming pool maintenance, water cleanliness / quality and
winterisation. winterisation.
The maintaining of a high standard of water cleanliness and quality, calls for daily monitoring and
treatment which must be part of the daily routine of the pool attendant and will cover filters, water The maintaining of a high standard of water cleanliness and quality, calls for daily monitoring and
treatment and general cleanliness. In addition regular maintenance of the equipment is necessary and treatment which must be part of the daily routine of the pool attendant and will cover filters, water
except in large installations this would normally be carried out by the maintenance contractor at treatment and general cleanliness. In addition regular maintenance of the equipment is necessary and
intervals agreed with the client. except in large installations this would normally be carried out by the maintenance service provider at
For outdoor pools which are not used in winter whilst it is not normal practice to empty the pool the intervals agreed with the client. Maintenance procedures must take account of the dangers of
specific maintenance procedures should include provision for ensuring that the plant is secure from Legionella, see HSE ACOP L8,2000 (www.hse.gov.uk).
frost damage by draining down pumps, pipelines and associated tanks and where appropriate the
pool valves isolated. For outdoor pools which are not used in winter whilst it is not normal practice to empty the pool the
This section also covers whirlpool and spa baths, steam rooms, e.g. saunas and hydrotherapy pools. specific maintenance procedures should include provision for ensuring that the plant is secure from
All this equipment uses hot water and in the maintenance procedures account must therefore be frost damage by draining down pumps, pipelines and associated tanks and where appropriate the
taken of the dangers of Legionella, see HSE ACOP L8,2001. pool valves isolated.

This section does not cover whirlpool and spa baths, steam rooms, e.g. saunas and hydrotherapy
pools these are dealt with in Whirlpools - hydrontherapy SFG 66.

Discharge of Water
In England and Wales discharge to sewers requires the consent of the local water service company ;
discharge to a water course has to be authorized by the regional office of the Environment Agency . In
Scotland the relevant authorities are the local water authority and Environment Protection Agency
respectively; in N. Ireland, the Department of the Environment.

These authorities may have specific requirements about the rate and quality of discharges from
backwashing, dilution, pool emptying etc. Such authorities should be consulted about the operation of
a pool and any proposed changes to it.

Backwash water may need dechlorination if it is to be discharged to a surface water drain

Page 525 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

57-02 SWIMMING POOLS 57-02 SWIMMING POOLS

The main periods for maintaining outdoor swimming pools are in early autumn when the system is Technical The main periods for maintaining outdoor swimming pools are in early autumn when the system is
shut down for the winter and the equipment and pool are prepared for the winter and in the late spring shut down for the winter and the equipment and pool are prepared for the winter and in the late spring
when the pool is made ready for the new season. For indoor pools maintenance should be when the pool is made ready for the new season. For indoor pools maintenance should be
programmed for times of minimum use. If fitted constructed with membrane liner care should be taken programmed for times of minimum use. If constructed with membrane liner ,care should be taken to
to avoid perforation with sharp edges of equipment. Maintenance of water quality is a daily operation avoid perforation with sharp edges of equipment. Maintenance of water quality is a daily operation
usually carried out either automatically or manually by the pool attendant. ( See WATER usually carried out either automatically or manually by the pool attendant. See Water treatment SFG
TREATMENT). 65. It is also assumed that cleaning of the pool areas to comply with PAS 39:2003 will be undertaken
by the clients operational staff
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Shut down. 12M Isolate from electrical supply by Ensure that water supply is also Other 3. Shut down. 6M If Required, Isolate from electrical Ensure that water supply is also
switching off and withdrawing turned off. supply by switching off and turned off.
fuses. withdrawing fuses.
2. Controls. 12M Check settings and action. Other 4a. Controls. 6M Check settings and action.

3. Pool cover(s). 12M Check for tears and soundness. Other 5. Pool cover(s). 6M Check for tears and soundness.
Check condition and security of Check condition and security of
anchor bolts. anchor bolts. The underside of pool
covers and moveable floors should
be checked regularly and cleaned
as necessary

Page 526 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added Water Quality 1D Carry out routine testing of the The manual monitoring and
Testing water quality. Tests should include: measurement of the chemical state
water clarity of the pool water should be
disinfectant level performed using colorimetric
pH comparison kits (comparator or
water temperature spectrophotometer) or commercially
air temperature available test kits using test tablets.
The accuracy of test kits should be
maintained by:
a) keeping them scrupulously clean
(including rinsing glassware
components with deionized water to
ensure that all traces of test
reagents from previous uses are
removed);
b) using separate cells for pH and
disinfectant testing;
c) not exceeding the shelf life of the
test reagents;
d) following storage instructions;
e) using only the test kit
manufacturer’s specified test
tablets;
f) diluting and testing a second
sample for disinfectant residuals if
the first gives a result at the top or
the bottom of the kit’s range;
g) using a test kit with the applicable
range for the water under test; and
h) being aware of the potential false
readings that can arise from things
like high calcium hardness and
contamination with pool cleaning
chemicals.

Where free chlorine levels are not

monitored and controlled
automatically by the water treatment
plant, manual testing should be
carried out, using commercially
available test kits and the
appropriate tablets.
These tests should be undertaken:
a) before the pool opens;
b) every 2 h during opening hours;
and
c) after it closes.
Even when free chlorine levels are
monitored and controlled by
automatic systems, chlorine levels
should be tested manually at least
three times daily at the start,
midway and at the end of each day.
The tests should monitor both free

Page 527 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

chlorine and combined chlorine

residuals.
Pool water samples for analysis
should be taken at a depth of 200
mm to 400 mm, from a part of the
pool that has been found to be
representative of the general
concentration.
Added Water Quality 1W Carry out routine testing of the See Notes above
Testing water quality. Tests should include:
alkalinity,
cyanuric acid
Added 2. Suction Filters. 1D Clean Filters

Added 1. Transfer 1M If applicable, the deck-level

Channels transfer channels are be drained a
minimum of once a month. They
should be flushed out with a
disinfecting solution suitable for the
task, for example 10 mg/l
chlorinated water, which can be
returned to the balance tank. The
undersides of transfer channel
grilles should be cleaned.
Added 2. Balance Tanks 6M Balance tanks should be drained at
least twice per year. Debris should
be removed and inner surfaces
brushed and flushed down with a
disinfecting solution, for example 10
mg/l chlorinated water, which can
be returned to the circulation
system via the filters. For safety,
individuals should not enter balance
tanks on their own
Added 4b. Controls 1M Re-calibrate automatic monitoring
equipment. Check all control
indicator lamps and alarms.
Added 6. Suspended 6M In the case of an indoor pool having
ceilings a suspended ceiling the wire
hangers holding the ceiling frame to
the slab should be checked by a
structural engineer due to the highly
corrosion nature of the atmosphere
and the possibility of the ceiling
collapsing.
Added 7. Log Book 1M Check log book for any reported This task is in addition to the daily
defects and attend as required. Any check carried out as part of any
works carried out should be clearly operational procedure.
recorded in accordance with the
operating code of practice.

Page 528 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 8. Chlorine gas 6M Check chlorine gas detectors in the

detectors plantroom / chemical store.

Added 9. Chemical 6M Check and clean the chemical Although the frequency has been
dosing control system including all dosing set at 6 Months, the DFE guidance
and monitoring equipment. In note Guide 2, Managing Schol
addition any specialist items like Facilities requires a minimum of 4
ozonators and ultraviolet lamps. visits per year
Added 10. Electrical

Added Zones 0 & 1 12M Ensure notices on all outlets and

control devices are in place.

Added Supplementary 12M Check that all extraneous

bonding conductive parts in zones 0, 1 and
2 are connected by supplementary
bonding conductors to the
protective conductors of exposed
conductive parts in these zones.
Added

Page 529 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

57-03 SWIMMING POOLS - FILTERS 57-03 SWIMMING POOLS - FILTERS

Filtration plant. The filtration plant of a pool is designed to remove water from the pool, filter it, Other Filtration plant. The filtration plant of a pool is designed to remove water from the pool, filter it,
disinfect it and return it to the pool in a sterile condition. The main types of pool filters are: disinfect it and return it to the pool in a sterile condition. Effective filtration should ensure that water
a) Conventional rate pressure sand filtration clarity is good enough to allow unclouded or clear sight of the
b) Medium rate pressure sand filtration bottom of the pool at the deep end.
c) High rate pressure sand filtration
d) Pre-coat cartridge (pressure and vacuum) The main types of pool filters are:
e) Disposable cartridge or glass fibre mat filtration
a) Conventional rate pressure sand filtration

b) Medium rate pressure sand filtration

c) High rate pressure sand filtration

d) Pre-coat cartridge (pressure and vacuum)

e) Disposable cartridge or glass fibre mat filtration

Effective filtration should ensure that water clarity is good enough to allow unclouded or clear sight of
the bottom of the pool at the deep end.

The water turbidity should not exceed 0.5 NTU (nephelometric turbidity units).
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Backwashing 1W Carry out backwashing of main Filters should be backwashed at
filters and discharge the back wash least once a week and whenever
water to waste. Backwash flow the pressure loss across the sand
should be fast enough to fluidise bed reaches the level specified by
the sand bed and should have a the filter manufacturer.
speed of at least 30 m/h. Filters should be backwashed if the
Fluidisation of the bed should be water circulation has been stopped
checked visually if possible, through (because of a failure or for
a viewing window where provided. maintenance). Backwashing is best
Backwashing should continue at done at the end of the working day.
least as long as recommended by Air scouring prior to the
the manufacturer, but certainly until backwashing at a speed of
the backwash water is clear. approximately 32 m/h can aid the
backwashing process.
If a filter is being backwashed while
other filters are still in service, flow
to the filter should start and stop
slowly over a 15 second to 20
second period to avoid rapid flow
rate change in the in-service filters.
Added 5. Filter bed 12M Inspect the filter and the top of the
sand bed. Check for signs of
corrosion, problems with the
under-drains and problems with the
filter medium e.g. mud balling,
fissures, uneven bed.
1. Inlet strainer. 12M Check condition and clean. More frequent cleaning by the Other 2. Inlet strainer. 12M Check condition and clean. More frequent cleaning by the
operator may be necessary if the operator may be necessary if the
inlet flow rate falls below the design inlet flow rate falls below the design
level. (May be shown by increased level. (May be shown by increased
suction pressure). suction pressure).
Page 530 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2. Chemical 12M Check clean `running' pressure, if Refer to manufacturer's handbook Other 3. Chemical 12M Check clean `running` pressure, if Refer to manufacturer`s handbook
cleaning of filter high, may indicate fouling of filter for instructions and type of cleaning of filter high, may indicate fouling of filter for instructions and type of
bed material. medium. chemicals to be used. bed material. medium. chemicals to be used.
3. Rate of flow 12M Clean and check operation. The accuracy of the flow meter Other 4. Rate of flow 12M Clean and check operation. The accuracy of the flow meter
indicator. should be within 5%. indicator. should be within 5%.

Pre-coat filtration 12M Check condition and clean. More frequent cleaning by the Other Pre-coat filtration 12M Check condition and clean. More frequent cleaning by the
1. Inlet strainer. operator may be necessary if the 1. Inlet strainer. operator may be necessary if the
inlet flow rate falls below the design inlet flow rate falls below the design
level. (May be shown by increased level. (May be shown by increased
suction pressure). suction pressure).
2. Filter 12M Clean off any coating material and If replacement necessary, report to Technical 2. Filter 1M Clean off any coating material and The frequency of this task can be
elements. check condition of support client. elements. check condition of support increased where Coagulants
elements. elements. (sometimes called flocculants) are
not used to enhance the removal of
dissolved, colloidal or suspended
material.
3. Pipework. 12M Clean off any deposits or sludges. Other 3. Pipework. 12M Clean off any deposits or sludge`s.

Cartridge type 12M Check condition and clean. More frequent cleaning by the Technical Cartridge type 1M Check condition and clean. More frequent cleaning by the
filters 1. Inlet operator may be necessary if the filters 1. Inlet operator may be necessary if the
strainer. inlet flow rate falls below the design strainer. inlet flow rate falls below the design
level. (May be shown by increased level. (May be shown by increased
suction pressure). suction pressure).
2. Seals. 12M Check condition of seals on Technical 2. Seals. 1M Check condition of seals on
cartridge holders. Replace if cartridge holders. Replace if
necessary. necessary.

Page 531 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

57-04 SWIMMING POOLS - PIPEWORK, PUMPS, HEATING etc. 57-04 SWIMMING POOLS - PIPEWORK, PUMPS, HEATING etc.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Heating 6M Carry out maintenance procedures Maintenance of heating plant, other Technical 3. Heating 6M Carry out maintenance procedures Maintenance of heating plant, other
equipment - Oil - appropriate to the type of heating than routine, is best carried out equipment - Oil - appropriate to the type of heating than routine, is best carried out
Solar plant as detailed in relevant before the heating season starts. Solar plant as detailed in relevant before the heating season starts.
-Gas sections. -Gas - Heat Pump sections. Ensure that the pool Although the frequency has been
temperature is maintained in set at 6 Months, the DFE guidance
accordance with PAS 39:2003 note Guide 2, Managing Schol
Table 3. The air temperature should Facilities requires a minimum of 4
be no more than 1oC above the visits per year.
pool temperature. For further
guidance on Maintenance see
Boilers - heat generators SFG 05,
Solar panels SFG 53, and Heat
exchangers SFG 29.
Added Hot water 1M Monitor to ensure compliance with Responsibility for this test should be
temperature (at ACOP L8, 2000 requirements. Hot agreed with client. Advise client if
outlet of post swim water supplied to the showers temperature outside ACOP L8, 2000
showers). should be piped at no less than 50 requirements for any remedial work
°C and mixed to (41 ± 2) °C. to be put in hand.
Added Indoor air 1W Manually check the pool hall air The pool hall air temperatures
temperatures and temperatures and Relative Humidity should be no more than 1 °C above
RH levels that of the water temperature.
Air temperatures over 30 °C should
be avoided.
Relative humidity should be
maintained at a level of (60 ± 10) %
throughout the pool hall area.
Added 3. Pump 12M Check for leaks and corrosion, See also Pumps SFG 45.
tighten gland if required. Check
electrical connections for tightness Although the frequency has been
and signs of corrosion. set at 6 Months, the DFE guidance
note Guide 2, Managing Schol
Facilities requires a minimum of 4
visits per year
Added 4. Ventilation 3M Carry out maintenance procedures The Relative humidity should be
on the ventilation plant serving the maintained at a level of (60 ± 10) %
pool and changing areas. For throughout the pool hall area. It is
further Guidance on Maintenance understood that manufacturers of
see Air handling units SFG 03, AHU`s and ductwork specified for
Ducting SFG 16 and Fans SFG 20. swimming pools will coat internal
surfaces to protect from Chlorine
attack. Therefore standard
maintenance frequencies
recommended in SFG 03, 16 and
20 can be used.

Page 532 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

57-04 SWIMMING POOLS - PIPEWORK, PUMPS, HEATING etc.

Added Once a pool is winterised then the level of regular maintenance required is very much less than during
the season. There are no hard and fast rules governing the actual date of winterising; however the
lower ambient temperature becomes the more expensive the heating becomes.
The Pool must not be emptied, without professional advice, as hydrostatic pressures can force a
concrete structure out of the ground and ground water can lift and displace liners.

All floating covers should be removed from the pool, cleaned and carefully dried and stored safely
away from vermin. Slatted covers should be cleaned and rolled away for the winter. The fitting of a
proper winter cover will help keep the majority of debris and sunlight out of the pool.

Winterising does not mean that the algae will stop growing, therefore there will be a requirement to
treat the water until the water temperature
drops to about 7°C.

Remove, clean and store all pool-side equipment and summer covers etc. Check all filtration, heating
and cleaning equipment and report on its condition. Remove and store pool cleaner if fitted. De-leaf
and clean the pool.

Check the chemical values and adjust including a shock dose. A number of chemicals which are long
lasting are available for winterisation. However the variance of winter weather and temperature affects
the longevity of these products and occasional testing is recommended
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added Option 1 1Y Lower the level of the pool water* to
Winterisation approximately 30 cms below the
skimmers as a frost precaution and
plug
and empty out the skimmer. Store
the pumps in a warm environment.
Isolate all electrics and drain all
equipment such as pumps,
filters, heaters etc. Leave the pool
area and plant room in a tidy state.
Added Water Testing 1M Check the water condition regularly
and dose if required.
This can be easily done by lifting a
corner of the cover.
Chemicals that dissolve quickly in
the summer will be slower
reacting in the winter, so pre
dissolving them is essential.
Added Option 2 1Y Set the filter pump time clock
Winterisation control to allow the pump to run for
one hour per day and set a frost
thermostat to 2oC. Install a bypass
around the heater and drain the
heater, electrically disconnect, or
switch off other
equipment..

Page 533 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added Water Testing 1M Check the water condition regularly

and dose if required.
This can be easily done by lifting a
corner of the cover.
Chemicals that dissolve quickly in
the summer will be slower
reacting in the winter, so pre
dissolving them is essential.
Added Filters 2M backwash the filter, once every 2
months, or if pool water level
increases
from rainfall.
Added Re-commissioning 1Y Remove the winter cover from the
pool, clean it off, dry and fold it,
then store away. . Store the cover
away from vermin.

• Clean the coping stones and

surround paving to remove any
mould or algae growth.
• Re-fit all the pool side equipment
such as ladders, diving boards etc.
• If necessary re-assemble all the
filtration and heating equipment in
the plant room
• Start the equipment and
thoroughly test it. Heaters should
not be left running unless specific
instructions have been provided.
• Set all time clocks forcorrect
running hours.
• Check all valves for freedom of
operation and ease if necessary.
• De-leaf pool and vacuum or set
the pool cleaner in operation.
• Check and adjust the chemical
values.
• Generally tidy and clean the pool
area and plant room.

Once the pool has been

recommissioned,
run the filter continually for the first
5 days, backwashing daily, to
thoroughly clean the water.

Page 534 of 614

SWITCHES

Page 535 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

58-01 ON/OFF SWITCHING DEVICES 58-01 ON/OFF SWITCHING DEVICES

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Condition 12M Clean and check operation.

Added Vane operated

flow switches

Differential 12M Clean and check operation. Other Differential

pressure switches pressure switches
1. Condition. .
4. Calibration. 12M Check against standard. Deleted

Vane operated 12M Clean and check operation. Other 1. Condition. 12M Clean and check operation.
flow switches 1.
Condition.

Page 536 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

58-02 CONTROL RELAYS 58-02 CONTROL RELAYS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. General 12M Carry out as per instructions given Other 1. General 12M Carry out as per instructions given
maintenance. in CONTROL PANELS. maintenance. in Control panels SFG 14.

Page 537 of 614

TERMINAL UNITS

Page 538 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-01 TERMINAL UNITS VAV - self powered 59-01 TERMINAL UNITS VAV - self powered
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Unit filter. 12M Check condition and change if If unit filter is very dirty, check Technical 3. Unit filter. 3M Check condition and clean or If unit filter is very dirty, check
necessary. condition of main filter. change if necessary. condition of main filter.

3. Main filter. 3M Check condition. In a dirty environment it may be Deleted

necessary to clean/change main
filter more frequently.
Added 2. Bellows 6M Where fitted, check condition of
bellows and replace as necessary

Page 539 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 59-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or Technical The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or
conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by the conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by
build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from cigarette smoke and dirt in the the build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from the atmosphere. In a dirty
atmosphere. In a dirty environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance above that recommended
above that recommended in this specification. Detailed maintenance of the associated controls is in this specification. Detailed maintenance of the associated controls is covered in the Controls
covered in the relevant section. SFG14 section.

Page 540 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-02 TERMINAL UNITS VAV - fan powered 59-02 TERMINAL UNITS VAV - fan powered
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 5. Reheaters 6M Check operation and carry out For further guidance on maintaining
routine maintenance the reheaters see Heat exchangers
SFG 29-01 and 29-02.
1. Fan motor. 6M Grease or oil bearings. Technical 1. Fan motor. 6M Grease or oil bearings. For further guidance on maintaining
fan motors see Motors SFG 39-01.

2. Dampers. 6M Check operation and lubricate Technical 2. Dampers. 6M Check operation and lubricate For further guidance on maintaining
linkages if necessary. linkages if necessary. damper actuators see Actuators
SFG 01.
3. LPH and CW 6M Check operation and clean. Technical 3. LPHW and 6M Check operation and clean. Comb
coils. CW coils. any fin damaged areas.

4. Controls. 6M Check operation. Note:- Calibration, Technical 4. Controls. 6M Check operation. Calibration, Interrogation, Control
Interrogation, Control adjustment. adjustment. For further guidance on
maintaining controls see Control
panels & controllers SFG 14.

Page 541 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-02 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 59-02 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or Technical The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or
conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by the conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by
build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from cigarette smoke and dirt in the the build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from the atmosphere. In a dirty
atmosphere. In a dirty environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance above that recommended
above that recommended in this specification. For detailed maintenance of associated equipment see in this specification. Detailed maintenance of the associated controls is covered in the Controls
CONTROLS. SFG14 section.

Page 542 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-03 TERMINAL UNITS VAV - pneumatic powered 59-03 TERMINAL UNITS VAV - pneumatic powered
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
5. Actuator. 12M If visible, check for dirt, lightly oil Other 5. Actuator. 12M If visible, check for dirt, lightly oil
mechanism as required. mechanism as described in
Actuators SFG 01-01 - 01-08
7. Filter. 6M Clean or replace as necessary. Frequency of cleaning will depend Technical 7. Filter. 3M Clean or replace as necessary. Frequency of cleaning will depend
upon the environment in which the upon the environment in which the
unit operates. unit operates.

Page 543 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-03 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 59-03 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or Technical The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or
conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by the conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by
build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from cigarette smoke and dirt in the the build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from the atmosphere. In a dirty
atmosphere. In a dirty environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance above that recommended
above that recommended in this specification. For detailed maintenance of associated equipment see in this specification. Detailed maintenance of the associated controls is covered in the Controls
CONTROLS. SFG14 section.

Page 544 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-04 TERMINAL UNITS - Constant volume including mixing 59-04 TERMINAL UNITS - Constant volume including mixing
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Pneumatic 12M Check operation by moving set For detailed maintenance see Technical 2. Pneumatic 12M Check operation by moving set
thermostats. point. Restore to original setting. relevant section. thermostats. point. Restore to original setting.

3. Control 12M Check operation. For high velocity For more information on damper Other 3. Control 12M Check operation. For high velocity For more information on damper
dampers. mixing box change over dampers. maintenance see DUCTING dampers. mixing box change over dampers. maintenance see Ducting general
Check seals. GENERAL . Check seals. SFG16.

Page 545 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-04 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 59-04 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or Technical The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or
conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by the conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by
build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from cigarette smoke and dirt in the the build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from the atmosphere. In a dirty
atmosphere. In a dirty environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance above that recommended
above that recommended in this specification. For detailed maintenance of associated equipment see in this specification. Detailed maintenance of the associated controls is covered in the Controls
CONTROLS. SFG14 section.

Page 546 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-05 TERMINAL UNITS - INDUCTION UNITS 59-05 TERMINAL UNITS - INDUCTION UNITS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
5. Damper and/or 6M Check correct functioning and Other 5. Damper and/or 6M Check correct functioning and For further guidance see Actuators -
pneumatic valves. rectify any defects. pneumatic valves. rectify any defects. pnuematic actuators SFG 01-04.

6. Chilled 6M Check functioning. For detailed maintenance see Other 6. Chilled 6M Check functioning. For detailed maintenance see
water/LPHW VALVES. water/LPHW Valves SFG 62-01 - 62-07.
control valves. control valves.
7. Control 6M Check operation. Setting should be 19ºC heating and Technical 7. Control 6M Check operation. Setting should be 19oC heating and
thermostats. 24ºC cooling. For detailed thermostats. 24oC cooling. For detailed
maintenance see relevant section. maintenance see relevant section
Switches SFG 58-01.
8. Isolation 6M Check for leaks and rectify as Other 8. Isolation 6M Check for leaks and rectify as For detailed maintenance see
valves. necessary. valves. necessary. Valves SFG 62-01 - 62-07.

Page 547 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-05 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 59-05 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or Technical The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or
conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by the conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by
build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from cigarette smoke and dirt in the the build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from the atmosphere. In a dirty
atmosphere. In a dirty environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance above that recommended
above that recommended in this specification. For detailed maintenance of associated equipment see in this specification. Detailed maintenance of the associated controls is covered in the Controls
CONTROLS. SFG14 section.

Page 548 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-06 TERMINAL UNITS - FAN COIL 59-06 TERMINAL UNITS - FAN COIL
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 9. Strainers 12M Inspect and clean strainers as Report any build up of sludge/filing
necessary. to the client.

Added 10. Chilled 6M Check functioning. For detailed maintenance see

water/LPHW Valves SFG 62-01 to 62-07.
control valves.
Added 11. Thermostats. 12M Check operation by moving set For detailed maintenance see
point. Restore to original setting. Switches SFG 58-01.

1. Status. 6M Switch off and isolate. Electrical isolation should be carried Technical 1. Status. 6M Switch off and isolate. Electrical isolation should be carried
out in accordance with HSAWA out in accordance with HSE
recommendations. Where units are Guidance document HSG85:2007.
ceiling mounted, cover any office Where units are ceiling mounted,
machinery/equipment situated below cover any office
unit being serviced. machinery/equipment situated
below unit being serviced.
2. Coil block. 3M Vent air from cooler and heating Deleted
coils (if AAV not fitted).

3. Condensate 6M Check connection is clear. Technical 2. Condensate 6M Check connection is clear. Ensure The check should also ensure that
drain connection. drain connection condensate lift pump is operational the condensate drainage pipework
and pump and able to discharge condensate has the correct fall to allow water to
to the drainage pipework. flow to the drainage stack
4. Permanent 6M Clean and refit, ensuring proper See FILTERS regarding safety Technical 3. Permanent 6M Clean and refit, ensuring proper See Filters SFG 21-02 regarding
filters. location. instructions. filters. location. safety instructions.

5. Disposable 6M Replace ensuring proper location. See FILTERS with regard to safety Technical 4. Disposable 6M Replace ensuring proper location. See Filters SFG 21-02 with regard
type filters. and disposal procedures. type filters. to safety and disposal procedures.

6. Test unit. 6M Restore power supply and run unit. Technical 5. Test unit. 6M Restore power supply and run unit.
Check airflow is normal at correct Check airflow is normal at correct
speed setting. speed setting.
7. Casing. 6M Clean. Where units are above false ceilings Other 6. Casing. 6M Clean. Where units are above false ceilings
ensure that tiles are not left in a ensure that tiles are not left in a
stained condition. stained condition.
8. Ductwork 12M Check condition. Other 7. Ductwork 12M Check condition. Repair/refix any
flexible couplings flexible couplings ductwork to the spigots as
(if fitted). (if fitted). necessary.
9. Grilles and 6M Clean using vacuum or alternatively Care should be taken to avoid Other 8. Grilles and 12M Clean using vacuum or alternatively Care should be taken to avoid
diffusers. remove and clean. damage to diffuser ceiling lights or diffusers. remove and clean. damage to diffuser ceiling lights or
ceiling. ceiling.

Page 549 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-07 TERMINAL UNITS VRV SYSTEMS 59-07 TERMINAL UNITS VRV SYSTEMS
Added Where the installed power on the refrigeration system exceeds 25kW, a Written Scheme of
Examination may be required to comply with the Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000

Service providers must be registered to an Approved Certified Scheme provider , in accordance with
the F Gas and Building Regulations.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Coils. 3M Clean and remove any debris. Technical 2. Coils. 3M Clean and remove any debris.
Comb any damaged areas of fin.

3. PCBs. 3M Check for damage. Other 5. PCBs. 3M Check for damage.

4. Electrical 3M Check condition. Other 6. Electrical 3M Check condition.

Components. Components.

5. Sensors. 3M Check for contact and correct Other 7. Sensors. 3M Check for contact and correct
location. location.

6. Running 3M Check and record. Other 8. Running 3M Check and record.

currents and currents and
voltage. voltage.
7. System neutral 3M Check. Technical 9. System neutral 3M Check power supply to unit and
and earth and earth neutral and earth connections.
connections. connections. Record.
Indoor Unit 8. 3M Check function. Run units on heating and cooling Technical Indoor Unit 3M Check function. Run units on heating and cooling
Hand Controllers. cycles if heat pumps 10. Hand cycles if heat pumps. Replace
Controllers. batteries on remote control units as
necessary
9. Air Filter and 3M Clean. Air Filters may initially require Other 11. Air Filter and 3M Clean. Air Filters may initially require
indoor coils. monthly cleaning dependant on indoor coils. monthly cleaning dependant on
location. location. For further guidance see
Filters SFG 21-02.
10. Drain Lines. 3M Check for free running Other 12. Drain Lines. 3M Check for free running

11. Power supply. 3M Check and record. Deleted

12. Electrical and 3M Check condition. Other 13. Electrical and 3M Check condition.
Data Cable Data Cable
connections. connections.
13. Change over 3M Check action. If a shortage of refrigerant is Technical 14. Change over 3M Check action. If a shortage of refrigerant is
valves and suspected all should be removed, valves and suspected all should be removed,
refrigerant control any leaks rectified and the refrigerant control any leaks rectified and the
devices. refrigerant change weighed in after devices. refrigerant change weighed in after
calculation change using the calculation change using the
Manufacturers literature. This Manufacturers literature. This work
work must only be carried out by must only be carried out by a
a contractor registered with service provider registered with an
REFCOM , or other mandatory authorised scheme provider.
scheme provider.
Page 550 of 614
Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 3a. Leaks - Oil 6M Check for oil leaks. Any leak of
refrigerant should be dealt with
immediately.
Added 4. Compressors 6M Carry out Service of the For further guidance see
compressor Compressors - refrigeration SFG
12-01.
Added 3 . Leaks - Check refrigerant Charge, Check for leaks should be part of
Refrigerant recharge/report as found the routine servicing by plant
necessary. Check Joints, valves attendants.
including stems, seals, including
seals on replaceable driers and Any removed refrigerant must be
filters, parts of the system subject recovered and not released to
to vibration, connections to safety atmosphere.
or operational devices of the
equipment or system. Examine for Where a system has a refrigerant
leakage using direct or indirect charge greater than 300kg, an
measuring methods. automatic leak detection system
must be installed on the system to
comply with the F Gas Regulations
Added A) Normal 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<3 kg dealt with immediately.
Added B) 3 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added C) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added D) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added E) Hermetically 0M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
sealed systems: Any leak of refrigerant should be
<6 kg dealt with immediately.
Added F) 6 kg to 30 kg 12M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added G) 30 kg to 300 kg 6M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.
Added H) >300 kg 3M Check for oil and refrigerant leaks.
Any leak of refrigerant should be
dealt with immediately.

Page 551 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

59-07 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 59-07 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or Technical The term Terminal Units covers those items of equipment relating to the ingress of ventilating or
conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by the conditioned air into the working environment. Operationally their effectiveness may be impaired by
build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from cigarette smoke and dirt in the the build up of dust and related deposits whilst visually dirt will arise from the atmosphere. In a dirty
atmosphere. In a dirty environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance environment it may be necessary to increase the frequency of maintenance above that recommended
above that recommended in this specification. For detailed maintenance of associated equipment see in this specification. Detailed maintenance of the associated controls is covered in the Controls
CONTROLS. SFG14 section.
VRV Systems are very specialist and should not be treated as a standard split system . They are set
up on commissioning and the set points should not be disturbed. VRV Systems are very specialist and should not be treated as a standard split system .

They are set up on commissioning and the set points should not be disturbed.

Page 552 of 614

VACUUM SYSTEMS

Page 553 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

60-01 VACUUM SYSTEMS - general 60-01 VACUUM SYSTEMS - general

Added In addition to routine maintenance, examinations of some pressure vessels are required under the
Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000 - see relevant section 40-08.

Maintenance should be carried out by only competent persons.

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Motors. 12M Follow procedure given for Other 1. Motors. 12M Follow procedure given for Motors
MOTORS. SFG 39-01.

Air systems - 12M Follow procedure given for FANS. As used in centralised vacuum Other Air systems - 12M Follow procedure given for Fans As used in centralised vacuum
cleaning 2. Fans. cleaning systems. cleaning SFG 20. cleaning systems.

2. Fans.
5. Filters. 12M Check condition and change as Other 5. Filters. 12M Check condition and change as
necessary. See FILTERS. necessary. See Filters SFG 21-02.

Liquid systems 7. 12M Follow procedure given for PUMPS. As used for swimming and Other Liquid systems 12M Follow procedure given for Pumps As used for swimming and
Pumps (liquid hydrotherapy pools. SFG 45. hydrotherapy pools.
systems). 7. Pumps.
9. Filters. 12M Check condition and change as Other 9. Filters. 12M Check condition and change as
necessary. necessary. See Filters SFG 21.

Page 554 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

60-02 VACUUM TUBES - cash handling 60-02 VACUUM TUBES - cash handling
Added In addition to routine maintenance, examinations of some pressure vessels are required under the
Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000 - see relevant section 40-08.

Maintenance should be carried out by only competent persons.

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
d) contactors, 12M Check operation and condition. For more detailed information on the Other d) contactors, 12M Check operation and condition. For more detailed information on the
maintenance of contactors see maintenance of contactors see
POWER SUPPLIES P.D.U. Power supplies (P.D.U) SFG 44-05.
e) earth continuity. 12M Check For more detailed information on the Technical e) earth continuity. 12M Check For more detailed information on the
maintenance of earthing electrical maintenance of earthing electrical
equipment see POWER SUPPLIES equipment see Power supplies
EARTHING. earthing SFG 44-06.
Controller 5. a) 12M Check Check condition. Other Controller 4. a) 12M Check condition.
running time of running time of
capsule b) relay capsule b) relay
on capsule. on capsule.
c) system filters (if 6M Check pull. Check condition. Technical c) system filters (if 6M Check pull. Check condition. For more detailed information on the
fitted), d) carrier fitted), d) carrier maintenance of system filters see
(capsule(s)), e) (capsule(s)), e) Filters SFG 21-02.
carrier velcro and carrier Velcro and
lids. lids.

Page 555 of 614

VALVES

Page 556 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

61-01 VALVES 61-01 VALVES

Added When opening valves (especially steam valves etc.) they must be done in such a way as to avoid the
chances of `water hammer` occurring.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 2. Inspection 12M Strip down, overhaul and then The Competent Person may require
rebuild to comply with the additional testing on completion of
Competent Persons requirements the rebuild
under the Pressure Regulation and
the written scheme of examination.
1. Operational 3M Check, rotate handwheel Action depends upon whether valve Technical 1. Operational 3M Check, rotate handwheel Action depends upon whether valve
status. sufficiently to indicate that wedge is is normally closed or normally open. status. sufficiently to indicate that wedge is is normally closed or normally open.
not seized in closed position nor If valve is normally open, check not seized in closed position nor If valve is normally open, check
jammed in open position. If closure performance in the event jammed in open position. If closure performance in the event
normally open, close valve and that corrosive deposits prevent normally open, close valve and that corrosive deposits prevent
reopen. wedge seating. reopen. When fully open, close wedge seating.
valve 1/2 turn to ensure valve does
not jam.
2. Gland leakage. 3M Check, within first week slightly After installation or replacement Technical 2. Gland leakage. 3M Ensure correct packing material is After installation or replacement
tighten gland nuts. If after a period check for gland leakage daily for used for the fluid in the pipeline check for gland leakage daily for
leakage still occurs replace gland. one week. Early signs of slight leaks one week. Early signs of slight
are due to 'bedding in' or drying out leaks are due to `bedding in` or
and are usually cured by tightening drying out and are usually cured by
of gland nuts. Continuous leakage tightening of gland nuts.
can lead to erosion or corrosion of Continuous leakage can lead to
the valve stem. erosion or corrosion of the valve
stem.
1. Operational 3M Check by rotating handwheel Other 1. Operational 3M Check by rotating handwheel
status. sufficiently to ensure freedom of status. sufficiently to ensure freedom of
movement. movement. When fully open, close
valve 1/2 turn to ensure valve does
not jam.
2. Gland leakage. 3M Check within first week, slightly After installation or replacement Technical 2. Gland leakage. 3M Ensure correct packing material is After installation or replacement
tighten gland nuts. If after a period check for gland leakage daily for used for the fluid in the pipeline check for gland leakage daily for
leakage still occurs, replace gland. one week. Early signs of slight leaks one week. Early signs of slight
are due to 'bedding in' or drying out leaks are due to `bedding in` or
and are usually cured by tightening drying out and are usually cured by
of gland nuts. Continuous leakage tightening of gland nuts.
can lead to erosion or corrosion of Continuous leakage can lead to
the valve stem. erosion or corrosion of the valve
stem.
2. Stem leakage. 3M If evidence of leakage, inject After installation or overhaul check Technical 2. Stem leakage. 3M If evidence of leakage, inject After installation or overhaul check
correct compound simultaneously daily for one week and then at six correct compound simultaneously daily for one week and then at three
rotating plug. monthly intervals. rotating plug. monthly intervals.
1.Operational 3M Valve normally closed, rotate Close valve (if system allows) to Other 1.Operational 3M Valve normally closed, rotate Close valve (if system allows) to
status. handwheel to ensure freedom of check seat tightness. If valve status. handwheel to ensure freedom of check seat tightness. If valve
movement. normally closed, drop differential movement. When fully open, close normally closed, drop differential
pressure to 1 bar or less (if system valve 1/2 turn to ensure valve does pressure to 1 bar or less (if system
allows) and partially rotate to check not jam. allows) and partially rotate to check
for freedom from galling seats. for freedom from galling seats.

Page 557 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

2. Gland leakage. 1W Check, within first week slightly After installation or replacement Deleted
tighten gland nuts. If after a period check for gland leakage daily for
leakage still occurs, replace gland. one week. Early signs of slight leaks
are due to 'bedding in' or drying out
and are usually cured by tightening
of gland nuts. Continuous leakage
can lead to erosion or corrosion of
the valve stem.
3. Body leakage. 12M Check for body/cover joint leakage As a matter of routine any visible Other 2. Body leakage. 1M Check for body/cover joint leakage As a matter of routine any visible
and tighten nuts to stop. signs of leakage should be reported and tighten nuts to stop. signs of leakage should be reported
to the site supervisor. to the site supervisor.
4. Overall 12M Inspect for external deterioration Leakage from end flanges can be Other 3. Overall 12M Inspect for external deterioration Leakage from end flanges can be
condition. due to leaks at end flanges or due to pipe strains, ground condition. due to leaks at end flanges or due to pipe strains, ground
aggressive environment. settlement, poor joints or poor pipe aggressive environment. settlement, poor joints or poor pipe
supports. supports.
1. Operational 3M Check by raising gagging lever to Important: Great care must be Other 1. Operational 3M Check by raising gagging lever to Important: Great care must be
status. discharge steam or air. Release exercised to avoid injury to status. discharge steam or air. Release exercised to avoid injury to
gagging lever to reseat. Check for personnel. Check that discharge is gagging lever to reseat. Check for personnel. Check that discharge is
dirt or damage. to free space or if piped, that pipe dirt or damage. to free space or if piped, that pipe
outlet is not directed to personnel. outlet is not directed to personnel.
NOTE: Check with insurance Check with insurance company for
company for frequency of frequency of mandatory checks.
mandatory checks.
2. Bursting discs 12M Check condition, report. Other 3. Bursting discs 12M Check condition, report. The Competent Person should be
(if ftted). (if fitted). contacted for the routine
replacement frequency for the
bursting discs
Steam pressure 18M It is recommended that this type of Legislative Steam pressure 12M The written scheme of examination
reducing valves valve should be dismantled for a reducing valves may require the valves to be
complete overhaul every twelve to Stripped down, overhauled and then
eighteen months, preferably with the rebuilt to comply with the Competent
valve removed from the pipeline. Persons requirements under the
Pressure Regulation
Boiler valves Note: See also BOILERS for safety Legislative Boiler valves The written scheme of examination
valves. may require the valves to be
Stripped down, overhauled and then
rebuilt to comply with the Competent
Persons requirements under the
Pressure Regulation
1. Main stop 12M Lap seats, inspect for corrosion, Other 1. Safety valve. 12M Lap seats, inspect for corrosion,
valve. reset valve at correct set pressure reset valve at correct set pressure
and carry out accumulation test. and carry out accumulation test.
3. Water level Blowdown and check operation. This should be carried out daily. Deleted
controls.

4. Sequencing 12M Clean and lap seats, check for Note: See also BOILERS for safety Technical 3. Sequencing 12M Clean and lap seats, check for ease See also Boilers SFG 05-01 for
valve. ease of operation. valves. valve. of operation. safety valves.

5. Water level 6M Refit sight glass, repack cock plugs Aggressive site conditions may Technical 4. Water level 6M Refit sight glass, repack cock plugs Aggressive site conditions may
gauge and check for ease of operation. require increased frequency of gauge (sight and check for ease of operation require increased frequency of
these items. Gauge glasses should glasses) and isolation. these items. Gauge glasses should
be regularly replaced before they be regularly replaced before they
break. break.

Page 558 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Radiator Valves 12M Check air temperature calibration Low temperature surfaces for heat Other Radiator Valves 12M Check air temperature calibration Low temperature surfaces for heat
TRVs against surface temperature of heat emitters are desirable in homes for TRVs against surface temperature of heat emitters are desirable in homes for
emitter. Advise client if air flow senior citizens/disabled. emitter. Advise client if air flow senior citizens/disabled.
around sensor is resticted or around sensor is restricted or
effected by any reflected or other effected by any reflected or other
thermal gains. thermal gains.

Page 559 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

61-02 TAP AND OUTLET FITTINGS 61-02 TAP AND OUTLET FITTINGS
A large range of outlet fittings suitable for high and low pressure supplies are fitted in this country , Other A large range of outlet fittings suitable for high and low pressure supplies are fitted in this country ,
most requiring little or no regular maintenance except for the replacement of leaking washers, ceramic most requiring little or no regular maintenance except for the replacement of leaking washers, ceramic
disc cartridges or the repacking of spindle glands which should be done if warranted. disc cartridges or the repacking of spindle glands which should be done if warranted.
Other fittings which are available with a variety of special outlets, aerators, ball outlet joints, flow
straightens, flexible hoses, jet sprays, hand sprays, time delays, dechlorinators, filters and the like, Other fittings which are available with a variety of special outlets, aerators, ball outlet joints, flow
should be checked and cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions , using the straightens, flexible hoses, jet sprays, hand sprays, time delays, dechlorinators, filters and the like,
manufacturer’s recommended spares. should be checked and cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions , using the
Special care against damaging finishes should be taken with all terminal fittings, especially where gold manufacturer’s recommended spares.
plating or powder coating has been used.
Special care against damaging finishes should be taken with all terminal fittings, especially where gold
plating or powder coating has been used.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 12M Operate head to ensure the Clean exposed stem prior to Technical 1. Operational 12M Operate head to ensure the Clean exposed stem prior to
status. stopcock or tap is operating operation. If cock or tap fails to status. stopcock or tap is operating operation. If cock or tap fails to
correctly. If normally open, close isolate water supply, re-washer and correctly. If normally open, close, isolate water supply, re-washer and
and then re-open. reset as necessary. check that the flow of fluid stops reset as necessary.
and then re-open. When fully open,
close valve 1/2 turn to ensure valve
does not jam.
1.Operational 12M Operate handwheel or stem to test To comply with the Water Bye-law, Technical 1.Operational 12M Operate handwheel or stem to test To comply with the Water Bye-law,
status. that wedge is not seized in closed stop valves must not be less status. that wedge is not seized in closed stop valves must not be less
position. If normally open close suitable for the purpose than those position. If normally open close suitable for the purpose than those
valve and re-open. which comply with: BS 1010, BS valve and re-open. When fully which comply with: BS 1010-2:1973,
5433 or BS 5163 . open, close valve 1/2 turn to ensure BS 5433:1976 or BS 5163 -1 & 2:
valve does not jam. 2004

Page 560 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

61-03 SERVICE VALVES 61-03 SERVICE VALVES

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 12M Operate head to ensure the Clean exposed stem prior to Other 1. Operational 12M Operate head to ensure the Clean exposed stem prior to
status. stopcock or tap is operating operation. If cock or tap fails to status. stopcock or tap is operating operation. If cock or tap fails to
correctly. If normally open, close isolate water supply, re-washer and correctly. If normally open, close isolate water supply, re-washer and
and then re-open. reset as necessary. and then re-open. When fully open, reset as necessary.
close valve 1/2 turn to ensure valve
does not jam.
1. Operational 12M Operate handwheel or stem to test To comply with the Water Other 1. Operational 12M Operate handwheel or stem to test To comply with the Water
status. that wedge is not seized in closed Regulations, stop valves must be status. that wedge is not seized in closed Regulations, stop valves must be
position. If normally open close WRC approved and must not be position. If normally open close WRC approved and must not be
valve and re-open. less suitable for the purpose than valve and re-open. When fully less suitable for the purpose than
those which comply with: BS 1010, open, close valve 1/2 turn to ensure those which comply with: BS 1010,
BS 5433 or BS 5163. valve does not jam. BS 5433 or BS 5163.

Page 561 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

61-04 COMBINATION TAP ASSEMBLIES, MIXING VALVES/TAPS 61-04 COMBINATION TAP ASSEMBLIES, MIXING VALVES/TAPS
Note: The frequency and extent of attention required will vary according to the prevailing site and Other The frequency and extent of attention required will vary according to the prevailing site and
operational conditions, however the following guideline schedule is suggested to cover average duty operational conditions, however the following guideline schedule is suggested to cover average duty
and site conditions. For higher risk environments, e.g. Healthcare, more frequent checks may be and site conditions. For higher risk environments, e.g. Healthcare, more frequent checks may be
appropriate. See HVCA publications (ref; DCHI/1) for values and ACOP L8, 2001 for Legionella appropriate. See B&ES (the Building & Engineering Services Association, formerly the HVCA)
information. publications ref; DCHI/1 Domestic Central Heating Installation Specification for values and ACOP L8,
2000 (www.hse.gov.uk) for Legionella information.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Temperature For thermostat and pressure Technical 2. Temperature 0M For thermostat and pressure
balanced mixers, blend temperature balanced mixers, blend temperature
should stabilise quickly and remain should stabilise quickly and remain
with SYMBOL 177 \f 'Symbol' \s 12 within 1oC to 2oC of set value. For
2 oC of set value. For manual manual mixers, refer to
mixers, refer to commissioning data. commissioning data.
TO BE CHECKED AS TO WHAT IS
MEANT! At water temperatures above 50°C
there is a risk of scalding, which
increases with temperature and time
of contact. In premises used by
persons at risk, e.g. old people, sick
persons, people with reduced
mental capacity, reduced mobility,
anyone with sensory impairment
and children, fail safe
thermostatically controlled mixing
valves must be used. Department of
Health, HTM 04-01 Part A sets out
the safe water temperatures and
appropriate delivery devices
(TMV`s) over a range of
areas/activities. HS(G)220 Health
and safety in care homes - issued
12/01 (file 357) recommends that
where vulnerable people are at risk
from scalding during whole body
immersion, water temperatures do
not exceed 44°C. This should be
checked by clients`s staff at least
monthly. NHS MES (Model
Engineering Specification) D 08
applies.
b) Technical b) 6M Operate flow controls and check
adjustable/pre-set adjustable/pre-set blend temperature. Check
maximum. maximum. maximum and minimum blend
temperature.

Page 562 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

4. Temperature 6M Operate mixer at blend Check shift in blend temperature Technical 4. Temperature 6M Operate mixer at blend Check shift in blend temperature
control. temperature, then open other local with reference data compiled at the control. temperature, then open other local with reference data compiled at the
cold outlets off common supply. commissioning stage. cold outlets off common supply. commissioning stage.

At water temperatures above 50°C

there is a risk of scalding, which
increases with temperature and time
of contact. In premises used by
persons at risk, e.g. old people, sick
persons, people with reduced
mental capacity, reduced mobility,
anyone with sensory impairment
and children, fail safe
thermostatically controlled mixing
valves must be used. Department of
Health, HTM 04-01 Part A chapter 9
table 4 on page 31 sets out the safe
water temperatures and appropriate
delivery devices (TMV`s) over a
range of areas/activities. HS(G)220
Health and safety in care homes -
issued 12/01 (file 357) recommends
that where vulnerable people are at
risk from scalding during whole body
immersion, water temperatures do
not exceed 44°C. This should be
checked by client`s staff at least
monthly. NHS MES (Model
Engineering Specification) D 08
applies.
8. Spray heads 3M Check spray pattern and flow rate. Note ACOP L8, 2001 applies. Other 8. Spray heads 3M Check spray pattern and flow rate. ACOP L8, 2000 (www.hse.gov.uk)
(showers). Clean as appropriate. (showers). Clean and descale as appropriate. applies.

Page 563 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

a) ) temperature Technical a) ) temperature Operate mixing valve at blend Check shift in blend temperature
control, b) )flow control, b) )flow temperature, then isolate cold with reference data compiled at the
control(s), c) )inlet control(s), c) )inlet supply. Operate fully and check for commissioning stage.
check valves, d) check valves, d) effective closure. Check effective
)automatic drain )automatic drain operation. At water temperatures above 50°C
valve. valve. there is a risk of scalding, which
increases with temperature and time
of contact. In premises used by
persons at risk, e.g. old people, sick
persons, people with reduced
mental capacity, reduced mobility,
anyone with sensory impairment
and children, fail safe
thermostatically controlled mixing
valves must be used. Department of
Health, HTM 04-01 Part A sets out
the safe water temperatures and
appropriate delivery devices
(TMV`s) over a range of
areas/activities. HS(G)220 Health
and safety in care homes - issued
12/01 (file 357) recommends that
where vulnerable people are at risk
from scalding during whole body
immersion, water temperatures do
not exceed 44°C. This should be
checked by clients staff at least
monthly. NHS MES (Model
Engineering Specification) D 08
applies.

Page 564 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

61-05 SHOWER VALVES 61-05 SHOWER VALVES

Note: Frequency of maintenance will depend upon use and the quality of the water and should be Technical Frequency of maintenance will depend upon use and the quality of the water and should be agreed
agreed with client. with client. For higher risk environments, e.g. Healthcare, more frequent checks may be appropriate.
See B&ES (the Building & Engineering Services Association, formerly the HVCA) publications ref;
DCHI/1 Domestic Central Heating Installation Specification for values and ACOP L8, 2000 for
Legionella information.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
2. Thermostat. 6M Check mixed water outlet setting. Ensure digital Other 2. Thermostat. 6M Check mixed water outlet setting. Ensure digital thermometer/sensor
thermometer/sensor is immersed in is immersed in flowing water, if
flowing water, if measurement taken measurement taken at shower
at shower head. It a requirement head. It a requirement that the
that the sensing device is Certified sensing device is Certified as within
as within calibration, a mercury calibration, a mercury thermometer
thermometer must not be used. must not be used.
3. Temperature 6M Check mixed water outlet Limiter setting 42ºC. Technical 3. Temperature 6M Check mixed water outlet Limiter setting should be set
limiter. temperature at limit safety stop. limiter. temperature at limit safety stop. between 37oC and 46oC depending
on the users.

At water temperatures above 50°C

there is a risk of scalding, which
increases with temperature and time
of contact. In premises used by
persons at risk, e.g. old people, sick
persons, people with reduced
mental capacity, reduced mobility,
anyone with sensory impairment
and children, fail safe
thermostatically controlled mixing
valves must be used. Department of
Health, HTM 04-01 Part A sets out
the safe water temperatures and
appropriate delivery devices
(TMV`s) over a range of
areas/activities. HS(G)220 Health
and safety in care homes - issued
12/01 (file 357) recommends that
where vulnerable people are at risk
from scalding during whole body
immersion, water temperatures do
not exceed 44°C. This should be
checked by clients staff at least
monthly. NHS MES (Model
Engineering Specification) D 08
applies.
4. Strainers 6M Clean. Limiter setting 42ºC. Other 4. Strainers 6M Check and clean.
(where fitted). (where fitted).

Page 565 of 614

VALVES -AUTOMATIC CONTROL

Page 566 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

62-01 PRE - MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 62-01 PRE - MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any Technical This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any
maintenance is undertaken all Health and Safety precautions must be adhered to including system maintenance is undertaken all Health and Safety precautions must be adhered to including system
isolation. Care must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with isolation. Care must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with
environmental operating conditions. environmental operating conditions.
1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with
client. 1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with
2. Note any settings made; i.e. min/max travel balancing valve setting etc. client.
3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage.
4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking. 2. Keep note of any settings made; i.e. min/max travel balancing valve setting etc.
5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged.
6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer. 3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage.
There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms 4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking.
have been used in the schedules.
Manufacturer's maintenance instructions. 5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged.
Manufacturer's lubrication instructions.
6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer.

7. Check that control cables have been installed with the correct polarity

There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms
have been used in the schedules.

Manufacturer`s maintenance instructions.

Manufacturer`s lubrication instructions.

Technical

Page 567 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

62-02 ROTARY VALVES - Shoe or Slipper 62-02 ROTARY VALVES - Shoe or Slipper
This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any Technical This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any
maintenance is undertaken all Health and Safety precautions must be adhered to including system maintenance is undertaken all Health and Safety precautions must be adhered to including system
isolation. Care must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with isolation. Care must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with
environmental operating conditions. environmental operating conditions.
1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with 1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with
client. 2. Note any settings made; i.e. min/max travel balancing valve setting etc. client.
3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage.
4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking. 2. Keep a note of any settings made; i.e. min/max travel balancing valve setting etc.
5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged.
6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer. 3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage.
There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms 4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking.
have been used in the schedules.
Manufacturer's maintenance instructions. 5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged.
Manufacturer's lubrication instructions
6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer.

7. Check that control cables have been installed with the correct polarity

There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms
have been used in the schedules.

Manufacturer`s maintenance instructions.

Manufacturer`s lubrication instructions

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 12M Operate and check for correct Check by operation of the actuator, Other 1. Operational 12M Operate and check for correct Check by operation of the actuator,
status rotary travel. Refer to see - ACTUATORS - MOTOR status rotary travel. Refer to see - Acuators - motor driven SFG
manufacturer's maintenance DRIVEN. manufacturer`s maintenance 1-06.
instructions. instructions.

Page 568 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

62-03 BUTTERFLY AND BALL VALVES 62-03 BUTTERFLY AND BALL VALVES
Pre-maintenance Procedure Technical Pre-maintenance Procedure
This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any
maintenance is undertaken all safety precautions must be adhered to including system isolation. Care This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any
must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with environmental operating maintenance is undertaken all safety precautions must be adhered to including system isolation. Care
conditions. must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with environmental operating
1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with conditions.
client.
2. Note any settings made; i.e. min/max travel balancing valve setting etc. 1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with
3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage. client.
4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking.
5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged. 2. Keep a note of any settings made; i.e. min/max travel balancing valve setting etc.
6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer
There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and 3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage.
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms
have been used in the schedules. 4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking.
Manufacturer's maintenance instructions.
Manufacturer's lubrication instructions. 5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged.

6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer

7. Check that control cables have been installed with the correct polarity

There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms
have been used in the schedules.

Manufacturer`s maintenance instructions.

Manufacturer`s lubrication instructions.

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 12M Operate and check for correct Check by operation of the actuator, Other 1. Operational 12M Operate and check for correct Check by operation of the actuator,
status rotary travel. Refer to see - ACTUATORS - MOTOR status rotary travel. Refer to see - Acuators - motor driven SFG
manufacturer's maintenance DRIVEN. manufacturer`s maintenance 1-06.
instructions. instructions.

Page 569 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

62-04 SELF ACTING and THERMAL VALVES 62-04 SELF ACTING and THERMAL VALVES
Pre-maintenance procedure Technical <B>Pre-maintenance procedure</B>
This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any
maintenance is undertaken all Health and Safety precautions must be adhered to including system This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any
isolation. Care must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with maintenance is undertaken all Health and Safety precautions must be adhered to including system
environmental operating conditions. isolation. Care must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with
1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with environmental operating conditions.
client.
2. Note any settings made; i.e. min/max travel 1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with
3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage. client.
4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking.
5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged. 2. Keep a note of any settings made; i.e. min/max travel
6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer.
There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and 3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage.
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms
have been used in the schedules. 4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking.
Manufacturer's maintenance instructions.
Manufacturer's lubrication instructions. 5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged.

6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer.

7. Check that control cables have been installed with the correct polarity

There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms
have been used in the schedules.

Manufacturer`s maintenance instructions.

Manufacturer`s lubrication instructions.

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 12M Check for correct travel. Check Refer to - motor driven actuators. In Other 1. Operational 12M Check for correct travel. Check Check by operation of the actuator,
status. integrity of capillary. Refer to some cases manual override is only status. integrity of capillary. Refer to see - Acuators - motor driven SFG
manufacturer's maintenance available by removal of actuating manufacturer`s maintenance 1-06. In some cases manual
instructions. head. instructions. override is only available by removal
of actuating head.

Page 570 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

62-05 SOLENOID VALVES 62-05 SOLENOID VALVES

Pre-maintenance Procedure Other Pre-maintenance Procedure
This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any
maintenance is undertaken all Health and Safety precautions must be adhered to including system This procedure applies to all types of automatic control valves and requires that before any
isolation. Care must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with maintenance is undertaken all Health and Safety precautions must be adhered to including system
environmental operating conditions. isolation. Care must be taken to ensure that any maintenance does not unduly interfere with
1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with environmental operating conditions.
client.
2. Note any settings made; i.e. min/max travel balancing valve setting etc. 1. Inspect, where changes, disconnections or unrecorded settings are found, report and discuss with
3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage. client.
4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking.
5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged. 2. keep a note of any settings made; i.e. min/max travel balancing valve setting etc.
6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer.
There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and 3. Check valve body and fixings for any signs of corrosion or mechanical damage.
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms
have been used in the schedules. 4. Check that pipe flange or screw connections are not leaking.
Manufacturer's maintenance instructions.
Manufacturer's lubrication instructions. 5. Where fitted, check that the actuator yoke and linkages are secure and not bent or damaged.

6. Check correct installation of valve with reference to both type and manufacturer.

7. Check that control cables have been installed with the correct polarity

There are a large number of valve manufacturers who each call for specific maintenance and
lubrication procedures for their products, to avoid undue repetition in maintenance the following terms
have been used in the schedules.

Manufacturer`s maintenance instructions.

Manufacturer`s lubrication instructions.

Page 571 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

62-07 SEAT VALVES 62-07 SEAT VALVES

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Operational 12M Operate and check for correct Check by operation of the actuator, Other 1. Operational 12M Operate and check for correct Check by operation of the actuator,
status. linear movement. Motor Driven Actuators. See status. linear movement. see - Acuators - motor driven SFG
ACTUATORS-Motor Driven. 1-06.

Page 572 of 614

VEHICLE ACCESS

Page 573 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

63-01 UNDERFLOOR HEATING including VEHICLE ACCESS RAMPS 63-01 UNDERFLOOR HEATING including VEHICLE ACCESS RAMPS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Controls. 12M Check operation. For more detailed maintenance Other 3. Controls. 12M Check operation. For more detailed maintenance
instructors, see relevant section. instructors, see relevant section
Control panels and controllers SFG
14.
4. Frost 12M Check sensor, if faulty, replace. For more detailed maintenance Other 4. Frost 12M Check sensor, if faulty, replace.
actuation. Check operation. instructions, see relevant section. actuation. Check operation.

Page 574 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

63-02 AUTOMATIC VEHICLE BARRIER 63-02 AUTOMATIC VEHICLE BARRIER

Inform client before withdrawing or restoring electricity supply to barrier. Other Inform client before withdrawing or restoring electricity supply to barrier.
Isolation electrically should be secure, i.e. it should either be at the point of work or precautions should
be taken to prevent anyone else switching on again when work is in progress. This may require a Isolation electrically should be secure, i.e. it should either be at the point of work or precautions should
Permit To Work. be taken to prevent anyone else switching on again when work is in progress. This may require a
Permit To Work.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
6. Motor 6M Check for correct operation and (See also MOTORS.) Other 6. Motor 6M Check for correct operation and See also Motors SFG39-01.
overload. adjust as necessary. overload. adjust as necessary.

Page 575 of 614

VENTILATION ANCILLARIES

Page 576 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

64-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 64-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

1 Local Exhaust Ventilation (LEV) – fume extract Other 1 Local Exhaust Ventilation (LEV) – fume extract
In bus and vehicle garages and many other work areas where the build up of dangerous fumes may
occur, special air extraction systems are often required/installed. These may be fixed, flexible or In bus and vehicle garages and many other work areas where the build up of dangerous fumes may
mobile installations often incorporating controls and sensors. It is important to observe that the occur, special air extraction systems are often required/installed. These may be fixed, flexible or
maintenance, examination and testing of local exhaust ventilation HSG 258, 2008 applies under the mobile installations often incorporating controls and sensors. It is important to observe that the
COSHH Regulations. It is esential to ensure that any discharges do not cause harm to others, maintenance, examination and testing local exhaust ventilation highlighted in HSG 258: 2008
discharge areas are to be checked as safe. (www.hse.gov.uk), applies under the COSHH Regulations. It is essential to ensure that any
2 Life supporting systems discharges do not cause harm to others, discharge areas are to be checked as safe.
This equipment is essential in hazardous areas and it is vital that it must be well maintained. Because
of its importance maintenance of such equipment must be carried out by qualified specialist 2 Life supporting systems
personnel.
This equipment is essential in hazardous areas and it is vital that it must be well maintained. Because
of its importance maintenance of such equipment must be carried out by qualified specialist
personnel.

Page 577 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

64-02 MOTOR DRIVEN EXHAUST HOSE REEL 64-02 MOTOR DRIVEN EXHAUST HOSE REEL
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Extract Fans 6M Carry out routine maintenance of Depending on what the fans are
the extract fans. For Guidance see extracting, the maintenance
Fans - extract SFG 20-08 frequencies may need to be
increased.
Added 9 System 12M Undertaken a Thorough test and The maximum time between tests of
Inspection of the system in LEV systems is set down in COSHH
accordance with Section 10 of and for most systems this is 14
ACOP 258:2008. Thorough’ means months (see the exceptions in Table
careful, methodical, painstaking 18 of the ACOP 258:2008). In
and complete. The task should practice this is normally taken to
only be carried out by a competent mean annually. If wear and tear on
person. The term Competence is the LEV system is liable to mean
defined Chapter 2 and the that the system effectiveness will
Appendix 1 of the ACOP 258:2008 degrade between tests then
thorough examinations and tests
should be more frequent.
1. Hose, both 12M Check for flattening and damage. Other 2. Hose, both 12M Check for flattening and damage.
starter hose and Check condition of hose stop and starter hose and Check condition of hose stop and
extensions, if fitted location on hose. extensions, if fitted location on hose.
and hose stop. and hose stop.
2.Control box and 12M Check functions, i.e. up, down, With pendant control up/down only. Other 3.Control box and 12M Check functions, i.e. up, down, With pendant control up/down only.
operation. on/off fan if RCR reel fitted with Remote control reel (RCR) only has operation. on/off fan if RCR reel fitted with Remote control reel (RCR) only has
auto fan contractor. ability for:- on hose lowering fan will auto fan contractor. ability for:- on hose lowering fan will
start and on retraction will switch off start and on retraction will switch off
only if reel either a) combi-unit, or b) only if reel either a) combi-unit, or b)
fitted with fan contractor. fitted with fan contractor.
3. Upper and 12M Check function and condition of Lower limit switch activates when Other 4. Upper and 12M Check function and condition of Lower limit switch activates when
lower switches. upper and lower limit switch. reel has lowered its full length of lower switches. upper and lower limit switch. reel has lowered its full length of
hose. hose.
4. Infrared 12M Check functions and condition. Test Applies to RCR only. Other 5. Infrared 12M Check functions and condition. Applies to RCR only.
transmitter. battery and replace if necessary. transmitter. Test battery and replace if
necessary.
5. Main drive 12M Check overall condition of gear for Gear will be visible on removal of Other 6. Main drive 12M Check overall condition of gear for Gear will be visible on removal of
gear. wear. control cover. gear. wear. control cover.

6.Swivel coupling 12M Check for free drive/rotation of reel. (See also MOTORS Other 7 .Swivel coupling 12M Check for free drive/rotation of reel.
and drive motor. and drive motor.

7. Nozzle. 12M Check damper for damage and Mole grip type clamp only available Other 8. Nozzle. 12M Check damper for damage and Mole grip type clamp only available
operation of spring. Check on rubber/steel construction nozzle. operation of spring. Check on rubber/steel construction nozzle.
operation of grip and general operation of grip and general
condition of nozzle. condition of nozzle.

Page 578 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

64-03 SPRING RECOIL HOSE REEL 64-03 SPRING RECOIL HOSE REEL
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Hose, both 12M Check for flattening and damage. Other 2. Hose, both 12M Check for flattening and damage.
starter hose and Check condition of hose stop and starter hose and Check condition of hose stop and
extension, if fitted, location on hose. extension, if fitted, location on hose.
and hose stop. and hose stop.
2.Spring and 12M Check recoiling action of reel and Other 3.Spring and 12M Check recoiling action of reel and
ratchet. correct tensioning of spring. Check ratchet. correct tensioning of spring. Check
operation of ratchet. operation of ratchet.
3.Swivel coupling 12M Check for free movement/rotation Other 4.Swivel coupling 12M Check for free movement/rotation
and drum. of drum. and drum. of drum.

4. Auto on/off 12M Check location and mounting of two Other 5. Auto on/off 12M Check location and mounting of two
switch for fan, if switch trigger blocks on drum side. switch for fan, if switch trigger blocks on drum side.
fitted. Check operation of switch for fitted. Check operation of switch for
control fan. control fan.
5. 12M Check tension on mounting bolts Other 6.Suspension/mou 12M Check tension on mounting bolts
Suspension/mount and nip up if required. nting bolts. and nip up if required.
ing bolts.
6. Nozzle. 12M Check damper for damage and Mole grip type clamp only available Other 7. Nozzle. 12M Check damper for damage and Mole grip type clamp only available
operation of spring. Check on rubber/steel constructed nozzles. operation of spring. Check on rubber/steel constructed nozzles.
operation of grip and general operation of grip and general
condition of nozzle. condition of nozzle.
Added 1. Extract Fans 6M Carry out routine maintenance of Depending on what the fans are
the extract fans. For Guidance see extracting, the maintenance
Fans - extract SFG 20-08 frequencies may need to be
increased.
Added 9 System 12M Undertaken a thorough test and The maximum time between tests of
Inspection of the system in LEV systems is set down in COSHH
accordance with Section 10 of and for most systems this is 14
ACOP 258:2008. The task should months (see the exceptions in Table
only be carried out by a competent 18 of the ACOP 258:2008). In
person. The term Competence is practice this is normally taken to
defined Chapter 2 and the mean annually. If wear and tear on
Appendix 1 of the ACOP 258:2008 the LEV system is liable to mean
that the system effectiveness will
degrade between tests then
thorough examinations and tests
should be more frequent.

Page 579 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

64-04 MOBILE DUST SEPARATOR FOR SPOT EXTRACTION 64-04 MOBILE DUST SEPARATOR FOR SPOT EXTRACTION
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Extract Fans 6M Carry out routine maintenance of Depending on what the fans are
the extract fans. For Guidance see extracting, the maintenance
Fans - extract SFG 20-08 frequencies may need to be
increased.
Added 8. System 12M Undertaken a thorough test and The maximum time between tests of
Inspection of the system in LEV systems is set down in COSHH
accordance with Section 10 of and for most systems this is 14
ACOP 258:2008. The task should months (see the exceptions in Table
only be carried out by a competent 18 of the ACOP 258:2008). In
person. The term Competence is practice this is normally taken to
defined Chapter 2 and the mean annually. If wear and tear on
Appendix 1 of the ACOP 258:2008 the LEV system is liable to mean
that the system effectiveness will
degrade between tests then
thorough examinations and tests
should be more frequent.
Added 9. Mobile Unit 12M Undertake a test of the unit
(Portable Appliance Test) in line
with the requirements of the
Electricity at Work Act 1989
(Regulation 4(2)). For Guidance
see Portable equipment PAT testing
SFG 42-01.
1. Suction and 12M Check condition for damage or Other 2. Suction and 12M Check condition for damage or Frequency could be greater
interconnecting flattening. interconnecting flattening. depending on the process that the
hoses. hoses. LEV has been installed for. See
table 18 in HSG 258: 2008
2. Mounting. 12M Check tension on mounting bolt Other 3. Mounting. 12M Check tension on mounting bolt
between handle, dust collector, between handle, dust collector, plus
plus motor and filter housing. motor and filter housing.
3. Switch cable 12M Check full length of cable for Other 4. Switch cable 12M Check full length of cable for
and motor. damage and operation of switch. and motor. damage and operation of switch.
Check for smooth running of motor. Check for smooth running of motor.
4. Pressure 12M Check condition and connections of Other 5. Pressure 12M Check condition and connections of
reduction hose. small bore hose. reduction hose. small bore hose.

5. Gaskets and 12M Check top of cyclone for debris and For access, unclip lid assembly from Other 6. Gaskets and 12M Check top of cyclone for debris and For access, unclip lid assembly from
cyclone mounting correct location of mounting rod. over-bin and unbolt cyclone plate. cyclone mounting correct location of mounting rod. over-bin and unbolt cyclone plate.
rod. After replacing lid and cyclone rod. After replacing lid and cyclone
arrangement check seating of arrangement check seating of
gasket. gasket.
6. Filter. 12M Check condition and replace as Test pressure of supplies and Other 7. Filter. 12M Check condition and replace as Test pressure of supplies and
necessary. On replacement of filter ensure they conform to the necessary. On replacement of filter ensure they conform to the
check condition of gasket. manufacturers recommendations check condition of gasket. manufacturers recommendations
and record results on and record results on
commissioning sheet. commissioning sheet.

Page 580 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

64-05 MOBILE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED CYCLONE SEPARATOR 64-05 MOBILE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED CYCLONE SEPARATOR
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Suction and 12M Check condition for damage or Other 2. Suction and 12M Check condition for damage or
interconnecting flattening. interconnecting flattening.
hoses. hoses.
2. Mounting. 12M Check tension on mounting bolt to Other 3. Mounting. 12M Check tension on mounting bolt to
trolley and tighten as necessary. trolley and tighten as necessary.

3. Control box 12M Check functions of control box, e.g. When running check correct Other 4. Control box 12M Check functions of control box, e.g. When running check correct
and cable. on/off. Check full length of cable for direction of rotation of fan. and cable. on/off. Check full length of cable direction of rotation of fan.
damage. for damage.
4. Pre-filter. 12M Visually check condition of main For access, pull back rubber collar Other 5. Pre-filter. 12M Visually check condition of main For access, pull back rubber collar
gear wheel on filter and drive gear at the top of the filter housing, gear wheel on filter and drive gear at the top of the filter housing,
on cleaning handle. Visually check remove retaining screws and on cleaning handle. Visually check remove retaining screws and
condition of pre-filter and seating of carefully remove filter cover. condition of pre-filter and seating of carefully remove filter cover.
gasket. gasket.
5. Filter. 12M Check condition of flipstrip filter and Note:- Discarded filter elements Other 6. Filter. 12M Check condition of flipstrip filter and Discarded filter elements should be
replace if necessary. Ensure should be placed in sealed bags for replace if necessary. Ensure placed in sealed bags for disposal.
correct seating of gasket. disposal. Waste Disposal correct seating of gasket. Waste Disposal Regulations may
Regulations advance \U 0.0 may apply
apply - WHAT IS MEANT HERE?
6. Cone valve. 12M Check condition and operation of This valve should rise when the unit Other 7. Cone valve. 12M Check condition and operation of This valve should rise when the unit
valve. is switched on and lower as the valve. is switched on and lower as the
vacuum decreases when the unit is vacuum decreases when the unit is
switched off. switched off.
Added 1. Extract Fans 6M Carry out routine maintenance of Depending on what the fans are
the extract fans. For Guidance see extracting, the maintenance
Fans - extract SFG 20-08 frequencies may need to be
increased.
Added 8. System 12M Undertaken a thorough test and The maximum time between tests of
Inspection of the system in LEV systems is set down in COSHH
accordance with Section 10 of and for most systems this is 14
ACOP 258:2008. The task should months (see the exceptions in Table
only be carried out by a competent 18 of the ACOP 258:2008). In
person. The term Competence is practice this is normally taken to
defined Chapter 2 and the mean annually. If wear and tear on
Appendix 1 of the ACOP 258:2008 the LEV system is liable to mean
that the system effectiveness will
degrade between tests then
thorough examinations and tests
should be more frequent.
Added 9. Mobile Unit 12M Undertake a test of the unit
(Portable Appliance Test) in line
with the requirements of the
Electricity at Work Act 1989
(Regulation 4(2)). For Guidance
see Portable equipment PAT testing
SFG 42-01.

Page 581 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

64-06 VEHICLE EXHAUST RAIL SYSTEM 64-06 VEHICLE EXHAUST RAIL SYSTEM
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Extract Fans 6M Carry out routine maintenance of Depending on what the fans are
the extract fans. For Guidance see extracting, the maintenance
Fans - extract SFG 20-08 frequencies may need to be
increased.
Added 11. System 12M Undertaken a thorough test and The maximum time between tests of
Inspection of the system in LEV systems is set down in COSHH
accordance with Section 10 of and for most systems this is 14
ACOP 258:2008. The task should months (see the exceptions in Table
only be carried out by a competent 18 of the ACOP 258:2008). In
person. The term Competence is practice this is normally taken to
defined Chapter 2 and the mean annually. If wear and tear on
Appendix 1 of the ACOP 258:2008 the LEV system is liable to mean
that the system effectiveness will
degrade between tests then
thorough examinations and tests
should be more frequent.
1. Hose on 12M Check condition of hose for Examine both upper and lower Other 2. Hose on 12M Check condition of hose for Examine both upper and lower
suction unit. flattening and damage. hoses. suction unit. flattening and damage. hoses.

2. Safety break 12M Check overall condition of coupling Access to spring clips is achieved by Other 3. Safety break 12M Check overall condition of coupling Access to spring clips is achieved by
coupler. and location of and condition of pulling back centre rubber collar. coupler. and location of and condition of pulling back centre rubber collar.
spring clips between retaining pins. spring clips between retaining pins.
3. Nozzle. 12M Check damper for damage and Mole grip type clamp only available Other 4. Nozzle. 12M Check damper for damage and Mole grip type clamp only available
operation of spring. Check on rubber/steel constructed nozzles. operation of spring. Check on rubber/steel constructed nozzles.
operation of grip and general operation of grip and general
condition of nozzle. condition of nozzle.
4. Suction trolley. 12M Check trolley for free rolling without Mole grip type clamp only available Other 5. Suction trolley. 12M Check trolley for free rolling without Mole grip type clamp only available
play movement. on rubber/steel constructed nozzles. play movement. on rubber/steel constructed nozzles.

5. Auto 12M Check operation by clamping a Not fitted on manual disconnect Other 6. Auto 12M Check operation by clamping a Not fitted on manual disconnect
disconnect small piece of steel or alternative units. Clamp jaws should open on disconnect small piece of steel or alternative units. Clamp jaws should open on
system. between jaws of clamp. Slide trolley ball assembly location in system. between jaws of clamp. Slide ball assembly location in
to disconnect position and ensure disconnection brackets. trolley to disconnect position and disconnection brackets.
correct location. ensure correct location.
6. Rubber seal. 12M Check overall condition. May be lubricated with silicone Other 7. Rubber seal. 12M Check overall condition. May be lubricated with silicone
spray. spray.

7. 12M Check tension on mounting bolts May be lubricated with silicone Other 8. 12M Check tension on mounting bolts May be lubricated with silicone
Suspension/Mount and nip up if required. spray. Suspension/Mount and nip up if required. spray.
ing bolts. ing bolts.
8. Duct 12M Check seal and condition of end Other 9. Duct 12M Check seal and condition of end
connections. caps and fan duct connection pipe. connections. caps and fan duct connection pipe.

Page 582 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

64-07 WOOD DUST EXTRACTION

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Extract Fans 6M Carry out routine maintenance of Depending on what the fans are
the extract fans. For guidance see extracting, the maintenance
Fans - Extract SFG 20-08 frequencies may need to be
increased.
Added 2. System - 6M Carry out operation check of unit Carry out operation check of unit
General and note any unusual noises, and note any unusual noises,
vibrations or odours.lean or replace vibrations or odours.lean or replace
filters as required. filters as required.
Check filter retaining frames are in
good condition.
Clean out any dust or shavings
trapped witin the system.
Wipe down fan impeller.
Check motor airways are clear.
Check ductwork and inlet guards
are in good condition, free from
leaks, and allow unimpeded
removal of dust.
Check all brackets, fixings and bolts
are secure.
Check discharge area is clean and
tidy.
Check bag shaker and bag
securing clips.
Test control functions.
Added 3. Suction and 12M Check condition for damage or Frequency could be greater
interconnecting flattening. depending on the process that the
hoses. LEV has been installed for. See
table 18 in HSG 258: 2011
Added 4. Mounting. 12M Check tension on mounting bolt
between handle, dust collector, plus
motor and filter housing.
Added 5. Switch cable 12M Check full length of cable for
and motor. damage and operation of switch.
Check for smooth running of motor.
Check controls are in good
condition. Check local isolator for
signs of overheating and smooth
operation. Open isolator and clean
if required.
Added 6. Pressure 12M Check condition and connections of
reduction hose. small bore hose.

Added 7. Gaskets and 12M Check top of cyclone for debris and For access, unclip lid assembly from
cyclone mounting correct location of mounting rod. over-bin and unbolt cyclone plate.
rod. After replacing lid and cyclone
arrangement check seating of
gasket.

Page 583 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 8. Filter. 12M Check condition and replace as Test pressure of supplies and
necessary. On replacement of filter ensure they conform to the
check condition of gasket. manufacturers recommendations
and record results on
commissioning sheet.
Added 9. Lighting 12M Check illumination in booths and
hoods if appropriate.

Added 10. System 12M Undertaken a thorough test and The maximum time between tests of
inspection of the system in LEV systems is set down in COSHH
accordance with Section 10 of and for most systems this is 14
ACOP 258:2011. The task should months (see the exceptions in Table
only be carried out by a competent 18 of the ACOP 258:2011). In
person. The term Competence is practice this is normally taken to
defined Chapter 2 and the mean annually. If wear and tear on
Appendix 1 of the ACOP 258:2011 the LEV system is liable to mean
that the system effectiveness will
degrade between tests then
thorough examinations and tests
should be more frequent.
Added 11. Mobile Unit 12M Undertake a test of the unit
(Portable Appliance Test) in line
with the requirements of the
Electricity at Work Act 1989
(Regulation 4(2)). For Guidance
see portable equipment PAT testing
SFG 42-01.
Added 12. Hoods, 12M Check ductwork condition,
canopies and duct especially flexible ducts clean as
interiors appropriate. Check cleanliness of
hoods, especially canopies and
clean as appropriate. Check the
mechanical integrity, eg corrosion,
damage, seals, dampers, sash
suspensions etc.

Check the make-up air is working

without draughts or blockages.
Added 13. Extract 12M Carry out annual service in strict In accordance with BS EN
Explosion accordance with manufacturers 14373:2005 Explosion suppression
Suppression instructions systems.
System

Page 584 of 614

WATER TREATMENT

Page 585 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES 65-01 INTRODUCTORY PROCEDURES

Water may be used for a variety of purposes within buildings, some of the applications will require the Technical Water may be used for a variety of purposes within buildings, some of the applications will require the
water supplied to the building to be treated in order to render it suitable for the purpose for which it is water supplied to the building to be treated in order to render it suitable for the purpose for which it is
to be used. The maintenance requirements for water treatment plants will vary and be specific to the to be used. The maintenance requirements for water treatment plants will vary and be specific to the
equipment used and the nature of the application. equipment used and the nature of the application.
Potable or Drinking Water
Public water supplies Potable or Drinking Water
Buildings in the UK are usually supplied with ‘towns mains’ portable water from a water supply
undertaker. (Water Companies in England, Regional Councils in Scotland and the Department of the Public water supplies
Environment in Northern Ireland).
The quality of potable water is controlled by legislation and should require no further treatment before Buildings in the UK are usually supplied with ‘towns mains’ potable water from a water supply
consumption provided that the water is fed directly to the point of use. However point of use water undertaker. (Water Companies in England, Regional Councils in Scotland and the Department of the
treatment devices may be found on these supplies. Environment in Northern Ireland).
Private water supplies
Buildings may have their own water supply such as a borehole or a well, or may receive water from a The quality of potable water is controlled by legislation and should require no further treatment before
private supply which services more than one building. These water supplies may require treatment in consumption provided that the water is fed directly to the point of use. However point of use water
order to make them potable. treatment devices may be found on these supplies.
Main uses of Treated Water
Hot water and steam raising Private water supplies
Most water supplies require some form of treatment in order to avoid the scaling or corrosion of heat
exchange surfaces caused by dissolved solids or impurities in the water. Buildings may have their own water supply such as a borehole or a well, or may receive water from a
Air conditioning and heating private supply which services more than one building. These water supplies may require treatment in
In air-conditioned buildings treated water is used in the cooling system water. This is essential in order order to make them potable.
to ensure and maintain effective operation of the equipment. Proper treatment has a bearing on
energy costs, the implementation of the HASAWA and legionellosis control. Cooling towers that have Main uses of Treated Water
not been maintained regularly must be considered as HAZARDOUS and must not be maintained by
persons who may be susceptible to Legionella. (For detailed comment see HEAT REJECTION). Hot water and steam raising
Circulatory heating and cooling systems may be provided with automatic or manual dosing equipment
WATER TREATMENT AND CONDITIONING Most water supplies require some form of treatment in order to avoid the scaling or corrosion of heat
Humidification exchange surfaces caused by dissolved solids or impurities in the water.
Certain types of humidification systems also have water treatment equipment which requires regular
maintenance to ensure proper humidification performance. (For individual HUMIDIFIERS see relevant Air conditioning and heating
section).
Cold water services In air-conditioned buildings treated water is used in the cooling system water. This is essential in order
In certain buildings cold water used for non-portable cold water services may be treated. to ensure and maintain effective operation of the equipment. Proper treatment has a bearing on
Recreational and therapeutic applications energy costs, the implementation of the HASAWA (www.hse.gov.uk) and legionellosis control. Cooling
Facilities such as swimming pools, saunas, whirlpool, spa baths and hydrotherapy pools, all require towers that have not been maintained regularly must be considered as HAZARDOUS and must not be
treatment of the water to maintain microbiological and aesthetic conditions suitable for their purpose. maintained by persons who may be susceptible to Legionella. (For detailed comment see Heat
Treatment Categories rejection SFG 30-02.
Water treatment falls into the following categories:
A Ion exchange Circulatory heating and cooling systems may be provided with automatic or manual dosing equipment
1. Base exchange softening - commercial
2. Base exchange softening - domestic WATER TREATMENT AND CONDITIONING
3. De-ionisation (de-mineralisation) including de-alkalisation
B Filtration conditioning and pH treatment Humidification
Central plant
1. Iron removal Certain types of humidification systems also have water treatment equipment which requires regular
2. pH correction maintenance to ensure proper humidification performance. (For individual Humidifiers including
3. Active carbon filtration disinfection procedures SFG 33-01 to 33-07 see relevant section).
4. Turbidity removal (clarification)
Point of use Cold water services
5. Active carbon filtration
6. Bacteria removal filters In certain buildings cold water used for non-portable cold water services may be treated.
7. Sediment removal filters
Page 586 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

8. Reverse osmosis (see Section D) Recreational and therapeutic applications

9. Ultra violet disinfection (see Section E)
C Chemical dosing Facilities such as swimming pools, saunas, whirlpool, spa baths and hydrotherapy pools, all require
1. Chlorination treatment of the water to maintain microbiological and aesthetic conditions suitable for their purpose.
2. Bromination
3. Oxygen scavenging, corrosion and scale inhibitors Treatment Categories
4. Phosphate dosing
5. Biocide Water treatment falls into the following categories:
D Reverse osmosis
1. Reverse osmosis purification A) Ion exchange
E Ultra violet
F Ozonation 1. Base exchange softening - commercial

2. Base exchange softening - domestic

3. De-ionisation (de-mineralisation) including de-alkalisation

B) Filtration conditioning and pH treatment

Central plant

1. Iron removal

2. pH correction

3. Active carbon filtration

4. Turbidity removal (clarification)

Point of use

5. Active carbon filtration

6. Bacteria removal filters

7. Sediment removal filters

8. Reverse osmosis (see Section D)

9. Ultra violet disinfection (see Section E)

C) Chemical dosing

1. Chlorination

2. Bromination

3. Oxygen scavenging, corrosion and scale inhibitors

4. Phosphate dosing

5. Biocide

6. Salinity (Brine systems)

Page 587 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

D) Reverse osmosis
1. Reverse osmosis purification

E) Ultra violet

F) Ozonation

Page 588 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-02 ION EXCHANGE PLANT - BASE EXCHANGE SOFTENING - commercial 65-02 ION EXCHANGE PLANT - BASE EXCHANGE SOFTENING - commercial
Note: Maintenance of water treatment plant is very important to avoid scaling of heat exchange Other Maintenance of water treatment plant is very important to avoid scaling of heat exchange surfaces in
surfaces in plant which can lead to deposits and subsequent blockage of outlet fittings, in addition it plant which can lead to deposits and subsequent blockage of outlet fittings, in addition it can lead to
can lead to energy wastage and increased costs. The operator should refer to and be familiar with the energy wastage and increased costs. The operator should refer to and be familiar with the
manufacturer's operator's handbook and follow the manufacturer's recommendations regarding the manufacturer`s operator`s handbook and follow the manufacturer`s recommendations regarding the
frequency at which the various maintenance functions should be carried out. These can vary frequency at which the various maintenance functions should be carried out. These can vary
depending on the type of plant and manufacturer. depending on the type of plant and manufacturer.
In addition to the routine checks below the client`s operator will undertake operational tasks including
checking salt levels in the salt saturator/brine tank, check and record, in the log book, inlet water
hardness and outlet (soft) water hardness. The operator will check for leaks and if present, locate
source and report (leaks on control valves and vessel, manufacturer`s advice should be sought).
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Salt saturator 6M Check salt level and report as In addition to routine checks, the Deleted
(may be combined necessary. frequency may be altered by the
with brine tank). client's operator to suit usage.
2. Brine tank 6M Clean as appropriate. Check with If brine is not fully saturated, brine Other 1. Brine tank 6M Clean as appropriate. Check with If brine is not fully saturated, brine
(where fitted brineometer that brine is fully system requires further (where fitted brineometer that brine is fully system requires further
separately). saturated. investigation. Client should be separately). saturated. investigation. client should be
advised and matter referred to advised and matter referred to
manufacturer or equipment supplier. manufacturer or equipment supplier.
3. Overflow and 6M Clean and clear of debris and dirt. Other 2. Overflow and 6M Clean and clear of debris and dirt.
drain. drain.

4. Water leaks. 6M If present, locate source and report. For control valves and vessel, Deleted
manufacturer's advice should be
sought.
5. Inlet water 6M Measure and record in plant log. If the raw water hardness increases Deleted
hardness. or decreases by more than 5% of
the initially specified level, refer to
manufacturer/supplier's instructions.
6. Outlet (soft) 6M Measure from sample of water Treated water may be hard due to Deleted
water hardness. taken when softener is in use and over running or fault condition which
water is flowing. should be rectified.
7. Electrical 6M Check condition of all electrical Refer to plant operator's manual. Other 3. Electrical 6M Check condition of all electrical Refer to plant operator`s manual.
control system connections. control system connections.
(where fitted). (where fitted).
8. Regeneration 6M Put plant into regeneration If system malfunctioning, refer to Other 4. Regeneration 6M Put plant into regeneration If system malfunctioning, refer to
sequence. sequence and check all stages of manufacturer or supplier. sequence. sequence and check all stages of manufacturer or supplier.
operation. operation.
9. Pressure drop 6M Check and record in plant log. A gradual build up in back pressure Other 5. Pressure drop 6M Check and record in plant log. A gradual build up in back pressure
over softener could indicate fouling or breakdown over softener could indicate fouling or breakdown
(where provision to of the ion exchange medium. (where provision of the ion exchange medium.
measure exists). to measure
exists).
10. Booster 6M Carry out maintenance programme Technical 6. Booster 6M Carry out maintenance programme
pumps. as detailed in PUMPS. pumps. as detailed in Pumps SFG 45-12

Page 589 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

11. Ancillary 6M Inspect for check operation and Other 7. Ancillary 6M Inspect for check operation and
controls and report. controls and report.
probes (where probes (where
fitted) a) fitted) a)
conductivity, b) conductivity, b)
electro electro
chlorination. chlorination.
12. Plant. Check overall condition and report. Other 8. Plant. 6M Check overall condition and report.

13. Valves. 6M Overhaul individual valves. Technical 9. Valves. 6M Overhaul individual valves as
detailed in Valves SFG 61-03

14. Back flow 6M Check operation. Where operation is between two Other 10. Back flow 6M Check operation. Where operation is between two
prevention tanks, check can be carried out by prevention tanks, check can be carried out by
devices. observing whether there is a change devices. observing whether there is a change
of levels of the two tanks. of levels of the two tanks.
15. 6M Set up flow rates to suit. Report details to client. Other 11. 6M Set up flow rates to suit. Report details to client.
Recommissioning. Recommissioning.

16. Water test. 6M Final water test taken. Back pressure readings will give Other 12. Water test. 6M Final water test taken. Back pressure readings will give
some indication of the condition of some indication of the condition of
the resin bed. Take sample and the resin bed. Take sample and
send to laboratory if part of service send to laboratory if part of service
schedule agreed with client. schedule agreed with client.
17. Major 36M Details should be agreed with client. Other 13. Major 36M Details should be agreed with client.
overhaul. overhaul.

Page 590 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-03 ION EXCHANGE PLANT - BASE EXCHANGE SOFTENING - domestic 65-03 ION EXCHANGE PLANT - BASE EXCHANGE SOFTENING - domestic
(capacity usually below 50 litres) (capacity usually below 50 litres)
Added Maintenance of water treatment plant is very important to avoid scaling of heat exchange surfaces in
plant which can lead to deposits and subsequent blockage of outlet fittings, in addition it can lead to
energy wastage and increased costs. The operator should refer to and be familiar with the
manufacturer`s operator`s handbook and follow the manufacturer`s recommendations regarding the
frequency at which the various maintenance functions should be carried out. These can vary
depending on the type of plant and manufacturer.
In addition to the routine checks below the client`s operator will undertake operational tasks including
checking salt levels in the salt saturator/brine tank, check and record, in the log book, inlet water
hardness and outlet (soft) water hardness. The operator will check for leaks and if present, locate
source and report (leaks on control valves and vessel, manufacturer`s advice should be sought).
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
4. Inlet water 12M Measure and record in plant log, Deleted
hardness. adjust plant as appropriate.

5. Outlet (soft) 12M Measure from sample of water Deleted

water hardness. taken when softener is in use and
water is flowing.
6. Water leaks. 6M If present, locate source and report. For control valves and vessel, Deleted
manufacturer's advice should be
sought.
7. Electrical 6M Check condition of all electrical Other 4. Electrical 6M Check condition of all electrical
control system connections. control system connections.
(where fitted). (where fitted).
8. Regeneration 6M Put plant into regeneration A gradual reduction in service flow Other 5. Regeneration 6M Put plant into regeneration A gradual reduction in service flow
sequence. sequence and check all stages of may indicate breakdown of the sequence. sequence and check all stages of may indicate breakdown of the
operation. medium. operation. medium.
9. Booster 6M Carry out maintenance programme Technical 6. Booster 6M Carry out maintenance programme
pumps. as detailed in PUMPS. pumps. as detailed in Pumps SFG 45-12

10. Ancillary 6M Inspect for check operation and Other 7. Ancillary 6M Inspect for check operation and
controls and report. controls and report.
probes (where probes (where
fitted) a) fitted) a)
conductivity, b) conductivity, b)
electro electro
chlorination. chlorination.
11. Back flow 6M Check operation. Where operation is between two Other 8. Back flow 6M Check operation. Where operation is between two
prevention tanks, check can be carried out by prevention tanks, check can be carried out by
devices. observing whether there is a change devices. observing whether there is a change
of levels of the two tanks. of levels of the two tanks.
12. 12M Set up flow rates to suit. Report details to client. Other 9. 12M Set up flow rates to suit. Report details to client.
Recommissioning. Recommissioning.

13. Water test. 6M Take final water test. Back pressure readings will give Other 10. Water test. 6M Take final water test. Back pressure readings will give
some indication of the condition of some indication of the condition of
the resin bed. Take sample and the resin bed. Take sample and
send to laboratory if part of service send to laboratory if part of service
schedule agreed with client. schedule agreed with client.

Page 591 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

14. Major 36M Details should be agreed with client. Other 11. Major 36M Details should be agreed with client.
overhaul. overhaul.

Page 592 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-04 SPECIAL WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS 65-04 SPECIAL WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS
This type of plant is normally serviced by the manufacturer or their agent. Other This type of plant is normally serviced by the manufacturer or their agent.

Page 593 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-05 FILTRATION, CONDITIONING and pH CORRECTION - central plant 65-05 FILTRATION, CONDITIONING and pH CORRECTION - central plant
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Feed water 3M Collection samples of feed and If the maximum concentration of iron Technical 1. Feed water 3M Collection samples of feed and If the maximum concentration of
and treated water treated water and visually compare in the treated water is specified, and treated water treated water and visually compare iron in the treated water is specified,
iron levels. differences in clarity. send sample to laboratory for iron levels. differences in clarity. It may be of send sample to laboratory for
analysis. benefit to compare samples against analysis.
a white background.

Page 594 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-06 FILTRATION and CONDITIONING - POINT OF USE 65-06 FILTRATION and CONDITIONING - POINT OF USE
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Control 12M Check operation. Technical 3. Control 12M Check operation as described in
isolating valve. isolating valve. Valves SFG 61-03

Bacterial removal 3M Remove, clean and disinfect If flow drops to an unacceptable Technical Bacterial removal 3M Remove, clean and disinfect If flow drops to an unacceptable
filters. 1. Cartridge cartridge. Inspect for cracking or level earlier maintenance may be filters. 1. cartridge. Inspect for cracking or level earlier maintenance may be
type. damage. Change cartridge. necessary. Disinfection may not be Cartridge type. damage. Change cartridge. necessary. Disinfection may not be
required, refer to manufacturer's required, refer to manufacturer`s
instructions. Interval may be less instructions.
than 48m if frequency of cleaning
become unacceptably short.
b) control isolating 12M Check operation. Technical b) control isolating 12M Check operation as described in
valve. valve. Valves SFG 61-03

3. Control 12M Check operation. Technical 3. Control 12M Check operation as described in
isolating valve. isolating valve. Valves SFG 61-03

Page 595 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-07 REVERSE OSMOSIS 65-07 REVERSE OSMOSIS

Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
5. Valves. 6M Check action. Detailed information on the Technical 5. Valves. 6M Check action. Detailed information on the
maintenance of VALVES, see maintenance of Valves SFG 61-01.
relevant section.

Page 596 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-08 ULTRA VIOLET DISINFECTION UNIT 65-08 ULTRA VIOLET DISINFECTION UNIT
Caution: Ultra violet radiation is dangerous to the eyes, avoid looking directly at the lamp when Other Caution: Ultra violet radiation is dangerous to the eyes, avoid looking directly at the lamp when
illuminated. illuminated.

Page 597 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-09 OZONATION PLANT 65-09 OZONATION PLANT

Note: This schedule applies to larger size plants producing more than 30 grammes of ozone per hour. Technical This schedule applies to larger size plants producing more than 30 grammes of ozone per hour.
Smaller sized plant should be checked weekly by client's staff Smaller sized plant should be checked weekly by client`s staff.

There is a significantly greater risk of hazardous exposure from leaks from larger generators,
producing 2 gms or more Ozone per hour. Adequate health and safety data including emergency
procedures, in the event of human exposure above safe exposure limits should be displayed near the
generating equipment and any plant or equipment supplied by it.

A permit to work system may be in place. In which case, the Authorised person must be contacted and
a Permit issued before any work can commence on the equipment.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 1. Joints and 1W All mechanical joints and unions
Unions exposed to ozone should be
opened up and the rubber seals
inspected to check if perishing or
any wear and deformation is
occurring If found, the seals should
be replaced before restarting the
equipment again.
1. Dielectric 6M Remove ozone generating After cleaning and reassembly, Other 2. Dielectric 6M Remove ozone generating After cleaning and reassembly,
tubes and modules, inspect and clean vacuum test to ensure soundness of tubes and modules, inspect and clean vacuum test to ensure soundness of
electrode dielectric tubes and electrode both the intermediate tubeplate and electrode dielectric tubes and electrode both the intermediate tubeplate and
assemblies. assemblies. All glass tube 'O' rings seals. assemblies. assemblies. All glass tube `O` rings seals.
must be replaced and steel liners must be replaced and steel liners
cleaned cleaned
2. Filter cartridge 6M Remove and replace. Inspect 'O' Other 3. Filter cartridge 6M Remove and replace. Inspect `O`
in main airline from ring seals, replace if necessary. in main airline ring seals, replace if necessary.
dryer. from dryer.
3. Dew point 6M Check calibration. Refer to manufacturer's instructions. Other 4. Dew point 6M Check calibration. Refer to manufacturer`s instructions.
monitor probe. monitor probe.

4. i) solenoid 6M Remove and replace valve seals See SWITCHES. Other 5. i) solenoid 6M Remove and replace valve seals See Switches SFG 58.
valves (where and clean valve seats. Check valves (where and clean valve seats. Check
fitted), ii) proximity operation. fitted), ii) proximity operation.
switches (where switches (where
fitted). fitted).
5. Suction and 6M Check condition, remove and Other 6. Suction and 6M Check condition, remove and
discharge piping. replace purge pump membrane discharge piping. replace purge pump membrane and
and diaphragm. diaphragm.
6. Cooling water 6M Check flow rate and operation of Each module should be checked. Other 7. Cooling water 6M Check flow rate and operation of Each module should be checked.
flow. proximity switch. flow. proximity switch.

7. Ozone 6M Check rate and operation of airflow Other 8. Ozone 6M Check rate and operation of airflow
generator air flow. proximity switch. generator air flow. proximity switch.

8. High 6M Check operation. Other 9. High 6M Check operation.

temperature temperature
protection circuit. protection circuit.
9. Internal 6M Check for leakage or damage. Other 10. Internal 6M Check for leakage or damage.
pipework. pipework.

Page 598 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

10. Air dryer 6M Check the timing and adjust as Other 11. Air dryer 6M Check the timing and adjust as
control unit. necessary. control unit. necessary.

iii) chiller unit (if 6M Check operation. For detailed maintenance of Other iii) chiller unit (if 6M Check operation. For detailed maintenance of
fitted), refrigeration and chilling unit see fitted), refrigeration and chilling unit see
CHILLERS . Chillers SFG 09.

Page 599 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-10 CHEMICAL DOSING 65-10 CHEMICAL DOSING

Regular dosing of treated water may be carried out manually or automatically on a discrete or Other Regular dosing of treated water may be carried out manually or automatically on a discrete or
continuous basis. Certain maintenance operations are common for all types of chemical dosing but continuous basis. Certain maintenance operations are common for all types of chemical dosing but
specific requirements may apply to individual treatments such as: specific requirements may apply to individual treatments such as:
Chlorination - Bromination - Oxygen scavenging, corrosion and scale inhibitors - Phosphate dosing -
Biocides Chlorination - Bromination - Oxygen scavenging, corrosion and scale inhibitors - Phosphate dosing -
In all cases refer to the manufacturer's instructions. Care should be taken in the storage, Biocides
handling, disposal of all chemicals; note that COSHH Regulations apply.
In all cases refer to the manufacturer`s instructions. Care should be taken in the storage, handling,
disposal of all chemicals; COSHH (www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/coshh/index.htm) Regulations
apply.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
3. Chemicals. 6M Fill dosing pot to correct level with Ensure correct type of chemical Technical 3. Chemicals. 6M If required, fill dosing pot to correct Ensure correct type of chemical
appropriate chemical or chemical treatment is used for application. level with appropriate chemical or treatment is used for application.
solution for application. Care is required in the handling of chemical solution for application. Care is required in the handling of
chemicals which should be carried chemicals which should be carried
out in accordance with COSHH out in accordance with COSHH
Regulations . (www.hse.gov.uk/hthdir/noframes/co
shh/index.htm) Regulations .
4. Dosing. 6M Manipulate valves to ensure correct Technical 4. Dosing. 6M If Required, Manipulate valves to
dosing of the system. ensure correct dosing of the
system.

Page 600 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-11 ADIABATIC COOLING - Introductory Information and Procedures 65-11 ADIABATIC COOLING - Introductory Information and Procedures
Whilst legionella bacteria are most active in the temperature range 20 °C to 45 °C, occasions can Other
occur where growth is promoted even in cold water systems. This can arise where the local Adiabatic Cooling
temperature is raised by:
heat build up due to solar gain or the proximity to hot water services, or The effectiveness of air cooled heat rejection systems depend on the difference between the air dry
the storage capacity is far greater than is necessary. In general terms the storage capacity should not bulb temperature and the refrigerant condensing temperature. The greater this difference the better
exceed one day's usage the heat rejection. Traditionally large heat rejection systems use cooling towers or evaporative coolers
seasonal variations. in the summertime it is not unusual to have incoming mains supplies exceeding to reduce the size of the heat rejection equipment as well as the overall energy consumption due to
20 °C. When this occurs systems should be reassessed lower condensing temperatures than those which would be obtained using dry air cooled condensers.
Cleanliness of the system is of primary importance to ensure that the legionella bacteria do not have Unfortunately, the water based corrosion, maintenance and health risks such as legionella have
any nutrients for growth and survival. Such nutrients can come from vegetable, animal and even driven the industry towards the use of less efficient dry heat rejection systems . However, the need to
mineral substances and it is for this reason that storage cisterns should be free from rust, dust, slime, reduce carbon emissions and energy waste has resulted in a resurgence in the use of evaporative
mould, fungi and such items as dead birds, rats, mice, insects etc. and that non metallic materials systems.
satisfy the requirements of BS 6920. Lists of materials approved by the water industry (WRAS) are
published in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory (see Standards List), All new and replacement As an alternative to conventional cooling towers and evaporative condensers, adiabatic dry air coolers
water fittings must satisfy Water Supply (water fittings) Regulations 1999 requirements and be listed in can reduce the refrigerant condensing temperature by lowering the dry bulb temperature of the air
the WRAS directory. entering the cooler. This is done by spraying a fine mist of water, usually from the town mains supply,
Cleansing of tanks, cisterns and associated pipe work should be followed by full disinfection in into the airstream prior to it entering the cooler. As the water is evaporated the airstream is cooled.
accordance with the procedures laid down in BS 6700 and as per chemical manufacturers Ideally the temperature of the air would be reduced to that of the entering wet bulb. However, the
specification cooling process is probably some 70% effective and so the dry bulb temperature of the air entering
The pipework system should be free of any points where pockets of dirt, slime or sediment can build the cooler is likely to be reduced by about 70% of the wet bulb depression. For example, if the
up and stagnation occurs. ambient air is at a dry bulb of 30°C and the wet bulb at 20 °C i.e. a wet bulb depression of 10K, the
Adiabatic Cooling dry bulb temperature of the air entering the coil would be 30 °C-0.7x10 K, or 23 °C. For a given
The effectiveness of air cooled heat rejection systems depend on the difference between the air dry cooling duty this could result in a saving of some 15% in the power required by the chiller. This degree
bulb temperature and the refrigerant condensing temperature. The greater this difference the better of saving is only possible during the mid summer for as the dry bulb temperature reduces so does the
the heat rejection. Traditionally large heat rejection systems use cooling towers or evaporative coolers wet bulb depression. Nevertheless, such savings at a time of maximum load are a considerable
to reduce the size of the heat rejection equipment as well as the overall energy consumption due to advantage. Although there is some runoff from the cooler due to not all the water supplied being
lower condensing temperatures than those which would be obtained using dry air cooled condensers. evaporated, it is much less than the blowdown from a cooling tower of the equivalent duty.
Unfortunately, the water based corrosion, maintenance and health risks such as legionella have
driven the industry towards the use of less efficient dry heat rejection systems . However, the need to The use of tank fed water can produce a risk of proliferation of legionella within the system and so
reduce carbon emissions and energy waste has resulted in a resurgence in the use of evaporative mains water is preferred with timed discharges prior to use to drain away static water and added
systems. protection to remove bacterial formation including legionella.
As an alternative to conventional cooling towers and evaporative condensers, adiabatic dry air coolers
can reduce the refrigerant condensing temperature by lowering the dry bulb temperature of the air The potential for energy saving and carbon emission reduction for industry as a whole is significant
entering the cooler. This is done by spraying a fine mist of water, usually from the town mains supply, and this can be achieved by simply using the tap water.
into the airstream prior to it entering the cooler. As the water is evaporated the airstream is cooled.
Ideally the temperature of the air would be reduced to that of the entering wet bulb. However, the Maintenance
cooling process is probably some 70% effective and so the dry bulb temperature of the air entering
the cooler is likely to be reduced by about 70% of the wet bulb depression. For example, if the Specific details relating to the risk of Legionellosis are given in the Health and Safety ACOP L 8,2000
ambient air is at a dry bulb of 30°C and the wet bulb at 20 °C i.e. a wet bulb depression of 10K, the ,CIBSE publication TM13 2002, HTM 04 Part A & B.
dry bulb temperature of the air entering the coil would be 30 °C-0.7x10 K, or 23 °C. For a given
cooling duty this could result in a saving of some 15% in the power required by the chiller. This degree The general guidance is normally to ensure mains water is used. The spray nozzles must be kept
of saving is only possible during the mid summer for as the dry bulb temperature reduces so does the clean and in good working order. Periodic water testing is taken and independently analysed for
wet bulb depression. Nevertheless, such savings at a time of maximum load are a considerable bacterial content including legionella. A disinfection device is normally used and a filter system may be
advantage. Although there is some runoff from the cooler due to not all the water supplied being incorporated thus requiring periodic maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer`s instructions.
evaporated, it is much less than the blowdown from a cooling tower of the equivalent duty. It is also likely that a discharge solenoid valve is used to ensure only fresh water is used which must
The use of tank fed water can produce a risk of proliferation of legionella within the system and so be included in the maintenance procedures. Also wet pads may be used and these need to be kept
mains water is preferred with timed discharges prior to use to drain away static water and added clean.
protection to remove bacterial formation including legionella.
Tests indicated between 20 and 30% {Note. These figures seem quite high in the light of the 15% If fitted in health care settings, permission for use must be obtained from infection control.
given above. Where do they come from?} reduction in peak electrical load for air cooled chillers and
condensers. The potential for energy saving and carbon emission reduction for industry as a whole is All maintenance must be logged and signed for within the site water logbook.
significant and this can be achieved by simply using the tap water.
Maintenance All staff are to be fully trained.
Page 601 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

The general guidance is normally to ensure mains water is used. The spray nozzles must be kept
clean and in good working order. Periodic water testing is taken and independently analysed for
bacterial content including legionella. A disinfection device is normally used and a filter system may be
incorporated thus requiring periodic maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. It
is also likely that a discharge solenoid valve is used to ensure only fresh water is used which must be
included in the maintenance procedures. Also wet pads may be used and these need to be kept
clean.
If fitted in health care settings, permission for use must be obtained from infection control.
All maintenance must be logged and signed for within the site water logbook.
All staff are to be fully trained.

Page 602 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-12 ADIABATIC COOLING SYSTEMS 65-12 ADIABATIC COOLING SYSTEMS

Note: Manufacturers O & M manual should be followed at all times. Other Manufacturers O & M manual should be followed at all times.

Specific details relating to the risk of Legionellosis are given in the Health and Safety ACOP L 8,2000
,CIBSE publication TM13 2002, HTM 04 Part A & B.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Mains supply to 1W Take dipslides and incubate at Action required if > 104 Other 1. Mains supply to 1W Take dipslides and incubate at 30°C Action required if > 10^4
unit and farthest 30°C 48 hours. Record readings on unit and farthest 48 hours. Record readings on a
outlet a graph.. outlet graph..
3. Mains supply 3M Take samples and submit to UKAS Action required if > 100 CFU per Technical 3. Mains supply 3M Take samples and submit to UKAS The frequency of 3 Months is the
unit and farthest accredited laboratory for the Litre unit and farthest accredited laboratory for the maximum period between testing.
outlet presence of legionella outlet presence of legionella. Testing More frequent sampling should be
should be in accordance with ISO carried out when commissioning a
11731:1998 system and establishing a treatment
programme. Sampling should be
carried out, on a monthly basis, until
it can be shown that the system is
under control.

Action required if > 100 CFU per

Litre. Refer to Table 2 in the ACOP
L8

Page 603 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-13 CHLORINE DIOXIDE DOSING FOR DOMESTIC LOWLEVEL INJECTION 65-13 CHLORINE DIOXIDE DOSING FOR DOMESTIC LOWLEVEL INJECTION
Whilst legionella bacteria are most active in the temperature range 20 °C to 45 °C, occasions can Other Whilst legionella bacteria are most active in the temperature range 20 °C to 45 °C, occasions can
occur where growth is promoted even in cold water systems. This can arise where the local occur where growth is promoted even in cold water systems. This can arise where the local
temperature is raised by: temperature is raised by: a) heat build up due to solar gain or the proximity to hot water services, or
heat build up due to solar gain or the proximity to hot water services, or b) the storage capacity is far greater than is necessary. In general terms the storage capacity should
the storage capacity is far greater than is necessary. In general terms the storage capacity should not not exceed one day’s usage.
exceed one day's usage Seasonal variation. In the summertime it is not unusual to have incoming mains supplies exceeding
seasonal variations. in the summertime it is not unusual to have incoming mains supplies exceeding 20 °C. When this occurs systems should be reassessed with the likely outcome of increasing regular
20 °C. When this occurs systems should be reassessed with the likely outcome of increasing regular flushing to these outlets in a safe manner with minimal aerosolation.
flushing to these outlets in a safe manner with minimal aerosolation.
Cleanliness of the system is of primary importance to ensure that the legionella bacteria do not have Cleanliness of the system is of primary importance to ensure that the legionella bacteria do not have
any nutrients for growth and survival. Such nutrients can come from vegetable, animal and even any nutrients for growth and survival. Such nutrients can come from vegetable, animal and even
mineral substances and it is for this reason that storage cisterns should be free from rust, dust, slime, mineral substances and it is for this reason that storage cisterns should be free from rust, dust, slime,
mould, fungi and such items as dead birds, rats, mice, insects etc. and that non metallic materials mould, fungi and such items as dead birds, rats, mice, insects etc. and that non metallic materials
satisfy the requirements of BS 6920. Lists of materials approved by the water industry (WRAS) are satisfy the requirements of BS 6920-1:2000. Lists of materials approved by the water industry
published in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory (see Standards List), All new and replacement (WRAS) are published in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory (see Standards List), All new and
water fittings should satisfy Water Supply (water fittings) Regulations 1999 requirements and be listed replacement water fittings should satisfy Water Supply (water fittings) Regulations 1999 and the
in the WRAS directory. Scottish Water Bylaws 2004 requirements and be listed in the WRAS
Cleansing of tanks, cisterns and associated pipe work should be followed by full disinfection in (www.wras.co.uk/simple_steps_to_approval.asp) directory.
accordance with the procedures laid down in BS 6700 and as per chemical manufacturers
specification Cleansing of tanks, cisterns and associated pipe work should be followed by full disinfection in
The pipework system should be free of any points where pockets of dirt, slime or sediment can build accordance with the procedures laid down in BS 6700:2006 +A1: 2009 and as per chemical
up and stagnation can occur. manufacturers specification
When temperature problems are encountered and remedial works are not practical in order to
engineer out the problems, Chlorine Dioxide Dosing can be used. The pipework system should be free of any points where pockets of dirt, slime or sediment can build
Chlorine dioxide is an oxidising biocide that is capable of reacting with a wide range of organic up and stagnation can occur.
substances. In the inactivation of microorganisms, the chlorine dioxide molecule acts as a free radical
(oxidising biocide) that readily bonds with the amino acids (the basic building blocks of proteins, which When temperature problems are encountered and remedial works are not practical in order to
form the living cells). This results in their destruction. engineer out the problems, Chlorine Dioxide Dosing can be used.
Chlorine dioxide as a control measure
The use of chlorine dioxide as a control measure will depend on the design of the systems in use and Chlorine dioxide is an oxidising biocide that is capable of reacting with a wide range of organic
their operational history. substances. In the inactivation of microorganisms, the chlorine dioxide molecule acts as a free radical
There are two aspects to be taken into consideration: (oxidising biocide) that readily bonds with the amino acids (the basic building blocks of proteins, which
in the cold water distribution system, chlorine dioxide will be injected into the system upstream of all form the living cells). This results in their destruction.
parts of the distribution, storage and boosting equipment - that is, at the curtilage of the premises.
Backflow prevention is required if chlorine dioxide is injected into a pipe connected to the mains Chlorine dioxide as a control measure
supply. The use of chlorine dioxide as a control measure will depend on the design of the systems in use and
in the case of hot water distribution systems with calorifiers/water heater operating conventionally (that their operational history.
is, at 60°C), there will be a tendency for chlorine dioxide to be lost by " gassing off", especially if the There are two aspects to be taken into consideration:
retention time in a vented calorifier/water heater is long. In most cases, however, some level of total a). in the cold water distribution system, chlorine dioxide will be injected into the system upstream of
oxidant should be found in the hot water, although at concentrations far less than the 0.5 mg/ L all parts of the distribution, storage and boosting equipment - that is, at the curtilage of the premises.
injected. The calorifier/water heater should act as a barrier to dispersal of any pathogenic material by Backflow prevention is required if chlorine dioxide is injected into a pipe connected to the mains
the hot water system (even if the cold water supply quality is not under control). Chlorine dioxide and supply.
its breakdown products chlorite and chlorate can be deleterious to neonates and renal dialysis b). in the case of hot water distribution systems with calorifiers/water heater operating conventionally
patients, and should be removed from the water supply to these units. (that is, at 60°C), there will be a tendency for chlorine dioxide to be lost by " gassing off", especially if
For all practical purposes in water, ppm = mg/L. the retention time in a vented calorifier/water heater is long. In most cases, however, some level of
Maintenance of the control regimen total oxidant should be found in the hot water, although at concentrations far less than the 0.5 mg/ L
This depends on four separate aspects, as follows: injected. The calorifier/water heater should act as a barrier to dispersal of any pathogenic material by
ensuring that the dosing equipment is operating satisfactorily the hot water system (even if the cold water supply quality is not under control). Chlorine dioxide and
ensuring that the limit for total oxidant in the system is not exceeded its breakdown products chlorite and chlorate can be deleterious to neonates and renal dialysis
ensuring that all the parts of cold and blended water systems are exposed to chlorine dioxide patients, and should be removed from the water supply to these units.
ensuring that a management system is in place to maintain these procedures
ensuring that the dosing equipment is operating satisfactorily For all practical purposes in water, ppm = mg/L.
It is normally the responsibility of the supplier of the dosing equipment, who will seek to achieve the
Page 604 of 614
 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

maximum available chlorine dioxide from the generation process. (Systems are not 100% efficient and Maintenance of the control regimen
the free available chlorine dioxide may be less than the permitted limit of total oxidant of 0.5 mg/ L but This depends on four separate aspects, as follows:
should not be significantly less at the point of injection.) When chemical treatment is introduced as
part of a programme of remedial action of a colonised system, as the system is brought under control, ensuring that the dosing equipment is operating satisfactorily
it should be possible to measure increasing concentrations of available (active) chlorine dioxide. With
a newly installed dosing system, this may not be possible for several weeks. If chlorine dioxide cannot ensuring that the limit for total oxidant in the system is not exceeded
be identified, tests for total oxidant should be performed.
It will be the responsible person or similar to take responsibility to check that the equipment is ensuring that all the parts of cold and blended water systems are exposed to chlorine dioxide
operating and this should include routine checking of available "active" chlorine dioxide on a daily
basis. ensuring that a management system is in place to maintain these procedures
Tests for total oxidant are most easily accomplished by DPD1 tablets. The oxidising effect of chlorine
can be removed by first adding glycine and the remaining total oxidants (including chlorine dioxide, ensuring that the dosing equipment is operating satisfactorily
chlorite and chlorate) can then be measured using the DPD1 tablets, following suppliers' instructions.
DPD is an abbreviation for diethyl-p-phenylene diamine. DPD1 tablets are used for detecting oxidants It is normally the responsibility of the supplier of the dosing equipment, who will seek to achieve the
in water. ensuring that the limit for total oxidant in the system is not exceeded. maximum available chlorine dioxide from the generation process. (Systems are not 100% efficient and
The available chlorine dioxide and total oxidant, therefore, will be the result of the disinfection process, the free available chlorine dioxide may be less than the permitted limit of total oxidant of 0.5 mg/ L but
general state of the system and water usage levels. Performance of the dosing equipment is normally should not be significantly less at the point of injection.) When chemical treatment is introduced as
the responsibility of the supplier/service provider. (Water quality overall is ultimately the responsibility part of a programme of remedial action of a colonised system, as the system is brought under control,
of the owners of the system.) it should be possible to measure increasing concentrations of available (active) chlorine dioxide. With
A representative number of outlets should be tested for total oxidant to ensure that the limits are not a newly installed dosing system, this may not be possible for several weeks. If chlorine dioxide cannot
being exceeded. These should include proximal outlets and some distal outlets. (It is not necessary to be identified, tests for total oxidant should be performed.
check the hot water service.), this ensures that all parts of cold and blended water systems are
exposed to chlorine dioxide. It will be the responsible person or similar to take responsibility to check that the equipment is
In addition to the above, it will be necessary to monitor the following: operating and this should include routine checking of available "active" chlorine dioxide on a daily
the quantity of chemicals in the reservoir; basis.
the rate of addition of chlorine dioxide to the water supply;
on a monthly basis, the concentration of chlorine dioxide should be measured at the sentinel taps and Tests for total oxidant are most easily accomplished by DPD1 tablets. The oxidising effect of chlorine
should be at least 0.1 mg/L and no more than 0.5 mg/L can be removed by first adding glycine and the remaining total oxidants (including chlorine dioxide,
on an annual basis, the chlorine dioxide should be measured at a representative number of outlets chlorite and chlorate) can then be measured using the DPD1 tablets, following suppliers` instructions.
and should be at least 0.1 mg/L and no more than 0.5 mg/L DPD is an abbreviation for diethyl-p-phenylene diamine. DPD1 tablets are used for detecting oxidants
N.B. Prior to commissioning new equipment, a thorough disinfection of the services to be continually in water. ensuring that the limit for total oxidant in the system is not exceeded.
dosed with chlorine dioxide is required in order to remove as much biofilm as possible. This should be
carried out in order for the new system to settle down in a reasonable time and to ensure levels are The available chlorine dioxide and total oxidant, therefore, will be the result of the disinfection process,
reached throughout the system without the need for overloading in order to reach acceptable levels at general state of the system and water usage levels. Performance of the dosing equipment is normally
the farthest point in the system. the responsibility of the supplier/client. (Water quality overall is ultimately the responsibility of the
owners of the system.)

A representative number of outlets should be tested for total oxidant to ensure that the limits are not
being exceeded. These should include proximal outlets and some distal outlets. (It is not necessary to
check the hot water service.), this ensures that all parts of cold and blended water systems are
exposed to chlorine dioxide.

In addition to the above, it will be necessary to monitor the following:

the quantity of chemicals in the reservoir;

the rate of addition of chlorine dioxide to the water supply;

on a monthly basis, the concentration of chlorine dioxide should be measured at the sentinel taps and
should be at least 0.1 mg/L and no more than 0.5 mg/L

on an annual basis, the chlorine dioxide should be measured at a representative number of outlets
and should be at least 0.1 mg/L and no more than 0.5 mg/L

Page 605 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Prior to commissioning new equipment, a thorough disinfection of the services to be continually dosed
with chlorine dioxide is required in order to remove as much biofilm as possible. This should be
carried out in order for the new system to settle down in a reasonable time and to ensure levels are
reached throughout the system without the need for overloading in order to reach acceptable levels at
the farthest point in the system.

Page 606 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

65-14 CHLORINE DIOXIDE LOW DOSING DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS 65-14 CHLORINE DIOXIDE LOW DOSING DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS
Sampling and maintenance of chlorine dioxide low dosing Other Sampling and maintenance of chlorine dioxide low dosing. All other requirements for operations and
All other requirements for operations and maintenance should be carried out as in the O & M Manual maintenance should be carried out as in the O & M Manual and normally carried out by the
and normally carried out by the installer/supplier of the equipment installer/supplier of the equipment
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Sampling 1W Take sample from first outlet from Adjust dosing according to results. Other 1. Sampling 1W Take sample from first outlet from Adjust dosing according to results.
the dosing system and test for Not to dose > 0.5 mg/l in drinking the dosing system and test for Cl02 Do not dose if the test results show
C102 concentration. Top up water. In Cat' two fluid, dosage can concentration. Top up chemical levels greater than 0.5 mg/l in
chemical storage be raised to 1 mg/l, be aware of storage drinking water. In Cat` two fluid,
possible metal corrosion over time. dosage can be raised to 1 mg/l, be
aware of possible metal corrosion
over time.
2. Sampling 1M Sample sentinel outlets for C102 Ensure dose level is maintained and Other 2. Sampling 1M Sample sentinel outlets for Cl02 Ensure dose level is maintained and
and log in logbook in drinking water does not exceed and log in logbook in drinking water does not exceed
0.5 mg/l 0.5 mg/l

Page 607 of 614

WHIRLPOOLS-HYDROTHERAPY

Page 608 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

66-01 WHIRLPOOL/SPA BATHS 66-01 WHIRLPOOL/SPA BATHS

Note: Frequency of maintenance will depend upon use, the quality of the water and must be agreed Other A spa pool is designed for sitting or lying in up to the neck , and not for swimming. It is a self-contained
with client. body of water that is filtered and chemically disinfected. A spa pool is not drained, cleaned or refilled
after each user, but after a number of users or a maximum period of time

Whirlpool baths are typically found in beauty parlours, health suites, hotels and dwellings. Water
within the bath is untreated and the bath is drained following each session.

Spa pools
All actions should be taken in line with manufacturers specifications and all guidance should be
followed as set out in the HPA guidance publication on Management of Spa Pools
(www.hpa.org.uk/Publications/)

Frequency of maintenance will depend upon use, the quality of the water and must be agreed with the
client. There must be a written risk assessment for the equipment, which will detail the necessary
maintenance frequencies. This is updated, usually on an annual basis and therefore musty be check
to ensure the maintenance frequencies have not altered.

In addition to the routine checks below the client`s operator will undertake operational tasks including
cleaning the suction filter (if fitted) on a daily basis.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 7. Air Filter 1M Clean Input air filter when fitted.

Added 8. Safety Systems 1M Check all automatic systems are

operating correctly e.g. safety
cut-outs, automatic timers etc.
Added 9. Water 1M Disinfectant/pH controller - clean
Treatment electrode and check calibration
(see manufacturers instructions).
Added 10. Sand Filter 3M Thoroughly check sand filter or
diatomaceous earth filter
membranes
Added 11. Air Lines 3M Where possible clean and
disinfect airlines

Added 12. Sand Filter 12M Check sand filter efficiency

1. Bath hygiene. 12M Clean pipework, pump and nozzles. Fill bath with warm water to normal Other 1. Bath hygiene. The following action must be Fill bath with warm water to normal
level, add sterilising solution or low carried out everytime the pool is level, add cleaning/sterilizing
foaming dishwasher powder and refilled. Clean pipework, pump and solution and operate for 10
operate for 10 minutes. Refill with nozzles. minutes. Refill with cold water and
cold water and operate for five operate for five minutes.
minutes.
2. Suction filter (if 12M Clean. Legislative 2. Suction filter (if 1M Clean.
fitted). fitted).

3. Nozzle jets. 12M Clean and remove scale, refit and Scale may build up in hard water. Legislative 3. Accessible 1M Clean and inspect for bio film. Scale may build up in hard water.
regulate flow rates. Client should be informed of the Pipework and Remove scale, refit and regulate The client should be informed of the
possible need for water treatment. Nozzle jets. flow rates. possible need for water treatment.

Page 609 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

4. Electrical 12M Check operation of earth leakage Press test button on earth leakage Legislative 4. Electrical 1M Check operation of earth leakage Press test button on earth leakage
safety. circuit breaker. circuit breaker at least once every safety. circuit breaker. circuit breaker at least once every
three months. three months.
6. Timer (where 12M Check operation. Technical 6. Timer (where 1M Check operation.
fitted). fitted).

Page 610 of 614

 Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

66-02 HYDROTHERAPY POOLS 66-02 HYDROTHERAPY POOLS

SPA POOLS Other HYDROTHERAPY POOLS
All actions should be taken in line with manufacturers specifications and all guidance should be Hydrotherapy is a long established branch of physiotherapy in which patients develop strength and
followed as set out in the HPA guidance publication on Management of Spa Pools suppleness during exercise sessions in a pool. Hydrotherapy pools carry similar infection hazards to
HYDROTHERAPY POOLS swimming pools. In addition, however, they operate with higher water and air temperatures and serve
Hydrotherapy is a long established branch of physiotherapy in which patients develop strength and a population both more vulnerable to infection and more likely to cause accidental contamination. The
suppleness during exercise sessions in a pool. Hydrotherapy pools carry similar infection hazards to Public Health Laboratory Service have published a document called. Hygiene for hydrotherapy pools .
swimming pools. In addition, however, they operate with higher water and air temperatures and serve The book aims to provide practical advice on the general management of hydrotherapy pools, patient
a population both more vulnerable to infection and more likely to cause accidental contamination. A safety, general hygiene and pool water quality for all those (physiotherapists, engineers, domestic
second edition of Hygiene for hydrotherapy pools has been published. The book aims to provide staff, microbiologists and managers) involved in their installation, maintenance and management. The
practical advice on the general management of hydrotherapy pools, patient safety, general hygiene primary aim is to enable the recognised difficulties associated with the use of hydrotherapy pools to be
and pool water quality for all those (physiotherapists, engineers, domestic staff, microbiologists and avoided, with resulting benefit to staff and patients.
managers) involved in their installation, maintenance and management. The primary aim is to enable It is essential that detailed records of maintenance activities are kept in respect of any maintenance
the recognised difficulties associated with the use of hydrotherapy pools to be avoided , with resulting carried out on hydrotherapy pools and a copy given to the client.
benefit to staff and patients.
It is essential that detailed records of maintenance activities are kept in respect of any maintenance In addition to the routine checks below the client`s operator will undertake operational tasks including
carried out on hydrotherapy pools and a copy given to the client. cleaning the suction filter (if fitted) on a daily basis.
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
1. Pool cleaning. 12M Drain pool, inspect and thoroughly Frequency will depend on usage Other 1. Pool cleaning. 12M Drain pool, inspect and thoroughly Frequency will depend on usage
clean. and should be agreed with client. clean. and should be agreed with the
Report any defects which cannot be client. Report any defects which
easily remedied. cannot be easily remedied.
2. Filters. 12M See section FILTERS. Frequency will depend on usage Technical 2. Suction Filters. 1M Clean Filters
and should be agreed with client.

3. Water 12M See section WATER TREATMENT. Other 3. Water 12M See section Water treatment SFG
treatment and treatment and 65.
quality. quality.
Added 4. Circulatory 12M Isolate from pool and drain down.
pipework, Clean out and dry.
including solar
panels (where
fitted).
Added 5. Automatic air 12M Remove, drain and clean.
vents.

Added 6. Heating 6M Carry out maintenance procedures Maintenance of heating plant, other
equipment - Oil - appropriate to the type of heating than routine, is best carried out
Solar plant as detailed in relevant before the heating season starts.
-Gas sections.

Page 611 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added a) Filtration plant. The filtration plant of

a pool is designed to remove water
from the pool, filter it, disinfect it
and return it to the pool in a sterile
condition. The main types of pool
filters are:

a) Conventional rate pressure sand

filtration

b) Medium rate pressure sand

filtration

c) High rate pressure sand filtration

d) Pre-coat cartridge (pressure and

vacuum)

e) Disposable cartridge or glass

fibre mat filtration
Added 7. Conventional, The terms conventional, medium
medium and high and fast rate refer to the rate of flow
rate pressure of water through the filter. The
filtration maintenance requirements for the
three types is similar.
Added 8. Inlet strainer. 1M Check condition and clean. More frequent cleaning by the
operator may be necessary if the
inlet flow rate falls below the design
level. (May be shown by increased
suction pressure).
Added 9. Chemical 6M Check clean `running` pressure, if Refer to manufacturer`s handbook
cleaning of filter high, may indicate fouling of filter for instructions and type of
bed material. medium. chemicals to be used.
Added 10. Rate of flow 3M Clean and check operation. The accuracy of the flow meter
indicator. should be within 5%.

Added 11. Pre-coat 1M Check condition and clean. More frequent cleaning by the
filtration 1. Inlet operator may be necessary if the
strainer. inlet flow rate falls below the design
level. (May be shown by increased
suction pressure).
Added 12. Filter 1M Clean off any coating material and If replacement necessary, report to
elements. check condition of support the client.
elements.
Added 15. Cartridge type 1M Check condition and clean. More frequent cleaning by the
filters 1. Inlet operator may be necessary if the
strainer. inlet flow rate falls below the design
level. (May be shown by increased
suction pressure).
Added 16. Seals. 1M Check condition of seals on
cartridge holders. Replace if
necessary.

Page 612 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

Added 17. Rate of flow 3M Clean and check operation. The accuracy of the flow meter
indicator. should be within 5%.

Page 613 of 614

Previous Reason For Updated
Version Change Version

66-03 STEAM ROOMS and HUMIDIFIERS 66-03 STEAM ROOMS and HUMIDIFIERS
Title FQ Action Notes Title FQ Action Notes
Added 4. Ventilation 6M Check operation of all ventilation For more detailed information on the
fans (supply and extract) maintenance requirements for
steam generation see Fans -
ventilation SFG 20-03.
Added 5. Internal 3M Check internal surfaces for cracks Generally, the day to day cleaning
Surfaces in the tiles or grouting. Repair as of the internal surfaces should be
necessary with silicone sealant undertaken by the operational staff.
Cracks or chips in the surfaces can
be a breeding ground for bacteria.
Steam production 12M Check operating thermostat timer For more detailed information on the Technical 1. Steam 3M Check operation of steam For more detailed information on the
1. Generator. and earth leakage circuit breaker. maintenance requirements for Generator generator . Check operation of maintenance requirements for
steam generation see thermostat timer and earth leakage steam generation see Humidifiers
BOILER/HEAT GENERATORS. breaker. including disinfection procedures
SFG 33-03.
Descale electrical element if
necessary. Scale may build up in hard water
areas. The client should be
informed of possible need for water
treatment.
2. Electric 12M Descale electrical element if Scale may build up in hard water Technical 2. Lighting 1M Check operation of Lighting and For more detailed information on the
element. necessary. areas. Client should be informed of Emergency Lighting maintenance requirements for
possible need for water treatment. steam generation see Lighting SFG
36-01 to 36-03 and Lighting
-emergency SFG 37-01.
3. General. 12M See BOILERS/HEAT Technical 3. Drainage 1M Check that the drains in the room
GENERATORS for more specific are clear and allow all excess water
information on the maintenance of to drain away from the room
steam generators.

Page 614 of 614